Catalogue 2004 Electronic Products and Relays
Electronic timers
Logic relays
Solid-state relays
Analog signal and serial data converters
Measuring and monitoring relays
Interface relays and optocouplers
Safety relays
Switching power supplies
12CDC110004C0202
NEW
1
2
7
9
5
6
8
3
4
Content
New products ....................................................................................................................... 3
Electronic timers CT range .................................................................................................. 7
CT-S range .............................................................................................................. 10
CT-E range .............................................................................................................. 12
CT-D range .............................................................................................................. 14
Electronic measuring and monitoring relays CM and C51x range .................................. 35
Current and voltage monitors, single-phase ......................................................... 41
Three-phase monitors ............................................................................................ 49
Insulation monitors for ungrounded supply mains ................................................ 59
Motor load monitors ................................................................................................ 69
Thermistor motor protection relays ....................................................................... 73
Temperature monitoring relays .............................................................................. 81
Liquid level monitoring and control ......................................................................... 87
Contact protection relays and sensor interface modul ........................................ 97
Cycle monitor with watchdog function ................................................................... 103
Technical data and accessories ............................................................................ 107
Safety relays C57x and C67xx range ................................................................................ 111
Safety relays C57x range ....................................................................................... 118
Safety relays with solid-state outputs C67xx range ............................................. 125
Switching power supplies CP range, Linear power supplies CP-L range ...................... 135
Switching power supplies, primary switch mode, CP range ................................ 136
Linear power supplies CP-L range ........................................................................ 140
Analog signal converters CC range, Serial data converters ILPH range ........................ 149
Analog signal converters CC range ....................................................................... 151
Serial data converters ILPH range ........................................................................ 175
Interface relays and optocouplers ..................................................................................... 187
Pluggable interface relays ...................................................................................... 189
Interface relays and optocouplers ......................................................................... 197
Semiconductor contactors, Solid-state relays .................................................................. 223
Logic module AC010 ............................................................................................................ 237
Index ..................................................................................................................................... 247
Electronic Products and Relays
NEW1
2
3
4
5
6
987
22CDC110004C0202
9
7
4
3
2
1
NEW
5
6
8
BG-PRÜFZERT
BGFE98xxx
Approvals and marksfor the world market
Europe
All devices which comply with the Europeanlow voltage directive and which are intendedfor sale within the European Union must havethe CE sign applied. All products in thiscatalogue are CE marked.
Conformité Européen(CE)
The CE sign must not be confused with acertificate of quality issued by the EU. It issolely used to confirm that the respectiveproduct complies with the applicable Europeandirectives *). The CE sign is part of an admini-strative procedure to guarantee freemovement of goods within the EuropeanCommunity.
*) Directives:
Low Voltage Directive73/23/EEC
EMC Directive89/336/EEC
Machinery Directive98/37/EEC
Verband der Elektro-technik ElektronikInformationstechnik(VDE)
Applicable for technical instruments coveredby the German Gerätesicherheitsgesetz(GSG) as well as for single parts andelectrical wiring devices.
Berufsgenossenschaftder Feinmechanik undElektrotechnik(BGFE)
The BG-PRÜFZERT sign is a voluntarysafety mark, awarded by the BGFE followingsuccessful safety testing.
North America
Canadian and US standards are more orless equivalent but considerably differ fromthe IEC and VDE regulations.
USA
Underwriters Laboratories(UL)
Listing
Released for installation in systems and forsale as individual component in the USA.
Recognition
Released for installation in systems, if therespective system has been completelymounted and wired by qualified personnel.
Canada
Canadian StandardsAssociation (CSA)
USA and Canada
The combined UL signs for the USA andCanada are recognized by the authorities ofboth countries. Devices with this certificatemeet the requirements of both countries.
Listing
Recognition
C US
ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and produced in accordance with the applicable regulations as stated in the internationalIEC publications, the European EN specifications and the national VDE standards.
In most countries, low-voltage switching devices are produced according to such regulations under the responsibility of the manufacturers.This is why the devices are not subject to further approval. However, for those devices which are intended for use in household or for publicuse our customers can request test reports of our internal laboratory for presentation to the various qualified local organizations. In othercountries, approvals are prescribed by law.
For devices installed in ships, an approval issued by independent shipping companies, such as the GL, are demanded by the maritimeinsurance companies.
Marks of conformity and examples of approvals (device-dependent)
Explosion protection(EX)
Explosion protection acc. toDirective 94/9/EG (ATEX 100a)
Russia
In Russia, low-voltage switching devices aresubject to certification and have to beprovided with a sign.
Gost standard(GOST-R)
Gost R certification is mandatory for manyproducts. This certification is based on asafety test (IEC standards with Russia-specific deviations) and an EMC test.
Shipping approvals
Germanischer Loyd(GL)
Australia, New Zealand
C-Tick Mark
The C-Tick Mark certifies compliance withthe Australian EMC requirements. The Markis also recognized in New Zealand.
32CDC110004C0202
NEW
New Products -CT range
ABB offers now a new multifunction timer CT-MVS for the replacement of the old C564 andC565 model with a voltage related control input in the CT-S range of industrial timers.
8 functions: ON-delay, OFF-delay, impulse-ON, impulse-OFF, flasher starting with ON,flasher staring with OFF, star-delta ON-delayed, star-delta impulse-ON
10 time ranges from 0.05 s - 300 h in one unit
Voltage related control input
2 c/o contacts
2nd c/o contact selectable as instantaneous contact
3 LEDs for status indication
Supply voltages 24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC
CE and C-Tick marked
cULus and GL approval (pending)
For detailed information see chapter 1 "Electronic timers CT range".
ABB offers now a new OFF-delay timer CT-VBS for DC-coils without auxiliary supply in theCT-S range of industrial timers.
OFF-delay for DC-coils
AC or DC supply
2 supply voltage versions:100-127 V AC for contactor coils with a nominal voltage of 100-127 V DC,200-240 V AC for contactor coils with a nominal voltage of 200-240 V DC
200-240 V AC version with reversible delay time via external jumper
CE and C-Tick marked
For detailed information see chapter 1 "Electronic timers CT range".
ABB offers now a new electronic timer with star-delta function CT-SDE for a supply voltageof 380-415 V AC to expand the CT-E range of industrial timers.
ON-delayed with defined change-over delay
Now: 3 supply voltage versions:24 V AC/DC and 220-240 V AC, 110-130 V AC, new: 380-415 V AC
Time range: 0.3-30 s
1 n/c, 1 n/o contact internally prewired
2 LEDs for status indication
CE and C-Tick marked
cULus, GL and GOST approval
For detailed information see chapter 1 "Electronic timers CT range".
New electronic timers CT-S and CT-E range
42CDC110004C0202
NEW
New Products -CM range,R300.xx range
New measuring and monitoring relays CM-S range
ABB offers a new cycle monitor with watchdog function CM-WDS for monitoring program-mable logic controllers or industrial pcs for proper functioning.
Cycle monitor for monitoring the function of programmable logic controllers (plc) orindustrial pcs (ipc)
4 selectable cycle monitoring time ranges from 0.5 to 1000 ms
24 V DC supply
1 c/o contact
2 LEDs for status indication
CE marked, C-Tick mark (pending)
cULus approval (pending)
For detailed information see chapter 2 "Measuring and monitoring relays CM range".
ABB offers a new thermistor motor protection relay CM-MSS with 1 sensing circuit and 2 c/ocontacts.
Short-circuit monitoring for the sensor circuit
Continuous supply voltage range: 24-240 V AC/DC
Selectable non-volatile fault storage
Storage reset and test button
Remote reset
Output contacts: 1 n/c, 1 n/o
2 LEDs for status indication
CE and C-Tick mark
cULus and GOST approval
EX II(2)G, PTB 02 ATEX 3080 approval
For detailed information see chapter 2 "Measuring and monitoring relays CM range".
New three-phase semiconductor contactor range R300.xx
ABB offers two new three-phase semiconductor contactors R300.20 and R300.25.
Compact design
Zero voltage switching
Rated operating voltage Ve 40-660 V AC
Integrated heat sink, ready for use
Mounting on 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting on plate
Touch proof screw terminals
LED for status indication
CE marked
UL, cUL and CSA approval (pending)
For detailed information see chapter 7 "Semiconductor contactors, Solid-state relays".
52CDC110004C0202
NEW
New Products -CP range
New innovative switch mode power supplies with pluggable function modulesCP-S and CP-C range
ABB will present a new range of switch mode power supplies in two lines at Hanover fair inApril 2004. A standard line CP-S and a comfort line CP-C in three amperage ratings 5A, 10Aand 20A at 24VDC output voltage. The CP-C range has the possibility of pluggable functionalmodules on the front side.
CP-S range:
Single phase inputCP-S 24/5.0: 85-264 V AC, 100-350 V DCCP-S 24/10.0 and CP-S 24/20.0 via front face switch selectable input voltage range:position "110" = 85-132 V AC,position "230" = 184-264 V AC, 220-350 V DC
No PFC (power factor correction)
CP-C range:
Single phase autorange input 85-264 V AC, 100-350 V DC
Adjustable output voltage 22-28 V DC
PFC (power factor correction)
Function modules pluggable on the front:CP-C MM = messaging module with relay outputs for INPUT OK, OUTPUT OK andremote ON/OFF function via external volt free (dry) contactCP-C RM = redundancy module for current symmetric outputs and messaging (relay)if power supply is alive
More functional modules are under planning
CP-S and CP-C range:
Power reserve of up to 50% (depending on model and ambient temperature)
Decoupling CP-C DM (diode) module for true redundancy (under preparation)
Efficiency > 88%
Pluggable terminals (not CP-x 24/20.0)
LED to indicate "OUTPUT OK"
CE marked, C-Tick mark (under preparation)
cULus approval (under planing)
For detailed information see leaflet available end of April 2004 or data sheets available end ofMay 2004.
62CDC110004C0202
NEW
New application handbook -Measuring and monitoring relays
Available end of May 2004
72CDC110004C0202
1
Content
Benefits and advantages of the CT range ......................................................................... 8
CT-S range
Ordering details .................................................................................................................... 10
Function diagrams ................................................................................................................ 15
Technical data ...................................................................................................................... 24
Star-delta applications ......................................................................................................... 30
Connection diagrams ........................................................................................................... 31
Wiring notes, dimensional drawings ................................................................................... 33
Ordering details and dimensional drawings of accessories ............................................ 34
CT-E range
Ordering details .................................................................................................................... 12
Function diagrams ................................................................................................................ 19
Technical data ...................................................................................................................... 26
Star-delta applications ......................................................................................................... 30
Connection diagrams ........................................................................................................... 32
Wiring notes, dimensional drawings ................................................................................... 33
CT-D range
Ordering details .................................................................................................................... 14
Function diagrams ................................................................................................................ 22
Technical data ...................................................................................................................... 28
Connection diagrams ........................................................................................................... 32
Wiring notes, dimensional drawings ................................................................................... 33
Electronic timers
CT range
82CDC110004C0202
1
CT-MFD CT-TGD
2CD
C 2
53 0
22 F
0004
2CD
C 2
53 0
21 F
0004
2CD
C 2
53 0
33 F
0004
2CD
C 2
53 0
35 F
0004
2CD
C 2
53 0
34 F
0004
2CD
C 2
53 0
23 F
0004
Electronic timersCT-D rangeBenefits and advantages
Electronic timers CT-D range
Characteristics
1 multifunction and 5 single-function timersWide supply voltage range: 24-240 V AC / 24-48 V DC1 c/o contact (250 V / 8 A)7 time ranges 0.05 s - 100 hParallel load to the voltage related control inputs possibleWidth of only 17.5 mm
7 selectable time rangesfrom 0.05 s - 100 h
Potentiometer with directreading scale to set the desiredtime delay
Rotary switch to preselect thedesired timer function
LEDs for status indicationU: green LED -supply voltage(flashing while timing)R: red LED -output relay energized
Approvals
Connection terminals
Wide terminal spacing allows connection ofwires:- 2 x 1.5 mm² (2 x 16 AWG) with wire end
ferrules or- 2 x 2.5 mm² (2 x 14 AWG) without ferrules.
Direct reading scales
Direct setting of the delay time without any ad-ditional calculation provides fast positiveadjustment.
LEDs for status indication
The front-face LEDs indicate the operatingstates. The green supply voltage LED flasheswhile timing.
92CDC110004C0202
2
1
CT-MFS CT-ERS
CT-MFE CT-ERE
1SVC
110
000
F 0
500
1SVC
110
000
F 0
503
1SVC
110
000
F 0
501
1SVC
110
000
F 0
504
1SVC
110
000
F 0
492
1SVC
110
000
F 0
510
1SVC
110
000
F 0
511
1SVC
110
000
F 0
507
1SVC
110
000
F 0
499
1SVC
110
000
F 0
498
2CD
C 2
53 0
10 F
0003
1SVC
110
000
F 0
508
1SVC
110
000
F 0
506
Electronic timersCT-S and CT-E rangeBenefits and advantages
Electronic timers CT-S range
Electronic timers CT-E range
Time range preselection and fine adjustment
Direct assignment of the preselected timerange to the fine adjustment potentiometerscale by multicolor scales.
LEDs for status indication
All actual operational states are displayed byfront-face LEDs, thus simplifyingcommissioning and troubleshooting.
Double-chamber cage connecting terminals
Double-chamber cage connecting terminalsprovide connection of wires up to 2 x 2.5 mm2
(2 x 14 AWG), solid or stranded, with or withoutwire end ferrules. Potential distribution doesnot require additional terminals, thus savingtime and money. Wiring is simplified throughintegrated cable guides.
Characteristics
3 multifunction and 21 multirange timersContinuous supply voltage range: 24-240 V AC/DC ormultisupply voltage ranges: 12-40 V AC; 12-60 V DC;24 V AC/DC, 42-48 V AC/DC; 110-240 V AC; 380-440 V AC1 or 2 c/o contacts (250 V / 4 A)2nd c/o contact can be selected as instantaneous contact(front-face slide switch)Timing function initiation via external, voltfree (dry) controlcontacts or via supply voltageRemote potentiometer connection featureTime stop function possible via external control contact
Integrated markers
Integrated markers allow the product to bemarked quickly and simply. No additionalmarking labels are required.
Sealable transparent cover
Protection against unauthorized changes oftime and threshold values. Available as anaccessory.
Characteristics
12 single-function timers and 2 multifunction timers:24-240 V AC/DCSingle or dual supply voltage ranges:24 V AC/DC, 110-130 V AC, 220-240 V ACOutput contacts: 1 c/o contact (250 V / 4 A) orsolid-state output for high switching frequencies(thyristor 0.8 A).Time ranges 0.1-10 s, 0.3-30 s, 3-300 s, 0.3-30 min
Direct reading scales
Direct setting of the delay time without anyadditional calculation provides fast positiveadjustment.
Connection of remote potentiometers
The CT-S range allows fine adjustment of thedelay time via an external potentiometer. Theinternal potentiometer switches off automaticallywhen an external one is connected.
Volt free (dry) contacts
The CT-S range timers are controlled by so-called volt free (dry) control contacts whichallows a cable of up to 50 m.
LEDs for status indicationU: green LED -supply voltageR: red LED -ouput relay energized
8 selectable time ranges from0.05 - 100 h
Potentiometer with directreading scale to set the desiredtime value
Rotary switch to preselect thedesired function
Thumbwheel to adjust thedesired time value
LEDs for status indicationR2: red LED -output relay 2 energizedR1: red LED -output relay 1 energizedU: green LED -supply voltageU/T: green LED -supply voltage (LED flashingwhile timing)
Slide switch to set the 2nd c/ocontact as an instantaneouscontact
Rotary switch to preselect thedesired timer function
Potentiometer with directreading scale to set the desiredtime delay
10 selectable time rangesfrom 1 s - 300 h
Combination screws
Easy tightening and release of the con-necting screws by pozidrive, slottedscrewdriver or screwdriver for recessedhead screws.
Approvals
Approvals
102CDC110004C0202
1
1SVR
430
010
F 0
200
1SVR
430
013
F 0
100
1SVR
430
103
F 0
200
1SVR
430
113
F 0
100
1SVR
430
120
F 0
300
CT-MFS
CT-AHS
CT-ARS
CT-ERS
Electronic timersCT-S rangeOrdering details
Supply voltage Order code Price1 piece
CT-MFS, multifunction timer, 8 functions1), 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs
24-240 V AC/DC x x x 1SVR 430 010 R 0200
CT-MVS, multifunction timer with voltage related control input8 functions1), 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs
24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x 1SVR 430 023 R 0200
CT-MBS, multifunction timer, 8 functions1), 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs
12-40 V AC, 12-60 V DC 1SVR 430 010 R 1200
24 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x 1SVR 430 012 R 0200
380-440 V AC 1SVR 430 011 R 2200
CT-MBS, multifunction timer, 6 functions3), 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
12-40 AC / 12-60 V DC 1SVR 430 010 R 1100
24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x x 1SVR 430 013 R 0100
380-440 V AC 1SVR 430 011 R 2100
CT-ERS, ON-delay timer, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
12-40 V AC / 12-60 V DC 1SVR 430 100 R 1100
24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC 1SVR 430 102 R 0100
380-440 V AC 1SVR 430 101 R 2100
CT-ERS, ON-delay timer, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x x 1SVR 430 103 R 0100
CT-ERS, ON-delay timer, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs
12-40 V AC / 12-60 V DC 1SVR 430 100 R 1200
24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x 1SVR 430 103 R 0200
380-440 V AC 1SVR 430 101 R 2200
CT-AHS, OFF-delay timer, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x x 1SVR 430 113 R 0100
CT-AHS, OFF-delay timer, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs
24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x 1SVR 430 113 R 0200
CT-APS, OFF-delay timer with voltage related input, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs
24 V / 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x 1SVR 430 183 R 0300
CT-ARS, OFF-delay timer without auxiliary voltage, 7 time ranges (0.05 s - 10 min), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 120 R 0100
CT-ARS, OFF-delay timer without auxiliary voltage, 7 time ranges (0.05 s - 10 min), 2 c/o contacts, 3 LEDs
24-240 V AC/DC x 1SVR 430 120 R 0300
1) Functions: ON-delay, OFF-delay, impulse-ON, impulse-OFF, flasher starting with ON, flasher starting with OFF, 2 x star-delta
2) 2nd change-over contact can be selected as instantaneous switching contact (via front-face slide switch)
3) Functions: ON-delay, OFF-delay, impulse-ON, impulse-OFF, flasher starting with ON, flasher starting with OFF
Packing unit: 1 piece
Con
trol
cont
act
timin
g st
art
Con
trol
cont
act
timin
g st
op
Rem
ote
pote
ntio
-m
eter
conn
ectio
n
• Function diagrams .................................................................... 15 • Connection diagrams ................................................................ 31• Technical data ............................................................................ 24 • Wiring notes, Dimensional drawings ........................................ 33• Star-delta applications .............................................................. 30 • Accessories ................................................................................. 34
CT-S range
3 multifunction and 21 multirange timersConinuous supply voltage range: 24-240 V AC/DC ormultisupply voltage ranges: 12-40 V AC / 12-60 V DC; 24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC; 110-240 V AC;380-440 V AC1 or 2 c/o contacts (250 V / 4 A)2nd c/o contact can be set as instantaneous contact (front-face slide switch)Timing function initiation via external, volt free (dry) control contacts or via supply voltageRemote potentiometer connection featureTime stop function possible via external control contact
CT-MBS(1 c/o contact)
NEW
112CDC110004C0202
2
1
1SVR
430
153
F 0
200
1SVR
430
163
F 0
100
1SVR
430
203
F 0
200
1SVR
430
213
F 0
200
1SVR
430
221
F 7
300
CT-EBS
CT-TGS
CT-YDAV
CT-YDEW
CT-IRS
Electronic timersCT-S rangeOrdering details
Supply voltage Order code Price1 piece
CT-VBS, OFF-delay timer for DC-coils without auxiliary voltage
100-127 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 261 R 6000
200-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 261 R 5000
CT-EAS, ON- and OFF-delay timer, symmetrical times, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x x 1SVR 430 173 R 0100
CT-EAS, ON- and OFF-delay timer, symmetrical times, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o cont.2), 3 LEDs
24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x 1SVR 430 173 R 0200
CT-EVS, ON- and OFF-delay timer, asymmetrical times1), 2x10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o cont., 2 LEDs
24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x x 1SVR 430 193 R 0100
CT-VWS, impulse-ON, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC 1SVR 430 132 R 0100
CT-VWS, impulse-ON, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs
24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x 1SVR 430 133 R 0200
CT-AWS, impulse-OFF, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x x 1SVR 430 143 R 0100
CT-AWS, impulse-OFF, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs
24 V , 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x 1SVR 430 143 R 0200
CT-EBS, flasher starting with OFF, symmetrical ON/OFF intervals, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h),1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC 1SVR 430 152 R 0100
CT-EBS, flasher starting with OFF, symmetrical ON/OFF intervals, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h),2 c/o contacts2), 3 LEDs
24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x 1SVR 430 153 R 0200
CT-TGS, pulse generator3), 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x x 1SVR 430 163 R 0100
CT-PGS, single pulse generator3), 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC x x x 1SVR 430 253 R 0100
CT-YDAV, star-delta timer, twice ON-delayed, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h),50 ms change-over time, 2 c/o contacts, 3 LEDs
24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC 1SVR 430 203 R 0200
380-440 V AC 1SVR 430 201 R 2300
CT-YDEW, star-delta timer, 10 time ranges (0.05 s - 300 h),50 ms change-over time, 1 n/o contact delayed, 1 n/o contact undelayed, 3 LEDs
24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC, 110-240 V AC 1SVR 430 213 R 0200
CT-IRS, switching relay, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 220 R 9100
42-48 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 220 R 8100
110-240 V AC 1SVR 430 221 R 7100
CT-IRS, switching relay, 2 c/o contacts, 2 LEDs
24 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 220 R 9300
42-48 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 220 R 8300
110-240 V AC 1SVR 430 221 R 7300
CT-IRS, switching relay, 2 c/o contacts, with gold-plated contacts, 2 LEDs
24 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 230 R 9300
110-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 231 R 7300
CT-IRS, switching relay, 3 c/o contacts, 2 LEDs
24 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 220 R 9400
42-48 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 220 R 8400
220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 221 R 1400
1) ON- and OFF-delay times adjustable independently 2) 2nd c/o contact selectable as instantaneous contact3) ON and OFF times adjustable independently, 2 remote potentiometer connectable Packing unit: 1 piece
Con
trol
cont
act
timer
sta
rt
Con
trol
cont
act
timer
sto
p
Rem
ote
pote
ntio
-m
eter
conn
ectio
n
• Function diagrams .................................................................... 15 • Connection diagrams ................................................................ 31• Technical data ............................................................................ 24 • Wiring notes, Dimensional drawings ........................................ 33• Star-delta applications .............................................................. 30 • Accessories ................................................................................. 34
NEW
122CDC110004C0202
1
1SVR
550
029
F 8
100
1SVR
550
107
F 4
100
1SVR
550
111
F 1
100
1SVR
550
127
F 4
100
1SVR
550
137
F 1
100
CT-MFE
CT-ERE
CT-AHE
CT-ARE
CT-VWE
Electronic timersCT-E rangeOrdering details
Supply voltage Time range Order code Price1 piece
CT-MFE, multifunction timer, 6 functions1), 8 time ranges (0.05 s - 100 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24-240 V AC/DC 0,05 s - 100 h 1SVR 550 029 R 8100
CT-ERE, ON-delay timer, 1 time range, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 107 R 1100
24 V AC/DC, 220-240 V AC0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 107 R 41003-300 s 1SVR 550 107 R 2100
0.3-30 min 1SVR 550 107 R 51000.1-10 s 1SVR 550 100 R 1100
110-130 V AC0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 100 R 41003-300 s 1SVR 550 100 R 2100
0.3-30 min 1SVR 550 100 R 5100
CT-AHE, OFF-delay timer, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 118 R 110024 V AC/DC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 118 R 4100
3-300 s 1SVR 550 118 R 21000.1-10 s 1SVR 550 110 R 1100
110-130 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 110 R 41003-300 s 1SVR 550 110 R 21000.1-10 s 1SVR 550 111 R 1100
220-240 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 111 R 41003-300 s 1SVR 550 111 R 2100
CT-ARE, OFF-delay timer without auxiliary voltage, 1 c/o contact, 1 LED
24 V AC/DC, 220-240 V AC0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 127 R 11000.3-30 s 1SVR 550 127 R 4100
110-130 V AC0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 120 R 11000.3-30 s 1SVR 550 120 R 4100
CT-VWE, impulse-ON, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 137 R 110024 V AC/DC, 220-240 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 137 R 4100
3-300 s 1SVR 550 137 R 21000.1-10 s 1SVR 550 130 R 1100
110-130 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 130 R 41003-300 s 1SVR 550 130 R 2100
CT-AWE, impulse-OFF without auxiliary voltage, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24 V AC/DC 1SVR 550 158 R 3100110-130 V AC 0.05-1 s 1SVR 550 150 R 3100220-240 V AC 1SVR 550 151 R 3100
CT-AWE, impulse-OFF with auxiliary voltage, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 148 R 110024 V AC/DC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 148 R 4100
3-300 s 1SVR 550 148 R 21000.1-10 s 1SVR 550 140 R 1100
110-130 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 140 R 41003-300 s 1SVR 550 140 R 21000.1-10 s 1SVR 550 141 R 1100
220-240 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 141 R 41003-300 s 1SVR 550 141 R 2100
1) Functions: ON-delay, OFF-delay, impulse-ON, impulse-OFF, flasher starting with ON, flasher starting with OFF, pulse formerPacking unit: 1 piece
CT-E range
12 single-function timers and 2 multifunction timers (24-240 V AC/DC)Single or dual supply voltage ranges24 V AC/DC, 110-130 V AC, 220-240 V ACOutput contacts - 1 c/o contact (250 V / 4 A) or solid-state for high switching frequencies (thyristor 0.8 A)Single time ranges 0.1-10 s, 0.3-30 s, 3-300 s, 0.3-30 min.
• Function diagrams .................................................................... 19 • Connection diagrams ................................................................ 32• Technical data ............................................................................ 26 • Wiring notes, Dimensional drawings ........................................ 33• Star-delta applications .............................................................. 30
132CDC110004C0202
2
1
1SVR
550
167
F 1
100
1SVR
550
207
F 4
100
1SVR
550
019
F 0
000
1SVR
550
509
F 2
000
1SVR
550
519
F 1
000
CT-EBE
CT-YDE
CT-MKE
CT-EKE
CT-AKE
Electronic timersCT-E rangeOrdering details
Supply voltage Time range Order code Price1 piece
CT-EBE, flasher with symmetrical ON-OFF times, starting with OFF, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24 V AC/DC, 220-240 V AC0.1-10 s
1SVR 550 167 R 1100110-130 V AC 1SVR 550 160 R 1100
CT-YDE, star-delta timer, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 207 R 110024 V AC/DC, 220-240 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 207 R 4100
3-300 s 1SVR 550 207 R 21000.1-10 s 1SVR 550 200 R 1100
110-130 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 200 R 41003-300 s 1SVR 550 200 R 2100
CT-SDE, ON-delayed, 1 n/c contact, 1 n/o contact, internally wired, 2 LEDs
24 V AC/DC, 220-240 V AC 1SVR 550 217 R 4100
110-130 V AC 0,3-30 s 1SVR 550 210 R 4100
380-440 V AC 1SVR 550 211 R 4100
CT-IRE, switching relay, impulse-OFF, A1/A2 diagonally, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24 V AC/DC 1SVR 550 228 R 9100
220-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 550 221 R 9100
CT-IRE, switching relay, impulse-OFF, A1/A2 on top, 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24 V AC/DC 1SVR 550 238 R 9100
220-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 550 231 R 9100
Solid-state output / contactless
CT-MKE, multifunction timer, 4 functions1), solid-state output, functions and time range selection via external jumpers
24-240 V AC/DC 0.1-10 s, 3-300 s 1SVR 550 019 R 0000
CT-EKE, ON-delay timer, solid-state output, 1 LED
0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 509 R 100024-240 V AC/DC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 509 R 4000
3-300 s 1SVR 550 509 R 2000
CT-AKE, OFF-delay timer, solid-state output, 1 LED
0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 519 R 100024-240 V AC 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 519 R 4000
3-300 s 1SVR 550 519 R 2000
1) Functions: ON-delayed (AC/DC), impulse-ON (AC only), flasher starting with ON (AC only), flasher starting with OFF (AC only)Packing unit: 1 piece
CT-MKE is a solid-state timer for 2-wire applications withthyristor output. It is connected in series with the controlcontactors or relays. Voltage should not be applied withouta load connected, because there is no current limiting in theunit. Functions and time ranges are programmed by simplyplugging in external wire jumpers. The times can be setexactly by a thumbwheel with a relative time scale.
"ON-delay" functionWithout external wire jumpers connected. Timing starts, ifvoltage is e. g. applied via an external control contact to theseries connection of the timer and the contactor. After theadjusted delay time has elapsed, the thyristor will energizethe contactor. The CT-MKE is operating as a switchingdelay.
"OFF-delay" functionUsing an additional auxiliary relay, an "OFF-delay" functioncan be obtained.
"Impulse-ON" functionExternal jumper connection X1-X4. If voltage is applied e. g.via an external control contact to the series connection ofthe timer and the contactor, the thyristor will switch withoutdelay and energize the contactor. After the time delay haselapsed, the thyristor de-energizes the contactor again.
Function "Flasher, starting with ON"External jumper connection X1-X4 and X2-X4 . If voltage isapplied e.g. via an external control contact to the seriesconnection of the timer and the contactor, the thyristor willswitch on the contactor cyclically. The ON and OFF timesare symmetrical. Starting is performed with an ON time.
Function "Flasher, starting with OFF"External jumper connection X2-X4. If voltage is applied e. g.via an external control contact to the series connection ofthe timer and the contactor, the thyristor will switch on thecontactor cyclically. The ON and OFF times aresymmetrical. Starting is performed with an OFF time.
Programming the time ranges
Time ranges:0.1-10 s - wire jumper: X3-X4
3-300 s - no jumper
NEW
• Function diagrams .................................................................... 19 • Connection diagrams ................................................................ 32• Technical data ............................................................................ 26 • Wiring notes, Dimensional drawings ........................................ 33• Star-delta applications .............................................................. 30
142CDC110004C0202
12C
DC
251
001
F 0
003
CT-MFD
CT-ERD
2CD
C 2
51 0
02 F
000
3
CT-EBD
2CD
C 2
51 0
04 F
000
3
CT-AHD
2CD
C 2
51 0
06 F
000
3
CT-TGD
2CD
C 2
51 0
07 F
000
3
Electronic timersCT-D rangeOrdering details
Supply voltage Order code Price1 piece
CT-MFD, multifunction timer, 7 functions1), 7 time ranges (0.05 s - 100 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24-240 V AC, 24-48 V DC 1SVR 500 020 R 0000
CT-ERD, ON-delay timer, 7 time ranges (0.05 s - 100 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24-240 V AC, 24-48 V DC 1SVR 500 100 R 0000
CT-AHD, OFF-delay timer, 7 time ranges (0.05 s - 100 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24-240 V AC, 24-48 V DC 1SVR 500 110 R 0000
CT-VWD, impulse-ON timer, 7 time ranges (0.05 s - 100 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24-240 V AC, 24-48 V DC 1SVR 500 130 R 0000
CT-EBD, flasher starting with ON, 7 time ranges (0.05 s - 100 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24-240 V AC, 24-48 V DC 1SVR 500 150 R 0000
CT-TGD, pulse generator2), 7 time ranges (0.05 s - 100 h), 1 c/o contact, 2 LEDs
24-240 V AC, 24-48 V DC 1SVR 500 160 R 0000
CT-D range
1 multifunction and 5 single-function timersMultisupply voltage input A1-A2 = 24-240 V AC / 24-48 V DC1 c/o output contact (250 V / 8 A)7 time ranges 0.05 s - 100 hParallel load to the voltage related control inputs possible
1) Functions: ON-delay, OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage, impulse-ON, pulse former with auxiliary voltage, impulse-OFF with auxiliary voltage,flasher starting with ON, flasher starting with OFF
2) ON and OFF times adjustable independently, 2 x 0.05 s - 100 h
Packing unit: 1 piece
• Function diagrams .................................................................... 22 • Connection diagrams ................................................................ 32• Technical data ............................................................................ 28 • Wiring notes, Dimensional drawings ........................................ 33
152CDC110004C0202
2
1
1SVC
110
000
F 0
339
1SVC
110
000
F 0
343
1SVC
110
000
F 0
349
t t
2CD
C 2
52 0
35 F
0003
Electronic timersCT-S rangeFunction diagrams
ON-delay (delay on make)CT-ERS, CT-MBS, CT-MFS, CT-MVS
If control contact Y1/Z2 is open, the timer is started as soon as the supplyvoltage is applied. The green LED flashes while timing. After the adjusted delaytime has elapsed, the output relay is energized and the flashing LED turnssteady. If the supply voltage is interrupted, the output relay resets and theelapsed time is reset. Timing can also be started by opening control contactY1/Z2 with the supply voltage applied.If control contact Y1/Z2 closes after the supply voltage has been applied, allthe internal functions are reset. By closing control contact X1/Z2 the timer canbe stopped. The elapsed time is stored. Timing continues if the contact isopened again. This can be repeated as often as required.By setting the slide switch to position Inst., the 2nd c/o contact operates im-mediately when the supply voltage is applied and the timer starts. If the supplyvoltage is disconnected, both c/o contacts reset.By connecting a remote potentiometer to the terminals Z1/Z2 the time can beadjusted externally. The internal potentiometer is automatically switched off, ifan external potentiometer is connected.
OFF-delay (delay on break) - volt free (dry) controlinput CT-AHS, CT-MBS, CT-MFS
This function requires continuous supply voltage at the terminals A1/A2, B1/A2, B2/A2 for timing.Timing is controlled by a volt free (dry) contact at the terminals Y1/Z2. If thecontact is closed, the output relay is energized. If the contact is opened, theadjusted time starts to elapse (minimum control pulse length: 20 ms). Thegreen LED flashes while timing. The LED turns steady and the output relay isde-energized if the timer has elapsed.The timer can be stopped by closing control contact X1/Z2 . The elapsed timeis stored. Timing continues if the contact is opened again. This can be repea-ted as often as required.By setting the slide switch to position Inst., the 2nd c/o contact operates im-mediately when the supply voltage is applied and the timer starts. If the supplyvoltage is disconnected, both c/o contacts reset.By connecting a remote potentiometer to the terminals Z1/Z2 the time can beadjusted externally. The internal potentiometer is automatically switched off, ifan external potentiometer is connected.
OFF-delay (delay on break) - voltage relatedcontrol input CT-APS, CT-MVSThe OFF-delay time relay CT-APS requires continuous supply voltage atthe terminals B1 and A2, B2 and A2 or A1 and A2 respectively.Timing is controlled by a control voltage-related (e.g. A1) contact at terminalY1. If the control contact is closed the output relay is energized. If the controlcontact is opened, the adjusted time starts to elapse (minimum control pulselength 20 ms). The green LED flashes while timing. The LED turns steady andthe output relay is de-energized if the timer has elapsed.By setting the slide switch to position Inst., the 2nd c/o contact operates im-mediately when the supply voltage is applied and the timer starts. If the supplyvoltage is disconnected, both c/o contacts reset .
OFF-delay (true OFF-delay) - without auxiliary voltageCT-ARS
CT-ARS is an OFF-delay timer which does not require supply voltageat the terminals A1/A2 while timing.After a storage time of several months, a charging time of about5 minutes is necessary. For this, voltage must be applied to the unit. After ap-plying voltage, the output relay is energized and after disconnecting the supplyvoltage, the preset time starts to elapse.By connecting a remote potentiometer to the terminals Z1/Z2, the time can beset externally. When connecting a remote potentiometer, the factory-mountedjumper on the terminals Z1/Z2 has to be removed and the internal potentiometerhas to be set to the lowest possible value.For correct function of the unit, it is necessary to observe the minimum energi-zing time. As soon as the timer starts to elapse, both LEDs will turn off.
t = adjusted delay time
t = adjusted delay timets = storing timet = t1 + t2
CT-MVS: without time stop input
t = adjusted delay timets = storing timet = t1 + t2
A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2
Y1-Z2
15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26
21/2421/22
green LED
X1-Z2
A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2
Y1-Z2
15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26
21/2421/22
green LED
X1-Z2
t = adjusted delay time
A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2
A1/Y1, B1/Y1
15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26
21/2421/22
green LED
A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2
15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26
green LED
162CDC110004C0202
1
t1
t2
2CD
C 2
52 0
55 F
0003
ta tr ta1 ts ta2 tr1 ts tr2
2CD
C 2
52 0
04 F
0004
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
0 100 200 300 400
U (
V)
3 W
7 W
9 W
t (ms)
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
0
t (s)
U (
V)
3 W
7 W
9 W
1 20
20
40
60
80
100
120
0 2
t (s)
U (
V)
9 W
3 W
7 W
1
Electronic timersCT-S rangeFunction diagrams, delay time diagrams
ON- and OFF-delay -symmetrical times CT-EAS, asymmetrical times CT-EVS
The time relay requires continuous supply voltage at the terminals B1 and A2,B2 and A2 or A1 and A2 respectively.The ON- and OFF- delay times of CT-EAS are symmetrical and of CT-EVSasymmetrical. The ON-delay function starts when control contact Y1-Z2 closes.The OFF-delay is started after the timer has elapsed and after control contactY1-Z2 is opened.The green LED flashes during timing of both functions.If the slide switch is set to the "Inst." position, the 2nd c/o contact is energi-zed immediately and the 1st change-over contact is energized after the delaytime has elapsed.Both c/o contacts reset if the supply voltage is disconnected.
ta = timer delay on "ON": ta = ta1 + ta2
tr = timer delay on "OFF": tr = tr1 + tr2
ts = storage timeCT-EAS: ta = tr
CT-EVS: ta and tr independently adjustable
t1 = OFF-delay time (without jumper between terminal 3 and 4 1))t2 = OFF-delay time (with jumper between terminal 3 and 4 1))
1) only for version 200-240 V AC
A1/A2
1+/2-
3/4 1)
1+/2- 1)
OFF-delay - for DC-coils without auxiliary voltageCT-VBS
The DC contactor connected to the output is energized when supply voltage isapplied to the terminals A1 and A2. If the supply voltage is disconnected theDC contactor remains for a certain time still energized. This delay time dependson the coil drop off voltage and on the wattage of the contactor coil.
A1/A2
1+/2-
3/4 1)
1+/2- 1)
A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2
Y1-Z2
15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26
21/2421/22
green LED
X1-Z2
Coi
l dro
p of
f vol
tage
Coi
l dro
p of
f vol
tage
Delay time diagrams CT-VBS
Delay time guideline values200-240 V AC version without jumper 3/4
Delay time guideline values110-127 V AC version
Coi
l dro
p of
f vol
tage
Delay time guideline values200-240 V AC version with jumper 3/4
172CDC110004C0202
2
1
2CD
C25
2 07
7 F0
003
2CD
C 2
52 0
76 F
0003
t t t t
1SVC
110
000
F 0
340
1SVC
110
000
F 0
344
Electronic timersCT-S rangeFunction diagrams
Flasher, starting with ON (Recycling equal times,ON first) CT-MBS, CT-MFS, CT-MVS
After connecting the supply voltage to A1 and A2, the timer starts to pulse withsymmetrical ON/ OFF cycles. The cycles are displayed by the flashing greenLED, which flashes twice as fast during the OFF cycle. If control contact Y1/Z2is opened while the supply voltage is applied, the output relay is de-energized.Opening the control contact again, restarts the relay to pulse again with thepreset cycle. If the slide switch is set to the Inst. position, the 2nd c/o contactis energized immediately after the supply voltage is applied.By connecting a remote potentiometer to the Z1/Z2 terminals, the time can beset externally. When connecting an external potentiometer the internal potenti-ometer is switched off automatically.
t = adjusted flashing time
Flasher, starting with off (Recycling equal times,OFF first) CT-EBS, CT-MBS, CT-MFS, CT-MVS
After connecting the supply voltage to A1 and A2, the timer starts to pulsewith symmetrical ON/ OFF cycles. The cycles are displayed by the flashinggreen LED, which flashes twice as fast during the OFF cycle. If control contactY1/Z2 is opened while the supply voltage is applied, the output relay is de-en-ergized.Opening the control contact again, restarts the relay to pulse again with thepreset cycle. If the slide switch is set to the "Inst." position, the 2nd c/o con-tact is energized immediately after the supply voltage is applied. The contactresets if the supply voltage is disconnected.By connecting a remote potentiometer to the terminals Z1/Z2 the timer can beset externally, the internal potentiometer is switched off automatically.
t = adjusted flashing time
A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2
Y1-Z2
15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26
21/2421/22
green LED
A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2
Y1-Z2
15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26
21/2421/22
green LED
Impulse-ON (Interval)CT-VWS, CT-MBS, CT-MFS, CT-MVS
The output relay is energized without delay when the supply voltage is appliedto the terminals A1/A2, B1/A2, B2/A2 and is de-energized after the set pulsetime has elapsed. The green LED flashes while timing. The flashing LED turnssteady as soon as the set pulse time has elapsed. Timing can also be startedby opening control contact Y1/Z2 with the supply voltage applied.By closing the control contact X1/Z2, the timer can be stopped. The elapsedtime is stored. Timing continues by opening the contact. This can be repeatedas often as required.If the slide switch is set to the Inst. position, the 2nd c/o contact is energizedimmediately after the supply voltage is applied and timing is started. The 2ndchange-over contact resets if the supply is disconnected.By connecting a remote potentiometer to the Z1/Z2 terminals, the time can beset externally. When connecting an external potentiometer the internal potenti-ometer is switched off automatically.
t = adjusted pulse timets = storage timet = t1 + t2
CT-MVS: without time stop input
Impulse-OFF (Trailing edge interval)CT-AWS, CT-MBS, CT-MFS, CT-MVS
For the impulse-OFF function, supply voltage must be applied continuously.By opening control contact Y1/Z2, the output relay is energized immediatelyand timing starts. The green LED flashes while timing. After the adjusted pulsetime has elapsed the flashing LED turns steady and the output relay resets .Timing can be stopped by closing control contact X1/Z2. The elapsed time isstored. Timing continues by opening the contact.This function can be repeated as often as required. If the slide switch is set tothe Inst. position, the 2nd change-over contact is energized immediately afterthe supply voltage is applied and timing is started. The contact resets if thesupply is disconnected.By connecting a remote potentiometer to the Z1/Z2 terminals, the time can beset externally. When connecting an external potentiometer the internal potenti-ometer is switched off automatically.
t = adjusted pulse timets = storage timet = t1 + t2
CT-MVS: without time stop input
A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2
Y1 -Z2
15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26
21/2421/22
green LED
X1-Z2
A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2
Y1 -Z2
15/18, 25/2815/16, 25/26
21/2421/22
green LED
X1-Z2
182CDC110004C0202
1
2CD
C 2
52 0
79 F
0003
2CD
C 2
52 0
78 F
0003
t1 t2 t1 t2
1SVC
110
000
F 0
350
1SVC
110
000
F 0
351
Electronic timersCT-S rangeFunction diagrams
Star-delta change-over with impulseCT-YDEW, CT-MFS, CT-MBS, CT-MVS
The CT-YDEW and the function of the multifunction timer CT-MFS,CT-MBS, CT-MVS respectively, is designed especially for star-delta starting ofsquirrel cage motors. It uses two separate timing circuits: a variable timing cir-cuit for the starting time in star-mode, and a fixed timing circuit with 50 ms forthe transition from the star to the delta contactor. The first output relay is ener-gized after the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1/A2.After the star time has elapsed, the first output is de-energized and the secondtimer with 50 ms starts. After this timer has elapsed, the second output relay isenergized and stays energized until the supply is disconnected.Timing is displayed by the flashing green LED.
t1 = adjustable starting timet2 = change-over time (approx. 50 ms)
Star-delta starting, twice delayed on ONCT-YDAV, CT-MFS, CT-MBS, CT-MVS
The CT-YDAV and the function of the multifunction timer CT-MFS,CT-MBS, CT-MVS respectively, is designed especially for star-delta starting ofsquirrel cage motors. It uses two separate timing circuits: a variable timing cir-cuit for the starting time in star-mode, and a fixed timing circuit with 50 ms forthe transition from the star to the delta contactor.If the supply voltage is applied to A1/A2, the first output relay is energized af-ter the adjusted delay time. The second output relay is energized after another50 ms.Timing is displayed by the flashing green LED.
t1 = adjustable starting timet2 = change-over time (approx. 50 ms)
A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2
15/1815/16
25/2825/26
green LED
A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2
15/1815/16
25/2825/26
green LED
tp = OFF-timeti = ON-timets = storage timetp/ti = t1 + t2
Single pulse generator (Delay on make interval)
CT-PGSWhen applying the supply voltage to B1/A2, B2/A2, A1/A2, the output relay isenergized after the preset delay on operate time and de-energized after thedelay on release time has elapsed. Timing can be stopped by closing controlcontact X1/Z2. When opening the contact again, the timer will continue at thestored time value.If the supply voltage is applied, timing can also be started by opening the cont-rol contact Y1/Z2. If control contact Y1/Z2 is closed after the supply voltage isapplied, the internal function is reset.With the CT-PGS, a single pulse can be processed with delay.
Pulse generator (Recycling unequal times)
CT-TGSON and OFF times ranging from 50 ms to 300 h can be set independently ofeach other. Time ranges are set using two turn-switches. The desired time va-lues are adjusted using built-in potentiometers with direct reading scales. Re-mote adjustment can be performed via two remote potentiometers.The internal potentiometers are switched off automatically when remote potenti-ometers are connected. The function can be changed from "OFF" starting cycleto "ON" starting cycle by means of an external connection between the termi-nals X2/Z2. The assignment of the internal and external potentiometers remainsunchanged.By closing control contact X1/Z2, the timer for the ON/OFF cycle can be stop-ped. The elapsed time value is stored. By opening the contact again, the timercontinues timing from this point. This function can be repeated as often as re-quired.After applying the supply voltage to B1 and A2, B2 and A2 or A1 and A2, theCT-TGS starts to work with an "ON" cycle or an "OFF" cycle, as selected. The"ON"/ "OFF" cycles are displayed by the flashing green LED.
tp = OFF-timeti = ON-timets = storage timetp/ti = t1 + t2
A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2
X2-Z2
15/1815/16
green LED
X1-Z2
A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2
Y1-Z2
15/1815/16
green LED
X1-Z2
192CDC110004C0202
2
1
1SVC
110
000
F 0
352
1SVC
110
000
F 0
353
1SVC
110
000
F 0
358
1SVC
110
000
F 0
354
A1/A2
15/1815/16
A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2
A1/Y1
15/1815/16
A1/A2
15/1815/16
A1/A2
15/1815/16
< t
< t
Electronic timersCT-E rangeFunction diagrams
ON-delay (Delay on make)CT-MFE, CT-MKE, CT-EKE, CT-ERE
Timing starts when the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1and A2. After the set time has elapsed, the output relay is energi-zed.If the supply voltage is disconnected, the output relay resets andthe elapsed time is cancelled.If the supply voltage is disconnected before the adjusted time haselapsed, the output relay is not energized.
OFF-delay, with auxiliary voltage (Delay on break)CT-MFE, CT-AKE, CT-AHE
The OFF-delay function requires continuous voltage supply at theterminals A1/B1-A2 while timing.Timing is controlled by control contact Y1 (supply voltage potential).If this control contact is closed, the output relay is energized.By opening the control contact, the timer is started and the adjustedtime starts to elapse.After the delay time has elapsed, the output relay is de-energized. Ifthe control contact is closed once more while the timer is running,the time delay is reset. If the control contact is opened again, thetimer restarts.
Impulse-ON (Interval)CT-MFE, CT-MKE, CT-VWE
When applying the supply voltage to the terminals A1 and A2, theoutput relay is energized without delay and de-energized after theadjusted pulse time has elapsed.If the supply voltage is disconnected before the adjusted pulse timehas elapsed, the output relay is de-energized without delay.
OFF-delay, without auxiliary voltage (True OFF-delay)CT-ARE
The OFF-delay function does not require continuous voltage supp-ly. It is controlled by the supply voltage. The output relay is energi-zed after the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1-A2.If the supply is disconnected, the adjusted time starts to elapse.After the adjusted time has elapsed, the output relay is de-energi-zed.If the supply voltage is connected again to A1-A2 before the adjus-ted time has elapsed, the time is reset and the output relay staysenergized until the time has elapsed anew.
t = adjusted delay time t = adjusted delay time
t = adjusted delay time t = adjusted pulse time
202CDC110004C0202
1
t t
1SVC
110
000
F 0
362
1SVC
110
000
F 0
359
1SVC
110
000
F 0
355
1SVC
110
000
F 0
356
A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2
Y1
15/1815/16
A1/A2 , B1/A2 , B2/A2
Y1
15/1815/16
A1/A2
15/1815/16
A1/A2
15/1815/16
Electronic timersCT-E rangeFunction diagrams
Pulse former (Single shot)CT-MFE
If control contact Y1 is closed while supply voltage is applied, theoutput relay is energized for the adjusted pulse time, no matter whe-ther control contact Y1 is opened again or stays closed.If the power supply is disconnected, the output relay is de-energi-zed without delay.After the pulse has elapsed, the next pulse defined by the adjustedtime can be activated by closing the control contact Y1 again.
Impulse-OFF, with auxiliary voltage (Trailing edgeinterval) CT-AWE
The "impulse-OFF" function requires continuous presence of supp-ly voltage at the terminals A1/B1-A2. If control contact Y1 (supplyvoltage potential) is opened while supply voltage is applied, the out-put relay is energized without delay and the timer is started.The output relay stays energized for the adjusted pulse time and isde-energized after this time has elapsed.By disconnecting the supply voltage or by closing the control con-tact, the time delay is reset and the output relay is de-energized.
Impulse-OFF, without auxiliary voltage (True trailingedge interval) CT-AWE
The impulse-OFF function does not require continuous supply vol-tage at the terminals A1 and A2 for timing. It is controlled by thesupply voltage.By disconnecting the supply voltage, the output relay is energizedand the adjusted impulse time starts to elapse.After the impulse time has elapsed, the output relay is de-energized.If the supply voltage is applied again while the timer is active, theoutput relay is de-energized immediately and the time delay is reset.
Flasher, starting with ON (Recycling equal times, ONfirst) CT-MFE, CT-MKE
When the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1/B1-A2, theoutput relay starts to cycle in symmetrical ON/OFF intervals.The ON/OFF ratio can be adjusted using the potentiometer on thefront of the timer. If the supply voltage is disconnected, the outputrelay is de-energized.
t = adjusted pulse time t = adjusted pulse time
t = adjusted pulse time t = adjusted flashing time
212CDC110004C0202
2
1
1SVC
110
000
F 0
357
1SVC
110
000
F 0
354
1SVC
110
000
F 0
361
1SVC
110
000
F 0
360
A1/A2
15/1815/16
A1/A2
15/1815/16
A1/A2
15/1815/16
< t
Electronic timersCT-E rangeFunction diagrams
Star-delta change-overCT-SDE
The CT-SDE is designed especially for star-delta starting of squirrelcage motors. It uses two separate timing circuits: a variable timingcircuit for the starting time in star-mode, and a fixed timing circuitwith 30 ms for the change-over time from the star to the delta con-tactor.If the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1-A2, the outputrelay contact 15-16 opens after the adjusted time has elapsed.After another 30 ms the contact 15-18 closes.The internal wiring combination of two relays greatly reduces theamount of external wiring required.
Star-delta change-overCT-YDE
The CT-YDE is designed especially for star-delta starting of squirrelcage motors. It uses two separate timing circuits: a variable timingcircuit (adjustable on the front side) for the starting time in star-mode, and a fixed timing circuit with 50 ms for a defined change-over time from the star to the delta contactor. After the ajdustedstarting time has elapsed, the relay interrupts the voltage path of thestar contactor and then energizes the delta contactor after achange-over time of 50 ms.
Flasher, starting with OFF (Recycling equal times,OFF first) CT-MFE, CT-MKE, CT-EBE
When the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1/B1-A2, theoutput relay starts to cycle in symmetrical ON/OFF intervals. Itstarts with an OFF interval.The ON/OFF ratio can be adjusted using the potentiometer on thefront of the timer. If the supply voltage is disconnected, the outputrelay is de-energized.
Switching relayCT-IRE
The switching relay may be used to increase the number of availab-le contacts or to reinforce contacts, or as a coupling/decoupling in-terface.If the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1-A2, the outputrelay is energized immediately.If the supply voltage is interrupted, the output relay is de-energized.
t = adjusted flashing time t = starting time
t1 = starting timet2 = change-over time
A1/A2
15/1815/16
Star contactor
Delta contactor
green LED
222CDC110004C0202
1
1SVC
110
000
F 0
352
1SVC
110
000
F 0
353
1SVC
110
000
F 0
354
t t 1SVC
110
000
F 0
362
A1/A2
15/1815/16
A1/A2
A1/Y1
15/1815/16
A1/A2
15/1815/16
A1/A2
Y1
15/1815/16
< t
< t
Electronic timersCT-D rangeFunction diagrams
ON-delay (Delay on make)CT-ERD, CT-MFD
Timing starts when the supply voltage is applied to the terminalsA1-A2. After the adjusted time has elapsed, the output relay is en-ergized.If the supply voltage is disconnected, the output relay resets andthe elapsed time is cancelled.If the supply voltage is disconnected before the adjusted time haselapsed, the output relay is not energized.
OFF-delay, with auxiliary voltage (Delay on break)CT-AHD, CT-MFD
The OFF-delay function requires continuous voltage supply at theterminals A1-A2 while timing.Timing is controlled by a control contact Y1 (supply voltage potenti-al). If this control contact is closed, the output relay is energized.By opening the control contact, the timer is started and the adjustedtime begins to elapse.After the delay time has elapsed, the output relay is de-energized. Ifthe control contact is closed once more while the timer is running,the time delay is reset. If the control contact is opened again, thetimer restarts.
Impulse-ON (Interval)CT-VWD, CT-MFD
When applying the supply voltage to the terminals A1 and A2, theoutput relay is energized without delay and de-energized after theadjusted pulse time has elapsed.If the supply voltage is disconnected before the adjusted pulse timehas elapsed, the output relay is de-energized without delay.
Pulse former (Single shot)CT-MFD
If control contact Y1 is closed while supply voltage is applied, theoutput relay is energized for the adjusted pulse time, no matter whe-ther control contact Y1 is opened again or stays closed.If the supply voltage is disconnected, the output relay is de-energi-zed without delay.After the pulse has elapsed, the next pulse defined by the adjustedtime can be activated by closing control contact Y1 again.
t = adjusted delay time t = adjusted delay time
t = adjusted pulse time t = adjusted impulse time
232CDC110004C0202
2
1
1SVC
110
000
F 0
356
1SVC
110
000
F 0
379
1SVC
110
000
F 0
359
1SVC
110
000
F 0
357
A1/A2
15/1815/16
A1/A2
Y1
15/1815/16
A1/A2
15/1815/16
A1/A2
X1-Y1
15/1815/16
titp
Electronic timersCT-D rangeFunction diagrams
Flasher, starting with ON (Recycling equal times, ONfirst) CT-EBD, CT-MFD
When the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1-A2, the out-put relay starts to cycle in symmetrical ON/OFF intervals.The ON/OFF ratio can be adjusted using the potentiometer on thefront of the timer. If the supply voltage is disconnected, the outputrelay is de-energized.
Pulse generator, starting with ON or OFF (Recyclingequal times) CT-TGD
When the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1 and A2, thetimer relay starts either with an ON or an OFF cycle. Starting withON or OFF can be selected.The ON-time and the OFF-time can be adjusted independently. Ifthe supply voltage is disconnected, the output relay is de-energi-zed.
Impulse-OFF, with auxiliary voltage (Trailing edgeinterval) CT-MFD
The impulse-OFF function requires continuous presence of supplyvoltage at the terminals A1/B1-A2. If control contact Y1 (supply vol-tage potential) is opened while supply voltage is applied, the outputrelay is energized without delay and the timer is started.The output relay stays energized for the adjusted pulse time and isde-energized after this time has elapsed.By disconnecting the supply voltage or by closing the control con-tact, the time delay is reset and the output relay is de-energized.
Flasher, starting with OFF (Recycling equal times,OFF first) CT-MFD
When the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1-A2, the out-put relay starts to cycle in symmetrical ON/OFF intervals. It startswith an OFF interval.The ON/OFF ratio can be adjusted using the potentiometer on thefront of the timer. If the supply voltage is disconnected, the outputrelay is de-energized.
t = adjusted pulse time t = adjusted flashing time
t = adjusted pulse time tp = OFF-timeti = pulse timeA1/Y1 (closed) = starting with OFFA1/Y1 (open) = starting with ON
242CDC110004C0202
1
Electronic timersCT-S rangeTechnical data
Type Terminals used CT-S range
Input circuits
Supply voltage - power consumption A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC approx. 2-2.5 VA/W 1)
A1-A2 12-40 V AC approx. 0.6-1.8 VA
A1-A2 12-60 V DC approx. 0.6-2.5 VA
B1-A2 24 V AC/DC approx. 0.5 VA/W
B2-A2 42-48 V AC/DC approx. 1.8 VA/W
A1-A2 100-127 V DC max. 120 mA (CT-VBS)
A1-A2 200-240 V DC max. 70 mA (CT-VBS)
A1-A2 110-240 V AC approx. 2-3 VA2) / 2.5-12 VA
A1-A2 380-440 V AC approx. 3 VA
Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+10 %
Supply voltage frequency AC/DC versions DC or 50/60 Hz
AC versions 50/60 Hz
Control contact connections3) volt free (dry) Y1-Z2 external time start
X1-Z2 time stop, time storage
voltage related A1/A3/A4-B1 external time start
Control voltage of control inputs (voltage related) Supply voltage
Minimum control pulse length 20 ms
Non-load voltage at the control contacts (volt free) 10-40 V DC (no galvanic separation to supply circuit)
Max. current in the control circuit 1 mA
Max. cable length to the control inputs 50 m
Remote potentiometer connection Z1-Z2 50 kΩMax. cable length to remote potentiometer 2 x 25 m, shield connected to Z2 potential
Duty time 100 %
Timing circuit
Time ranges 10 time ranges 0.05 s - 300 h 1.) 0,05-1 s 2.) 0,15-3 s 3.) 0,5-10 s 4.) 1,5-30 s 5.) 5-100 s6.) 15-300 s 7.) 1,5-30 min 8.) 15-300 min 9.) 1,5-30 h 10.) 15-300 h
7 time ranges: 0,05 s -10 min 1.) 0,05-1 s 2.) 0,15-3 s 3.) 0,5-10 s 4.) 1,5-30 s 5.) 5-100 s(CT-ARS) 6.) 15-300 s 7.) 0,5-10 min
depend on load (CT-VBS) see delay time diagrams
Recovery time <50 ms
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) <0.2 % (CT-VBS: 5 %)
Timing error within the supply voltage tolerance range <0.008 % / % ∆ U (CT-VBS: 10%)
Timing error within temperature range <0.07 % / °C (CT-VBS: 0,2 %/°C)
Indication of operational states
Supply voltage / timer green LED steady / flashing while timing
1st / 2nd output relay energized red LED / red LED
Output circuits 15-16/18, 25(21)-26(22)/28(24)
Number of contacts Relays, 1 or 2 c/o contacts,2nd c/o contact selectable asinstantaneous contact (except CT-ARS, CT-YDEW, CT-YDAV, CT-IRS)
Contact material AgCdo
Rated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 V (CT-VBS: see delay time diagrams)
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC, 250 V DC
Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 A
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 A
DC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A
Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycles
electrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles
Short circuit proof, n/c 10 A fast, operating class gL
max. fuse rating n/o 10 A fast, operating class gL
1) CT-ARS: 24 V AC/DC - approx. 1 A for 30 ms, 18 V AC/DC - ca. 1 A for 20 ms, 110-130 V AC - ca. 1 A for 15 ms, 220-240 V AC - ca. 1 A for 10 ms2 ) CT-MBS 1 c/o, CT-MBS 2 c/o, CT-ERS 1 c/o, CT-EVS, CT-APS, CT-EBS 1 c/o
• 3) Connection diagrams ........................................................................................................... 32 • 3) Wiring notes ............................................................................................................ 33
252CDC110004C0202
2
1
1SVC
110
000
F 0
188
1SVC
110
000
F 0
189
1SVC
110
000
F 0
185
1SVC
110
000
F 0
184
Electronic relaysCT-S rangeTechnical data (continued), load limit curves
AC load (resistive) DC load (resistive) Contact lifetime /switchingcycles N
220 V 50 Hz 1 AC360 cycles/h
Load limit curves
CT-S range
General data
Width of enclosure 22.5 mm
Wire size 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG) stranded wire with wire end ferrule
Weight approx. 150 g (5.3 oz)
Mounting position any
Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20
Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °C
Storage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °C
Mounting DIN rail (EN 50022)
Standards
Product standard IEC 61812-1, EN 61812-1
EMC Directive 89/336/EEC
Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8kV
HF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m
Burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV / 5 kHz
Surge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 4 2 kV L-L
HF line emission acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 V
Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC
Operational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 4 g
Mechanical resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 6 g
Approvals cULus, GL, GOST, C-Tick
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage between supply circuit, control circuit and supply up to 240 V: 300 V output circuit acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 supply up to 440 V: 500 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2-50 µsacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664
Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2,5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min., (CT-ARS: 2 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.)
Pollution category acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III/C
Overvoltage category acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III/C
Environmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
Reduction factor F forinductive AC load
262CDC110004C0202
1
Electronic timersCT-E rangeTechnical data
Type Terminals used CT-E range
Input circuits
Supply voltage - power consumption A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC approx. 1.0-2.0 VA/WA1-A2 24-240 V AC approx. 1,0-2,0 VA/WA1-A2 110-130 V AC approx. 2.0 VAA1-A2 220-240 V AC approx. 2.0 VAA1-A2 380-415 V AC approx. 3,0 VAB1-A2 24 V AC/DC approx. 1.0 VA/W
Supply voltage tolerance -15 % ... +10 %
Supply voltage frequency AC/DC versions DC or 50/60 HzAC versions 50/60 Hz
Control contact connections, voltage related1) Y1 external time start
Control voltage potential supply voltage
Minimum control pulse length 20 ms
Duty time 100 %
Minimum energizing time (CT-ARE) 200 ms
Solid-state devices CT-MKE, CT-EKE, CT-AKE
Voltage drop in connected state ≤ 3 V
Current consumption while timing ≤ 2 mA (24-60 V AC/DC)≤ 8 mA (60-240 V AC/DC)
Cable length between timer and connected load at 50 Hz at 24 V AC 220 m / 22 nFand a cable capacity of 100pF/m at 42 V AC 100 m / 10 nF
at 60 V AC 65 m / 6.5 nFat 110 V AC 50 m / 5 nFat 240 V AC 22 m / 2.2 nF
Timing circuit
Time rangesSingle-function timers 1 time range per unit
0.05-1 s, 0.1-10 s, 0.3-30 s, 3-300 s, 0.3-30 minMultifunction timers CT-MFE 8 time ranges 0.05 s - 100 h
CT-MKE 2 time ranges 0.1-10 s and 3-300 sStar-delta change-over time CT-YDE: 50 ms, CT-SDE: 30 ms
Recovery time <50 ms (CT-MKE: <100 ms, CT-AKE: <300 ms, CT-ARE: <200 ms,CT-AWE, CT-SDE: <400 ms, CT-YDE: <500 ms)
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) <1 %
Timing error within the supply voltage tolerance <0.5 % / % ∆ U
Timing error within operating temperature range <0.1 % (<0.06 % / °C CT-MFE)B
Indication of operational states
Supply voltage/ timing green LED
Output relay energized red LED
Output circuits relay devices 15-16/18
Number of contacts relay, 1 c/o contact
Contact material AgCdo
Rated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 V
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC, 250 V DC
Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 A
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 A
DC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A
Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycles
electrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles
Short circuit proof, n/c 10 A fast, operating class gL (CT-ARE: 5A)max. fuse rating n/o 10 A fast, operating class gL (CT-ARE: 5A)
• 1) Connection diagrams ........................................................................................................... 32 • 1) Wiring notes ............................................................................................................ 33
272CDC110004C0202
2
1
1SVC
110
000
F 0
188
1SVC
110
000
F 0
189
1SVC
110
000
F 0
185
1SVC
110
000
F 0
184
Electronic timersCT-E rangeTechnical data (continued), load limit curves
CT-E range
Output circuits solid-state devices CT-MKE, CT-EKE, CT-AKE A1-A2, A1-AL
Thyristor (CT-MKE, CT-EKE, CT-AKE)
Rated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 V
Max. switching voltage 240 V
Min. load current 20 mA (CT-EKE, CT-AKE: 10 mA)
Max. load current 0.8 A at TA = 20 °C (CT-EKE, CT-AKE: 0,7 A)
Load current reduction / derating 10 mA/°C
Max. surge current ≤ 20 A for t ≤ 20 ms (CT-EKE, CT-AKE: ≤ 15 A)
General data
Width of the enclosure 22.5 mm
Wire size 2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x 16 AWG) stranded wire with wire end ferrule
Weight approx. 80 g (2.8 oz)
Mounting position any
Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20
Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °C
Storage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °C
Mounting DIN rail (EN 50022)
Standards
Product standard IEC 61812-1, EN 61812-1
EMC Directive 89/336/EEC
Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kV
HF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m
Burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV / 5 kHz
Surge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 4 2 kV L-L
HF line emission acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 V
Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC
Operational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 6 g
Mechanical resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 10 g
Approvals cULus, GL, GOST, C-Tick
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage between supply circuit, control circuit and supply up to 240 V: 300 Voutput circuit acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 supply up to 440 V: 500 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2-50 µsacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664
Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
Pollution category acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III/C
Overvoltage category acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III/C
Environmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
AC load (resistive) DC load (resistive) Contact lifetime /switchingcycles N
220 V 50 Hz 1 AC360 cycles/h
Load limit curves
Reduction factor F forinductive AC load
282CDC110004C0202
1
Electronic timersCT-D rangeTechnical data
CT-D range
Input circuits
Supply voltage - power consumption A1-A2 24-240 V AC / 24-48 V DC - approx. 0.6-1.3 VA/W
Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+10 %
Supply voltage frequency DC supply 0 HzAC supply 50/60 Hz
Control contact connections, voltage related1) Y1-A2 external time start
Minimum control input pulse length 20 ms
Maximum cable length to the control inputs
Duty time 100 %
Timing circuit
Time ranges 7 time ranges 0.05 s - 100 h
1.) 0.05-1 s 2.) 0.5-10 s 3.) 5-100 s 4.) 0.5-10 min5.) 5-100 min 6.) 0.5-10 h 7.) 5-100 h
Recovery time <50 ms
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) < +/- 0,5 %
Timing error within the supply voltage tolerance <0,5 %
Timing error within the temperature range <0,06 % / °C
Indication of operational states
Supply voltage / timer green LED steady / flashing while timing
Output relay energized red LED
Output circuits 15-16/18
Number of contacts relay, 1 c/o contact
Contact material AgSnO2
Rated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 V
Minimum switching voltage 12 V
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC
Minimum switching current 100 mA
Maximum switching current 6 A
Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 6 A
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 6 A
DC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A
Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycles
electrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles
Short circuit proof, n/c 6 A fast, operating class gL
max. fuse rating n/o 10 A fast, operating class gL
General data
Width of the enclosure 17.5 mm
Wire size 2 x 1,5 mm2 (2 x 16 AWG) with wire end ferrule,2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG) without wire end ferrule
Weight approx. 60 g (2.1 oz)
Mounting position any
Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP 20
Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °C
Storage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °C
Mounting DIN rail (EN 50022), snap-on mounting
• 1) Connection diagrams ........................................................................................................... 32 • 1) Wiring notes ............................................................................................................ 33
292CDC110004C0202
2
1
1SVC
110
000
F 0
448
1SVC
110
000
F 0
449
1SVC
110
000
F 0
185
1SVC
110
000
F 0
450
Electronic timersCT-D rangeTechnical data (continued), load limit curves
CT-D range
Standards
Product standard IEC 61812-1 10.1996, EN 611812-1 + A11/8.1999,DIN VDE 0435 part 2021
EMC Directive 89/336/EEC
Electromagnetic compatibility acc.to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kV
HF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m
Burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV / 5 kHz
Surge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 4 2 kV L-L
HF line emission acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 V
Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC
Operational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 4 g
Mechanical resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 6 g
Approvals cULus, GOST, C-Tick
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage between supply circuit, control circuit and 300 Voutput circuit acc. to IEC 50175 / VDE 0160
Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2-50 µsacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664
Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
Pollution category acc. to IEC 50175 / VDE 0160 / UL508 2
Overvoltage category acc. to IEC 50175 / VDE 0160 / UL508 III
Environmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
AC load (resistive) DC load (resistive) Contact lifetime /switchingcycles N
220 V 50 Hz 1 AC360 cycles/h
Load limit curves
Reduction factor F forinductive AC load
302CDC110004C0202
1
A1 15
15A1
16 18A2
16 18 A2
1SVC
110
000
F 0
381
1SVC
110
000
F 0
393
2CD
C 2
52 0
18 F
0004
1SVC
110
000
F 0
388
1SVC
110
000
F 0
382
1SVC
110
000
F 0
390
2CD
C 2
52 0
44 F
0003
1SVC
110
000
F 0
389
1SVC
110
000
F 0
391
1SVC
110
000
F 0
392
A1 15 B1
15A1
16 18A2
16 18 A2
B1
2CD
C 2
52 0
43 F
0003
Electronic timersCT-S and CT-E rangeStar-delta applications
Control circuit diagramCT-YDEW
Star-delta timer with relay outputand impulse function
CT-YDAV
Star-delta timer with relay output Control circuit diagram
CT-YDE
Star-delta timer with relay output
Control circuit diagram
Control circuit diagram
CT-SDEStar-delta timer with relay output
Star-delta applications
Power circuit diagram
CT-S range - star-delta applications
CT-E range - star-delta applications
Version:24 V AC/DC, 220-240 V AC
Versions:110-130 V AC and
380-415 V AC
Version:24 V, 42-48 V AC/DC,
110-240 V AC
Version:380-415 V AC
312CDC110004C0202
2
1
CT-VBS
1SVC
110
000
F 0
411
1SVC
110
000
F 0
412
1SVC
110
000
F 0
413
1SVC
110
000
F 0
419
1SVC
110
000
F 0
414
1SVC
110
000
F 0
416
1SVC
110
000
F 0
417
1SVC
110
000
F 0
418
1SVC
110
000
F 0
421
1SVC
110
000
F 0
394
1SVC
110
000
F 0
493
1SVC
110
000
F 0
494
1SVC
110
000
F 0
395
1SVC
110
000
F 0
396
1SVC
110
000
F 0
495
1SVC
110
000
F 0
496
1SVC
110
000
F 0
398
1SVC
110
000
F 0
399
1SVC
110
000
F 0
397
1SVC
110
000
F 0
402
1SVC
110
000
F 0
403
1SVC
110
000
F 0
405
2CD
C 2
52 0
08 F
0004
1SVC
110
000
F 0
400
1SVC
110
000
F 0
404
1SVC
110
000
F 0
401
1SVC
110
000
F 0
420
1SVC
110
000
F 0
407
1SVC
110
000
F 0
408
1SVC
110
000
F 0
409
1SVC
110
000
F 0
410
1SVC
110
000
F 0
381
B1 25 21
15 2521A1
28 24
A226 22
16 2622
A4
A1 15 A3
16 A218
2824
18
A1
A1
A2
1+ 2- A2
2-
1+
4
3
3 4
CT-IRS
CT-IRS
CT-IRS
CT-EBS CT-TGS
CT-PGS CT-YDAV CT-YDEW
CT-EBS CT-AWS CT-VWS CT-AWS
CT-EAS CT-EVS
CT-VWS
CT-EAS
A1
A1
A2
1+ 2- A22-
1+
CT-VBS
2CD
C 2
52 0
53 F
0003
2CD
C 2
52 0
52 F
0003
CT-ARS CT-ARS
CT-ERS CT-ERS CT-AHS CT-AHS CT-APS CT-ERS
2CD
C 2
52 0
64 F
0003
CT-MFS CT-MBS CT-MBS CT-ERSCT-MVS CT-MBS CT-MBS
CT-ERS
CT-IRS CT-YDAV
2CD
C 2
52 0
18 F
0004
CT-S range
Connection diagrams, positions of connection terminals
Version with goldplated contacts
Electronic timersCT-S rangeConnection diagrams, position of connection terminals
Versions:12-40 V AC / 12-60 V DC
and 380-440 V AC
Versions:12-40 V AC / 12-60 V DC
and 380-440 V AC
Versions:12-40 V AC / 12-60 V DC
and 380-440 V AC
Versions:12-40 V AC / 12-60 V DC
and 380-440 V AC
Version:200-240 V AC
Version:100-127 V AC
Version:380-415 V AC
322CDC110004C0202
11S
VC 1
10 0
00 F
043
6
1SVC
110
000
F 0
427
1SVC
110
000
F 0
428
1SVC
110
000
F 0
430
1SVC
110
000
F 0
431
1SVC
110
000
F 0
433
1SVC
110
000
F 0
432
1SVC
110
000
F 0
429
1SVC
110
000
F 0
435
1SVC
110
000
F 0
424
1SVC
110
000
F 0
425
1SVC
110
000
F 0
426
1SVC
110
000
F 0
434
1SVC
110
000
F 0
451
1SVC
110
000
F 0
452
1SVC
110
000
F 0
453
1SVC
110
000
F 0
454
1SVC
110
000
F 0
455
1SVC
110
000
F 0
456
CT-MFE CT-ERE CT-ARE CT-VWE CT-AHE1)
CT-EBE CT-MKE CT-IRE
CT-EKE CT-AKE
CT-YDE CT-SDE CT-SDE CT-IRE
1SVC
110
000
F 0
382
A1 15 B1
15A1
16 18A2
16 18 A2
B1
A1 15
15A1
16 18A2
16 18 A2
2CD
C 2
52 0
43 F
0003
2CD
C 2
52 0
44 F
0003
CT-MFD CT-ERD CT-AHD CT-VWD CT-EBD CT-TGD
CT-E range
Connection diagrams, positions of connection terminals
Electronic timersCT-E and CT-D rangesConnection diagrams, position of the terminals
CT-AWEwithout auxiliary
voltage
CT-AWEwith auxiliary
voltage 1)
CT-D range
Connection diagrams, positions of connection terminals
Version:24 V AC/DC, 220-240 V AC
Versions:110-130 V AC and
380-415 V AC
Version:A1-A2 diagonal
Versions:A1-A2 on the top side
• 1) Wiring notes ........................................................................................................ 33
332CDC110004C0202
2
1
1SVC
110
000
F 0
423
1SVC
110
000
F 0
422
5
58
43,4
70
17,5
45
1SVC
110
000
F 0
441
1SVC
110
000
F 0
439
1SVC
110
000
F 0
438
1SVC
110
000
F 0
437
1SVC
110
000
F 0
440
2CD
C 2
52 0
27 F
000
3
2CD
C 2
52 0
06 F
0004
2CD
C 2
52 0
05 F
0004
2CD
C 2
52 0
07 F
0004
2CD
C 2
52 0
19 F
0004
2CD
C 2
52 0
20 F
0004
CT-S range CT-E range CT-D range
Wiring notes - CT-E rangefor single-function devices with control contact (CT-AHE, CT-AWE with auxiliary voltage)
Wiring notes - CT-S range
Connection diagram of control contacts
Connection diagram for remote potentiometer Connection diagram for proximity switch (3 wire)with 230 V AC supply
Connection diagram for proximity switch (3 wire)with 24 V DC supply
Potentiometer50 k
Electronic timersCT-S, CT-E and CT-D rangeWiring notes, Dimensional drawings
Dimensional drawings
This jumper is not required formulti-function timer CT-MFS
Proximityswitch
Proximityswitch
time
star
t
time
stop
/tim
e st
orag
e
Dimensions in mm
Wiring notes - CT-D rangefor devices with control contact, parallel load to control contact/input possible/allowed
342CDC110004C0202
1
1SVC
110
000
F 0
336
1SVC
110
000
F 0
337
1SVC
110
000
F 0
338
1SVC
110
000
F 0
182
1SVC
110
000
F 0
181
1SVC
110
000
F 0
179
Electronic timersCT-S rangeAccessories
Diameter Degree of Order code Pack. unit Price Weightmm protection pieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/oz
30.5 IP65 1SVR 700 800 R 1000 1 0.04/0.1422.5 IP65 1SVR 701 800 R 1000 1 0.04/0.1410.5 IP40 1SVR 214 017 R 0900 1 0.04/0.14
Remote potentiometer50 kΩ ±20 % - 0.2 Ω with direct reading scale (graduated scale supplied)
Adapter for screw mounting on panel
Marker
Sealable cover
Enclosure width in mm Order code Pack unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/oz
22.5 1SVR 430 029 R 0100 1 0.02/0.70
Order code Pack unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/oz
1SVR 366 017 R 0100 1 0.02/0.70
Enclosure width in mm Order code Pack unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/oz
22.5 1SVR 430 005 R 0100 1 0.02/0.70
352CDC110004C0202
2
Electronic measuringand monitoring relays
CM and C51x range
Content
Benefits and advantages, overview of features .................................................................. 36
Current and voltage monitors, single-phase.......................................................... 41
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 42
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 46
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Three-phase monitors .................................................................................................... 49
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 50
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 55
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Insulation monitors for ungrounded supply mains .............................................. 59
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 61
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 66
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Motor load monitors ........................................................................................................ 69
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 71
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 72
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Thermistor motor protection relays ........................................................................... 73
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 75
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 79
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Temperature monitoring relays ................................................................................... 81
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 83
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 85
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Liquid level monitoring and control ........................................................................... 87
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 88
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 94
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Contact protection relays and sensor interface module ................................... 97
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 98
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 100
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Cycle monitor with watchdog function ..................................................................... 103
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 104
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 105
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Technical data and accessories ................................................................................ 107
362CDC110004C0202
2
2CD
C 2
53 0
24 F
0004
1SV
R 5
50 8
51 F
940
0
2CD
C 2
53 0
11 F
000
3
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
050
61S
VC
110
000
F 0
528
Electronic measuring and monitoring relaysCM rangeBenefits and advantages
CM-E range: Economic
Only 22.5 mm wide enclosure
Output contacts: 1 c/o contact or 1 n/o contact (250 V / 4 A)
One supply voltage range
One monitoring function
Cost-efficient solution for OEM applications
Preset monitoring ranges
Combination screws
Easy tightening and release of the connectingscrews by pozidrive, slotted screwdriver orscrewdriver for recessed head screws.
Safety
The "real distance" is hidden.The air and creepage distances of ourproducts exceed international standards andsubstantially increase the safety of ourproducts.
372CDC110004C0202
2
1SV
R 4
50 1
15 F
010
01S
VR
430
824
F 9
300
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
051
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
051
1
2CD
C 2
53 0
10 F
0003
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
049
9
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
049
8
2CD
C 2
53 0
11 F
000
3
Electronic measuring and monitoring relaysCM rangeBenefits and advantages
Only 22.5 mm wide enclosure
Output contacts: 1 or 2 c/o contacts(250 V / 4 A)
One supply voltage range or supplied by measuring circuit
Setting and operation via front-face operating elements
Adjustment of threshold values and switching hysteresis viacalibrated dials
Integrated and snap-fitted front-face marker
Sealable transparent covers (accessories)
Only 45 mm wide enclosure
Output contacts: 2 c/o contacts(400 V / 5 A)
Continuous voltage range (24-240 V AC/DC) or single-supply
Setting and operation via front-face operating elements
Setting of threshold values and switching hysteresis viacalibrated dials
Adjustable delay times
Integrated and snap-fitted front-face marker
Sealable transparent covers (accessories)
Direct reading scales
Direct adjustment of the threshold values ofmeasuring and monitoring relays without anyadditional calculation provides maximumoperation convenience.
LEDs for status Indication
All actual operational states are indicated byfront-face LEDs, thus simplifyingcommissioning and troubleshooting.
Double-chamber cage connection terminals
Double-chamber cage connection terminalspro-vide connection of wires up to 2 x 2.5 mm2
(2 x 14 AWG), solid or stranded, with or withoutwire end ferrules. Potential distribution does notrequire additional connections, thus saving timeand money. Wiring is considerably simplifiedthrough integrated cable guides.
Integrated markers
Integrated markers allow the product to bemarked quickly and simply.No additional marking labels are required.
Sealable transparent covers
Protection against unauthorized changes oftime and/or threshold values in sizes 22.5 and45 mm wide (optionally available as anaccessory).
Safety
The "real distance" is hidden.The air and creepage distances of ourproducts exceed international standards andsubstantially increase the safety of ourproducts.
CM-S range: Universal
CM-N range: Multifunctional
382CDC110004C0202
2
ϑ
2CD
C 2
52 0
25 F
0004
2CD
C 2
52 0
26 F
0004
2CD
C 2
52 0
27 F
0004
2CD
C 2
52 0
28 F
0004
2CD
C 2
52 0
29 F
0004
Electronic measuring and monitoring relaysCM and C5xx rangeMonitoring features and application ranges
Single-phase current and voltage monitoring
Current monitors for AC and DC currentsCM-SRS and CM-SRN, voltage monitorsCM-ESS and CM-ESN, single-phase under- andovervoltage monitor CM-EFN.
Three-phase monitoring
Phase, phase sequence and phase unbalancemonitoring using CM-PBE, CM-PVE, CM-PFE,CM-PFS, CM-PFN, CM-PVN, CM-ASS,CM-ASN, CM-MPS.
Insulation monitoring
CM-IWN-AC for electrically isolated ACnetworks, and CM-IWN-DC for electricallyisolated DC networks.
Motor load monitoring
CM-LWN monitors load states of single- andthree-phase asynchronous motors.
Thermistor motor protection
CM-MSE, CM-MSS and CM-MSN provide fullprotection of motors with integrated PTC resistorsensors.
Current monitoring
Monitoring of motor current consumption Monitoring of lighting installations and heating circuits Monitoring of hoisting gear and transportation equipment overload Monitoring of locking devices, electromechanical brake gear and running into stops
Voltage monitoring
Speed monitoring of DC motorsMonitoring of battery voltages and other supply networksMonitoring of upper and lower voltage threshold values
Three-phase voltage monitoring
Voltage monitoring of mobile three-phase equipmentProtection of personnel and installations at changes of rotationMonitoring of the supply for machines and installationsProtection of equipment against destruction caused by unstable supply voltageSwitching to emergency or auxiliary supplyProtection of motors against damages caused by unbalanced phases
Insulation monitoring
Monitoring of electrically isolated supply mains for insulation resistance failureDetection of initial faultsProtection against ground faults
Motor load monitoring
Detection of V-belt breakingMotor protection against overloadMonitoring of filters for cloggingProtection of pumps against dry runningDetection of high pressure in conduit systemsMonitoring for dulling blades in sawing and cutting machines
Thermistor motor protection
Protection of motors against thermal overload, e. g. caused by insufficient cooling,heavy load starting conditions, undersized motors, etc.
392CDC110004C0202
2
ϑ
2CD
C 2
52 0
30 F
0004
2CD
C 2
52 0
31 F
0004
2CD
C 2
52 0
32 F
0004
2CD
C 2
52 0
36 F
0004
Electronic measuring and monitoring relaysCM and C5xx rangeMonitoring features and application ranges
CM-ENE, CM-ENS and CM-ENN for control andregulation of liquid levels andratios of mixtures of conductive fluids.
The CM-KRN protects sensitive control contactsfrom excessive loads and can store switchpositions. The CM-SIS supplies and evaluatesNPN and PNP sensors.
Liquid level monitoring
Contact protection
Temperature monitoring
Monitoring and control of temperatures inprocesses and machines using PT100, PT1000,KTY83/54 or NTC sensors C510, C511, C512,C513.
Cycle monitor
Cycle monitor with watchdog function CM-WDS.
Liquid level monitoring
Protection of pumps against dry runningProtection against container overflowControl of liquid levelsDetection of leaksControl of mixing ratios
Contact protection / sensor evaluation
Storage of the switching states of bouncing contactsAmplification of the switch state information of sensitive contactsSupply and evaluation of NPN or PNP sensors
Cycle monitor
External monitoring of the correct function of programmablelogic controllers (plc) and industrial pcs (ipc)
Temperature monitoring
Controlling of heating applicationsControlling and regulation of panel board heating circuitsMonitoring of motors with build in PT100 sensorsMonitoring of generators with build in PT100 sensorsMonitoring of transformers with build in PT100 sensors
402CDC110004C0202
2 CM
-SR
S
CM
-SR
N
CM
-ES
S
CM
-ES
N
CM
-EF
N
CM
-PB
E
CM
-PV
E
CM
-PF
E
CM
-PF
S
CM
-PF
N
CM
-PV
N
CM
-AS
S
CM
-AS
N
CM
-MP
S
CM
-IW
N-A
C
CM
-IW
N-D
C
C 5
58.0
1
C 5
58.0
2
C 5
58.0
3
CM
-LW
N
C 5
1x
CM
-MS
E
CM
-MS
S (
1)
CM
-MS
S (
2)
CM
-MS
S (
3)
CM
-MS
S (
4)
CM
-MS
S (
5)
CM
-MS
S (
6)
CM
-MS
S (
7)
CM
-MS
N
CM
-KR
N
CM
-SIS
CM
-WD
S
CM
-EN
E M
IN
CM
-EN
E M
AX
CM
-EN
S
CM
-EN
SU
P/D
OW
N
CM
-EN
N
CM
-EN
NU
P/D
OW
N
Electronic measuring and monitoring relaysCM and C5xx rangeApprovals
Approvals
GOST
C-Tick
Approvals
GOST
C-Tick
EX II (2) G, PTB 02 ATEX 3080
all devices
pending
Current and voltagemonitors - single-phase
Approvals
GOST
C-Tick
Three-phase monitors
Insulation monitors Motor loadmonitors
Temperaturemonitors
Thermistor motor protection relays
Contact protection relay,sensor interface module,cycle monitor
Liquid level monitoring andcontrol
412CDC110004C0202
2
Content
Current monitors, single-phase: CM-SRS, CM-SRN
Ordering details CM-SRS (AC/DC current monitor up to 1 A) ........................................... 42
Ordering details CM-SRN (AC/DC current monitor up to 15 A) ........................................ 42
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 46
Load limit curves, dimensional drawings ............................................................................. 109
Accessories: Current transformers ..................................................................................... 48
Voltage monitors, single-phase: CM-ESS, CM-ESN, CM-EFN
Ordering details CM-ESS (AC/DC voltage monitor) ........................................................... 43
Ordering details CM-ESN (AC/DC voltage monitor) ........................................................... 44
Ordering details CM-EFN (under- and overvoltage monitor) ............................................ 45
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 47
Load limit curves, dimensional drawings ............................................................................. 109
Current and voltage monitorssingle-phase
422CDC110004C0202
2
1SV
R 4
30 8
41 F
110
0
CM-SRS
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
010
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
010
3CM-SRN
t < t
t < t
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
010
4
2CD
C 2
52 0
09 F
0004
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
010
2
1SV
R 4
50 1
15 F
010
0AC/DC current monitors, single-phaseCM-SRS, CM-SRNOrdering details
The current being monitored is applied to the terminals B1, B2 or B3 and C.The output relay energizes if the monitored current exceeds the threshold value.The relay de-energizes if the current falls below the threshold (threshold value minus hysteresis range).Both current monitors are used to monitor overcurrents, the CM-SRN type in AC/DC supply version canalso be used for undercurrent monitoring.The hysteresis range can be adjusted from 5-30 % related to the set point. The measuring, output andsupply circuits are electrically isolated to prevent mutual interference. As one measuring cycle takesonly 80 ms, current changes can be quickly detected.CM-SRS: Supply voltage must be applied at least 50ms before applying the measuring current.
Width: 22.5 mm.CM-SRN: Available with or without delay time. Delay on "ON" is adjustable from 0.05 - 1 s or 1.5 - 30 s,
thus enabling optimum adjustment to the actual service conditions. Width: 45 mm.
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weight 50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece 1 piece kg/lb
Measuring ranges: 3-30 mA; 10-100 mA; 0.1-1 A, no time delayCM-SRS 24 V AC 1SVR 430 841 R 9100 1 0.150/0.33
110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 841 R 0100 1 0.150/0.33220 -240 V AC 1SVR 430 841 R 1100 1 0.150/0.33
Measuring ranges: 3-30 mA; 10-100 mA; 0.1-1 A, no time delayCM-SRN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 115 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66
110 -130 V AC 1SVR 450 110 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 111 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66
Measuring ranges: 0.3-1.5 A; 1-5 A; 3-15 A, no time delayCM-SRN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 115 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66
110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 110 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 111 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66
Measuring ranges: 3-30 mA; 10-100 mA; 0.1-1 A, with ON-delayCM-SRN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 125 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66
110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 120 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 121 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66
Measuring ranges: 0.3-1.5 A; 1-5 A; 3-15 A, with ON-delayCM-SRN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 125 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66
110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 120 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 121 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66
t = ON-delay 0.05-30 s
UC function(only possible for 24-240 V AC/DC supply voltage version)
t = ON-delay 0.05-30 s
A1/A2
Threshold value
Hysteresis (OC)Level
15/1815/1625/2825/26
A1/A2Level
Hysteresis (AC/DC)
Threshold value
15/1815/1625/2825/26
OC function
Hysteresis adjustment
Threshold valueadjustment
R: yellow LED -relay status
U: green LED -supply voltage
Monitoring of AC or DCcurrentsCM-SRS:3 ranges: 3 mA - 1 ACM-SRN:6 ranges: 3 mA - 15 A3 measuring rangescovered by one unitSwitching hysteresisadjustable from 5 - 30 %3 supply voltage versions24-240 V AC/DC versionwith selectableundercurrent orovercurrent monitoringCM-SRS: 1 c/o contactCM-SRN: 2 c/o contacts
2 LEDs for statusindication
A1-A2 Supply voltage
B1/C Meas. range: 3-30 mA
B2/C Meas. range: 10-100 mA
B3/C Meas. range: 0.1-1 A
15-16/18 Output contacts -Open-circuit principle
A1-A2 Supply voltage
B1/C Measuring range:3-30 mA or 0.3-1.5 A
B2/C Measuring range:10-100 mA or 1 - 5 A
B3/C Measuring range:0.1-1 A or 3-15 A
15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 Open-circuit principle
A1/A2
threshold valueHysteresis
Level15/1815/16
• Technical data ....................................................................... 46 • Accessories current transformers ....................................... 48• Load limit curves, dimensional drawings ......................... 107 • Accessories ......................................................................... 109• Approvals .............................................................................. 40
Functional diagram CM-SRS
Functional diagrams CM-SRN
Connection diagram CM-SRS
Connection diagram CM-SRN
432CDC110004C0202
2
1SV
R 4
30 8
31 F
120
0
CM-ESS
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
010
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
010
3
AC/DC voltage monitors, single-phaseCM-ESSOrdering details
Hysteresis adjustment
Threshold value adjustment
R: yellow LED -relay status
U: green LED -supply voltage
Monitoring of AC or DCvoltages from 50 mV -500 V in 8 ranges
Up to 3 measuring rangescoverd by one unit
Switching hysteresisadjustable from 5-30 %
No time delay
1 c/o contact
2 LEDs for statusindication
The voltage being monitored is applied to the terminals B1, B2 or B3 and C.
The output relay energizes if the monitored voltage exceeds the threshold value. It de-energizes if thevoltage falls below the set hysteresis value.
The hysteresis can be adjusted from 5-30 %.The measuring, output and supply circuits are electrically isolated to prevent mutual interference.As one measuring cycle takes 80 ms, voltage changes can be quickly detected.
A1/A2
Threshold value
HysteresisLevel15/1815/16
t = ON-delay 80 ms max.
A1-A2 Supply voltage
B1/C Meas. voltage:0.05-0.5V;1-10 V; /-/
B2/C Meas. voltage:0.3-3 V; 5-50 V; 30-300 V;
B3/C Meas. voltage:0.5-5 V; 10-100 V; 50-500 V
15-16/18 Output contacts -Open-circuit principle
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weight 50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/lb
Voltage measuring ranges: 0.05-0.5 V; 0.3-3 V; 0.5-5 V, AC/DCCM-ESS 24 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 9000 1 0.150/0.33
110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 0000 1 0.150/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 1000 1 0.150/0.33
Voltage measuring ranges: 1-10 V; 5-50 V; 10-100 V, AC/DCCM-ESS 24 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 9100 1 0.150/0.33
110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 0100 1 0.150/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 1100 1 0.150/0.33
Voltage measuring ranges: /-/ ; 30-300 V; 50-500 V, AC/DCCM-ESS 24 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 9200 1 0.150/0.33
110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 0200 1 0.150/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R 1200 1 0.150/0.33
Functional diagram CM-ESS Connection diagram CM-ESS
• Technical data ....................................................................... 47 • Accessories ......................................................................... 109• Load limit curves, dimensional drawings ......................... 107 • Approvals .............................................................................. 40
442CDC110004C0202
2
t < t
t < t
2CD
C 2
52 0
09 F
0004
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
010
2
1SV
R 4
50 2
15 F
020
0
CM-ESN
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
010
4
UV function
OV function
t = ON-delay 0.05-30 s
t = ON-delay 0.05-30 s
A1/A2
Threshold valueHysteresis (OV)
Level
15/1815/1625/2825/26
AC/DC voltage monitors, single-phaseCM-ESNOrdering details
The voltage being monitored is applied to the terminals B1 or B2 or B3 and C. The unit can be set for 2monitoring modes by a rotary switch on the front face.OV position: The output relay is energized if the monitored voltage exceeds the adjusted thresholdvoltage.UV position: The output relay is energized if the monitored voltage falls below the adjusted thresholdvoltage.
The output relay is de-energized if the monitored voltage is above or below the set hysteresispercentage. With or without time delay of 0.05...30 s. The hysteresis can be adjusted from 5...30 %.
The measuring, output and supply voltage circuits are electrically isolated to prevent mutual interference.As one measuring cycle takes only 80 ms, voltage changes can be quickly detected.
Hysteresis adjustment
Threshold valueadjustment
Function selection:UV/OV
U: green LED -supply voltage
R: yellow LED -relay status
Monitoring of AC or DCvoltages from 50 mV to500 V in 8 ranges
Up to 3 measuring rangescovered by one unit
Selectable function:Undervoltage orovervoltage monitoring
Switching hysteresisadjustable from 5-30 %
With or without time delayfrom 0.05-30 s
2 c/o contacts
2 LEDs for status indication
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weight 50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/lb
Voltage measuring ranges: 0.05-0.5 V; 0.3-3 V; 0.5-5 V, no time delayCM-ESN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 215 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66
110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 210 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 211 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66
Voltage measuring ranges: 0.05-0.5 V; 0.3-3 V; 0.5-5 V, with ON-delayCM-ESN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 225 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66
110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 220 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 221 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66
Voltage measuring ranges: 1-10 V; 5-50 V; 10-100 V, no time delay
CM-ESN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 215 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 210 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 211 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66
Voltage measuring ranges: 1-10 V; 5-50 V; 10-100 V, with ON-delayCM-ESN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 225 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66
110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 220 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 221 R 0100 1 0.300/0.66
Voltage measuring ranges: /-/ ; 30-300 V; 50-500 V, no time delay
CM-ESN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 215 R 0200 1 0.300/0.66110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 210 R 0200 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 211 R 0200 1 0.300/0.66
Voltage measuring ranges: /-/ ; 30-300 V; 50-500 V, with ON-delayCM-ESN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 225 R 0200 1 0.300/0.66
110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 220 R 0200 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 221 R 0200 1 0.300/0.66
A1-A2 Supply voltage
B1/C Measuring voltage:0.05-0.5 V, 1-10 V, /- /
B2/C Measuring voltage:0.3-3 V, 5-50 V,30-300 V
B3/C Measuring voltage:0.05-5 V, 10-100 V,50-500 V
15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 Open-circuit principle
A1/A2Level
Hysteresis (UV)Threshold value
15/1815/1625/2825/26
Functional diagram CM-ESN Connection diagram CM-ESN
• Technical data ....................................................................... 47 • Accessories ........................................................................... 48• Load limit curves, dimensional drawings ......................... 107 • Approvals .............................................................................. 40
452CDC110004C0202
2
CM-EFN
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
010
5
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
010
7
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
010
6
1SV
R 4
50 2
01 F
120
0AC over- and undervoltage monitor, single-phaseCM-EFNOrdering details
The CM-EFN monitors single phase supply voltages for phase loss as well as for overvoltage andundervoltage conditions. The output relay is de-energized if one of the fault conditions mentioned beforeoccurs. The fault type is indicated by an LED.
The output relay is energized if the phase is present and the voltage value is correct. The relay is de-energized if the voltage exceeds the set Vmax. value or drops below the set Vmin. value. It is re-energizedautomatically once the voltage returns into the adjusted voltage frame taking into account the fixedhysteresis of 5 %.
Time delay
The selection switch / is used to set the delay time of the CM-EFN as required by the specificservice conditions.Switch position ( ): The fault signal indicating that the voltage has exceeded or dropped below theadjusted threshold values is suppressed during the set delay time. Momentary voltage fluctuations willthus not initiate alarm tripping.Switch position ( ): The fault signal is issued immediately and stored during the set time. Momentaryundervoltage conditions are recognized and, for better evaluation, prolonged by the set time.
Time function /
Time adjustment
>U: red LED -overvoltage
<U: red LED -undervoltage
P: red LED -phase loss
U: green LED -supply voltage
R: yellow LED -relay status
Threshold valueundervoltage
Threshold valueovervoltage
Monitoring of single-phasesupply voltage for phaseloss as well as overvoltageand undervoltage
2 voltage monitoringranges: 80-160 V and160-300 V
Single-phase under- andovervoltage monitoring,adjustable Vmin and Vmax
Adjustable ON- or OFF-delay 0.1-10 s
2 c/o contacts
5 LEDs for statusindication
A1/A2Vmax
-5 %Monitored voltage
+5 %Vmin
Level15/1815/1625/2825/26
ON-delayed fault signal: Function
OFF-delayed fault signal: Function
A1/A2Vmax
-5 %Monitored voltage
+5 %Vmin
Level15/1815/1625/2825/26
t = Delay time t is only effective for under-/overvoltage monitoring
A1-A2 Supply voltage
L, N Monitored voltage
adjustable pick-upvalues
Vmin 80-160 V ACVmax 160-300 V AC
15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 Closed-circuit principle
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weight50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/lb
Vmin: 80-120 V AC 50/60 Hz; Vmax 120-160 V AC 50/60 Hz
CM-EFN 80-160 V AC 50/60 Hz 1SVR 450 200 R 1100 1 0.300/0.66
Vmin: 160-220 V AC 50/60 Hz; Vmax 220-300 V AC 50/60 Hz
CM-EFN 160-300 V AC 50/60 Hz 1SVR 450 201 R 1200 1 0.300/0.66
t = Delay time t is only effective for under-/overvoltage monitoring
Functional diagram CM-EFN Connection diagram CM-EFN
• Technical data ....................................................................... 47 • Accessories ........................................................................... 48• Load limit curves, dimensional drawings ......................... 107 • Approvals .............................................................................. 40
462CDC110004C0202
2
CM-SRS CM-SRN
Supply circuitSupply voltage - power consumption A1-A2 24 V AC approx. 1 VA 24-240 V AC/DC approx. 2 VA / approx. 2 W
A1-A2 110-130 V AC approx. 1 VA 110-130 V AC approx. 2 VAA1-A2 220-240 V AC approx. 2 VA
Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+10 %Supply voltage frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz, for A1-A2 = 24-240 V AC/DC: 0/400 HzDuty time 100 %
Measuring circuit B1-C B2-C B3-C B1-C B2-C B3-C B1-C B2-C B3-CMonitoring function overcurr. over- or undercurrentMeasuring range, threshold value range min.-max. 3-30 mA 10-100 mA 0.1-1 A 3-30 mA 10-100 mA 0.1-1 A 0.3-1.5 A 1-5 A 3-15 AInput resistance 33 Ω 10 Ω 1 Ω 33 Ω 10 Ω 1 Ω 0.06 Ω 0.018 Ω 0.006 ΩPulse overload t < 1 s 300 mA 1 A 10 A 300 mA 1 A 10 A 15 A 50 A 100 APossible permanent overload 50 mA 150 mA 1.5 A 50 mA 150 mA 1.5 A 2 A 7 A 20 AHysteresis related to adjusted value 5-30 %, adjustableMax. voltage within measuring circuit -Frequency of measured signal 0 Hz, 50-60 HzMax. measuring cycle time 80 msMeasuring error within supply voltage tolerance ≤ 0.5%Measuring error within temperature range ≤ 0.06 % / °C
Timing circuit none Delay of over- and undercurrent signalDelay time - 0.05-1 s, 1.5-30 s, adjustableTiming error within supply voltage tolerance - ≤ 0.5%Timing error within temperature range - ≤ 0.06 % / °C
Indication of operational statesSupply voltage U: green LEDOutput relay energized R: yellow LEDOvervoltage -Undervoltage -Phase loss -
Output circuits 15-16/18 15-16/18, 25-26/28Number of contacts 1 c/o contact 2 c/o contactsOperating principle 1) Open-circuit principleContact material AgCdoRated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 V 400 VMin. switching voltageMax. switching voltage 250 V AC, 250 V DC 400 V AC, 400 V DCMin. switching currentRated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 A 5 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 A 5 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A 2.5 A
Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycleselectrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles
Short circuit proof, n/c contact 10 A fast operating class gL 5 A fast operating class gLmax. fuse rating n/o contact 10 A fast operating class gL 5 A fast operating class gL
General dataWidth of enclosure 22.5 mm 45 mmConductor cross section 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG) stranded wire with wire end ferruleMounting position anyDegree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °C -25 °C ... +65 °CStorage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)
StandardsProduct standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6EMC Directive 89/336/EECElectromagnetic compartibility acc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kVHF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 3 2 kV L-LHF line emission acc. to IEC 61000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECOperational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 4 g 5 gMechanical resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 6 g 10 g
Approvals cULus, GL, GOST, C-Tick
Isolation dataRated voltage between supply circuit, monitoring circuit 250 V 400 Vand output circuit acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µscircuits to VDE 0110,IEC 664Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.Pollution category acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 64, IEC 255-5 III / COvervoltage category III / C
acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC,255-5Environmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h1) Open-circuit principle: Output relay energizes if the measured value exceeds or falls below the adjusted threshold value.1) Closed-circuit principle: Output relay de-energizes if the measured value exceeds or falls below the adjusted threshold value.
Current monitors, single-phaseCM-SRS, CM-SRNTechnical data
472CDC110004C0202
2
Voltage monitors, single-phaseCM-ESS, CM-ESN, CM-EFNTechnical data
CM-ESS CM-ESN CM-EFN
24 V AC approx. 1 VA 24-240 V AC/DC approx. 2 VA / approx. 2 W 80-120 V AC approx. 3 VA110-130 V AC approx. 1 VA 110-130 V AC approx. 2 VA 90-145 V AC approx. 3 VA220-240 V AC approx. 1 VA 220-240 V AC approx. 2 VA
-15 %...+10 %50/60 Hz 100 %
B1-C B2-C B3-C B1-C B2-C B3-C B1-C B2-C B3-C L-N overvoltage overvoltage or undervoltage overvoltage and undervoltage
50-500 mV 0.3-3 V 0.5-5 V 1-10 V 5-50 V 10-100 V /-/ 30-300 V 50-500 V Vmin.: 80-160 V AC / Vmax.:160-300 V AC 2)
7.7 kΩ 46.5 kΩ 77.5 kΩ 19 kΩ 95 kΩ 190 kΩ - 570 kΩ 951 kΩ25 V 80 V 100 V 120 V 200 V 400 V - 550 V 550 V10 V 60 V 80 V 100 V 150 V 300 V - 500 V 550 V
5-30 %, adjustable 5-30 %, adjustable 5 % fixed settingsee above see above -
0 Hz, 50/60 Hz 0 Hz, 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz80 ms 80 ms 80 ms
≤ 0.5 %≤ 0.06 % / °C
none delay of over-/undervoltage signal delay of fault signal 3)
- 0.05-1 s, 1.5-30 s, adjustable 0.1-10 s, adjustable- ≤ 0.5 %- ≤ 0.06 % / °C
U: green LEDR: yellow LED
>U: red LED<U: red LEDP: red LED
15-16/18 15-16/18, 25-26/28 15-16/18, 25-26/281 c/o contact 2 c/o contacts
Open-circuit principle Closed-circuit principleAgCdo
250 V 400 V- - -
250 V AC, 250 V DC 400 V AC, 400 V DC 400 V AC, 400 V DC- - -
4 A 5 A 5 A3 A 3 A 3 A4 A 5 A 5 A2 A 2.5 A 2.5 A
30 x 106 switching cycles0.1 x 106 switching cycles
10 A fast operating class gL 5A fast operating class gL10 A fast operating class gL 5A fast operating class gL
22.5 mm 45 mm2 x 2.5 mm2 stranded wire with wire end ferrule
anyIP50 / IP20
-20 °C...+60 °C 25 °C...+65 °C-40 °C...+85 °C 40 °C...+85 °C
DIN rail (EN 50022)
IEC 255-6, EN 60255-689/336/EEC
level 3 6 kV / 8 kVlevel 3 10 V/mlevel 3 2 kV / 5 kHzlevel 4 2 kV L-Llevel 3 10 V
73/23/EEC4 g 5 g6 g 10 g
cULus, GL, GOST
250 V 400 V
4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µs
2,5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.III / CIII / C
24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h2) Threshold values for overvoltage and undervoltage separately adjustable3) ON-delay or OFF-delay function selectable
482CDC110004C0202
2
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
045
8
K k
lL
2CD
C 2
52 0
29 F
000
3
Accessories for current monitors -Current transformerOrdering details
Operating principle, circuit diagram
Secondary current 1 A
Type Nominal/ Power/ Order code Pack. unit Priceprimary current class pieces 1 piece
50 A 2 VA/1 E4 450 116 10 175 A 2.5 VA/1 E4 450 116 11 1
100 A 2.5 VA/1 E4 450 116 12 1150 A 2.5 VA/1 E4 450 116 13 1200 A 2.5 VA/1 E4 450 116 14 1
200 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 10 1300 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 11 1400 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 12 1500 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 13 1600 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 14 1
Secondary current 5 A
Type Nominal/ Power/ Order code Pack. unit Priceprimary current class pieces 1 piece
50 A 2 VA/1 E4 450 116 50 175 A 2.5 VA/1 E4 450 116 51 1
100 A 2.5 VA/1 E4 450 116 52 1150 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 116 53 1200 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 116 54 1
200 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 50 1300 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 51 1400 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 52 1500 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 53 1600 A 5 VA/1 E4 450 117 54 1
Load current
Load
492CDC110004C0202
2
Content
Phase loss monitor CM-PBE,phase monitor for over- and undervoltage CM-PVE
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 50
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 55
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Phase sequence monitors CM-PFE and CM-PFS
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 51
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 55
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Phase monitors for phase sequence, phase loss, over- and undervoltageCM-PFN and CM-PVN
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 52
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 56
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Phase unbalance monitors CM-ASS, CM-ASN
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 53
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 57
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Multifunctional three-phase monitors for phase sequence, phase loss,over- and undervoltage, phase unbalance CM-MPS
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 54
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 57
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Three-phase monitors
502CDC110004C0202
2
2CD
C 2
52 0
45 F
0003L1
L2
L3
N
13-14
t1
t2
< t1
t1
< t2
t2
t1
L1
L2
L3
13-14
t1
t2
< t1
t1
< t2
t2
t1
1SV
R 5
50 8
82 F
950
0
CM-PVE
1SV
R 5
50 8
70 F
940
0
2CD
C 2
52 0
46 F
0003
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
011
21S
VC
110
000
F 0
113
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
011
21S
VC
110
000
F 0
113
2CD
C 2
52 0
47 F
0003
2CD
C 2
52 0
48 F
0003
t1
t2
< t1
t1
< t2
t2
t1
t1
t2
< t1
t1
< t2
t2
t1
Phase loss monitor CM-PBEPhase monitor for over- and undervoltage CM-PVEOrdering details
The CM-PBE phase loss monitor is used to monitor supply voltages for phase loss (Vmeas < 60 % xVnom). If all three phases are present, the output relay is energized. If the above fault occurs, the outputrelay is de-energized and the yellow LED turns off. The relay is re-energized automatically as soon asthe voltage returns to the nominal range, taking into account a fixed hysteresis.The version with neutral monitoring can also be used in single-phase networks by jumpering the threephase terminals (L1, L2, L3) and connecting only one phase.
Type Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/lb
CM-PBE with neutral monitoring 1SVR 550 881 R 9400 1 0.075/0.17without neutral monitoring 1SVR 550 882 R 9500 1 0.075/0.17
R: yellow LED -relay status
Monitoring of three-phaseand single-phase supplyvoltage for phase loss
Optionally with neutralmonitoring
No phase sequencemonitoring
Voltage monitoring range:L1-L2-L3: 3 x 380-440 V ACL-N: 220-240 V AC
1 n/o contact
LED for status indication
without neutral monitoring
Three-phase monitoring with neutral
Three-phase monitoring without neutral
with neutral monitoring
L1-L2-L3 (-N) Measuring circuit
13-14 Output contactClosed-circuitprinciple
The CM-PVE phase monitor is used to monitor supply voltages for undervoltage, overvoltage andphase loss. If all three phases are present with correct voltage, the output relay is energized. If one ofthe above faults occurs, i. e. if the voltage [L-L (L-N)] exceeds the voltage value Vmax (460 V / 265 V) orfalls below the voltage value Vmin (320 V / 185 V), the output relay is de-energized and the yellow LEDturns off.The relay is re-energized automatically as soon as the voltage returns to the tolerance range, taking intoaccount a fixed hysteresis of 5 %. The product with neutral monitoring can also be used in single-phasenetworks by jumpering the three phase terminals (L1, L2, L3) and connecting only one phase.
Type Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/lb
CM-PVE with neutral monitoring 1SVR 550 870 R 9400 1 0.075/0.17without neutral monitoring 1SVR 550 871 R 9500 1 0.075/0.17
R: yellow LED -relay status
Monitoring of three-phaseand single-phase supplyvoltage for overvoltage,undervoltage and phaseloss
Optionally with neutralmonitoring
No phase sequencemonitoring
Voltage monitoring range:L1-L2-L3: 3 x 260-480 V ACL-N: 150-275 V AC
1 n/o contact
LED for status indication
without neutral monitoring
Three-phase monitoring with neutral
Three-phase monitoring without neutral
with neutral monitoring
L1, L2, L3, NVmax.-5%Vnom.+ 5%Vmin.
13-14
L1, L2, L3Vmax.-5%Vnom.+ 5%Vmin.
13-14
L1-L2-L3 Measuring circuit
13-14 Output contactClosed-circuitprinciple
L1-L2-L3(-N) Measuring circuit
13-14 Output contact -Closed-circuitprinciple
L1-L2-L3 Measuring circuit
13-14 Output contact -Closed-circuitprinciple
• Technical data ..................................................................................... 55 • Dimensional drawing .................................................... 109
t1 = 500 ms
t2 = 150 ms
t1 = 500 ms
t2 = 150 ms
t1 = 500 ms
t2 = 500 ms
t1 = 500 ms
t2 = 500 ms
Functional diagrams CM-PBE Connection diagrams CM-PBE
Functional diagrams CM-PVE Connection diagram CM-PVE
512CDC110004C0202
2
1SV
R 5
50 8
24 F
910
0
CM-PFE
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
011
6
CM-PFS
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
011
7
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
011
9
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
011
8
1SV
R 4
30 8
24 F
930
0
Phase sequence monitorsCM-PFE, CM-PFSOrdering details
The CM-PFE phase sequence monitor is used to monitor three-phase supply voltages for incorrectphase sequence. The output relay remains energized with correct phase sequence.It resets and the yellow LED turns off in case of incorrect phase sequence or phase loss.In case of motors which continue running with only two phases, the CM-PFE detects phase loss if thereverse feeded voltage is less than 60% of the nominal voltage. For applications where a reverse feededvoltage > 60% is expected we recommend to use our device with monitoring phase unbalance function.
R: yellow LED -relay status
Monitoring of three-phasesupply voltage for phasesequence and phase loss
No delay
Continuous voltage range3 x 208-440 V 50/60 Hz
1 c/o contact
LED for status indication
Type Supply voltage = Order code Pack. unit Price Weightmeasuring voltage pieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/lb
CM-PFE 3 x 208-440 V AC 50/60 Hz 1SVR 550 824 R 9100 1 0.075/0.17
The CM-PFS phase sequence monitor is used to monitor three-phase supply voltages for incorrectphase sequence. The output relay is energized and the yellow LED turns on if all phases are present inthe correct phase sequence (clockwise rotating field).The relay is de-energized and the yellow LED turns off in case of incorrect phase sequence or loss ofone phase. In case of motors which continue running with only two phases, the CM-PFS detects phaseloss if the reverse feeded voltage is less than 60% of the nominal voltage. For applications where areverse feeded voltage > 60% is expected we recommend to use our devices phase with phaseunbalance monitors.
R: yellow LED -relay status
Monitoring of three-phasesupply voltage for phasesequence and phase loss
No delay
Continuous voltage range3 x 200-500 V 50/60 Hz
2 c/o contacts
LED for status indication
Type Supply voltage = Order code Pack. unit Price Weightmeasuring voltage pieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/lb
CM-PFS 3 x 200-500 V AC 50/60 Hz 1SVR 430 824 R 9300 1 0.150/0.33
L1-L2-L3 Measuring circuit3 x 200-500 V AC50/60 Hz
1115-1216 /1418, Output contact -2125-2226/2428 Closed-circuit
principle
ATTENTIONIf several CM-PFS units are placed side by side and thesupply voltage is higher than 415 V, spacing of at least10 mm has to be kept between the individual units.
L1, L2, L3
15/1815/1625/2825/26
L1, L2, L3
11/1411/12
L1-L2-L3 Measuring circuit3 x 208-440 V AC50/60 Hz
11-12/14 Output contactClosed-circuitprinciple
• Technical data ....................................... 55,56 • Dimensional drawings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109
Functional diagram CM-PFE Connection diagram CM-PFE
Functional diagram CM-PFS Connection diagramCM-PFS
522CDC110004C0202
2
CM-PFN
L1 L2 L3
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
012
4
CM-PVN
SV
R 4
50 3
01 F
150
01S
VR
450
311
F 0
500
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
012
01S
VC
110
000
F 0
122
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
012
11S
VC
110
000
F 0
123
2CD
C 2
52 0
23 F
000
3
The phase monitors CM-PFN and CM-PVN are used to monitor three-phase supply voltages for incorrectphase sequence, overvoltage, undervoltage and loss of one phase. If one of the above faults occurs, theoutput relay is de-energized and the LEDs indicate the type of fault. In case of correct phase sequence andvoltage, the output relay is energized.CM-PFN: The output relay is de-energized if the voltage exceeds 1.1 times the rated value or falls below0.9 times the rated value. An operate delay time or a release delay time can be set for the overvoltageand undervoltage monitoring functions. The delay time is adjusted by means of a potentiometer.CM-PVN: The output relay is de-energized, if the voltage exceeds the rated value Vmax or falls below Vmin.The selector switch / is used to select the time delay. Switch position : The fault signalindicating that voltage has exceeded or dropped below the set value is suppressed for the set delaytime. Switch position : The fault signal is issued immediately and stored for the set delay time.Momentary undervoltage conditions are recognized and, for better evaluation, prolonged by the set time.The relay is re-energized automatically, if the voltage returns to the nominal value (or for CM-PVN if thevoltage returns into the adjusted voltage frame), taking into account the fixed hysteresis of 5 %.
Time function /
Time adjustment
>V: red LED -overvoltage
<V: red LED -undervoltage
P: red LED -phase loss, phaseprotection
U: green LED -supply voltage
R: yellow LED -relay status
Undervoltage threshold
Overvoltage threshold
Three-phase monitoring:phase sequence,overvoltage, undervoltage
CM-PFN: Voltage monito-ring range: 0.9-1.1 VN
(VN = 3 x 380 V or 3 x 400 V)
CM-PVN:3 voltage monitoring
ranges: 160 - 580 V3-phase over- and
undervoltage monitoring:Vmin and Vmax adjustable
Fixed switching hysteresisof 5 %
Selectable On- or OFF-delay on overvoltage orundervoltage: 0.1-10 s
2 c/o contacts
5 LEDs for statusindication
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weight50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece 1 piece kg/lb
Monitoring voltage 3 x 380 V / 50 HzCM-PFN 220 -240 V AC 1SVR 450 311 R 0400 1 0.300/0.66
380-415 V AC 1SVR 450 312 R 0400 1 0.300/0.66
Monitoring voltage 3 x 400 V / 50 HzCM-PFN 220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 311 R 0500 1 0.300/0.66
380-415 V AC 1SVR 450 312 R 0500 1 0.300/0.66
Monitoring voltage: Vmin 160-220 V AC 50/60 Hz, Vmax 220-300 V AC 50/60 HzCM-PVN 90-145 V AC 1SVR 450 300 R 1200 1 0.300/0.66
160-300 V AC 1SVR 450 301 R 1200 1 0.300/0.66
Monitoring voltage: Vmin 300-380 V AC 50/60 Hz, Vmax 420-500 V AC 50/60 HzCM-PVN 90-145 V AC 1SVR 450 300 R 1500 1 0.300/0.66
160-300 V AC 1SVR 450 301 R 1500 1 0.300/0.66300-500 V AC 1SVR 450 302 R 1500 1 0.300/0.66
Monitoring voltage: Vmin 350-430 V AC 50/60 Hz, Vmax 500-580 V AC 50/60 HzCM-PVN 90-145 V AC 1SVR 450 300 R 1700 1 0.300/0.66
300-500 V AC 1SVR 450 302 R 1700 1 0.300/0.66
Further voltages on request.
Phase monitorsCM-PFN, CM-PVNOrdering details
A1-A2 Supply voltage
L1, L2, L3 Monitoring voltage adjustableVmin/Vmax 160-220VAC / 220-300VAC
300-380VAC / 420-500VAC350-430VAC / 500-580VAC
15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 Closed-circuit principle
A1/A2+10 %
Monitored +5 %voltage Vnom
L1, L2, L3 -5 %-10 %Level15/1815/16
25/2825/26
t = Delay time only effective for over- and undervoltage monitoring
OFF-delayed fault signal (instantaneous fault signal with storage)
ON-delayed fault signal
t = Delay time only effective for over- and undervoltage monitoring
OFF-delayed fault signal (instantaneous fault signal with storage)
ON-delayed fault signal
A1/A2Vmax
Monitored -5 %voltage VnomL1, L2, L3 +5 %
VminLevel15/1815/1625/2825/26
A1-A2 Supply voltage
L1, L2, L3 Monitoring voltageThresholds fixed to +/-10%
15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 Closed-circuit principle
• Technical data ........................................... 56 • Dimensional drawings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109
Functional diagrams CM-PFN
Connection diagram CM-PFN
Functional diagrams CM-PVN
Connection diagram CM-PFN
532CDC110004C0202
2
1SV
R 4
30 8
64 F
310
0
CM-ASN
1SV
R 4
50 3
20 F
050
0
CM-ASS
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
012
41S
VC
110
000
F 0
127
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
0126
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
0125
Functional diagram CM-ASS Connection diagram CM-ASS
Functional diagram CM-ASN Connection diagram CM-ASN
The phase monitors CM-ASS and CM-ASN are used to monitor three-phase supply voltages for phaseunbalance, phase loss (even if 95 % of the phase voltage is regenerated) and phase sequence.CM-ASS: The output relay is de-energized 500 ms after the adjusted phase unbalance level has beenexceeded or immediately after loss of one phase. The energized yellow LED indicates an energized outputrelay. The switching threshold for the permissible unbalance can be adjusted between 5 and 15 %.CM-ASN: The output relay is energized as long as the phases are balanced and the phase sequence iscorrect (clockwise rotating field). In case of a fault, i.e. if unbalancing exceeds the set threshold (5-15 %), the output relay is de-energized and the respective fault type is indicated by the LEDs. For theunbalance monitoring function a trip time delay of 0.1 to 10 s can be set with a potentiometer to preventunintended tripping, e.g. in case of short unbalancing during motor starting. In case of motors whichcontinue running with only two phases, reverse feeded voltage of more than 95% may be produced, sothe output relay may possibly not de-energize despite the loss of a phase.
Unbalance threshold
Timer adjustment
A: red LED -unbalanced
P: red LED -phase loss and phasesequence fault
U: green LED -supply volt.
R: yellow LED -relay status
CM-ASS:Fixed ON-delay of 0.5 sCM-ASN:Adjustable ON-delay from0.1-10 sAdjustable unbalancethreshold: 5-15 %CM-ASS:2 supply and measuringvoltage ranges of220-240 V and 380-415 V
CM-ASN: 5 monitoredthree-phase voltagesPhase sequence detectionCM-ASS: 1 c/o contactCM-ASN: 2 c/o contactsLED(s) for statusindication
Phase unbalance monitorsCM-ASS, CM-ASNOrdering details
unbalance
Vnom
unbalance
LevelL1, L2, L315/1815/16
L1, L2, L3 Monitoring voltage
Vnom 220-240 V AC380-415 V AC
15-16/18 Output contacts -Closed-circuit principle
A1-A2 Supply voltageL1, L2, L3 Monitoring voltageVnom 220-240 V AC
380-415 V AC440 V AC480-500 V AC600 V
15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 Closed-circuit principle
A1/A2unbalanceVnom
unbalanceLevelL1, L2, L315/1815/1625/2825/26
t = ON-delay: 0.1-10 s, effective only in case of unbalancing
Type Supply voltage = Monitoring Order code Pack. unit Price Weightmonitoring voltage frequency pieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb
CM-ASS 3 x 220-240 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 430 864 R 1100 1 0.30/0.663 x 380-415 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 430 864 R 3100 1 0.30/0.663 x 220-240 V AC 60 Hz 1SVR 430 865 R 1100 1 0.30/0.663 x 380-415 V AC 60 Hz 1SVR 430 865 R 3100 1 0.30/0.66
Type Supply voltage Monitoring Order code Pack. unit Price Weightfrequency pieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb
Monitoring voltage: 3 x 220-240 V AC 50 Hz; 3 x 220-240 V AC 60 HzCM-ASN 110-130 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 320 R 0200 1 0.30/0.66
220-240 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 321 R 0200 1 0.30/0.66380-415 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 322 R 0200 1 0.30/0.66220-240 V AC 60 Hz 1SVR 450 421 R 0200 1 0.30/0.66
Monitoring voltage: 3 x 380-415 V AC 50 Hz; 3 x 380-415 V AC 60 HzCM-ASN 110-130 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 320 R 0500 1 0.30/0.66
220-240 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 321 R 0500 1 0.30/0.66380-415 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 322 R 0500 1 0.30/0.66220-240 V AC 60 Hz 1SVR 450 422 R 0500 1 0.30/0.66
Monitoring voltage: 3 x 440 V AC 60 HzCM-ASN 440 V AC 60 Hz 1SVR 450 423 R 0600 1 0.30/0.66
Monitoring voltage: 3 x 480-500 V AC 50 Hz; 3 x 480-500 V AC 60 HzCM-ASN 110-130 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 320 R 0700 1 0.30/0.66
220-240 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 321 R 0700 1 0.30/0.66 380-415 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 322 R 0700 1 0.30/0.66 500-550 V AC 50 Hz 1SVR 450 932 R 0100 1 0.30/0.66 480-500 V AC 60 Hz 1SVR 450 424 R 0700 1 0.30/0.66
Monitoring voltage: 3 x 600 V AC 50 HzCM-ASN 600 V AC 60 Hz 1SVR 450 426 R 0800 1 0.30/0.66
• Technical data ........................................... 57 • Dimensional drawings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109
542CDC110004C0202
2
2CD
C 2
51 0
05 F
0003
CM-MPS
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
012
01S
VC
110
000
F 0
122
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
011
9
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
051
21S
VC
110
000
F 0
656
Type Supply voltage = Monitoring Order code Pack. unit Price Weightmonitored voltage frequency pieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/lb
Without neutral monitoring
CM-MPS 160-300 V AC 50/60 Hz 1SVR 430 884 R 1300 1 0.20/0.44300-500 V AC 50/60 Hz 1SVR 430 884 R 3300 1 0.20/0.44
With neutral monitoring
CM-MPS 90-170 V AC 50/60 Hz 1 SVR 430 885 R 1300 1 0.20/0.44180-280 V AC 50/60 Hz 1 SVR 430 885 R 3300 1 0.20/0.44
Multifunctional three-phase monitorsCM-MPSOrdering details
R: green LED -supply voltage, relay
F1: red LED -fault signal
F2: red LED -fault signal
- Overvoltage: F1- Undervoltage: F2- Unbalance: F1 and F2 on- Phase loss: F1 on, F2 flashes- Phase sequence: F1 and F2 flash alternately
Threshold adjustmentVmin/Vmax
Unbalance threshold2-15%
Time adjustment0.05-10 sPhase sequence and phaseloss are signalled withoutdelay.
Slide switch for selectingthe time delay function
ON-delay
OFF-delay
Three-phase monitoring:- Phase sequence- Phase loss- Overvoltage- Undervoltage- Phase unbalance
Adjustable over- andundervoltage thresholds
Available with or withoutneutral monitoring
Dual-frequency measuringinput 50/60 Hz
Powered by the measuringcircuit
2 c/o contacts
3 LEDs for statusindication
• Technical data ........................................... 57 • Dimensional drawings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109
The CM-MPS is a multifunctional three-phase monitor. It is able to monitor all phase parameters, such asthe phase sequence, phase loss, over- and undervoltage and phase unbalance.The threshold values for over- and undervoltage can be adjusted in the range of Vmin = 160-220 V andVmax. = 220-300 V for devices without neutral monitoring and Vmin = 90-220 V and Vmax. = 120-280 V fordevices with neutral monitoring.
The threshold value for phase unbalance can be adjusted from 2-15 %.
If one of the above faults occurs, the output relay is de-energized. The fault type is indicated by LEDs.
The adjustable trip delay of 0.05-10 s allows short-term suppression of fault signals thus preventinguninteded tripping.
The output relay is re-energized automatically if all parameters are back within the adjusted limits.
The selector switch / is used to select the time delay. Switch position : The fault signalindicating that voltage has exceeded or dropped below the set value is suppressed for the set delaytime. Switch position : The fault signal is issued immediately and stored for the set delay time.Momentary undervoltage conditions are recognized and, for better evaluation, prolonged by the set time.The relay is re-energized automatically, if the voltage returns to the nominal value (or for CM-PVN if thevoltage returns into the adjusted voltage frame), taking into account the fixed hysteresis of 5 %.
Version without neutral monitoring
L1-L2-L3 160-300 V Vmin = 160-220 VVmax = 220-300 V
L1-L2-L3 300-500 V Vmin = 300-380 VVmax = 420-500 V
Version with neutral monitoring
L1-L2-L3-N 90-170 V Vmin = 90-120 VVmax = 120-170 V
L1-L2-L3-N 180-280 V Vmin = 180-220 VVmax = 240-280 V
Under- and overvoltage thresholds
L1, L2, L3
15/1815/16
25/2825/26
Phase sequence / phase loss
+10 %Monitoring +5 %voltage Vnom
L1, L2, L3, (N) -5 %-10 %Level15/1815/1625/2825/26
t = Delay time, only effective for over- and undervoltage monitoring
Unbalance
Overvoltage / undervoltage
t = Delay time, only effective for over- and undervoltage monitoring
VmaxMonitoring -5 %voltage VnomL1, L2, L3, (N) +5 %
VminLevel15/1815/1625/2825/26
L1, L2, L3 Monitoring voltage
15-16/18 Output contacts-25-26/28 Closed-circuit
principle
without neutral monitoring
L1, L2, L3, N Monitoring voltage
15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 Closed-circuit
principle
with neutral monitoring
Functional diagrams CM-MPS Connection diagrams CM-MPS
552CDC110004C0202
2
Three-phase monitorsCM-PBE, CM-PVE, CM-PFETechnical data
CM-PBE CM-PVE CM-PFE
Supply circuit = meas. circuit L1-L2-L3 (-N) = meas. circuit L -L2-L3 (-N) = meas. circuit L1-L2-L3Supply voltage - power consumption supply voltage = measuring voltage
220-240 V AC 50/60 Hz 185-265 V AC 50/60 Hz 3 x 208-440 V AC approx. 15 VA380-440 V AC 50/60 Hz 320-460 V AC 50/60 Hz
Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+15 % -15 %...+10 % -10 %...+10 %Supply voltage frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz (-10 %...+10 %) 50/60 Hz (-10 %...+10 %)Duty time 100 %
Measuring circuit L1-L2- L3-N L1 - L2 -L3 L1-L2- L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3Monitoring function phase loss over- and undervoltage phase sequence, phase lossMeasuring range, min.-max. 220-240 V AC 380-440 V AC 185-265 V AC 320-460 V AC 3 x 208-440 V ACThreshold threshold = 0,6 x VN fixed: Vmin: 185 V / 320 V; Vmax: 265 V / 460 V 0.6 x VN
Hysteresis related to threshold value adjustment 5 % fixed (release value = 0.65 x VN) fixed: Vmin: 194 V / 336 V; Vmax: 252 V / 437 VMeasuring voltage frequency 50/60 Hz (-10 %...+10 %) 50/60 Hz (-10 %...+10 %) 50/60 HzMax. measuring cycle time 40 ms 80 ms 500 msMeas. error within supply voltage tolerance ≤ 0.5 %Meas. error within temperature range ≤ 0.06 % / °C
Timing circuitDelay time power-up delay 500 ms (+/-20 %), fixed power-up delay 500 ms (+/-20 %), fix 500 ms
ON-delay 150 ms (+/-20 %) ON-delay at over-/undervoltage 500 ms (+/-20 %)
Indication of operational statesOutput relay energized R: yellow LED
Output circuits 13-14 11-12/14Number of contacts 1 n/o contact 1 c/o contactOperating principle 1) closed-circuit principleContact material AgCdoRated voltage acc. to VDE0110, IEC947-1 250 VMin. switching voltage - - -Max. switching voltage 250 V AC, 250 V DCMin. switching current - - -Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A
Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycleselectrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles
Short circuit proof, n/c contact 10 A fast, operating class gLmax. fuse rating n/o contact 10 A fast, operating class gL
General dataWidth of enclosure 22.5 mmWire size 2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x 16 AWG) stranded wire with wire end ferruleMounting position anyDegree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °CStorage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)
StandardsProduct standard IEC 255-6, EWN 60255-6EMC Directive 89/336/EECElectromagnetic compatibility
acc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 - 6 kV/ 8 kVHF radiation resistance
acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 - 10 V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 - 2 kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 4 - 2 kVL-LHF line emission
acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 - 10 VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECOperational reliability acc to. IEC 68-2-6 6 gMechanical shock resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 10 g
Approvals cULus, GOST, C-Tick
Isolation dataRated insulation volt. between supply, measuring 400 V 400 V 500 Vand output circuits acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1Rated impulse withstand voltage between allisolated circuits acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µsTest voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.Pollution category
acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III / COvervoltage category
acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III / CEnvironmental testing acc. to IEC68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
562CDC110004C0202
2
Three-phase monitorsCM-PFS, CM-PFN, CM-PVNTechnical data
CM-PFS CM-PFN CM-PVNSupply circuit = measuring circuit L1-L2-L3Supply voltage, power consumption supply voltage = measuring voltage
3 x 200-500 V AC 50/60 Hz approx. 15 VA 110-130 V AC 50/60 Hz approx. 3 VA 90-145 V AC approx. 3 VA220-240 V AC 50/60 Hz approx. 3 VA 160-300 V AC approx. 3 VA380-440 V AC 50/60 Hz approx. 3 VA
Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+10 %Supply voltage frequency 50/60 HzDuty time 100 %
Measuring circuit L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3Monitoring function phase sequence, phase loss over- and undervoltage, phase sequence, phase lossMeasuring range, min.-max. 3 x 200-500 V AC 3 x 380 V AC 50 Hz, 3 x 400 V AC 50 Hz 160-300/300-500/350-580 V ACThreshold 0.6 x Vnom over- and undervoltage fixed: over- and undervoltage
0.85/1.1 x VN threshold adjustableHysteresis related to threshold value adjustment 5 % fixed (0.9/1.05 VN ) 5 % fixedMeasuring voltage frequency 50/60 Hz 50 Hz 50/60 HzMax. measuring cycle time 500 ms 80 msMeas. error within supply voltage tolerance ≤ 0.5 %Meas. error within temperature range ≤ 0.06 % / °C
Timer circuit Over- and undervoltage fault signalDelay time 500 ms adjustable from 0.1-10 s ON- or OFF delay (fault signal storage)Timing error within supply voltage tolerance - ≤5 %Timing error within temperature range - ≤0.06 %/°C
Indication of operational statesSupply voltage U: green LEDOutput relay energized R: yellow LEDOvervoltage / Undervoltage - >U: red LED / < U: red LEDPhase loss - P: red LEDPhase sequence - -Unbalance - -
Output circuits 11(15)-12(16)/14(18), 21(25)-22(26)/24(28) 15-16/18, 25-26/28Number of contacts 2 c/o contactsOperating principle 1) closed-circuit principleContact material AgCdoRated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 V 400 VMin. switching voltage - - -Max. switching voltage 250 V AC, 250 V DC 400 V AC, 400 V DCMin. switching current - - -Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 A 5 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 A 5 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A 2.5 A
Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycleselectrical (AC2, 230V, 4A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles
Short circuit proof, n/c contact 10 A fast, operation class gL 5 A fast, operation class gLmax. fuse rating n/o contact 10 A fast, operation class gL 5 A fast, operation class gL
General dataWidth of enclosure 22.5 mm 45 mmWire size 2 x 1.5mm2 (2 x 16 AWG) stranded wire with wire end ferruleMounting position anyDegree of protection housing / terminals IP50 / IP20Operating temperature -20 °C...+60 °C -25 °C ... +65 °CStorage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)
StandardsProduct standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6EMC Directive 89/336/EECElectromagnetic compatibility
acc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 - 6 kV / 8 kVHF radiation resistance
acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 - 10 V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 - 2 kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 4 - 2 kVL-LHF line emiss.
acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 - 10 VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECOperational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 4 g 5 gMechanical shock resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 6 g 10 g
Approvals cULus, GL, GOST, C-TickIsolation dataRated insulation voltage between supply, measuringand output circuit acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 500 VRated impulse withstand voltage between allisolated circuits acc. to VDE 0110,IEC 664 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µsTest voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5kV, 50Hz, 1min.Pollution category
acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III / COvervoltage category
acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III / CEnvironmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
572CDC110004C0202
2
Three-phase monitorsCM-ASS, CM-ASN, CM-MPSTechnical data
CM-ASS CM-ASN CM-MPS= measuring circuit L1-L2-L3 = measuring circuit L1-L2-L3
supply voltage = measuring voltage3 x 220-240 V AC 50 Hz / 3 x 220-240 V AC 60 Hz approx. 2 VA 110-130/220-240 V AC 50/60 Hz approx. 3 VA 160-300 V AC 50/60 Hz3 x 380-440 V AC 50 Hz / 3 x 380-440 V AC 60 Hz approx. 2 VA 380-415/440/480-500 V AC 50/60 Hz approx. 3 VA 300-500 V AC 50/60 Hz
500-550/600 V AC 50/60 Hz approx. 3 VA-20 %...+20 % -15 %...+10 %50 Hz or 60 Hz 50/60 Hz
100 % 100 %
L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3voltage unbalance, phase sequence, phase loss over-/undervoltage, phase loss, phase sequence, unbalance
220-240 V AC or 380-415 V AC 220-240/380-415/440/ 480-500/600 V AC 160-300 V AC / 300-500 V AC / 2-15 %5-15 %, adjustable for unbalance over-/undervoltage threshold adjustable
unbalance threshold adjustable20 % fixed 5 % fixed
50 Hz or 60Hz 50/60 Hz500 ms < 100 ms 80 ms
≤ 0.5 %≤ 0.06 % / °C
signalling of fault type unbalance signalling of fault type over- and undervoltage, phase sequence, phase loss, unbalance 500 ms for unbalance signalling 0.1-10 s, adjustable, ON-delayed 0.1-10 s, adjustable
≤ 0.5 %≤ 0.06 % / °C
U: green LED R: green LED flashes during timingR: yellow LED R: green LED flashes during timing
F: red LED / F: red LED F1: red LED / F2: red LEDP: red LED F1 on, F2 flashesF: red LED F1 and F2 flash alternatelyA: red LED F1 and F2 on
15-16/18 15-16/18, 25-26/28 15-16/18, 25-26/281 c/o contact 2 c/o contacts
closed-circuit principleAgCdo
250 V 400 V 250 V- - -
250 V AC, 250 V DC 400 V AC, 400 V DC 250 V AC, 250 V DC- - -
4 A 5 A 4 A3 A 3 A 3 A4 A 5 A 4 A2 A 2,5 A 2 A
30 x 106 switching cycle0.1 x 106 switching cycle
10 A fast, operating class gL 5 A fast, operating class gL 10 A fast, operating class gL10 A fast, operating class gL 5 A fast, operating class gL 10 A fast, operating class gL
22.5 mm 45 mm 22.5 mm2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG) stranded wire with wire end ferrule
anyIP50 / IP20
-20 °C...+60 °C -25 °C...+65 °C -20 °C...+60 °C-40 °C...+85 °C
DIN rail (EN 50022)
IEC 255-6, EN 60255-689/337/EEC
level 3 - 6 kV / 8 kV
level 3 - 10 V/mlevel 3 - 2 kV / 5 kHz
level 4 - 2 kV L-L
level 3 - 10 V73/23/EEC
4 g 5 g 4 g6 g 10 g 6 g
cULus, GL, GOST, C-Tick cULus, GL, GOST, C-Tick cULus and GL (in preparation),GOST, C-Tick
500 V
4 kV/1.2-50 µs
2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
III / C
III / C24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
582CDC110004C0202
2
Notes
592CDC110004C0202
2
Content
Insulation monitoring in IT systems ..................................................................................... 60
Insulation monitors CM-IWN
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 61
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 66
Dimensional drawings ...................................................................................................... 68, 109
Insulation monitors C558
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 63
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 67
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 68
Insulation monitors forungrounded supply mains
602CDC110004C0202
2
15L
A1 16
A1 15 S1
16 A218
18B2 A2
R <
S2
L B2
L1L2L3
N
15L
A1 16
A1 15 S1
16 A218
18B2 A2
R <
S2
L B2
LNPE
15L
A1 16
A1 15 S1
16 A218
18B2 A2
R <
S2
L B2
L1L2L3
2CD
C 2
52 0
28 F
000
3
CM
-IW
N-A
C
CM
-IW
N-A
C
CM
-IW
N-A
C
2CD
C 2
52 0
12 F
0004
2CD
C 2
52 0
11 F
0004
2CD
C 2
52 0
13 F
0004
Application and connection examples for the CM-IWN AC in IT and IT-N systems
Three-phase IT-N system Single-phase IT-N system Three-phase IT system
The IT system is supplied either by an isolation transformer or anindependent voltage source, such as a battery or a generator.
In this system no active conductor is directly connected to earthpotential.The advantage of this is that only a small fault current canflow in case of an insulation fault. This current is essentially causedby the system's leakage capacitance.
The system's fuse does not respond, thus maintaining the voltagesupply and therefore operation even in case of a phase-to-earthfault.
The high reliabilitity of an IT system is guaranteed thanks to
continuous insulation monitoring.
The insulation monitoring device recognizes insulation faults as theydevelop, and immediately reports that the value has fallen below theminimum. This prevents operational interruptions caused by asecond more severe insulation fault.
The following illustration shows the typical arrangement of an ITsystem.In IT-N systems the secondary side star point of the transformer isadditionally used as neutral.
The IT system with additional equipotential bonding and insulation monitoring equipment
Insulation monitoring in IT systemsInsulation monitors
Insulationmonitoring devicee.g. CM-IWN-AC
additionalequipotential bonding
Reset TestReset Test
Reset Testtransformer
supp
ly v
olta
ge
220-
240
V A
C
110-
130
V A
C
612CDC110004C0202
2
CM-IWN-AC
1SV
R 4
50 0
75 F
000
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
073
6
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
046
1
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
073
7
Insulation monitors for ungrounded AC mainsCM-IWN-ACOrdering details
The CM-IWN-AC monitors the insulation resistance between ungrounded AC systems and ground po-tential. It is designed for insulation resistances to be monitored from 1 to 110 kΩ, divided into two ranges.The desired range is selected with a front-mounted switch. The output relay is energized and the LEDlights up as soon as the insulation resistance falls below the threshold value. The relay is reset (de-ener-gized) automatically if the measured insulation resistance exceeds 1.6 times the threshold value.
TestAn earth-leakage fault can be simulated using the front-mounted "Test" button. A remote test button canbe connected via the terminals S1- . Tripping is caused by closing a n/o contact.
OperationThe CM-IWN-AC is used to monitor the insulation resistance of single-phase or three-phase AC supply volta-ges. It is primarily used to monitor auxiliary circuits that are electrically isolated from ground. The CM-IWN-AC monitors the insulation resistance between ungrounded AC supply voltages and the protective earthconductors. A superimposed DC measuring voltage is used for measurement.
Fault storageBy jumpering the terminals S1 and S2, fault tripping can be stored. Remote reset can be implemented byconnecting a pushbutton to S1 and S2. Pressing the button then resets storage of the tripped state.
AttentionThe CM-IWN-AC is designed for AC supply voltages. Rectifiers, that are connected in series, should beelectrically isolated from the measuring relay.
Functional diagram CM-IWN-AC
Supply A1/A2;A1/B2
Spring contact S1/S2store, reset
Front-mtd. button or remote button Reset, test S1/
Insulation resistance Rof the supplySet response 1,6xRxthreshold R xc/o contact 15/18
15/16
tT test > approx. 300 ms
Tripping time Range selector switch
Response threshold
1-110 kΩ,
U: green LED -supply voltage
F: red LED -relay status
Test button: "Test - Reset"
2 measuring ranges from1-110 kΩTripping storage
Suitable for insulationmonitoring of single- andthree-phase ungrounded ACsystems
Functional test by means offront-mounted test button orvia remote test button
VDE 0413/T.2
1 c/o contact, open-circuitprinciple
2 LED for status indication
Operating principle
The supply voltage is feeded via terminals A1-A2 (A1-B2).This can be the voltage supplied from the system to bemonitored. The CM-IWN superimposes DC-voltage on thesystem to be monitored via the terminals L and (onephase or, if available, the neutral).In case of earth-leakage the resistance of the systemagainst earth potential changes. The resulting earth-leakagecurrent overcomes the insulation resistance. If this earth-leakage current exceeds the adjusted response threshold,the output relay is energized with delay (see characteristic)and the red "fault" LED lights up.
Fields of application
The insulation resistance monitor CM-IWN-AC is mainlyused in industrial applications with electrically insulatied ACsystems for the measurement of an occurring first isolationfault. This can prevent the installation from incorrectoperation caused by a possible second isolation fault.The resistances R1 and R2 correspond to two subsequentisolated faults (see drawing). In this case, the resistancesare connected in series related to earth potential whichwould prevent contactor K2 from being de-energized (fault!)although auxiliary contact K1 is open. This incorrectoperation may cause considerable faults within theinstallation.
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/lb
CM-IWN-AC 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 075 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66110-130 V, 220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 071 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66
R1
R2
• Technical data ........................................... 66 • Dimensional drawings .................... 68, 109 • Accessories .................................. 109
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
046
2
tA = Delay timeRim= Measured insulation resistanceRis= Adjusted insulation resistance
622CDC110004C0202
2
CM-IWN-DC
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
012
8
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
012
9
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
073
9
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
051
5
1SV
R 4
50 0
65 F
000
0
AC
DC
L
N
L+
L-
2CD
C 2
52 0
40 F
0003
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/lb
CM-IWN-DC 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 065 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66
Selector switch for open- orclosed circuit principle
Response threshold1-110 kΩ,
U: green LED -supply voltage
L+: red LED -fault insulation resistance
L-: red LED -fault insulation resistance
Test button: "Test - Reset"
Test button: "Test - L-"
Insulation resistancemonitoring in ungroundedpure DC systems from24-240 V DCContinuously adjustablemeasuring range 10-110 kΩFront-mounted selectorswitch for open- or closed-circuit principleFront-side and externaltest-reset feature1 c/o contact3 LEDs for status indication
The CM-IWN-DC is designed for insulation resistance monitoring in ungrounded, pure DC supplysystems with or without filtering. Due to its electrical isolation between the supply circuit and themeasuring circuit, it can be supplied either by an external auxiliary voltage or by the supply voltage to bemonitored. Insulation resistance faults are evaluated separately for L+ or L- and displayed by LEDs. Dueto its measuring principle, the CM-IWN-DC is not able to detect balanced earth-leakage faults. Theresponse threshold is adjustable in a range from 10-110 kΩ. If the insulation resistance falls below the setresponse threshold, the relay is energized and the error LED lights up.
TestAn insulation fault can be simulated using the "Test" button. If the test button is pressed, the output relayis energized. A remote test button for L+ can be connected via terminals S1-S3 (S4-S3 for L-).
Fields of applicationThe CM-IWN-DC is mainly used to monitor DC auxiliary circuits that are electrically isolated from primarysupply voltage circuits as well as installations powered by batteries.
Fault storageBy jumpering the terminals S2-S3, fault tripping can be stored. Remote reset can be implemented by con-necting a pushbutton to S2 and S3. Pressing the button then resets storage of the tripped state.
tT test approx. 1 s
A1/A2Front-mounted reset button ResetTest L+ L+ and L-/test L+Front-mounted button Test L-test L- S3/S4Remote connection test L-Remote connection test L+ S3/S1Remote connection S3/S2store, resetInsulation resistance of the R 1,6xRxsystem, adjusted responsethreshold Rx L+(L-)/ RxFront-mounted switch-
open-circuit principle closed-circuit principle
15/1815/16
Functional diagram CM-IWN-DC
A1-A2 Supply voltage
L+,L- Measuring circuit
S1,S2, Control inputsS3,S4
15-16/18Output contacts -Open- or closed-circuit principle,selectable
Insulation monitor for ungrounded DC mainsCM-IWN-DCOrdering details
Application and connection example
• Technical data ........................................... 66 • Dimensional drawings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109
Connection digram CM-IWN-DC
24-2
40 V
AC
/DC
supp
ly v
olta
ge
632CDC110004C0202
2
C558.01
A1 A2
KE
L1 L2 LT1 LT2 PT
12 21 22 2411 14
KAL2L1
R <
KA
1SA
R 4
70 0
20 F
000
5
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
051
6
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
0469
A1-A2 Supply voltage
L1-L2-KA Measuring circuit
KE, PE connection
PT External test button
LT1-LT2 External reset button or bridge for fault storage
11-12/14 c/o contacts
21-22/24 Open- or closed-circuit principle, selectable
Type Supply voltage Vc Order code Pack. Price Weigtunit 1 piece 1 piece
pieces kg/lb
C 558.01 230 V AC 1SAR 470 020 R 0005 1 0.40/0.88C 558.01 90-132 V AC 1SAR 470 020 R 0004 1 0.40/0.88
Fields of application
Industrial control systems
Automation systems
Machine control systems
Control systems in power plants and powersupply companies
Computer networks
Mobile generators
Elevator control systems
Lighting systems
Modern control voltage systems frequently contain DC components and high system leakagecapacitances due to interference suppression arrangements. These circumstances must be taken intoaccount when selecting the insulation monitoring device.The C558.01 guarantees reliable insulation monitoring of modern systems. Pure AC systems, pure DCsystems as well as AC/DC systems can be monitored.
Response values and measuring circuit
Type Response Response Meas. Meas. Internal Nom. system voltagevalue Ron time 1) voltage current resistance 2)
C 558.01 10-200 k 5 s 13 V 0.1 mA 120/94 k DC and AC0 - 300 V 15-400 Hz
0-300 V
1) Response times at 1 µF system leakage capacitance2) DC internal resistance / impedance
Measuring principle
The C558.01 operates with a variant of a pulsemeasuring principle. This measuring principleensures reliable monitoring of modern controlvoltage systems. The frequency range of thesystem to be monitored may extend from15-400 Hz.
Standards
The C558.01 complies with the standardsDIN 57413 T8 / VDE 0413 T8, IEC 61557-8,EN 61557-8 and ASTM F1669M-96.
When installing the device, the safety instructionssupplied with the equipment have to be observed!
Insulation monitoring of AC,DC and AC/DC IT systemsVoltage ranges up to300 V AC and 300 V DCAutomatic adaptation to thesupply system conditionsConnection monitoringAdjustable responsethreshold 10 - 200 kΩCombined test and resetbuttonSelection between open-and closed-circuit principleFault storage selectableSealable enclosure2 c/o contacts3 LEDs for status indication
Fault indications
Indication Alarm LED Alarm relay
+ -
AC fault x x x
DC fault L+ x x
DC fault L- x x
Interruption o o x/KE or
L1/L2
o = flashingx = continuously on
Insulation monitors for ungrounded mixed AC/DC systemsC 558.01Ordering details
Measuring time
Enclosure width 45 mm
CE = System leakage capacitanceRF = Insulation faultt = Measuring time
Insulation monitoring device for AC IT systems with DC components and forDC IT systems
• Technical data ............................................................................ 67 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 68
Connection digram C558.01
642CDC110004C0202
2
C 558.02
2CD
C 2
52 0
24 F
000
3
A1 A2
KE M+
L1 L2 11 12
PT LT2 21 22
14
24M- LT1
L3L2L1
R <
KA
1SA
R 4
71 0
20 F
000
51S
VC
110
000
F 0
526
C 558.10
Type Supply voltage Vc Order code Pack unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/lb
C 558.02 230 V AC 1SAR 471 020 R 0005 1 0.35/0.77C 558.02 90-132 V AC 1SAR 471 020 R 0004 1 0.35/0.77
Accessories (external k meter)
C 558.10 1SAR 477 000 R 0100 1 0.20/0.44
Response delay
Type *) Response time in *) Response time in Max. system leakagethe range of 10-200 k the range of 1-20 k capacitance
C 558.02 < 1 s < 3 s 20 µF
*) Response times acc. to IEC 61557-8 at RF = 0.5 x Ran and 1 µF system leakage capacitance.
Standards
The C558.02 complies with the standardsDIN 57413 Bl.2 / VDE 0413 T2, IEC 61557-8,EN 61557-8 and ASTM F1207-89.
When installing the device, the safety instructionssupplied with the equipment have to be observed!
Insulation monitoring ofungrounded single-phaseand three-phase AC ITsystems up to 793 VAdjustable threshold1 - 200 kΩCombined test and resetbuttonConnection monitoringSelection between open-and closed-circuit principleFault storage selectableSealable enclosureConnection of externalmeter possible2 c/o contacts
LED bar graph indicator
LEDs for status indication
Selecting the adjustment range
Changing the setting range from x 1 k to x 10 k,automatically changes the indication of the kvalues on the LED bar graph indicator:
Range x 1 k: Meter scale point x 1 k.
Range x 10 k: Meter scale point has to bemultiplied by 10.
Insulation monitor for AC IT systems
Single-phase and three-phaseAC systems without DCcomponents
Uncontrolled motor drives
Building installation
Simple machine drives
Generating sets, mobile generators
Power supply for public arenas
Lighting systems
Air ventilation and air conditioning systems
The standard power supply system is a pure AC system. It neither contains converters nor DCcomponents. The leakage capacitance is relatively low, i.e. usually it is below 1µF, sometimes slightlyabove this value.
The C558.02 can be used to monitor such systems with voltages of up to 793 V. The responsethreshold can be adjusted in a wide range, selectable from 1-20 kΩ or 10-200 kΩ.
Measuring principle
Superimposed DC voltage with reversingstage.
A K without function
A1-A2 Supply voltage
L1-L2-KA Measuring circuit
KE, PE connection
M+/M- External measuring instrument
PT External test button
LT1-LT2 External reset button or bridge for fault storage
11-12/14 c/o contacts
21-22/24 Open- or closed-circuit principle, selectable
Field of application
Enclosure width 99 mm
Insulation monitors for ungrounded AC systemsC 558.02Ordering details
• Technical data ............................................................................ 67 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 68
Connection digram C 558.02
652CDC110004C0202
2
C558.03
2CD
C 2
52 0
25 F
000
3
1SA
R 4
72 0
20 F
000
51S
VC
110
000
F 0
526
A1 A2
KE M+
L1 L2 11 12
T R2 21 22
14
24M- R1
L3L2L1
R <
KE
C 558.10
Response delay
Type *) Response time in *) Response time in Max. system leakagethe range of 2-6 k the range of 6-500 k capacitance
C 558.03 < 8-35 s < 8-12 s 50 µF
*) Response times acc. to IEC 61557-8 at RF = 0.5 x Ran and 1 µF system leakage capacitance.
Measuring principle
Superimposed DC voltage with reversing stage.
Standards
The C558.03 complies with the standardsDIN 57413 Bl.2 / VDE 0413 T2, IEC 61557-8,EN 61557-8 and ASTM F1207-89.
When installing the device, the safety instructionssupplied with the equipment have to be observed!
Insulation monitoring of AC,DC and AC/DC IT systemsConnection monitoringAlarm or system faultindication selectableAMP measuring method(applied for EP)Automatic adaptation to thepower system2 continuously adjustableresponse thresholds2-50 kΩ and 20-500 kΩCombined test and resetbuttonSelection between open-and closed-circuit principleFault storage selectableSealable enclosure acc. toVDE 0106 T 101Environmental conditionscomply with EN 501552 x 1 c/o contactLED bar graph indicatorLEDs for status indication
Fault indications
Indication Alarm LED Alarm relay+ -
ALARM x x xInsulation fault AC
ALARM x xInsulation fault DC(L+)
ALARM x xInsulation fault DC(L-)
Interruption o o xL1/L2 or KE
o = flashingx = continuously on
Industrial control systemsAutomation systems
Machine control systems
Control systems in power plants and powersupply companies
Computer networks
Mobile generators
Elevator control systems
Lighting systems
Type Supply voltage Vc Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/lb
C 558.03 230 V AC 1SAR 472 020 R 0005 1 0.40/0.88C 558.03 90-132 V AC 1SAR 472 020 R 0004 1 0.40/0.88
Accessories (external k meter)
C 558.10 1SAR 477 000 R 0100 1 0.20/0.44
A1-A2 Supply voltage
L1-L2 Measuring circuit
KE, PE connection
M+/M- External measuring instrument
T External test button
R1-R2 External reset button or bridge for fault storage
11-12/14 c/o contacts
21-22/24 Open- or closed-circuit principle, selectable
Application in modern control voltage systems
Insulation monitor for AC and DC IT systems
The C558.03 monitors the insulation resistance of IT systems (ungrounded systems) with voltages of upto 690 V AC or 400 V DC. It can be universally used in AC, DC or mixed power systems.Measurement is not influenced by interference suppression measures and capacitances of up to 20µFto earth which are caused by long supply lines. The implemented AMP measuring method guaranteesreliable insulation monitoring even in power systems with fixed frequency converters (output and inputfrequency are static).
Enclosure width 99 mm
Insulation monitors for ungrounded AC and DC systemsC 558.03Ordering details
• Technical data ............................................................................ 67 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 68
Connection digram C 558.03
662CDC110004C0202
2
CM-IWN-AC CM-IWN-DCSupply circuitSupply voltage - power consumption
24-240 V AC/DC A1-A2 approx. 8 VA / 2 W approx. 8 VA / 2 W110-130 V AC A1-B2 approx. 3 VA220-240 V AC A1-A2 approx. 3 VA
Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+10 %Supply voltage frequency AC/DC version 15-400 Hz or DCSupply voltage frequency AC version 50-60 HzDuty time 100 %
Measuring circuitMonitoring function Insulation monitoring within electrically isolated...
AC systems DC systemsMeasuring range, threshold value min-max. 1-11 kΩ, 10-110 kΩ 10-110 kΩInternal resistance min. 57 kΩAC internal resistance min. 100 kΩDC internal resistance min. 100 kΩTest resistance 820 ΩIsolation voltage (L-PE) max. 415 V AC 300 V DCMeasuring DC voltage max. 30 V DC 24-240 V DCCable length for reset-test button max. 10 mDelay time refer to ordering details page <1 s if insulation <0.9 x response threshold
Indication of operational statesSupply voltage U: green LEDInsulation fault F: red LED - output relay energized L+: red LED, L-: red LED
Output circuits 15-16/18Number of contacts 1 c/o contactOperational principle 1) open-circuit principle open- or closed-circuit principle selectableContact material AgCdORated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60947-1 250 VMin. switching voltage -Max. switching voltage 400 V AC, 300 V DCMin. switching current -Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 5 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 5 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A
Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycleselectrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles
Short circuit proof, n/c contact 4 A fast, operating class gLmax. fuse rating n/o contact 6 A fast, operating class gL
General dataWidth of enclosure 45 mmWire size 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x14 AWG) stranded wire with wire end ferruleWeight approx. 300 gMounting position anyDegree of protection housing / terminals IP50 / IP20Operating temperature -25 °C ... +65 °CStorage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)
StandardsProduct standards IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6EMC Directives 89/336/EEC, 91/263/EEC, 92/31/EEC, 93/68/EEC, 93/67/EECElectromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kVHF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10(3)V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2(1) kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 3 2(1) kV L-LHF line emission acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10(3) VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECOperational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 5 gMechanical resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 10 gEnvironmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
Approvals C-Tick (under preperation), cULus, GL, GOST
Isolation dataRating acc. to HD 625.1 S1, VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60255-5Rated insulation voltage between supply, meas. and output circuits 250 VRated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µsTest voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.Pollution category IIIOvervoltage category III
1 ) Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
Insulation monitorsCM-IWN-AC, CM-IWN-DCTechnical data
672CDC110004C0202
2
C 558.01 C 558.02 C 558.03Supply circuitSupply voltage - power consumption 115 V AC A1-A2 3 VA 3 VA 3 VA
230 V AC A1-A2 3 VA 3 VA 3 VASupply voltage tolerance -20...+15 % -20...+15 % -20...+15 %Supply voltage frequency 15-400 Hz 50-400 Hz 15-400 HzDuty time 100 % 100 % 100 %
Measuring circuitMonitoring function Insulation monitoring within electrically isolated ...
AC and DC supply systems AC supply systems AC and DC supply systemsMeasuring range, threshold value min-max. 10-200 k 1-200 k 2-500 kAC internal resistance min. 94 k 180 k 180 kDC internal resistance min. 120 k 200 k 200 kTest resistance - -Insulation voltage (L-PE) max. 290 V DC, 300 V AC 690 V 630 VMeasuring voltage / current max. 13 V / 0.47 mA 40 V / max. 200 µA 20 V / 100 µACable length for reset-test button LT1-LT2 max. - -Delay time max. 5 s 1 s / 3 s 8-35 s
Indication of operational statesSupply voltage ON: green LEDIsolation fault (IEC 1557-8, EN 60557-8, ASTM F-25.10.11) "+": red LED, "-": red LED
Output circuitsNumber of contacts 2 c/o contacts 2 c/o contacts 2 c/o contactsOperational principle 1) open- or closed-circuit principle selectableContact material - - -Rated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60947-1 250 V AC / 300 V DCMin. switching voltage - - -Max. switching voltage - - -Min. switching current - - -Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 5 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 2 A
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 5 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 0.2 A
Maximum lifetime mechanical - - -electrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 1.2 x104 switching cycles
Short circuit proof, n/c contact - - -max. fuse rating n/o contact - - -
General dataWidth of enclosure 45 mm 99 mm 99 mmWire size 0.2-4 mm2 solid wire, 0.2-2.5 mm2 stranded wire with wire end ferruleWeight approx. 350 g 400 g 350 gMounting position anyDegree of protection housing / terminals IP 30 / IP 20Operating temperature -10 °C ... +55 °CStorage temperature -40 °C ... +70 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)
StandardsProduct standardEMC Directive 89/336/EECElectromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kVHF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3 level 3 10(3) V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2(1) kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 2HF line emission acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10(3) VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECVibration resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 10-150 Hz / 0.15 mmm - 2 gOperational reliability (IEC 68-2-27, IEC 68-2-29)Environmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30
Approvals cULus cULus, GL
Isolation sdataRating acc. to HD 625.1 S1, VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60255-5Rated insulation voltage between supply, meas. and output circuits 250 V 690 V 630 VRated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2-50 µs 6 kV / 1.2-50 µs 6 kV / 1.2-50 µsTest voltage between all isolated circuits 2 kV 3 kV 3 kVPollution category IIIOvervoltage category - - -
1 ) Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
Insulation monitorsC 558Technical data
682CDC110004C0202
2
2CD
C 2
52 0
14 F
0004
2CD
C 2
52 0
15 F
0004
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
017
7
C558.01 C558.02, C558.03
CM-IWN
4,3
Insulation monitorsDimensional drawings
2
692CDC110004C0202
Content
Motor load monitors CM-LWN
Fields of application ............................................................................................................... 70
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 71
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 72
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Motor load monitors
702CDC110004C0202
2
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
047
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
047
31S
VC
110
000
F 0
471
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
047
2
maxmin
cos
L1/k L1/l L2 L3 15 25
A1 16 18 26 28A2 K1
U V WM 3
18 26 28 L1/l16 A2
15 25 L1/k L2A1 L3
L1L2L3N
18 26 28 L1/l16 A2
15 25 L1/k L2A1 L3
L1/k L1/l L2 L3 15 25
A1 16 18 26 28A2
maxmin
cos
K1
U1 U2M 1
LN
maxmincos
L1/k L1/l L2 L3 15 25
A1 1618 26 28A2
18 26 28 L1/l16 A2
15 25 L1/k L2A1 L3
L1L2L3N
50-60 Hz 110-500 V, 15-400 Hz
K1
U V WM 3
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
013
1
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
013
2
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
013
3
Motor load monitorsFields of application
The motor load monitor monitors the load states of single-phase andthree-phase asynchronous motors.The evaluation of the phase angle between current and voltageallows a very precise monitoring of the load states.
Main applications
Pump monitoring
Dry-running protection (underload)
Closed valves (overload)
Pipe break (overload)
Heating, air-conditioning, ventilation
Monitoring of filter pollutionV-belt breakage (underload)Closed shutters/valves (overload)
Air ventilating volume
Agitating machines
High consistency within the tank (overload)Pollution of the tank (overload)
Transport/Conveyance
Congested conveyor belts (overload)
Jamming of belts (overload)
Material accumulation in spiral conveyors (overload)
Lifting platforms
Machine installation
Wear of tools, e.g. worn saw blades in circular saws, etc.(overload)
Tool breakage (underload)
V-belt drives (breakage underload)
• Accessories: Current transformers ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 48
Compared with other conventional measuring principles(e.g. pressure transducers, current measurement),cos ϕ monitoring is a more precise and economical alternative.The motor is used as a sensor for its own load status.
Wiring examples (for motor currents 20 A)
Detected fault -installation is switched off
Startingtime delay
Filter pollution
Detected fault -installation is switched off
Startingtime delay
Startingtime delay
Detected fault -installation is switched off
V-belt monitoring
Startingtime delay
Detected fault -installation is switched off
Dry-running protection
Pump control
Response delay Response delay
Ventilator monitoring
Filter pollution
712CDC110004C0202
2
CM-LWN
1SV
R 4
50 3
35 F
0100
TS TSTR TR TR
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
013
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
052
9
Motor load monitorsCM-LWNOrdering details
The CM-LWN module monitors the load status of inductive loads.
The primary application is the monitoring of single- or three-phase asynchronous motors (squirrel cage)under varying load conditions. The measuring principle is based on the evaluation of the phase shift (ϕ)between the voltage and the current in one phase.
The phase difference is nearly inversely proportional to the load. Therefore, cos ϕ, measured relativelyfrom 0 to 1, measures the relationship of effective power to apparent power. A value towards 0 indicateslow load and a value towards 1 indicates high load.
Threshold values can be set individually for cos ϕ max and cos ϕ min. If the set threshold value isreached, an LED lights up and the relay is de-energized.If cos ϕ returns to the acceptable limits (taking into account the hysteresis), the relay is reset to its origi-nal state and the LED flashes permanently to indicate the occurrence of the trip event. This message canbe deleted using the reset button or by switching off the supply.
A time delay (Time S) of 0.3 to 30 s can be set for the starting phase of the motor. It is also possible toset a response delay time (Time R) of 0.2 to 2 s to suppress unwanted tripping due to unavoidable shortload changes during normal operation.
To guarantee correct operation of the response delay (Time R), the adjusted value for cos ϕ max. has tobe higher than the value for cos ϕ min. plus the hysteresis. Consequently, the overload and underloadindication must not be active at the same time.
Due to the internal electrical isolation of the supply circuit and the measuring circuit, it is also possible touse the device in systems with different supply voltages.
Functional digram CM-LWN
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/lb
Current ranges: 0.05-5 A;
CM-LWN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 335 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 330 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 331 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66
380- 440 V AC 1SVR 450 332 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66480-500 V AC 1SVR 450 334 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66
Current ranges: 2-20 A;
CM-LWN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 335 R 0100 1 0.30/0.66110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 330 R 0100 1 0.30/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 331 R 0100 1 0.30/0.66380-440 V AC 1SVR 450 332 R 0100 1 0.30/0.66480-500 V AC 1SVR 450 334 R 0100 1 0.30/0.66
Response delay "Time R"
Threshold for load limit"cos ϕ min."
cos ϕ max: red LED -cos ϕ max exceeded
cos ϕ min: red LED -below cos ϕ min
Reset button
U: green LED -supply voltage
Threshold for load limit"cos ϕ max."
Starting delay "Time S"
Load status monitoring forasynchronous motors
Under- and overloadmonitoring cosϕ min. andcosϕ max. in one unit
Adjustable starting delay0.3-30 s
Direct measurement ofcurrents up to 20 A
Adjustable response timedelay 0.2-2 s
Single-phase or three-phasemonitoring
2 x 1 c/o contact, closed-circuit principle
3 LEDs for status indication
A1-A2Current in L1
con ϕ max.hysteresis
con ϕ min.15-1815-1625-2825-26
Reset buttonRed LED - cos ϕ min.
Red LED - cos ϕ max.
A1-A2 Supply voltage
L1K-L1L Measuring currentL2L3
15-16/18 Output contacts -underload (con ϕ min.)
25-26/28 Output contacts -overload (con ϕ max.)closed-circuitprinciple
• Technical data ........................................... 72 • Dimensional drwaings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109
Connection diagram CM-LWN
722CDC110004C0202
2
CM-LWN
Supply circuitSupply voltage - power consumption A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC approx. 8.4 VA/W
A1-A2 110-130 V AC approx. 3.6 VAA1-A2 220-240 V AC approx. 3.6 VAA1-A2 380-440 V AC approx. 3.6 VAA1-A2 480-500 V AC approx. 3.6 VA
Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+10 %Supply voltage frequency AC version 50-60 HzSupply voltage frequency AC/DC version 15-400 Hz or DCDuty time 100 %
Measuring circuit L1l-L1k-L2-L3Monitoring function Load monitoring by phase shift evaluation
between current and voltageVoltage range L1k-L2-L3 110-500 V AC single-phase or three-phaseCurrent range L1l-L1k 0.5-5 A version 2-20 A versionPermissible overload of current input 25 A for 3 s 100 A for 3 sThreshold cos ϕmin and cos ϕmax adjustable from 0 to 1
Hysteresis (related to phase angle ϕ in °) 4°Frequency of measuring voltage 15-400 HzMax. measuring cyle time 300 ms
Timing circuits Indication of over- and undervoltage faultStart-up time (time_S) 0.3-30 s, adjustableResponse delay (time_R) 0.2-2 s, adjustableTiming error within supply voltage tolerance ≤ 0.5 %Timing error within temperature range ≤ 0.06 % / °C
Indication of operational statesSupply voltage U: green LEDbelow cos Phi min cos ϕ min: red LED
cos Phi max exceeded cos ϕ max: red LED
Output circuits 15-16/18, 25-26/28Number of contacts 2 x 1 change-over contactOperational principle 1) closed-circuit principleContact material AgCdORated voltage acc. to VDE0110, IEC664-1, IEC947-1 250 VMax. switching voltage 400 V AC, 300 V DCRated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A
Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycleselectrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles
Short circuit proof, n/c contact 4 A fast operation class gLmax. fuse rating n/o contact 6 A fast operation class gL
General dataWidth of enclosure 45 mmWire size 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG) stranded wire with wire end ferruleMounting position anyDegree of protection housing/ terminals IP50 / IP20Operating temperature -25 °C ... +65 °CStorage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)
StandardsProduct standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, 91/263/EEC, 92/31/EEC, 93/68/EEC, 93/67/EECElectromagnetic compatibilityacc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kVHF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 4 2 kV L-LHF line emission acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECOperational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 5 gMechanical resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 10 gEnvironmental testing acc. to IEC68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
Approvals C-Tick (under preperation), cULus, GL, GOST
Isolation dataRating acc. to HD 625.1 S1, VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60255-5Rated insulation voltage between supply- , measuring- and output circuit 250 V, 400 V, 500 V depending on the versionRated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µsTest voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.Pollution category IIIOvervoltage category III
1 ) Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
Motor load monitorCM-LWNTechnical data
732CDC110004C0202
2
Content
Benefits and advantages ...................................................................................................... 74
Selection table ........................................................................................................................ 74
Thermistor motor protection relays CM-MSE
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 75
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 79
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Thermistor motor protection relays CM-MSS
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 75
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 79
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Thermistor motor protection relays CM-MSN
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 77
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 79
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
PTC sensor C 011
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 78
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 78
Thermistor motor protectionrelays
742CDC110004C0202
2
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
013
9
Thermistor motor protection relaysBenefits and advantagesSelection table
Operating principle and fields of application for thermistor motor protection relaysThe CM range of thermistor motor protection relays are used tocontrol motors equipped with PTC temperature sensors. The PTCtemperature sensors are incorporated in the motor windings tomeasure the motor heating. This enables direct control andevaluation of the following operating conditions:
heavy duty startingincreased switching frequencysingle-phase operationhigh ambient temperatureinsufficient coolingbreak operationunbalance
The relay is independent of the rated motor current, the insulationclass and the method of starting.The PTC sensors are connected in series to the terminals Ta andTb (or Ta and Tbx without short-circuit detection). The number ofpossible PTC sensors per measuring circuit is limited by the sum ofthe individual PTC sensor resistances.
RG = R1 + R2 + RN ≤ 1.5 kΩ.Under normal operating conditions the resistance is below theresponse threshold. If only one of the PTC resistors heats upexcessively, the output relay is de-energized.If the autoreset function is configured, the output relay is re-energized automatically after cooling down.Devices with manual (pushbutton on front-side) or remote resetconfiguration have to be controlled via the control input by therequired signal.
Further applications:Temperature monitoring of equipment with PTC sensors integrated,such as
machine rolling bearings,
hot-air ventilators,
oil,
air,
heating installations, etc.
1) configurable via terminals2) Auto reset without non-volatile fault storage configurable by permanent jumpering of connection terminals S1-T2
Resistance characteristicfor one single temperature sensor acc. to DIN 44 081.
Type CM-MSE CM-MSS CM-MSS CM-MSS CM-MSS CM-MSS CM-MSS CM-MSS CM-MSN
Function
Measuring range
Number of sensorcircuits 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 6
Wire breakmonitoring • • • • • • • • •Short-circuitdetection - - - • 1) • • • • •Non-volatilefault storage
- - - - • 2) • 2) - • 2) • 2)
Operation/ Reset
Auto reset • • • • • 2) • 2) • 2) • 2) • 2)
Manual reset - - • • • • • • •Remote reset - - • • • • • • •Test button - - - • • • • • •Output contacts
Operational principle closed-circuit principle
Number / type 1 c/o 1 n/o + 1 n/c 1 n/o + 1n/c1 n/o 1 c/o 2 c/o 2 c/o 1 n/o + 1 n/c 2 c/o per accumulative accumulative
sensor circuit evaluation evaluation
Width of enclosure 22.5 mm 45 mm
Supply voltagesand order codes
24 V AC 1SVR550805R9300 1SVR430811R930024 V AC/DC 1SVR430800R9100 1SVR430810R9300 1SVR430710R9300110-130 V AC 1SVR550800R9300 1SVR430811R0300 1SVR430711R0300220-240 V AC 1SVR550801R9300 1SVR430801R1100 1SVR430811R1300 1SVR430711R1300380-440 V AC 1SVR430711R230024-240 V AC/DC 1SVR430720R0400 1SVR430720R0300 1SVR430710R0200 1SVR430720R0500 1SVR450025R0100
NAT = Nominal response temperature
Product overview: Thermistor motor protection relaysNEW
752CDC110004C0202
2
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
014
2
1SV
R 4
30 8
01 F
110
02C
DC
251
012
F 0
003
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
014
1
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
014
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
014
1
1SV
R 4
30 8
11 F
130
01S
VR
430
811
F 1
300
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
014
3
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
014
4
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
051
9
2CD
C 2
52 0
41 F
0003
CM-MSE
X1
T2
S1
M
L1 L2 L3
3
T2
T1
X1
Thermistor motor protection relaysCM-MSE, CM-MSSOrdering details
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb
CM-MSS (1) 24 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 800 R 9100 1 0.15/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 801 R 1100 1 0.15/0.33
Reset
F: red LED -fault tripping
U: green LED -supply voltage
CM-MSE
Automatic resetConnection of several sensors(max. 6 sensors conn. in series)Monitoring of bimetals1 n/o contactExcellent cost / performance ratio
CM-MSS, 1c/o contact with automatic reset
Automatic resetConnection of several sensorsMonitoring of bimetals1 c/o contact2 LEDs for status indication
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb
CM-MSE 24 V AC 1SVR 550 805 R 9300 1 0.11/0.242110-130 V AC 1SVR 550 800 R 9300 1 0.11/0.242220-240 V AC 1SVR 550 801 R 9300 1 0.11/0.242
CM-MSS, 2 c/o contacts with reset button
Fault storage can be switched offReset buttonRemote reset2 c/o contacts2 LEDs for status indication
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weight1) not electrically isolated pieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb
CM-MSS (2) 24 V AC/DC1) 1SVR 430 810 R 9300 1 0.15/0.3324 V AC 1SVR 430 811 R 9300 1 0.15/0.33
110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 811 R 0300 1 0.15/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 811 R 1300 1 0.15/0.33
Fault storage can be switched offStorage reset buttonRemote resetShort-circuit monitoring of the sensorcircuit configurable2 c/o contacts2 LEDs for status indicationATEX approved II (2) G, PTB 02 ATEX 3080
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb
CM-MSS (3) 24 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 710 R 9300 1 0.15/0.33110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 711 R 0300 1 0.15/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 711 R 1300 1 0.15/0.33380-440 V AC 1SVR 430 711 R 2300 1 0.15/0.33
Fernrück-stellung
S1-T2 remote reset =no storage
T1-T2x measuringcircuit without short-
circuit monitoring
T1-T2 measuring circuitwith short-circuit
monitoring
• Technical data ....................................................................... 79 • Dimensional drawings ....................................................... 109• Accessories: PTC sensors .................................................... 78 • Accessories ....................................................................... 109
CM-MSS, 2 c/o contacts with reset button and short-circuit monitoring configurable
CM-MSS, 2 c/o contactswith configurable short-circuit monitoring
CM-MSS, 2 c/o contactswith reset button
A1-A2 Supply voltage
T1-T2 Sensor circuit
11-12/14 Output contact -Closed-circuit principle
A1-A2 Supply voltage
T1-T2 Sensor circuit
13/14 Output contact -Closed-circuit principle
A1-A2 Supply voltage
11-12/14 Output contacts21-22/24 Closed-circuit principle
A1-A2 Supply voltage
T1-T2 Sensor circuit
S1-T2 Remote resetX1-T2 jumper = no storage
11-12/14 Output contacts -21-22/24 Closed-circuit principle
CM-MSS, 1 c/o contactwith automatic reset
762CDC110004C0202
2
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
014
6
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
014
8
1SV
R 4
30 7
20 F
040
0
2CD
C 2
52 0
16 F
0004
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
014
5
1SV
R 4
30 7
10 F
020
0
2CD
C 2
52 0
17 F
0004A1 11 21
S2/X2 T1 T2
S1/X1 12 1422 24 A2
T1 11A1 21
T2 12A2 14 22 24
Thermistor motor protection relayCM-MSSOrdering details
Type Supply voltage Order number Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb
CM-MSS (4)1-channel 1n/c, 1n/o 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 720 R 0400 1 0.15/0.33
CM-MSS (5)1-channel 2 c/o 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 720 R 0300 1 x
CM-MSS, 1-channel
Short-circuit monitoring of the sensorcircuitContinuous voltage range:24-240 V AC/DCNon-volatile storage in case of faultselectableStorage reset and test buttonRemote resetAutomatic reset configurableOutput contacts:1 n/c and 1 n/o or 2 c/o2 LEDs for status indication
CM-MSS (4): ATEX approved
II (2) G, PTB 02 ATEX 3080
CM-MSS (5):ATEX approval (pending)
CM-MSS, 2-channel, single evaluation
Short-circuit monitoring forthe sensor circuitsWide supply voltage range:24-240 V AC/DC2 separate sensor circuits for moni-toring of two motors or one motorwith 2 sensor circuits (prewarningand final switch off)Storage reset and test buttonAutomatic reset configurableOutput contacts: 2 x 1 c/o3 LEDs for status indication
ATEX approved
II (2) G, PTB 02 ATEX 3080
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb
CM-MSS (6) 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 710 R 0200 1 0.15/0.33
A1-A2 Supply voltage
T1-T2 Sensor circuit
S1-T2 Remote reset
13-14 Output contacts -21-22 Closed-circuit
principle
S1-T2 jumpered = no storage
Fer
nrüc
k-st
ellu
ng
jumper =no storage
A1-A2 Supply voltage
11-12/14, Output contacts -21-22/24 Closed-circuit principle
1T1-T2 Sensor circuit
CM-MSS, 2-channel
• Technical data ....................................................................... 79 • Dimensional drwaings ....................................................... 109• Accessories: PTC sensor ...................................................... 78 • Accessories ........................................................................ 109
Reset / Test button
to F1-F2: red LED -fault tripping 1 to 2
U: green LED -supply voltage
Reset / Test button
F: red LED -fault tripping
U: green LED -supply voltage
CM-MSS, 1-channel
A1-A2 Supply voltage
T1-T2 Sensor circuit
S1/X1-S2/X2 Reset
11-12/14 Output contacts -21-22/24 Closed-circuit
principle
Connection diagram CM-MSS,1-channel, 2 c/o
Connection diagram CM-MSS,1-channel, 1 n/c, 1 n/o
NEW
772CDC110004C0202
2
1SV
R 4
50 0
25 F
040
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
015
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
052
1
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
014
7
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
014
9
1SV
R 4
30 7
20 F
050
0
Thermistor motor protection relayCM-MSS, CM-MSNOrdering details
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece
pieces kg/lb
CM-MSN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 025 R 0100 1 0.23/0.506
Reset / Test button
to F1-F6: red LED -fault tripping F1 to F6
U: green LED -supply voltage
Short-circuit monitoring of thesensor circuitContinuous voltage range:24-240 V AC/DCNon-volatile storage configurableRemote resetAutomatic reset configurableStorage reset and test buttonOutput contacts: 1 n/c, 1 n/o7 LEDs for status indicationATEX approved
II (2) G, PTB 02 ATEX 3080
1T1...6T1-T2 Sensor circuits
S1-T2 Remote reset,jumper = no storage
A1-A2 Supply voltage
13-14 Output contacts -21-22 Closed-circuit
principle
CM-MSN, 6 sensor circuits
• Technical data ....................................................................... 79 • Dimensional drwaings ....................................................... 109• Accessories: PTC sensor ...................................................... 78 • Accessories ........................................................................ 109
CM-MSS, 6 sensor circuits, accumulative evaluation
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb
CM-MSS (7) 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 720 R 0500 1 0.15/0.33
Short-circuit monitoring forthe sensor circuitsContinuous supply voltage range24-240 V AC/DCNon-volatile storage configurableRemote resetAutomatic reset configurableStorage reset and test buttonOutput contacts: 1 n/c, 1 n/o4 LEDs for status indicationATEX approved
II (2) G, PTB 02 ATEX 3080
Reset / Test button
to F1-F3: red LED -fault tripping 1 to 3
U: green LED -supply voltage
Fer
nrüc
k-st
ellu
ng
1T1-T2 Sensor circuits2T1-T23T1-T2
S1-T2 Remote reset jumpered = no storage
CM-MSS, 3 sensor circuits, accumulative evaluation
A1-A2 Supply voltage
13-14 Output contacts -21-22 Closed-circuit principle
CM-MSS, 3 sensor circuits
782CDC110004C0202
2
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
053
01S
VC
110
000
F 0
531
Characteristic data Sensor type C 011
Cold-state resistance 50 -150 Ω at 25 °C
Warm-state resistance± 5 up to 6 K of nom. temperature, TNF (NAT) 10 000 Ω
Thermal time constant, sensor open 1) 2.5 - 3.5 s
Short-circuit current density 50 A/mm2 max.
Max. permitted voltageat the sensor terminals 2.5 V max.
Permitted ambient temperature
short-term + 275 °C
continuously + 175 °C
1) Not embedded in windings.
General information
The PTC temperature sensors (temperature-dependent with positive temperature coefficient) areselected by the manufacturer of the motordepending on:
the motor insulation class according toIEC Publication 34-11the special characteristics of the motor, suchas the conductor cross-section of the windings,the permissible overload factor etc.special conditions prescribed by the user, suchas the permissible ambient temperature, risksresulting from locked rotor, extent of permittedoverload etc.
One temperature sensor must be embedded ineach phase winding. For instance, in case of three-phase squirrel cage motors, three sensors areembedded in the stator windings. For pole-changingmotors with one winding (Dahlander connection), 3sensors are also sufficient. Pole-changing motors
Triple temperature sensor C 011-3
C 011- 70 70 white-brown GHC 011 0003 R 0001 3 0.02/0.044C 011- 80 80 white-white GHC 011 0003 R 0002 3 0.02/0.044C 011- 90 90 green-green GHC 011 0003 R 0003 3 0.02/0.044C 011-100 100 red-red GHC 011 0003 R 0004 3 0.02/0.044C 011-110 110 brown-brown GHC 011 0003 R 0005 3 0.02/0.044C 011-120 120 gray-gray GHC 011 0003 R 0006 3 0.02/0.044C 011-130 130 blue-blue GHC 011 0003 R 0007 3 0.02/0.044C 011-140 140 white-blue GHC 011 0003 R 0011 3 0.02/0.044C 011-150 150 black-black GHC 011 0003 R 0008 3 0.02/0.044C 011-160 160 blue-red GHC 011 0003 R 0009 3 0.02/0.044C 011-170 170 white-green GHC 011 0003 R 0010 3 0.02/0.044
Type Rated Color coding Order code Pack. Price Weighttemp. unit per 1 piece° C pieces pack kg/lb
Temperature sensorcharacteristic
Temperature sensor C 011, standard version acc. to DIN 44081
Thermistor motor protectionPTC temperature sensors C 011Ordering details, technical data
Technical data
C 011-3-150 150 black-black GHC 011 0033 R 0008 1 0.05/0.11
with two windings, however, require 6 sensors.
If an additional warning is required before themotor is switched off, separate sensors for acorrespondingly lower temperature must beembedded in the winding. They have to beconnected to a second control unit.
The sensors are suitable for embedding in motorwindings with rated operating voltages of up to660 V AC.Conductor length: 500 mm per sensor.
A 14 V varistor can be connected in parallel toprotect the sensors from overvoltage.
Due to their characteristics, the control units canalso be used with PTC temperature sensors ofother manufacturers which comply withDIN 44 081 and DIN 44 082.
792CDC110004C0202
2
Thermistor motor protection relaysCM-MSE, CM-MSS, CM-MSNTechnical data
CM-MSE, CM-MSS, CM-MSN
Input circuitSupply voltage - power consumption A1-A2 24 V AC approx. 1.5 VA
A1-A2 24 V AC/DC approx. 1.1 VA / 0.6 WA1-A2 110-130 V AC approx. 1.5 VAA1-A2 220-240 V AC approx. 1.5 VAA1-A2 380-440 V AC approx. 1.7 VAA1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC approx. 1.4-1.7 W / approx. 3.5-5.7 VA
Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+10 %Supply voltage frequency AC: 50-60 Hz, versions 24-240 V AC/DC: 15-400 HzDuty time 100 %
Measuring circuit T1-T2/T2x, 1Ta...1Tb-T2Monitoring function temperature monitoring by means of PTC sensorsNumber of sensor circuits 1, 2, 3 or 6, refer to ordering detailsShort-circuit monitoring refer to ordering detailsNon-volatile storage refer to ordering detailsTest function refer to ordering details
Sensor circuitTemperature switch-off resistance (relay de-energizes) CM-MSE: 2.7-3.7 kΩ, (3050550 Ω 2) ) 3.6 kΩ 5 %
Temperature switch-on resistance (relay energizes) CM-MSE: 1.7-2.3 kΩ, (1900400 Ω 2) ) 1.6 kΩ 5 %
Short-circuit switch-off resistance (relay de-energizes) <20 ΩShort-circuit switch-on resistance (relay energizes) >40 ΩMax. total resistance of sensors connected in series (cold states) 1.5 kΩMax. cable length for short-circuit detection 2 x 100 m at 0.75 mm2, 2 x 400 m at 2.5 mm2
Response time <100 ms
Control circuit for storage and hysteresis functionRemote reset S1-T2 n/o contactMax. no-load voltage approx. 25 V, 5.5 V (24-240 V AC/DC versions)Max. cable length 50 m, 100-200 m if shielded
Indication of operational statesSupply voltage U: green LEDFault tripping F: red LED
Output circuits 11-12/14, 21-22/24, 13-14, 21-22Number of contacts 1 n/o, 1 c/o, 2 c/o, 1 n/c + 1 n/oOperational principle closed-circuit principle (output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold)Contact material AgCdORated voltage acc. to VDE0110, IEC664-1, IEC947-1 250 VMax. switching voltage 250 VRated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A (1.5 A - n/c contact1))
Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 (10 1) ) x 106 switching cycleselectrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles
Short circuit proof, n/c contact 2 A (4 A1)) fast, operation class gLmax. fuse rating n/o contact 10 A (6 A1)) fast, operation class gL
General dataEnclosure width CM-MSE: 22.5 mm CM-MSS: 22.5 mm CM-MSN: 45 mmWire size (stranded wires with wire end ferrule) CM-MSE: 2 x 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG) CM-MSS: 2 x 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG) CM-MSN: 2 x 2.5 mm2 (14 WG)Weight CM-MSE: approx. 110 g CM-MSS: approx. 150 g CM-MSN: approx. 150 gMounting position anyDegree of protection: housing / terminals IP50 / IP20Operating temperature CM-MSE: -20 °C ... +60 °C CM-MSS: -20 °C ... +60 °C CM-MSN: -25 °C ... +65 °CStorage temperature -40 °C...+80 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)
StandardsProduct standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-5EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, 91/263/EEC, 92/31/EEC, 93/68/EEC, 93/67/EECElectromagnetic compatibilityacc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kVHF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 3/4 1/2 kVHF line emission acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECOperational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 CM-MSE: 6 g CM-MSS: 4 g CM-MSN: 5 gResistance to vibration acc. to IEC 68-2-6 CM-MSE: 10 g CM-MSS: 6 g CM-MSN: 10 gEnvironmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 hApprovals partly cULus, GL in parts, ATEX in parts, GOST, C-TickIsolation dataRated voltage between supply, measuring and output circuit 250 VRated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µsTest voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.Pollution category IIIOvervoltage category III1 ) 1SVR 430 710 R 0200, 1SVR 430 8xx R xxxx 2 ) 1SVR 430 810 R 9300, 1SVR 430 800 R 9100
802CDC110004C0202
2
Notes
812CDC110004C0202
2
Content
Temperature monitoring relays C51x range
Benefits and advantages ...................................................................................................... 82
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 83
Functional diagrams, circuit diagrams ................................................................................. 84
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 85
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Temperature monitoring relaysC51x range
for PT100/1000, KTY83/84 andNTC sensors
822CDC110004C0202
2
1 S
VC
110
000
F 0
555
1 S
VC
110
000
F 0
556
1 S
VC
110
000
F 0
557
-100 0 100 200 300 400 500
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
NTC
KTY83 KTY84 PT1000
PT100
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
019
0
OverviewThe C51x temperature monitoring relays can be used for temperature measurement in solid, liquidand gaseous media. The temperature is acquired by the sensor in the medium, evaluated by thedevice and monitored to determine whether it is within an operating range (range monitoring function)or has exceeded or fallen below a threshold. The family is composed of analog adjustable deviceswith one or two thresholds, and digital devices which are a good alternative especially in the low-endrange. The output relay switches on or off at the thresholds, depending on the configured functionality(open- or closed-circuit principle selectable).
• Open-circuit or closed-circuit principleselectable.
• Hysteresis for both threshold values (1 to 99 K)• Storage function selectable via external signal
(Y1/Y2).• 1 n/o contact and 2 c/o contacts.• Adjustable time delay of 0-999 s.• Wire-break and short-circuit detection using a
dedicated signalling contact (1 n/o contact).• Non-volatile storage of parameter settings.• 45 mm wide enclosure with 24 terminals.• Measuring principle for 2-wire and 3-wire
sensors.• Electrical isolation (except 24 V AC/DC devices).• In the 3-sensor version the status of the single
sensors is displayed if the temperature exceedsor falls below the threshold. This way it can beeasily determined which one of the connectedsensors has exceeded or dropped below eitherone or both threshold values.
Benefit
• Version for evaluation of 1 to 3 sensors ina single device available, e.g. for multiplemonitoring within an installation or for motorprotection.
• Extremely simple operation without anycomplicated menus.
• Graduated product range; suitable devices forevery application.
• High-end tripping devices with digital display -suitable for a wide temperature range and forvarious sensor types.
• Adjustable hysteresis.• Quick fault diagnostic by short-circuit and wire-
break detection.• Wide voltage range power supply units reduce
the number of required part versions.• Easy-to-program two- or three-position control.
Temperature monitoring relaysC51x for PT100/1000, KTY83/84 and NTC sensorsBenefits and advantages
C512: 2 thresholds1 sensor
C513: 2 thresholds1-3 sensors
C510: 1 threshold
C511: 2 thresholds
Analog tripping devices...
• Sensor types: PT100.• Measuring principle for 2-wire and 3-wire
sensors.• Electrical isolation between the sensors and the
power supply (except for 24 V AC/DC devices).• Separate design for the crossing of the upper or
lower threshold.• Depending on the version, measurement ranges
for -50°C - +50°C / 0°C - 100°C / 0°C - 200°C.• Potentiometer for temperature limits and
hysteresis adjustment between 2-20 %.• Closed-circuit principle.• Slim 22.5 mm enclosure with 12 terminals.
...with one threshold:• Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC or 110/230 V AC .• LED indication for suppy voltage and relay
status.• 1 n/o and 1 n/c contact.
...with two thresholds:• Additional potentiomenter for J2 (hysteresis for
2nd threshold value is 5% of the meas. range).• Supply voltage 24-240 V AC/DC or 24 V AC/DC.• LED indication of suppy voltage and both relay
states.• Closed-circuit or open-circuit principle selectable.• 1 n/o and 1 n/c contact.
Digital tripping devices
• High-end temperature monitor for 1 or 1-3sensor circuits.
• Multifunctional digital display and three LEDs (forthreshold values and ready).
• Sensor type selectable.• Over- or undertemperature monitoring or range
monitoring function.
Fields of applicationThe C51x temperature monitoring relays can beused almost anywhere to prevent that the tempera-ture exceeds or drops below a given limit, e.g. formonitoring of adjusted temperature limits and outputof alarm messages for:• Motor and system protection.• Control cabinet temperature monitoring.• Frost monitoring.• Temperature limits for process variables, e.g.
in the packaging or electroplating industry.• Control of systems and machines like heating,
air-conditioning and ventilation systems, solarcollectors, heat pumps or hot water supplysystems.
• Monitoring of servomotors with KTY sensors.
• Bearing and gear oil monitoring.• Coolant monitoring.
Characteristic curves of resistance sensors
• Technical data ............................................................................ 85 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 109
Res
ista
nce
in
Temperature in °C
832CDC110004C0202
2
Type Order code Sensor Description Monitoring Measuring range Contact Indications Control supply Pricefunction elements voltage 1 piece
C511, analog adjustable, 2 thresholds (warning and switch-off), 22.5 mm wideIn analog adjustable devices with two thresholds all of the settings are adjusted with a knob. Two thresholds and a hysteresis of 2 - 20% can beset. The hysteresis acts on threshold 1. For the second threshold a hysteresis of 5 % applies. This product series has been developed for simpleapplications where an adjustment precision of ± 5 % is sufficient.
C511.01-24 1SAR 700 011 R 0005 PT100 2 thresholds, Over- - 50 to + 50 °C 1 n/o + 3 LEDs 24 V AC/DCC511.01-W 1SAR 700 011 R 0010 open-circuit or temperature 1 n/c 24-240 V AC/DCC511.02-24 1SAR 700 012 R 0005 closed-circuit 0 to + 100 °C 24 V AC/DCC511.02-W 1SAR 700 012 R 0010 principle 24-240 V AC/DCC511.03-24 1SAR 700 013 R 0005 selectable, 0 to + 200 °C 24 V AC/DCC511.03-W 1SAR 700 013 R 0010 no storage 24-240 V AC/DC
C511.11-24 1SAR 700 014 R 0005 PT100 2 thresholds, Under- - 50 to + 50 °C 1 n/o + 3 LEDs 24 V AC/DCC511.11-W 1SAR 700 014 R 0010 open-circuit or temperature 1 n/c 24-240 V AC/DCC511.12-24 1SAR 700 015 R 0005 closed-circuit 0 to + 100 °C 24 V AC/DCC511.12-W 1SAR 700 015 R 0010 principle 24-240 V AC/DCC511.13-24 1SAR 700 016 R 0005 selectable, 0 to + 200 °C 24 V AC/DCC511.13-W 1SAR 700 016 R 0010 no storage 24-240 V AC/DC
C510, analog adjustable, 1 threshold, 22.5 mm wideIn analog adjustable devices all of the settings are adjusted with a knob. A threshold and a hysteresis of 2 - 20% can be set. This product serieshas been developed for applications where an adjustment precision of ± 5 % is sufficient.
C510.01-24 1SAR 700 001 R 0005 PT100 1 threshold, Over- - 50 to + 50 °C 1 n/o + 2 LEDs 24 V AC/DCC510.01-K 1SAR 700 001 R 0006 closed-circuit temperature 1 n/c 110/230 V ACC510.02-24 1SAR 700 002 R 0005 principle, 0 to + 100 °C 24 V AC/DCC510.02-K 1SAR 700 002 R 0006 no storage 110/230 V ACC510.03-24 1SAR 700 003 R 0005 0 bis + 200 °C 24 V AC/DCC510.03-K 1SAR 700 003 R 0006 110/230 V AC
C510.11-24 1SAR 700 004 R 0005 PT100 1 threshold, Under- - 50 to + 50 °C 1 n/o + 2 LEDs 24 V AC/DCC510.11-K 1SAR 700 004 R 0006 closed-circuit temperature 1 n/c 110/230 V ACC510.12-24 1SAR 700 005 R 0005 principle, 0 to + 100 °C 24 V AC/DCC510.12-K 1SAR 700 005 R 0006 no storage 110/230 V ACC510.13-24 1SAR 700 006 R 0005 0 to + 200 °C 24 V AC/DCC510.13-K 1SAR 700 006 R 0006 110/230 V AC
C512, C513, digitally adjustable, 2 thresholds, 45 mm wideThe three-digit LED display always displays the current temperature. Sensor monitoring is provided by a dedicated relay with one n/o contactwhich reports a sensor failure or short-circuit. In programming mode the relay is switched off. Digitally adjustable temperature monitoring relaysare particularly easy to operate.
The following parameters can be adjusted:
• Sensor type: PT100/1000, KTY 83/84, NTC-B57227-K333-A1 • 1 delay time; acts on both thresholds• Up to three sensors (C513-W) • Open-circuit or closed-circuit principle selectable• 2 thresholds, ϑ1, ϑ2 • Monitoring function: Over-/undertemperature or range monitoring• 1 hysteresis; acts on both thresholds • Storage function can be selected by external bridge
C512-24 1SAR 700 100 R 0005 PT100/ 1 sensor, Over- - 50 to 1 c/o + 3 LEDs + 24 V AC/DCC512-W 1SAR 700 100 R 0010 1000 storage / no temperature, + 500 °C 1 c/o + digital 24-240 V AC/DC
KTY storage under- 1 n/o display 83/84; temperature, NTC1) range moni-
toring
C513-W 1SAR 700 110 R 0010 1 to 3 sensors 24-240 V AC/DCstorage /no storage
Limitation depending on the selected sensor type
Depending on the sensor type, the measuring range of digitaldevices is limited as follows:
Type Measuring range °C
PT100 – 50 to + 500PT1000 – 50 to + 500KTY 83 – 50 to + 175KTY 84 – 40 to + 300NTC 1) + 80 to + 160
1) NTC, type Siemens Matsushita B 57272-4333-A1 - 100 °C: 1.8 kΩ; 25 °C: 32.762 kΩ
Temperature monitoring relaysC51x, accessoriesOrdering details
Accessories
Replaceable cover marking for digital devices
Type Order code Price1 piece
C512-D 1 sensor German 1SAR 700 101 R 0100C512-E English 1SAR 700 102 R 0100
C513-D 1 to 3 sensors German 1SAR 700 111 R 0100C513-E English 1SAR 700 112 R 0100
842CDC110004C0202
2
A2
A1
K1 15
1618
K2 25
28
K3 33
34
26
Y2Y1
1T11T21T32T12T22T33T13T23T3
Memory
Ready
ϑ1
ϑ 2
A2
A1
T1
K1 15
16T2T3
18
K2 25
28
K3 33
34
26
Y2Y1
Memory
Ready
ϑ 1
ϑ 2
A2
A1
T1
T2
T3
K111
14
23K2
12
24
ϑ 1
ϑ 2
A2
ϑ
A1
T1
T2
T3
K1
1113
1412
A3
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
019
8
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
020
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
020
1
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
020
2
t
t
t
Us
K1
K2
1ϑ
2ϑ
t
t t
Us
K1
K2
1ϑ
2ϑ
t
t t
Us
K1
K2
1ϑ
2ϑ
t
t
t
Us
K1
K2
1ϑ
2ϑ
t
t
t
Us
K1
K2
1ϑ
2ϑ
tt
t
Us
K1
K2
1ϑ
2ϑ
t
t
Us
-Y1 Y2
K1
tK2
1ϑ
2ϑ
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
019
1
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
019
2
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
019
3
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
019
4
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
019
5
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
019
6
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
019
7
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
0205
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
0206
Temperature error depending on the line length and conductor cross section for PT100 sen-sors at an ambient temperature of 20 °C (in K)
Line length Conductor cross section mm2
in mm 0.50 0.75 1 1.5
0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.010 1.8 1.2 0.9 0.625 4.5 3.0 2.3 1.5
50 9.0 6.0 4.5 3.075 13.6 9.0 6.8 4.5
100 18.1 12.1 9.0 6.0
200 36.3 24.2 18.1 12.1500 91.6 60.8 45.5 30.2
Connection of resistance thermometer sensors2-wire measurementWhen using 2-wire temperature sensors thesensor resistance and the wire resistanceare added together.The resulting systematic errors must betaken into account when adjusting thetripping device.
A jumper must be connected between theterminals T2 and T3.The following table can be used for PT100sensors to determine the temperatureerrors caused by the line length.
Error caused by the line
The error resulting from the line resistanceamounts to approx. 2.5 Kelvin/Ohm. If theresistance of the line is not known and it isnot possible to measure it, the error causedby the line can be estimated using thefollowing table.
3-wire measurement
To minimize the influence of the wireresistance, a three-wire connection isusually used.By means of the additional wire twomeasuring circuits are created. One ofthese two circuits is used for reference.This way, the tripping device can calculateand take into account the wire resistanceautomatically.
Digital tripping devicesOnce the temperature has reached the set threshold ofϑ1, output relay K1 changes its switching state after theset time delay t has elapsed (K2 reacts in the same wayfor ϑ2).
Analog tripping devicesOnce the temperature has reached the set threshold,output relay K1 changes its switching state. In deviceswith 2 thresholds relay K2 reacts correspondingly if thesecond threshold is reached.No time delay can be set (t = 0).The relays immediately return to their original switchingstate if the temperature reaches the set hysteresisvalue.
Once the temperature has reached the upper thresholdof ϑ1, output relay K1 changes its switching state afterthe set time t.The relay immediately returns to its original switchingstate if the temperature reaches the set hysteresisvalue.K2 reacts correspondingly at the lower threshold valueof ϑ2.
Once the temperature has reached the set threshold ofϑ1, output relay K1 changes its switching state after theset time t has elapsed. (K2 reacts in the same way atϑ2).
The relays return to their original state if the temperaturedrops below the set hysteresis value and the connectionY1-Y2 is interrupted for a short time.
Functional principle with storage function,
using overtemperature with closed-circuit principle as an example
Circuit diagramsConnection examples
C510 C511 C512 C513
General marking of the devices
A1, A2, A3 Supply voltage connectionsK1, K2, K3 Output relay
Marking for C510/C511LED: "Supply voltage present"ϑ1 = LED: "Relay 1 energized"ϑ2 = LED: "Relay 2 energized"T1-T3 = Sensor connection
Marking for C512
ϑ1 = LED: "Relay 1 energized"ϑ2 = LED: "Relay 2 energized"Ready = LED: "Device operative"T1-T3 = Sensor connectionY1/Y2 = Connection for storage bridge
Marking for C513ϑ1 = LED: "Relay 1 energized"ϑ2 = LED: "Relay 2 energized"
Ready = LED: "Device operative"1T1 -1T3 = Connection of sensor 12T1 - 2T3 = Connection of sensor 23T1 - 3T3 = Connection of sensor 3Y1/Y2 = Connection of bridge for
memory function
ATTENTION!
When using resistance sensors with two-wire connection a bridge must be insertedbetween terminals T2 and T3.
FunctionsOvertemperatureOpen-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle
UndertemperatureOpen-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle
Range monitoringOpen-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle
.............
absolute limit
hysteresis
Temperature monitoring relaysC51x for PT100/1000, KTY83/84 and NTC sensorsFunctional diagrams / circuit diagrams
852CDC110004C0202
2
Type C510 C511 C512/C513
Sensor type PT100 PT100 PT100, PT1000KTY83, KTY84,NTC
General data
Enclosure width 22.5 mm 45 mm
Operating range of supply voltage 0.85 V - 1.1 V x VS
Rated power consumption < 2 W/VA < 4
Auxiliary circuit
Contact elements 1 n/o + 1 n/c 1 c/o + 1 n/o 1 c/o + 1 c/o + 1n/o
Rated operating currents Ie AC-15 230 V 3 ADC-13 24 V 1 A
DC-13 240 V 0.1 A
Fusing DIAZED 4 A, operating class gL/gG
Electrical lifetime AC-15 at 3 A 1 x 105 switching cycles
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 106 switching cycles
Tripping device
Measuring precision at an ambient temperature of 20°C typically < ± 5 % of full-scale value < ±2 K(T20) ± 1digit
Reference junction precision — — —
Deviation caused by ambient temperature 0.05 °C per Kin % of the measuring range < 2 % < 2 % deviation from T20
Measuring cycle 500ms
Hysteresis settings for temperature 1 2 to 20 % of full-scale value 1 to 99 kelvinfor temperature 2 5% of full-scale value for both values
Sensor circuit
Typical sensor current PT100 1 mA typically 1 mA typically 1 mA typicallyPT1000 / KTY83 / KTY84 / NTC 0.2 mA typically 0.2 mA typically 0.2 mA typically
Wire-break detection no yes 1)
Short-circuit detection no yes
3-wire connection yes 2) yes 2) yes 2)
Enclosure
Permissible ambient temperature – 25 °C ... 60 °C
Permissible storage temperature – 40 °C ... 80 °C
Mounting position any
Protection class acc. to EN 60529 terminals: IP20; cover: IP40
Rated insulation voltage Vi (pollution degree 3) 300 V AC
Wire size solid-wire 1 x 4 mm2 (1 x 12 AWG), 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG)
stranded wire with wire end ferrule 1 x 2.5 mm2 (1 x 14 AWG), 2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x 16 AWG)
Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 5 to 26 Hz / 0.75 mm
Shock resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-27 15 g1) Not for NTC (B57227-K333-A1) (100°C: 1.8 kW; 25 °C: 32. 762 kW) 2) 2-wire connection of sensors with terminals T2 and T3 bridged.
Standards
IEC 60 721-3-3 "EnvironmentalConditions"
IEC 947-5-1 "Low-Voltage SwitchingDevices"
EN 50 081-2 "RFI Emissions TechnicalStandards (Industry)"
EN 61 000-6-2 "RFI EmissionsTechnical Standards (Industry)"
DIN EN 50 042 "Connection Markingfor Terminals"
UL/CSA pending
C-Tick pending
Temperature monitoring relaysC51x for PT100/1000, KTY83/84 and NTC sensorsTechnical data
862CDC110004C0202
2
Notes
872CDC110004C0202
2
Content
Liquid level relay CM-ENE MIN, CM-ENE MAX
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 88
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 94
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Liquid level relay CM-ENS
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 89
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 95
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Liquid level relay CM-ENS UP/DOWN
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 90
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 95
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Liquid level relay CM-ENN
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 91
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 95
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Liquid level relay CM-ENN UP/DOWN
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 92
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 95
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Accessories for liquid level relays
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 93
Liquid levelmonitoring and control
882CDC110004C0202
2
CM-ENE MIN
1SV
R 5
50 8
51 F
950
0
CM-ENE MAX
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
015
1
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
015
31S
VC
110
000
F 0
154
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
015
2
1SV
R 5
50 8
51 F
940
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
049
4
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
049
5
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
049
6
Liquid level relaysCM-ENE MIN, CM-ENE MAXOrdering details
The liquid level relays CM-ENE MIN and CM-ENE MAX are used to monitor levels of conductive liquids,for example in pump control systems for dry-running or overflow monitoring.
The measuring principle is based on the occurring resistance change when moisting single-poleelectrodes. The single-pole electrodes (see also section Accessories) are connected to the terminalsC and MIN or MAX.
If the supply voltage is applied to A1-A2 and the electrodes are wet, the output relay of theCM-ENE MIN is energized and the output relay of the CM-ENE MAX is de-energized.
The output relay of the CM-ENE MIN de-energizes if the electrodes are no longer wet. The output relayof the CM-ENE MAX energizes if the electrodes are no longer wet.
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece
pieces kg/lb
CM-ENE MIN 24 V AC 1SVR 550 855 R 9500 1 0.15/0.33110-130 V AC 1SVR 550 850 R 9500 1 0.15/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 550 851 R 9500 1 0.15/0.33
CM-ENE MAX 24 V AC 1SVR 550 855 R 9400 1 0.15/0.33110-130 V AC 1SVR 550 850 R 9400 1 0.15/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 550 851 R 9400 1 0.15/0.33
R: yellow LED -relay status
Monitoring of pumpsystems for dry running(ENE MIN) and overflow(ENE MAX)
Connection of 2 electrodespossible at C andMIN/MAX
3 supply voltage versions
Optimal price/performanceratio
1 n/o contact:Open-circuit principle forCM-ENE MIN
Closed-circuit principle forCM-ENE MAX
LED for status indication
Functional diagram CM-ENE MIN
A1-A2
13-14
MINC
Functional diagram CM-ENE MAX
If a metal tank is used, the ground reference electrode C is not required. In this case the cable can beconnected directly to the metal surface of the tank.
A1-A2
13-14
MINC
Suitable for Not suitable for
spring water acids, bases chemically pure water ethylene glycoldrinking water liquid fertilizers fuel concentrated alcoholsea water milk, beer, coffee oils paraffinsewage non-concentrated alcohol explosive areas (liquid gas) lacquers
... ...
Application examples
A1-A2 Supply voltage
C Ground referenceelectrode
MIN Minimum level
13-14 Output contact -open-circuit principle
A1-A2 Supply voltage
C Ground referenceelectrode
MAX Max. level
13-14 Output contact -closed-circuit principle
CM-ENE MIN CM-ENE MAX CM-ENE MIN und CM-ENE MAX
• Accessories ........................................... 93 • Technical data ......................................... 94 • Dimensional drawings .................... 109
Connection diagram CM-ENE MIN
Connection diagram CM-ENE MAX
892CDC110004C0202
2
CM-ENS
1SV
R 4
30 8
51 F
110
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
015
9
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
015
5
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
015
8
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
016
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
015
6
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
015
7
"Sens." - sensitivitypotentiometer for adjustingthe response sensitivity
R: yellow LED -relay status
U: green LED -supply voltage
Monitoring and control ofliquid levels (when drainingor filling liquids in tanks)
Monitoring and control ofmixture ratios (conductivityof liquids)
Adjustable responsesensitivity 5-100 kΩ4 supply voltage versions24 - 415 V AC
VDE approved versionwith safe isolationacc. to VDE 0160
1 c/o contact
2 LEDs for status indication
The CM-ENS monitors levels of conductive liquids and is used for example for liquid level control inpump systems. It can be used for filling or draining tanks for example.
It is also suitable for monitoring the conductivity of liquids. The measuring prinicple is based on theresistance change sensed by single-pole electrodes. After the supply voltage is applied to the terminalsA1 and A2, the output relay is de-energized. The probes must be connected to C, MAX, MIN.
The output relay energizes if the liquid exceeds the maximum level (C and MAX wet) and de-energizesif the liquid level is below the minimum level (MAX and MIN dry).
Based on the measuring circuit there will be a response delay of approx. 250 ms at maximumsensitivity. Different levels in one tank can be controlled by up to 5 CM-ENS without interfering witheach other.
When using a metaltank the electrode Cis not required. Inthis case the cablecan be connecteddirectly to the metalsurface of the tank.
Max.
Min.
C
11-1411-12
A1-A2
Functional diagram CM-ENS
A1-A2 Supply voltage
C Ground reference electrode
MAX Maximum level
MIN Minimum level
11(15)-12(16)/14(18)Output contacts -open-circuit principle
CascadingThe electrode inputs can beinterconnected as required,which ensures simplemonitoring of different liquidlevels.
RedundancyRedundant liquid levelmonitoring or control can beimplemented by connectingthe electrodes to two units.
This makes the applicationmuch safer.
Application examples
Liquid level relaysCM-ENSOrdering details
fill drain
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece
pieces kg/lb
CM-ENS 24 V AC 1SVR 430 851 R 9100 1 0.15/0.33110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 851 R 0100 1 0.15/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 851 R 1100 1 0.15/0.33380-415 V AC 1SVR 430 851 R 2100 1 0.15/0.33
220-240 V AC1) 1SVR 430 851 R 1300 1 0.15/0.33
1) Version with safety isolation acc. to VDE 0160, 1 n/o, 1 n/c
Suitable for Not suitable for
spring water acids, bases chemically pure water ethylene glycoldrinking water liquid fertilizers fuel concentrated alcoholsea water milk, beer, coffee oils paraffinsewage non-concentrated alcohol explosive areas (liquid gas) lacquers
... ...
• Accessories ........................................... 93 • Technical data ......................................... 95 • Dimensional drawings .................... 109
Connection diagram CM-ENS
902CDC110004C0202
2
CM-ENS UP/DOWN
1SV
R 4
30 8
51 F
120
0
1214 A2
CA1
MAX11
MIN
MIN 11MAXC
A2A1 12 14
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
015
9
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
016
4
2CD
C 2
52 0
42 F
0003
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
016
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
016
1
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
016
2
"DOWN"
"UP"
Liquid level relaysCM-ENS UP/DOWNOrdering details
"Func." - function selectorswitch:"UP"- fill"DOWN" - drain
"Sens." - sensitivitypotentiometer foradjusting the responsesensitivity
R: yellow LED -relay status
U: green LED -supply voltage
Monitoring and control ofliquid levels
Selectable function "fill" or"drain"
Adjustable responsesensitivity 5-100 kΩ
1 c/o contact
2 LEDs for statusindication
The CM-ENS UP/DOWN monitors levels of conductive liquids and other media, and is used e.g. for liquidlevel control in pump systems.
The measuring principle is based on the resistance change sensed by single-pole electrodes.
The output relay functions fill (UP) or drain (DOWN) can be selected on a front-face selector switch.
If the "UP" function is selected, the output relay is energized until the MAX electrode becomes wet.Then it is de-energized and not re-energized until the MIN electrode becomes dry.
If the "DOWN" function is selected, the output relay is energized as soon as the MAX electrode becomeswet. It remains energized until the liquid level has dropped below the MIN electrode.
The electrodes can be connected to more than one CM-ENS unit without interference.
11-1411-12
Liquid level control - fill -switch position "UP"
Liquid level control - drain -switch position "DOWN"
When using a metal tankthe C electrode is notrequired. In this case thecable can be connecteddirectly to the metalsurface of the tank.
Max.
Min.
C
11-1411-12
A1-A2
Functional diagram CM-ENS UP/DOWN
A1 - A2 Supply voltage
C Ground reference electrode
MAX Maximum level
MIN Minimum level
11-12/14 Output contacts -open-circuit or closed-circuitprinciple selectable
Application examples
Cascading of electrodesThe electrode inputs canbe interconnected asrequired, which ensuressimple monitoring ofdifferent liquid levels.
RedundancyRedundant liquid levelmonitoring or control canbe implemented byconnecting the electrodesto two units.
This makes theapplication much safer.
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece
pieces kg/lb
CM-ENS UP/DOWN 24 V AC 1SVR 430 851 R 9200 1 0.15/0.33110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 851 R 0200 1 0.15/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 851 R 1200 1 0.15/0.33
Suitable for Not suitable for
spring water acids, bases chemically pure water ethylene glycoldrinking water liquid fertilizers fuel concentrated alcoholsea water milk, beer, coffee oils paraffinsewage non-concentrated alcohol explosive areas (liquid gas) lacquers
... ...
• Accessories ........................................... 93 • Technical data ......................................... 95 • Dimensional drawings .................... 109
Connection diagramCM-ENS UP/DOWN
912CDC110004C0202
2
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
016
9
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
016
5
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
016
6
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
016
7
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
016
8
CM-ENN
1SV
R 4
50 0
55 F
0000
Liquid level relaysCM-ENNOrdering details
"Function" - time functionselector switch:
ON-delay
OFF-delay
"Sens.-sector" -measuring range selectorswitch
"Sens. " - sensitivitypotentiometer for adjustingthe response sensitivity
"Time value" - fineadjustment of time delay
R: yellow LED -relay status
U: green LED -supply voltage
Monitoring and control ofliquid levels (whenemptying or filling liquids intanks)
Monitoring and control ofmixture ratios (conductivityof liquids)
3 response sensitivitiesfrom 250 Ω - 500 kΩ inone unit
5 supply voltage versions24 V AC/DC - 415 V AC
Selectable ON- or OFF-delay 0.1-10 s
2 c/o contacts2 LEDs for statusindication
MAX
MIN
C
Circuit with 2 electrodes
tA = ON-delay, tR = OFF-delay
Circuit with 3 electrodes
oder
oder
When using a metal tank the C electrode is not required. In this case the cable can be connected directly to the metal surface of the tank.
15/1815/16
A1-A2
MAX
MINC
15/1815/16
A1-A2
Functional diagrams CM-ENN
fill drain
Application examples
For commissioning, set both potentiometers (response sensitivity = R value and ON-delay = time value) tothe minimum value (5) and select a suitable resistance range (sector).After all electrodes have been wetted by the liquid being monitored, turn the sensitivity potentiometertowards maximum value (100) until the relay energizes. If the relay does not energize, select a higher Ω value(sector) on the device and proceed as before.Then it has to be checked if the relay de-energizes properly as soon as the electrodes C and MIN are nolonger wet. Liquid levels higher than the maximum level electrode can be obtained by setting an ON-delay(TA = 0.1...10 s).
Liquid levels lower than the minimum level electrode can be obtained by setting an OFF-delay time (TR =0.1...10 s), e.g. for emptying tanks.
A1-A2 Supply voltage
C Ground referenceelectrode
MIN Min. level electrode
MAX Max. level electrode
15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 open-circuit principle
The CM-ENN monitors levels of conductive liquids and is used for example for liquid level monitoring inpump control systems, for dry-running protection of submersible pumps or overflow monitoring of tanks.It is also suitable for conductivity monitoring of liquids.The measuring principle is based on the resistance change sensed by single-pole electrodes (wet ordry).
Instead of electrodes, other sensors or transducers can also be used if their output quantities are diffe-rent resistance values. The measuring, output and supply circuits are electrically isolated for potentialseparation and to prevent electrical interference.
Due to the integrated ON- or OFF-delay, it is possible to set up time-dependent liquid controls using onlytwo electrodes (C, MAX). Different liquid levels in one tank can be controlled by up to 5 CM-ENN (ACversion) without mutual interference.
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece
pieces kg/lb
CM-ENN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 055 R 0000 1 0.30/0.6624 V AC 1SVR 450 059 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66
110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 050 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 051 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66380-415 V AC 1SVR 450 052 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66
Response Max. electrode Max. cable Max. cablesensitivity current capacity length
250 Ω - 5 kΩ 8 mA 200 nF 1000 m
2,5 kΩ - 50 kΩ 2 mA 20 nF 100 m
25 kΩ - 500 kΩ 0,5 mA 4 nF 20 m
• Accessories ........................................... 93 • Technical data ......................................... 95 • Dimensional drawings .................... 109
Connection diagramCM-ENN
922CDC110004C0202
2
CM-ENN UP/DOWN
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
015
9
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
017
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
017
2
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
016
0
CAL1Min.MAxAL2
21-22
31-32
11-1411-1211-1411-12
"DOWN"
"UP"
A1-A2
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
017
1
1SV
R 4
50 0
51 R
010
0
Liquid level relays - Liquid level control with two alarm outputs CM-ENN UP/DOWNOrdering details
"Func." - function selectorswitch:"UP"- fill"DOWN" - drain
"Sens." - sensitivitypotentiometer foradjusting the responsesensitivity
R AL1: yellow LED -relay status AL1
R AL2: yellow LED -relay status AL2
R: MIN/MAX: yellow LED -relay status MIN/MAX
U: green LED -supply voltage
Liquid level relay with5 electrode inputs
Level control withintegrated overflow anddry-running protection
Adjustable responsesensitivity 5-100 k
1 c/o contact and2 n/c contacts as alarmoutputs
4 LEDs for statusindication
The CM-ENN UP/DOWN monitors levels of conductive liquids and media and is used e.g. for liquid levelcontrol in pump systems. The measuring principle is based on the resistance change sensed by single-pole electrodes.
The function of the output relay 11-12/14 can be selected by a selector switch on the front of the unit tofill "UP" or drain "DOWN". If the "UP" function is selected, the output relay is energized until the MAXelectrode becomes wet. Then it is de-energized and not re-energized until the MIN electrode becomesdry.
If the "DOWN" function is selected, the output relay is energized as soon as the MAX electrode becomeswet. It remains energized until the liquid level has dropped below the MIN electrode.
The electrode inputs AL1 and AL2 energize/de-energize the correspopnding output relays RAL1 (21-22)and RAL2 (31-32). AL1 opens if contact RAL1 (21-22) is wet. AL2 closes if contact RAL2 (31-32) is wet.This way, two additional alarm outputs for exceeding or dropping below the normal level can beimplemented in addition to the filling levels MAX and MIN.
When using a metal tank the C electrode is not required. In this case the cable can be connected directly to the metal surface of the tank.
Functional diagram CM-ENN UP/DOWN
Application example
Cascading of electrodesThe electrode inputs can beinterconnected as required,which ensures simplemonitoring of different liquidlevels.
RedundancyRedundant liquid levelmonitoring or control can beimplemented by connectingthe electrodes to two units.
This makes the applicationmuch safer.
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece
pieces kg/lb
CM-ENN UP/DOWN 24 V AC 1SVR 450 059 R 0100 1 0.15/0.33110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 050 R 0100 1 0.15/0.33220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 051 R 0100 1 0.15/0.33380-415 V AC 1SVR 450 052 R 0100 1 0.15/0.33
Electrode Relay LED
AL1 not wet RAL1 (21-22) closed off
AL1 wet RAL1 (21-22) open on
AL2 wet RAL2 (31-32) closed off
AL2 not wet RAL2 (31-32) open on
Supply voltage RAL1 (21-22)failure RAL2 (31-32)
closed off
Reserve pump for emptying
Pump control ("UP" or "DOWN")
Reserve pump for filling
A1-A2 Supply voltage
C Ground reference electrode
MIN Minimum level electrode
MAX Maximum level electrodeAL1 Alarm electrode 1AL2 Alarm electrode 2
11-12/14 Output contacts -21-22 open-circuit or closed-circuit31-32 principle selectable
Suitable for Not suitable for
spring water acids, bases chemically pure water ethylene glycoldrinking water liquid fertilizers fuel concentrated alcoholsea water milk, beer, coffee oils paraffinsewage non-concentrated alcohol explosive areas (liquid gas) lacquers
... ...
• Accessories ........................................... 93 • Technical data ......................................... 95 • Dimensional drawings .................... 109
Connection diagramCM-ENN UP/DOWN
932CDC110004C0202
2
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
047
7
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
047
6
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
047
5
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
047
9
1SV
R 4
50 0
56 F
600
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
047
8
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
052
2
L
Liquid level relays -AccessoriesElectrodesOrdering details, dimensional drawings
1" thread
Compact support KH-3 for 3 bar electrodes
sealing ring
1" counter nut(order code: 1SVR 450 056 R8000)(optional)
distance plate(order code: 1SVR 4 450 056 R7000)(optional)
Suspension electrode
Steel electrode(X 12 CR Mo S 17) withsleeve(Lupulen 6011 L)suitable up to 60°C max.
Type Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb
1SVR 402 902 R 0000 1 0.080/0.176
M16screwed cable gland
screw-in barelectrodes withM4 thread(available as anoption, see below)
Ideally suited for use with liquid level relaysCM-ENS and CM-ENN
Wire connection by screw terminals
Pull relief by M16 screwed cable glands
Temperature range up to 90 °C
Food safe material (PPH)
Screw-in electrodes (M4 thread)
Distance plate (AH-3) and locking nut (GM-1)optionally available as an accessory
Type Order code Pack. unit Price Weightpieces 1 piece 1 piece
kg/lb
CM-KH-3 Compact support for 3 bar electrodes 1SVR 450 056 R 6000 1 0.060/0.132CM-AH-3 Distance plate for 3 bar electrodes 1SVR 450 056 R 7000 1 0.060/0.132CM-GM-1 Counter nut for 1" thread 1SVR 450 056 R 8000 1 0.060/0.132
(Dimensions in mm)
spanner size 36
electrodes
distance plate AH-3
counter nut GM-1"
M4 thread
Compact support KH-3
Counter nut GM-1Distance plate AH-3
Technical data compact support
Type of mounting: G 1" threadMounting position: anyEnclosure material: PPHSealing: NBR 70Temperature range: 90 °C max.Pressure: 10 bar max. (60 °C)
Length Order code Pack. unit Price Weightmm pieces 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb
300 1SVR 450 056 R 0000 1 0.080/0.176600 1SVR 450 056 R 0100 1 0.080/0.176
1000 1SVR 450 056 R 0200 1 0.080/0.176
Screw-in bar electrodes for compact support KH-3
Thread M4
Material: stainless steel 304,high-grade steel 14301
942CDC110004C0202
2
Liquid level monitoring and controlCM-ENE MIN, CM-ENE MAXTechnical data
CM-ENE MIN, CM-ENE MAX
Supply circuitSupply voltage - power consumption A1-A2 24 V AC approx. 1.5 VA
A1-A2 110-130 V AC approx. 1.2 VAA1-A2 220-240 V AC approx. 1.4 VAA1-A2 380-415 V AC -A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC -
Supply voltage tolerance -15 %...+15 %Supply voltage frequency 50-60 HzDuty time 100 %
Measuring circuit MIN-C, MAX-CMonitoring function CM-ENE MIN: dry-running protection, CM-ENE MAX: overflow protectionResponse sensitivity 0-100 kΩ, not adjustableMax. electrode voltage 30 V ACMax. electrode current 1.5 mAElectrode supply line max. cable capacity 3 nF
max. cable length 30 mResponse delay approx. 200 ms
Timing circuitDelay time -
Indication of operational statesSupply voltage -Output relay energized R: yellow LEDCM-ENN UP/DOWN alarm relay AL1 -CM-ENN UP/DOWN alarm relay AL2 -
Output circuits 13-14Number of contacts 1 n/o contactOperational principle open-circuit principle 1) CM-ENE MIN
closed circuit principle 1) CM-ENE MAXContact material AgCdoRated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 VMin. switching voltage -Max. switching voltage 250 VMin. switching current -Rated operating current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A
Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycleselectrical (AC-12, 230V, 4A) 0.3 x 106 switching cycles
Short circuit proof, n/c contact -maximum fuse rating c/o contact 10 A fast, operating class gL
General dataEnclosure width 22.5 mmWire size 2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x 16 AWG) stranded wire with wire-end ferruleMounting position anyDegree of protection: housing/ terminals IP50 / IP20Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °CStorage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)
StandardsProduct standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6EMC Directive 89/336/EECElectromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kVHF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 4 2 kV L-LHF line emission acc. to IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECResistance to vibration acc. to 68-2-6 6 gMechanical resistance acc. to IEC68-2-6 10 g
Approvals C-Tick (under preperation), cULus, GOST
Isolation dataRat. insulation volt. betw. supply, meas. & output circuit acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947 250 VRated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits
acc. to VDE0 110, IEC 664 4 kV / 1.2-50 µsTest voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.Pollution category acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III / COvervoltage category acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III / CEnvironmental testing acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
1 ) Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
952CDC110004C0202
2
Liquid level monitoring and controlCM-ENS, CM-ENNTechnical data
CM-ENS, CM ENS UP/DOWN, CM-ENN UP/DOWN CM-ENN
approx. 1.5 VA, CM-ENN UP/DOWN approx. 4 VAapprox. 1.5 VA, CM-ENN UP/DOWN approx. 4 VA approx. 2.5 VAapprox. 1.5 VA, CM-ENN UP/DOWN approx. 4 VA approx. 3 VAapprox. 1.5 VA, CM-ENN UP/DOWN approx. 4 VA approx. 4 VA
approx. 2 VA/W-15 %...+10 % -15 %...+10 %
50-60 Hz 50-60 Hz or DC100 % 100 %
MAX-MIN-C MAX-MIN-Cliquid level control
5-100 k, adjustable 250 - 500 k, adjustable30 V AC 20 V AC
1 mA10 nF100 m
approx. 250 ms
0.1-10 s, adjustable, ON- or OFF-delay
U: green LED U: green LEDR MAX/MIN: yellow LED R: yellow LED
R AL1: yellow LED -R AL2: yellow LED -
11-12/14, 21-22, 31-32 15-16/18, 25-26/281 c/o contact, CM-ENN UP/DOWN: 1 c/o + 2 n/c contacts 2 c/o contacts
CM-ENS, CM-ENS UP/DOWN, CM-ENN UP/DOWN CM-ENNCM-ENS UP/DOWN, CM-ENN UP/DOWN -
AgCdo AgCdo250 V 400 V
250 V 400 V
4 A 5 A3 A 3 A4 A 5 A2 A 2,5 A
30 x 106 switching cycles 30 x 106 switching cycles0.3 x 106 switching cycles 0.1 x 106 switching cycles
10 A fast, operating class gL 5 A fast, operating class gL10 A fast, operating class gL 5 A fast, operating class gL
22.5 mm, CM-ENN UP/DOWN 45mm 45 mm2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x AWG 14) stranded wire with wire end ferrule 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x AWG 14) stranded wire with wire end ferrule
any anyIP50 / IP20 IP50 / IP20
-20 °C...+60 °C -25 °C...+65 °C-40 °C...+85 °C -40 °C...+85 °C
DIN rail (EN50022) DIN rail (EN50022)
IEC255-6 IEC255-689/336/EEC 89/336/EEC
level 3 6 kV / 8kV level 3 6 kV / 8 kVlevel 3 10 V/m level 3 10 V/mlevel 3 2 kV / 5 kHz level 3 2 kV / 5 kHzlevel 4 2 kV L-L level 4 2 kV L-Llevel 3 10 V level 3 10 V
73/23/EEC 73/23/EEC4 g 4 g 5 g 5 g6 g 6 g 10 g 10 g
C-Tick (under preperation), cULus, GL (CM-ENS), VDE (CM-ENS version with safe isolation), GOST C-Tick (under preperation), cULus, GL, GOST
250 V 500 V
4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µs 4 kV / 1.2-50 µs2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min. 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
III / C III / CIII / C III / C
24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
962CDC110004C0202
2
Notes
972CDC110004C0202
2
Content
Contact protection relays CM-KRN
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 98
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 100
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Sensor interface relay CM-SIS
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 99
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 101
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Contact protection relays,Sensor interface module
982CDC110004C0202
2
CM-KRN
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
017
3
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
017
4
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
017
6
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
017
5
1SV
R 4
50 0
81 F
0000
Contact protection relayCM-KRNOrdering details
The CM-KRN protects sensitive control contacts from excessive load. It can be used with latching actionor without. Bounce time of control contacts can be bypassed by the adjustable response delay time.
Use for contact protectionThe contact to be protected is connected to terminals Y1 and Y2.
Use for contact protection with latching actionThe output relay energizes after contact Y1-Y3 has been closed for at least 20 ms. It remains energizeduntil contact Y1-Y4 closes. The switching positions are stored.The relay is suitable for load reduction purposes for devices with minimum and maximum contacts. TheCM-KRN can be operated via 3-wire proximity sensors for switching of higher power. The supply circuit,the control circuit and the output circuit are electrically isolated against each other.
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price Weight 50-60 Hz unit 1 piece 1 piece
pieces kg/lb
with timer 0.05-30 s
CM-KRN 24 V AC 1SVR 450 089 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 080 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 081 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66380-415 V AC 1SVR 450 082 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66
without timer
CM-KRN 24 V AC 1SVR 450 099 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 090 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 091 R 0000 1 0.300/0.66
Time range selectorswitch
Response (ON-)delay
U: green LED -supply voltage
R: yellow LED -relay status
Protects (and reducesload from) sensitivecontrol contacts
Adjustable ON-delay0.05-30 s
Acts as two-positionswitch
Stores switch positions
Electrically isolatedcircuits
2 c/o contacts
2 LEDs for statusindication
Functional diagram CM-KRN
Use, applications
A1-A2 Supply voltage
Control circuits:
Y1-Y2 "On-Off" input(max. switch-on resistance 6-10 k,min. switch-off resistance 15-20 k)
Y1-Y3 "Set" input(max. switch-on resistance 6-10 k)
Y1-Y4 "Reset" input(max. switch-off resistance 15-20 k)
15-16/18 Output contacts -25-26/28 open-circuit
principle
A1/A2
Y1/Y2
Y1/Y3
Y1/Y4
15/1815/16
25/2825/26
Operation via 3-wireproximity sensors NPN
On; relay energizes, Y1/Y3 or Y2
Off; relay de-energizes, Y1/Y4 or Y2
Actuators with 2 contacts and one common point can be connected to 2separate CM-KRN units.Connect the common point of contacts to terminals Y2 of the two CM-KRNunits.
• Technical data ......................................... 100 • Dimensional drawings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109
Connection diagram CM-KRN
992CDC110004C0202
2
A1 I1
A2
A1 I2
A2
11
12 14
2422
21
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
048
0
2CD
C 2
52 0
26 F
000
3
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
048
2
CM-SIS
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
048
11S
VC
110
000
F 0
483
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
048
4
1SV
R 4
30 5
00 F
230
0
Functional diagram CM-SIS
L - N Supply voltage
L+ - L- Output voltage24 V DC / 0.5 A
I1 Senosr input 1I2 Sensor input 2
11-12/14 Output contacts -21-22/24 Open-circuit principle
Connection of 2-wire sensors
Connection of 3-wire sensors
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece
pieces kg/lb
CM-SIS 110-240 V AC / 105-260 V DC 1SVR 430 500 R 2300 1 0.22/0.48
• Technical data ......................................... 101 • Dimensional drawings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109
The CM-SIS is used to supply 2- or 3-wire NPN or PNP sensors with power and to evaluate theirswitching signals. Two sensors of the types NPN or PNP can be connected simultaneously. Selection isdone via the front-face selection switch.The CM-SIS (terminals L+, L-) supplies the connected sensors with voltage (24 V DC), the maximumpower supply current is 0.5 A. The supply voltage and the sensor inputs are electrically isolated from thesupply circuit. To ensure maximum safety when using these sensors, the principle of safe isolation hasbeen included. Each sensor input signal energizes the corresponding output relay without delay. Therelay is energized as soon as a threshold current is exceeded at input I1 or I2. Sensor leakage currentsof up to 8mA don't affect the evaluation. The threshold value is about 9 mA.If the threshold value at input I1 or I2 is exceeded the corresponding relay R1 or R2 energizes and thecorresponding LED lights up.The wide-range supply voltage input of CM-SIS allows its application in nearly all supply systems.The CM-SIS is also suitable for other applications, for example it is also possible to connect PTC or NTCresistors instead of PNP or NPN sensors or to operate the SIS directly by switching contacts.
Rotary switch, sensor type selection
U: green LED -supply voltage
R1: red LED -relay status R1
R2: red LED -relay status R2
High efficiency
Low heating
Wide range of supplyvoltage
Constant output voltage24 V DC
Safe isolation acc. toEN 50178 (VDE 0160)
Short-circuit andoverload proof
Input protected by internalfuse
2 x 1 c/o contact
3 LEDs for status indication
Sensor interface moduleCM-SISOrdering details
Connection diagram CM-SIS
1002CDC110004C0202
2
Contact protection relayCM-KRNTechnical data
Supply circuit
Supply voltage, power consumption A1-A2 24 V AC - approx. 3.5 VA
A1-A2 110-130 V AC - approx. 3.5 VA
A1-A2 220-240 V AC - approx. 3.5 VA
A1-A2 380-415 V AC - approx. 3.5 VA
Supply voltage tolerance -15 % ... +10 %
Supply voltage frequency 50...60 Hz
Duty time 100 %
Timing circuit
ON-delay time 0.05-1 s, 1.5-30 s
OFF-delay time 50 ms
Min. contact time for latching (CM-KRN without ON-delay) 20 ms
Measuring circuit / contact circuit Y1...Y4
Control contacts contact protection without latching Y1, Y2
contact protection with latching Y1, Y3, Y4
Switching resistance Y1-Y2 for closing, max. 6-10 kΩ
Y1-Y2 for opening, min. 15-20 kΩ
Y1-Y3 for closing, max. 6-10 kΩ
Y1-Y4 for opening, max. 15-20 kΩ
No-load voltage (Y1, Y2) (Y1, Y3, Y4) ≤ 10 V DC
Switching current ≤ 3 mA
Continuous voltage sustaining capability of control input ≤ ±30 V (contact voltage)
Indication of operational states
Supply voltage U: green LED
1st output relay energized R: yellow LED
Output circuit 15-16/18, 25-26/28 Relay, 2 c/o contacts, open-circuit principle
Rated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 947-1 400 V
Rated switching voltage 400 V AC
Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 5 A
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 5 A
DC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2.5 A
Maximum lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycles
electrical (AC-12, 230 V, 5 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles
Short-circuit proof, maximum fuse rating 5 A / fast, operating class gL
General data
Rated impulse withstand voltage Vimp 4 kV
Operating temperature -25 °C ... +65 °C
Storage temperature -40 °C ... +85 °C
Mounting position any
Mounting on DIN rail (EN 50022) snap-on mounting / screw mounting with adapter
Wire size 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG) stranded with wire end ferrule
1012CDC110004C0202
2
Input
Supply voltage L-N AC 110-240 V AC (-15 % ... + 10 %)
DC 110-240 V (max. 105-260 V DC)
Frequency, AC supply 47-440 Hz
Supply voltage failure bridging time 10 ms min. at 100 % load
Input current at nominal load 0.35 A max. / 0.27 A at 115 V AC / 0.14 A at 230 V AC
Inrush current at 25°C (≤ 2 ms) 33 A
Internal input fuse 800 mA slow-acting
Output
Output voltage L+ L- 24 V DC ± 3%
Output current / output power 0.5 A / 12 W max.
Residual ripple 100 mVpp max.
Input voltage regulation ± 0.5 % max.
Deviation of output with static load change ± 0.5 % max.
Deviation of output with dyn. load change 10-90 % 5 % max.
Short-circuit protection overcurrent switch-off with automatic restart
Overload protection excess temperature and overcurrent switch-off
Reset after thermal overload switch-off automatic reset after cooling down
Sensor inputSensor type connection possibilities 2- or 3-wire connection, NPN or PNP selectable by front-face switch
Input resistance approx. 2.5 kΩInput threshold value for relays R1, 2 Vemitter-collector < 2,3 V (I1, 2 > 8 mA)Maximum switching frequency approx. 20 Hz
Output circuit 11-12/14, 21-22/24 2 relays, 1 c/o contact each, open-circuit principle
Rated voltage 250 V
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC
Rated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 A
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 A
DC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A
Maximum lifetime mechanical 10 x 106 switching cycles
electrical 0.1 x 106 switching cyclesShort-circuit proof, maximum fuse rating 6 A n/o contact, 2 A n/c contact / fast, operating class gL
StandardsElectrical safety IEC(EN) 60255-5 /EN 50178 (VDE 0160)/EN60950/UL 508/CSA 22.2
Galvanic isolation safe isolation between L+,L-, I1,I2, and L,N,11,12,14,21,22,24
Insulation testing 2.5 kV AC routine test, 3 kV AC type test
Clearance and creepage distances overvoltage category 2, degree of pollution 2
Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61000-6-2
ESD acc. to EN 61000-4-2 level 3 - 6/8 kV
HF radiation acc. to EN 61000-4-3 level 3 - 10 V/mBurst acc. to EN 61000-4-4 level 4 - 4 kV
Surge acc. to EN 61000-4-5 inst. class 3, 2 kV
HF emission acc. to EN 61000-4-6 level 3 - 10 V
Emitted interferences acc. to EN 50081-2 radiated noise EN 55011, class B
Input current harmonics no limitation
General dataEfficiency at nominal load approx. 84 % (at 230 V AC)
Operational status indication green LED, output voltage OKOperating temperature 0 ° ... +55 °C
Storage temperature -25 ° ... +75 °C
Wire size screw terminals, 2 x 14 AWG (2 x 2.5 mm2)
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 mm x 78 mm x 120 mm (0.89 x 3.07 x 4.72")
Mounting position normal mounting position: horizontally mounted on DIN rail
Clearances to other modules left-hand side 1 cm, vertical distance 5 cm
Sensor interface moduleCM-SISTechnical data
1022CDC110004C0202
2
Notes
1032CDC110004C0202
2
Content
Cycle monitor with watchdog function CM-WDS
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 104
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 105
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Cycle monitorwith watchdog function
NEW
1042CDC110004C0202
2
CM-WDS
2CD
C 2
51 0
01 F
0004
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
t2 t2
t1
A B C
1 8...
B
...
2CD
C 2
52 0
57 F
0003
2CD
C 2
52 0
51 F
0003
2CD
C 2
52 0
62 F
0003
CM-WDS 24 V DC 1SVR 430 896 R0000
A1(+)
IR
12(2) (0) A2(0)
R(9) I(8)
D(3) 11(4) 14(1)
A1
A2
11
12 14 D
A1(+)
IR
12(2) (0) A2(0)
R(9) I(8)
D(3) 11(4) 14(1)
A1
A2
11
12 14 D
SPS / IPC
Reset
L+
L-H1 H2
O 5.3
Cycle monitor with watchdog functionCM-WDSOrdering details
• Technical data ......................................... 105 • Dimensional drawings .......................... 109 • Accessories .................................. 109
Type Supply voltage Order code
The cycle monitor CM-WDS (watchdog) observes if a regularly intermittent pulse is applied to its pulseinput “I“. It is, for example, possible to connect the output of a programmable logic controller (plc), whichis set and reset regularly (e. g. once each cycle). The connected cycle pulse must be generated bysuitable programming of the plc/ipc. Now, the CM-WDS monitors if the cycle time of the plc/ipc programis smaller than the cycle monitoring time setted by means of the front-face selector switch “time value(ms)“.
The output relay 11-12/14 of the CM-WDS energizes and the red LED is switched off, if there areminimum 8 successive regular pulses on input “I“. When the pulse signal stays out or is not regular, theoutput relay de-energizes and the red LED is illuminated.
In case the monitoring time is too short or too long, this can be adjusted by a modified programming ofthe plc/ips or by modified setting of the monitoring time “time value (ms)“.A fault recognized and stored with the CM-WDS can be reset by an H-impulse (0-1-transition) on thereset input “R(9)“, so that the cycle monitoring is again released. The reset impulse can be generated bymeans of a reset button or by suitable programming of the controller (plc/ipc).
Setting the lower thres-hold value of cyclemonitoring time
F: red LED -cycle error
U: green LED -supply voltage
Wiring diagram
Marker label
Cycle monitor formonitoring the function ofprogrammable logiccontrollers or industrial pcs
4 selectable cyclemonitoring time rangesfrom 0.5 to 1000 ms
24 V DC supply
1 c/o contact
2 LEDs for statusindication
A1/A2Interrogation
window
I
R
red LED
11/1411/12
A = Cycle monitorB = Cycle is correct, no cycle errorC = Cycle failure 1: pulse > monitoring window
Cycle failure 2: pulse stays outt1 = 300 mst2 = 260 ms
A1/A2 Supply voltageI Cycle pulse inputR Reset input11-12/14 Output relayD Protected output
(freewheelingdiode)
Application
The CM-WDS is designed for the externalmonitoring of the correct function ofprogrammable logic controllers (plc) andindustrial pcs (ipc).
Funktional diagram CM-WDS
Example of application - circuit diagram
Connection diagram CM-WDS
NEW
1052CDC110004C0202
2
Cycle monitor with watchdog functionCM-WDSTechnical data
Input circuit
Supply voltage - power consumption A1-A2 24 V DC approx. 1 WTolerance of the supply voltage -30 % - +30 %Duty time 100 %
Measuring circuit I
Monitoring function cycle monitoringInput voltage 24 V DCInput current approx. 5 mASetting range of cycle monitoring time 0.5-150 ms
0.5-260 ms0.5-500 ms0.5-1000 ms
Cycle duration of one pulse approx. 0.5-1000 msMeasuring cycle at switching ON 2.2-10 sMeasuring error within the supply voltage tolerance 0.5 %Measuring error within the temperature range 0.06 % / °C
Timing circuit
ON-delay time approx. 2.2-10 sDelay on release time approx. 260 ms
Indication of operational states
Supply voltage U: green LEDOutput relay de-energized / cycle error F: red LED
Output circuit 11-12/14
Number of contacts 1 c/oOperating principle (output relay de-energizes if cycle error) Closed-circuit principleContact material AgCdoRated voltage acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 VMinimum switching voltageMaximum switching voltage 250 V AC, 250 V DCMinimum switching currentRated switching current AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 Aacc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (inductive)230 V 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 ADC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A
Maximum life mechanical 10 x 106 switching cycleselectrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 106 switching cycles
Short-circuit proof, n/c 10 A fast operating class gLmaximum fuse rating n/o 10 A fast operating class gL
General data
Width of the enclosure 22.5 mmWire size 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG) stranded with wire end ferrulesMounting position anyDegree of protection enclosure / terminals IP 50 / IP 20Temperature range operation -20 °C ... +60 °C
storage -40 °C ... +85 °CMounting DIN rail (EN 50022)
1062CDC110004C0202
2
Cycle monitor with watchdog functionCM-WDSTechnical data (continued)
Standards /directives
Product standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6EMC Directive 89/336/EECEMC-test acc. to EN 61000-6-2
acc. to EN 61000-6-4ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6 kV / 8 kVHF radiation resistance acc. to IEC 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV / 5 kHzSurge acc. to IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 level 3 2 kV L-LHF line emission acc. to IEC 61000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 VLow Voltage Directive 73/23/EECOperational reliability acc. to IEC 68-2-6 4 gMechanical shock resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 6 g
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage between supply-, control- andoutput circuit acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1 250 VRated impulse withstand between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2-50 µs
acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 minPollution degree acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 III/COvervoltage category acc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 IIIEnvironmental tests acc. to IEC 68-2-30 24 h cycle, 55 °C, 93 % rel. 96 h
1072CDC110004C0202
2
Content
Load limit curves ................................................................................................................... 108
Accessories ........................................................................................................................... 109
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 109
Technical data and accessories
2
1082CDC110004C0202
2
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
018
8
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
018
9
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
018
5
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
018
4
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
018
6
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
018
7
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
018
5
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
018
3
Contact lifetimeReduction factor for inductive AC load
Reduction factor F
for inductive load
Contact lifetime /
number of operations N
220 V 50 Hz 1 AC
360 operations/h
DC load (resistive)AC load (resistive)
Contact lifetimeReduction factor for inductive AC load
Reduction factor F
for inductive load
Contact lifetime /
number of operations N
220 V 50 Hz 1 AC
360 operations/h
DC load (resistive)AC load (resistive)
CM-N (45 mm) range
Measuring and monitoring relaysCM rangeLoad limit curves
Load limit curves
CM-S (22.5 mm) and CM-E (22.5 mm) range
1092CDC110004C0202
2
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
017
7
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
018
2
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
018
1
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
017
9
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
018
0
745
5 87
5930
6312
81 014
,22 5 865
6210
5728
74 80 100
14,4
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
020
3
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
020
4
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
0423
Adapter for screw mounting
Marker
Sealable cover
Width Order code Pack. unit Pricein mm pieces 1 piece
22.5 1SVR 430 029 R 0100 145.0 1SVR 440 029 R 0100 1
Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces 1 piece
1SVR 366 017 R 0100 1
Width Order code Pack. unit Pricein mm pieces 1 piece
22.5 1SVR 430 005 R 0100 145.0 1SVR 440 005 R 0100 1
CM-S
22.5 mm
CM-N
45.5 mm
CM-E
22.5 mm
Cover for CM-S
22.5 mm
Cover for CM-N
45 mm
Measuring and monitoring relaysCM and C51xAccessories and dimensional drawings
Accessories
Dimensional drawingsTemperature monitoring relays C51x range
Measuring and monitoring relays CM range
C510 / C51122.5 mm
C512/C51345 mm
Dimensions in mm
1102CDC110004C0202
2
Notes
3
1112CDC110004C0202
Safety relays
C57x and C67xx range
Content
Selection tables ...................................................................................................................... 112
Safety for man and machine, General information ............................................................. 114
Safety for man and machine, Safety category acc. to EN 954-1 ...................................... 115
Safety for man and machine, Standards, functions, applications ...................................... 116
Safety for man and machine, Cross circuit detection ........................................................ 117
EMERGENCY STOP monitors and safety gate monitorsC571, C571-AC, C573, C576, C577, C572, C574
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 118
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 130
Approvals ............................................................................................................................... 112
Dimensions ............................................................................................................................ 131
TWO-HAND control C575
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 123
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 130
Approvals ............................................................................................................................... 112
Dimensions ............................................................................................................................ 131
Extension unit C579 for contact expansion
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 124
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 130
Approvals ............................................................................................................................... 112
Dimensions ............................................................................................................................ 131
Safety relays with solid-state output C67xx
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 125
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 132
Approvals ............................................................................................................................... 113
Dimensions ............................................................................................................................ 133
Accessories for C57x and C67xx range
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 128
Safety relays C57x
Conversion table ESTOP, SGATE, 2HAND, EBLOC to C57x .......................................... 129
2CDC110004C0202
112
3
2CD
C 2
63 0
12 F
0004
Safety relaysC57x rangeSelection table
Type C571 C573 C576 C577 C572 C574 C575 C579
Function EMERGENCY STOP 5) 5) 5) 5) - -
Safety gate monitoring 6) 6) - -
Press control - - - - - - -
Cross circuit detection - - -
Safety categorie B 4)
acc. to EN 954-1 1) 1 4)
2 4)
3 4)
4 1) 1) 3) 7) 4)
Connection single channel - - - -
two channel - - -
Enabling circuits undelayed 2 n/o 3 n/o 2 n/o 2 n/o 3 n/o 2 n/o 2 n/o 4 n/o
Enabling circuits delayed - - - - - 2 n/o - -
Signaling circuits - 1 n/c - - 2 n/c 1 n/c 2 n/c -
Start automatic - , - - -
monitored - - - , - - -
1) Possible with additional external measures. The figures apply only if the cables and sensors are laid safely and protected mechanically. See also user manualand application manual.
2) The maximum safety category acc. EN 954-1, which can be reached, depends essentially on the external wiring, the choice of the sensors and the position ofthe machine. The nominal regulations for the safety at machines have to be observed.
3) Possible with undelayed enable contact.4) The safety category acc. to EN 954-1 corresponds to those of the basic unit.5) The ON-button is not monitored. Valid only for C574 devices with auto-start.6) With monitored ON-button possible. Valid only for C574 devices with monitored start.7) Acc. to EN 574, type III C.
Approvals
BG-PRÜFZERT
BGFE98xxx
(not for C579), , , SUVA, C-Tick (under preperation)
1132CDC110004C0202
32C
DC
263
031
F00
04
Type C6700 C6701 C6702
Function EMERGENCY-STOP
Safety gate monitoring
Press control - - -
Tread mats -
Electronic sensors -
Cascade input 24 V DC - 1 1
Cross short-circuit detection
Safety categorie B
acc. to EN 954-1 1) 1
2
3
4 -
Connection single channel
two channel
Enabling circuits Stop-Cat. 0 2 n/o 2) 2 n/o 1 n/o
Enabling circuits Stop-Cat. 1 - - 1 n/o
Signaling circuits 1) - - -
Start automatic
monitored
1) One safety circuit can be used as signaling circuit.2) The outputs are only safe in connection with an external contactor.
Safety relays with solid-state outputsC67xx rangeSelection table
Approvals TÜV, , , SUVA
2CDC110004C0202
114
3
Safety relaysSafety for man and machineGeneral information
Safety for man and machine
Machinery Directive 98/37/EEC
The Machinery Directive 98/37/EEC is valid throughout Europe. ThisDirective obliges the machine manufacturer to guarantee, byattaching the CE mark, that all European Standards relevant to thismachine type have been observed.The CE mark is attached by the manufacturer at his responsibility.No machine may be put into circulation or marketed without this CEmark.
Important notice:
The products described here in are designed to be components of acustomized machinery safety-oriented control system. A completesafety-oriented system may include safety sensors, evaluators,actuators and signaling components. It is the responsibility of eachcompany to conduct its own evaluation of the effectiveness of thesafety system by trained individuals.ABB AG, its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively "ABB") are not ina position to evaluate all of the characteristics of a given system orproduct or machine not designed by ABB.ABB accepts no liability for any recommendation that may be impliedor stated here in. The warranty contained in the contract of sale byABB is the sole warranty of ABB. Any statements contained here indo not create new warranties or modify existing ones.
Further Information:
User manual
A user manual with a device description, connection diagrams andapplication information in several languages is enclosed with everysafety switching device of C570 and C67xx range.
Application manual “Safety Engineering”
You can find further information in the "Safety Engineering"application manual. It provides you with the required information onthe relevant safety standards and project planning information.The entire range of components used for safety applications isexplained in this Manual, from the sensor (emergency stopcommand devices and position switches), through evaluation units(safety switching devices C57x and fail-safe control AC 31 S) to theactuator (e. g. contactor for switching motors). All these componentsmust be selected correctly in order to meet the requirementsapplicable to modern safety facilities.Please order the "Safety Engineering" application manual:English: 1SAC 103 201 H 0201German: 1SAC 103 201 H 0101
Safety circuits must meet the following requirementsdepending on the safety categorie acc, to EN 954-1:
Coping with an individual fault including all sequential faults in thecontrol circuit (single-fault tolerance).
Prevention of automatic restart of the machine when theEMERGENCY STOP facility is reset.
Setting up a redundant circuit by at least two contactor relays.
Creating diversity, e. g. by combining n/c and n/o contacts of theauxiliary contactors.
Cyclic monitoring of the safety circuit with each ON-OFF cycle.
The ABB safety switching devices comply withall requirements of EN 60204, part 1, and areapproved by the German Employers’ LiabilityInsurance Associations (BG) and/or TÜV(German Technical Inspection Authority).
Fields of application:
EMERGENCY STOP circuits
Safety gate monitoring
Two-hand controls
Safety tread mats
Practical experience has shown that, in a few applications, it isnecessary to also monitor the sensing elements (EMERGENCYSTOP buttons, limit switches of the safety gates etc.).A two-channel and/or cross circuit safe configuration is advisablein systems with a high level of contamination. In case of the two-channel control configuration, the contact part of the command unithas a redundant design. The supply leads can also be monitoredfor cross circuits.In case of a fault, the system reverts to safe state after the safetycontacts (enabling circuits) are opened. Enabling circuits aresafety contacts which reliably switch off the hazardous drives ormachines. (n/o contacts which reliably open in case of faults).Depending on the device type, there are additional signallingcontacts (n/c contacts which close in the event of a fault orsemiconductor outputs). Of course, it is possible to also useenabling contacts as signaling contacts.Unique and clear terminal identification permits simple, reliable andrapid wiring. The risk of a wiring fault is appreciably reduced.
Standards for the safety of machinery
EN 60204-1 "Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems"
EN 418 "Safety of machinery; emergency stopequipment"
EN 574 "Two-hand control devices"
EN 954-1 "Safety-related parts of control systems"
EN 1050 "Principles for risk assessment"
EN 1088 "Interlocking devices associated with guards"
IEC 61508 "Functional safety of electrical/programmableelectronic safety related system"
1152CDC110004C0202
3
B 1 2 3 4
S1
S2
F1
F2
P1
P2
P1
P2
2CD
C 2
62 0
01 F
0004
Safety relaysPersonnel safety and machine protectionSafety category according to EN 954-1
S- Serious injuriesS1 Slight (and normally reversible) injuries.S2 Serious (normally irreversible) injuries, including death.
F- Frequency and/or duration of the risk exposureF1 Rare to frequent and/or short duration of exposure.F2 Frequent to sustained and/or longduration of exposure.
P- Options for risk avoidance(generally referred to the speed and frequency at which thedangerous component moves and to the clearance fromthe dangerous component)P1 Possible under certain conditions.P2 Hardly possible.
B, 1, 2, 3 and 4: Categories for safety-related components ofcontrols
Preferred category. Possible category requiring additional measures. Disproportionately extensive measures by comparison
with the risk.
Summary of the requirements for categories according to EN 954-1
Safety Summary of requirements System behavior2) Principles for
category1) achieving safety
B The safety-related components of controls and/or their protection The occurrence of a fault may leaddevices and their components must be designed, constructed, to loss of the safety function.selected, assembled and combined in compliance with theapplicable standards, such that they can withstand the anticipated Predominantly characterizedinfluences. by selection of componentsl
1 The requirements of B must be complied with. The occurrence of a fault may leadTime-proven components and time-proven safety principles to loss of the safety function but thehave to be applied. probability of occurrence is less than
in category B.
2 The requirements of B and the use of the time-proven safety principles The occurrence of a fault may leadmust be complied with. to loss of the safety function betweenThe safety function has to be checked at appropriate intervals the inspection intervals.by the machine control.
The loss of the safety function is3 The requirements of B and the use of the time-proven safety principles detected by the check/inspection.
must be complied with. If the single fault occurs, the safetySafety related components must be designed in a way that: function is always maintained.
a single fault in any of these components does not lead to loss Certain faults but not all faults areof the safety function and detected.the individual fault is detected, whenever feasible in an An accumulation of undetected faultsappropriate manner. may lead to loss of the safety function.
Predominantly characterizedby the structure
4 The requirements of B and the use of the time-proven safety principles If the faults occur, the safety functionmust be complied with. is always maintained.Safety related components must be designed in a way that: The faults are detected in good time to
a single fault in any of these components does not lead to loss prevent loss of the safety function.of the safety function andthe individual fault is detected at or before the next requirementapplicable to the safety function or, if this is not possible,that an accumulation of faults may not lead to loss of thesafety function.
1) The categories are not intended to be applied in any specific order or hierarchical arrangements with respect to the technical-safety requirements.2) The risk assessment will indicate whether full or partial loss of the safety function(s) as the result of fault is acceptable.
Classification of a machine into categories according to
EN 954-1
Pursuant to the Machinery Directive 98/37/EEC, every machinemust comply with the relevant directives and standards. Measuresmust be taken to keep the risk to persons below a tolerable extent.
This mandatory classification runs like a red thread from selection ofthe smallest limit switch through to the overall concept of the entiremachine, always raising a permanent conflict between what istechnically feasible and what is permitted on the basis of "puretheory".
In the first step, the project planner performs a risk evaluation acc.to EN 1050 "Risk Assessment". This must take into account themachine's ambient conditions for instance. Then, any overall riskmust be assessed. This risk assessment has to be conducted in aform that allows documentation of the procedure and the resultsachieved. The risks, dangers and possible technical measures toreduce risks and dangers must be stipulated in this riskassessment.
After stipulating the extent of the risk, the category on the basis ofwhich the safety circuits are to be designed is determined with theaid of EN 954-1 "Safety-Related Components of Controls".The category determined this way defines the technicalrequirements applicable to the design of the safety equipment. Thereare five categories (B, 1, 2, 3 and 4), where B (standing for basiccategory) defines the lowest risk and thus also the minimumrequirements applicable to the controller.
Thus: Depending on the application, not every technically feasiblesafety category is also permitted. For instance, in case ofcontactless protection devices (light barriers etc.) only categories 2or 4 are permitted. In contrast, in case of tread mats, categories B to4 can be used depending on risk assessment, provided that thesecategories can be reached at all owing to the design.
Starting point for therisk assessment of thesafety-relatedcomponent of thecontroller.
Possible selection of categories according to EN 954-1
2CDC110004C0202
116
3
Safety relaysPersonnel and machine protectionStandards, functions, applications
Stop categories acc. to EN 60204
Standard EN 60204 demands that every machine must feature thestop function of category 0. Stop functions of categories 1 and/or 2must be provided if necessary for technical safety and/or functionalrequirements of the machine. Category 0 and category 1 stops mustbe operable independent of the operating mode, and a category 0stop must have priority.
There are three categories of stop functions:
Category 0:Shut-down by immediate switch-off of the energy supply to themachine drives.
Category 1:Controlled shut-down, where the energy supply to the machinedrives is retained in order to achieve shut-down and where theenergy supply is only interrupted after standstill has been reached.
Category 2:A controlled shut-down where the energy supply to the machinedrives is retained.
Scope of applicationPotential risks and hazards posed by a machine must be eliminatedas fast as possible in the event of danger. For dangerous move-ments, the safe state is generally a standstill. All safety switching de-vices of C 570 range switch to de-energized state, i.e. standstill fordrives, in the event of danger or fault.
EMERGENCY STOP
EMERGENCY STOP devices must have priority over all other func-tions.The energy supplied to the machine drives which may cause dange-rous states must be switched off as fast as possible without furtherrisks or dangers. Resetting the drives may not trigger a restart. TheEMERGENCY STOP must act either as a stop of category 0 or as astop of category 1.According EN 418 "EMERGENCY STOP equipment, functionalaspects, principles for design" the resetting of the control devicemay only be possible as a result of an action by hand at the controldevice. Resetting the control device may not release a restart in-struction. A restart of the machine may only be possible when allconcerned operating elements have been reset individually andconsciously by hand.The basic devices of the C57x range of safety switching devicescan be used for EMERGENCY STOP applications up to category 4acc. to EN 954-1. Depending on external wiring and cable routing ofthe sensors, category 3 or 4 acc. to EN 954-1 can be reached.
Safety gate monitoring
According to EN 1088, a distinction is made between interlocking gu-ards and interlocking guards with guard locking.Here as well, the safety switching devices are used for EMERGEN-CY STOP applications. Controls up to category 4 to EN 954-1 arepossible.
Presses and punchesTwo-hand control is intended for devices on which the operator mustuse both hands simultaneously, thus protecting him against risksand dangers.
Safety functions
Auto-startWhen the sensor circuit is closed the device is active.
If an ON-button is installed in the feedback circuit, a cross circuit ofthe feedback circuit is not monitored. Safety categories B, 1, 2, and3 do not dictate a cross-circuit detection.
If a device with the function "auto-start" shall be used for safety ca-tegories 4 and EMERGENCY STOP, the user has to guarantee afault exclusion in the ON-button circuit, e. g. by a safe laying of theON-button line.
Monitored startAfter a supply voltage failure or a saftey-related switch-off, the de-vice will be started only by actuation of the ON-button.
Especially for presses type III C to DIN 574 is possible.Safety category 4 to EN 954-1 is possible if the feed and the feed-back circuit are monitored for cross circuits.
After closing the sensor line the ON-button has to be actuated.
Cross circuit safetyCross circuit safety denotes the ability of monitoring modules to de-tect faults (caused by pinched cable, earth-leakage, ect.) that canoccur in the application being monitored and to prevent the releaseof the safety circuits until external faults have been removed.
Device outputs
Safety outputs
The safety-related function must be controlled via safe output con-tacts, the so-called safety outputs. Safety outputs are always nor-mally open contacts and switch off without delay.
Signalling outputs
For the signalling outputs, normally open contacts and normallyclosed contacts which may not perform safety-related functions areused. Safety outputs also be used as signalling outputs.
Delayed safety outputs
Drives which have a long overtravel must be decelerated in theevent of danger. For this purpose, the energy supply must bemaintained for electrical braking (stop category 1 acc. toEN 60 204-1).
Contact expansion
If the safety outputs of the basic device do not suffice, positively dri-ven contactors (e. g. B6, B7) may be used for contact expansion.
1172CDC110004C0202
3Y22
ϑ
1
3
2414 34 42
2313Y11Y10
A2
A1 33 41
4
5
52
51Y21Y12
Y34Y33PE Y44Y43
L-/N
L+/L1
6
7
8
2
PE
2CD
C 2
62 0
24 F
0004
Safety relaysPersonnel and machine protectionCross circuit detection
Cross circuit safety
On ABB Safety relays C57x and C67xx, wich are designed to monitor EMERGENCY STOP, two-hand control units and safety gates, crosscircuit safety is achieved by two channel (redundant) wiring of EMERGENCY STOP control devices (see diagram below). The twoEMERGENCY STOP channels are operated at different voltages; thus the units will detect excessive current flow between the two pointsand disconnect the enabling circuits.
Type of fault
+ Connection (cross circuit) between Y12 and Y21 The fault will be detected as a short-circuit (excessive current flow). The unit will disconnect the enabling circuits.
Earthing of Y21 The fault will be detected as a short-circuit (excessive current flow). The unit will disconnect the enabling circuits.
+ Next operation of EMERGENCY STOP button will detect the fault as no voltage change will occur on Y12. The unit will prevent restarting unitl the fault has been removed and the EMERGENCY STOP module reset.
- Immediate detection of the line interruption (voltage change on Y12) and opening of the enabling circuits The unit will prevent restarting unitl the fault has been removed and the EMERGENCY STOP module reset.
The units incorporate internal electrical short-circuit protection which will trip when a fault occurs (short-circuit, cross circuit, ...)and disconnect the enabling circuits. After a fault has been removed, the safety relay will recognize this and again be ready foroperation. Neither the unit nor any internal fusibles will need to be exchanged.
1182CDC110004C0202
3C571
1SA
R 5
01 0
20 F
000
1
2CD
C 2
62 0
13 F
0004
2CD
C 2
62 0
02 F
0004
2CD
C 2
62 0
14 F
0004
2CD
C 2
62 0
11 F
0004
13 23A1 Y11 Y12
A214 24
A1
A2
13
14
23
24
Y33
Y21Y34
Y22
13 23A1 Y1 Y2
A214 24
A1
A2
13
14
23
24
ϑ
2
1
3
2414
2313Y2Y1
A2
A1
4
5
K1 K2
K1
K2
K1
K2
M3~
L+
L-L-/N
L+/L1
C57
1
76
1
2
3
4
Y34Y22Y12 14 24
Y33
Y34
Y21Y11
Y22Y12
A2
A1 13 23
K1
L-/N
K2
K1
K2
L1
N
L-/L1
C57
1-A
C
K1
K2
M3~
5
6
Safety relaysC571 and C571-ACOrdering details
EMERGENCY STOP monitor and safety gate monitor C571
• Technical data ...................................................................... 130 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 131
1) Possible in combination with additional external measures. Information given in brackets only apply if cables and sensors are installed safely andmechanically protected.
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price WeightUc unit 1 piece 1 piece
piece kg/lb
C571 24 V DC 1SAR 501 020 R 0003 1 0,240/0.53C571 24 V AC/DC 1SAR 501 020 R 0001 1 0,240/0.53
C571-AC 115 V AC 1SAR 501 020 R 0004 1 0,260/0.57C571-AC 230 V AC 1SAR 501 020 R 0005 1 0,260/0.57
Auto-start / monitored startOperating voltage Vc atEMERGENCY STOPbutton or limit switchFeedback loop formonitoring of externalcontactorsSafety outputs:2 n/o contacts,positively guided3 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. toEN 954-1: B, 1, 2, 3, 41)
PTC-fuse Power pack Control logic Channel1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton
Connection diagram C571
Block diagram C571
A1/A2 Supply voltage13-14, 23-24 Safety outputs
(n/o)
Y1-Y2 Feedback loop,ON-button
Power pack Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton
Connection diagram C571-AC
Block diagram C571-AC
A1/A2 Supply voltage13-14, 23-24 Safety outputs
(n/o)Y11-Y12 Channel 1Y21-Y22 Channel 2Y33-Y34 Feedback loop,
ON-button
Application
The safety relays C571 and C571-AC can be used in EMERGENCY STOP circuits according to EN 418and in safety circuits according to VDE 0113 Part 1 (11.98) and/or EN 60 204-1 (11.98), e. g. with mo-vable covers and guard doors. Depending on the external connections, safety categories B, 1, 2, 3 or 41)
according to DIN EN 954-1 are achievable.
When the safety combination is used in "automatic start" mode, automatic restarting (according toEN 60 204-1, sections 9.2.5.4.2 and 10.8.3) must be prevented by the higher-level control system in theevent of EMERGENCY STOP.
Functions
The safety relays C571 and C571-AC have two enabling (safe) circuits which are configured as n/o con-tacts. The number of enabling circuits can be increased by adding one or more C579 extension units.Three LEDs (Power, Channel 1, Channel 2) indicate the operating state and function.When the EMERGENCY STOP button or the limit switch is unlocked and when the ON-button ispressed, the internal circuits of the safety relays and the external contactors are checked for properfunctioning.
1192CDC110004C0202
3C573
1SA
R 5
01 0
31 F
000
1
2CD
C 2
62 0
04 F
0004
13 23 33A1 Y1 Y2
41 42 A214 24 34
A1
A2
13
14
23
24
41
42
33
34
2CD
C 2
62 0
15 F
0004
ϑ
2
1
3
2414 34 42
2313Y2Y1
A2
A1 33 41
4
5
K1 K2 H1
K2
K1
L+
L-L-/N
L+/L1
K1
K2
M3~
C57
3
7
6
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price WeightUc unit 1 piece 1 piece
piece kg/lb
C573 24 V DC/AC 1SAR 501 031 R 0001 1 0,240/0.53
Operating voltage Vc atEMERGENCY STOPbutton or limit switchSingle- or two-channelconnectionFeedback loop formonitoring of externalcontactorsSafety outputs:3 n/o contacts,positively guidedSignalling contacts:1 n/c contact,positively guided3 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. toEN 954-1: B, 1, 2, 3, 41)
Safety relaysC573Ordering details
EMERGENCY STOP monitor and safety gate monitor C573Application
The safety relay C573 can be used in EMERGENCY STOP circuits according to EN 418 and in safetycircuits according to VDE 0113 Part 1 (11.98) and/or EN 60 204-1 (11.98), e.g. with movable covers andguard doors. Depending on the external connections, safety categories B, 1, 2, 3 or 41) according toDIN EN 954-1 are achievable.
Functions
The safety relay C573 has three enabling circuits (safety outputs) which are configured as n/o contactsand a signal circuit configured as a n/c contact. The number of enabling circuits can be increased by ad-ding one or more C579 extension units.Three LEDs (Power, Channel 1, Channel 2) indicate the operating state and function.When the EMERGENCY STOP button or the limit switch is unlocked and when the ON-button ispressed, the internal circuits of the safety relays and the external contactors are checked for properfunctioning.
Connection diagram C573
Block diagram C573
A1/A2 Supply voltage13-14, 23-24 Safety outputs
(n/o)41-42 Signalling output
(n/c)Y1-Y2 Feedback loop,
ON-button
PTC-fuse Power pack Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton
• Technical data ...................................................................... 130 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 131
1) Possible in combination with additional external measures. Information given in brackets only apply if cables and sensors are installed safely andmechanically protected.
1202CDC110004C0202
3
1SA
R 5
01 1
20 F
000
11S
AR
501
220
F 0
001
C576
C577
2CD
C 2
62 0
07 F
0004
13 23 Y33A1 Y11 Y12
Y21 Y22 A214 24 Y34
A1
A2
13
14
23
24
2CD
C 2
62 0
19 F
0004
ϑ
2
1
3
4
5
Y34Y22Y12 14 24
Y33Y21Y11
A2
A1 13 23
K1 K2
K1
K2
L+/L1
L-/N
Y12 Y22
K1
K2
M3~
C57
6 /
C57
7
Y34
67
• Technical data ...................................................................... 130 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 131
EMERGENCY STOP monitor and safety gate monitor C576 and C577
Application
The safety relays C576 and C577 can be used in safety circuits according to VDE 0113 Part 1 (11.98)or EN 60 204-1 (11.98), e. g. with movable covers and safety gates in EMERGENCY STOP circuitsaccording to EN 418. Depending on external connections, safety categories B, 1, 2, 3 or 4 according toDIN EN 954-1 are achievable.
Functions
The safety relays C576 and C577 have two enabling circuits (safety outputs) configured as n/o con-tacts. The number of enabling circuits can be increased by adding one or more C579 extension units.Three LEDs (Power, Channel 1, Channel 2) indicate operating state and function.When the EMERGENCY STOP button or the limit switch is unlocked and when the ON-button ispressed, the internal circuit of the safety relay and the external contactors are checked for properfunctioning. On the C577, the ON circuit Y33-Y34 is checked for short circuit. This means that a faultis detected when Y33-Y34 is closed before the EMERGENCY STOP button is closed.
Safety relaysC576 and C577Ordering details
C576:
Auto-Start
C577:Monitored Start
C567 and C577:Cross circuit detection atEMERGENCY STOPbutton or limit switch24 V DC at the EMER-GENCY STOP buttonTwo-channel connectionFeedback loop formonitoring of externalcontactorsSafety outputs:2 n/o contacts,positively guided3 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. toEN 954-1: B, 1, 2, 3, 4
Type Supply voltage Start Order code Pack Price WeightUc unit 1 piece 1 piece
piece kg/lb
C576 24 V AC/DC auto 1SAR 501 120 R 0001 1 0,240/0.53
C577 24 V AC/DC monitored 1SAR 501 220 R 0001 1 0,240/0.53
Connection diagram C576 and C577
Block diagram C576 and C577
A1/A2 Supply voltage13-14, 23-24 Safety outputs
(n/o)
PTC-fuse Power pack Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton
Y11-Y12 Channel 1:EMERGENCY STOP or limit switch
Y21-Y22 Channel 2:EMERGENCY STOP or limit switch
Y33-Y34 Feedback loop, ON-button
1212CDC110004C0202
3C572
1SA
R 5
01 0
32 F
000
2
2CD
C 2
62 0
16 F
0004
2CD
C 2
62 0
03 F
0004
13 33 41A1 Y11 Y21
Y33 Y43 PE14 34 42
A1
A2
13
14
23
24
51
52
33
34
23 51Y10 Y12 Y22
Y34 Y44 A224 52
41
42
Y22
ϑ21
3
2414 34 42
2313Y11Y10
A2
A1 33 41
4
5
52
51Y21Y12
Y34Y33PE Y44Y43
L-/N
L+/L1
K1
K2
K1 K2 H1
K1
K2
M3~
C57
2
76
Safety relaysC572Ordering details
EMERGENCY STOP monitor and safety gate monitor C572Application
The safety relay C572 can be used in EMERGENCY STOP circuits according to EN 418, in safety cir-cuits according to VDE 0113 Part 1 (06.93) and/or EN 60 204-1 (12.97), e.g. with movable covers andsafety gates. Depending on the external connection, safety categories B, 1, 2, 3 or 4 according toDIN EN 945-1 are achievable with this device.
Functions
The safety relay C572 has three enabling circuits (safety outputs) which are configured as n/o contactsand two signal circuits configured as a n/c contact.Three LEDs (Power, Channel 1, Channel 2) indicate operating state and function.When the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton or limit pushbutton is unlocked and the ON-button ispressed, the redundant safety relays, electronic circuitry and external contactors are tested for properfunctioning.On the C572, the ON circuit Y33-Y34 is checked for short circuit. This means that a fault ist detectedwhen Y33-Y34 is closed before the EMERGENCY STOP button is closed.
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price WeightUc unit 1 piece 1 piece
piece kg/lb
C572 24 V DC 1SAR 501 032 R 0003 1 0,360/0.7924 V AC 1SAR 501 032 R 0002 1 0,360/0.79
115 V AC 1SAR 501 032 R 0004 1 0,450/0.99230 V AC 1SAR 501 032 R 0005 1 0,450/0.99
Auto-start / monitored start24 V DC at EMERGENCYSTOP button or limit switchCross circuit detection atEMERGENCY STOPbutton or limit switchFeedback loop formonitoring of externalcontactorsSafety outputs:3 n/o contacts,positively guidedSignalling contacts:2 n/c contacts,positively guided3 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. toEN 954-1: B, 1, 2, 3, 4
Connection diagram C572
Block diagram C572
A1/A2 Supply voltage13-14, 23-24 Safety outputs33-34 (n/o)41-42, 51-52 Signalling outputs
(n/c)
Power pack PTC-fuse Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton
• Technical data ...................................................................... 130 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 131
Y43-Y44 jumper = Auto-startwithout jumper = monitored start
Y10-Y11 jumper = two channel operation, EMERGENCYSTOP at Y11-Y12 and Y21-Y22
Y11-Y12, jumper = single channel operation, EMERGENCYSTOP at Y10-Y12, Y21-Y22 jumpered
Y33-Y34 Feedback loop, ON-button
1222CDC110004C0202
3
2CD
C 2
62 0
17 F
0004
C574
1SA
R 5
03 0
41 F
000
2
2CD
C 2
62 0
05 F
000413 31 47
A1 Y11 Y21
Y33 PE14 32 48
A1
A2
13
14
23
24
23 57Y10 Y12 Y22
Y34 A224 58
31
32
47
48
57
58
Y22
ϑ21
3
2414 32 48
2313Y11Y10
A2
A1 31 47
4
5
6
7
58
57Y21Y12
Y34Y33PE
K1H1 K2
K1
K2
L+/L1
L-/N
C57
4
K1
K2
M3~
9
8
Safety relaysC574Ordering details
1) For undelayed enabling circuits only.
EMERGENCY STOP monitor and safety gate monitor with time delay C574Application
The safety relay C574 can be used in EMERGENCY STOP devices according to EN 418, in safetycircuits according to VDE 0113 Part 1 (06.93) and/or EN 60 204-1 (12.97), such as for monitoring safetygates, or in circuits with controlled stand-still requirement (STOP Category 1). Depending on the externalcircuitry, this device can be used to realize safety categories B, 1, 2, 3 or 41) for undelayed enablingcircuits according to DIN EN 954-1.
Functions
The C574 safety relay possesses two delayed and two undelaled enabling circuits (safety outputs) asn/o contacts and one undelayed signal output as n/c contact.Five LEDs (Power, Channel 1, Channel 2, delayed channel 1, delayed channel 2) indicate theoperating status and the functions.The redundant safety relays, the electronics and the operated motor contactors are tested for properfunctioning when the EMERGENCY STOP button or the limit switch button is unlatched, and when ONcircuit Y33-Y34 is closed. On the C574 (monitored start), the ON circuit Y33-Y34 is checked for shortcircuit. This means that a fault ist detected when Y33-Y34 is closed before the EMERGENCY STOPbutton is closed.Auto-start/ monitored start
Single- or two-channelconnectionFeedback loop formonitoring of externalcontactorsDelay time tv continuouslyadjustableSafety outputs:2 n/o contacts(stop cat. 0),2 n/o contacts(stop cat. 1),time delayed, pos. guidedSignalling output:1 n/c contact,positively guided5 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. toEN 954-1: B, 1, 2, 3, 41)
Type Supply Delay- Start Order code Pack. Price Weightvoltage time unit 1 piece 1 piece
Uc tv piece kg/lb
C574 24 V DC 1SAR 503 041 R 0003 1 0,450/0.9924 V AC
0,5-30 smoni- 1SAR 503 041 R 0002 1 0,450/0.99
115 V AC tored 1SAR 503 041 R 0004 1 0,450/0.99230 V AC 1SAR 503 041 R 0005 1 0,450/0.99
C574 24 V DC 1SAR 503 141 R 0003 1 0,430/0.9524 V AC
0,5-30 s auto1SAR 503 141 R 0002 1 0,430/0.95
115 V AC 1SAR 503 141 R 0004 1 0,600/1.32230 V AC 1SAR 503 141 R 0005 1 0,600/1.32
C574 24 V DC 1SAR 533 241 R 0003 1 0,430/0.9524 V AC
0,05-3 s moni- 1SAR 533 241 R 0002 1 0,430/0.95
115 V AC tored 1SAR 533 241 R 0004 1 0,600/1.32230 V AC 1SAR 533 241 R 0005 1 0,600/1.32
C574 24 V DC 1SAR 533 141 R 0003 1 0,430/0.9524 V AC
0,05-3 s auto1SAR 533 141 R 0002 1 0,430/0.95
115 V AC 1SAR 533 141 R 0004 1 0,600/1.32230 V AC 1SAR 533 141 R 0005 1 0,600/1.32
• Technical data ...................................................................... 130 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 131
Block diagram C574
Power pack PTC-fuse Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 (+) Channel 2 (+) External starting conditions Start pushbutton
Connection diagram C574
A1/A2 Supply voltage13-14, 23-24 Safety outputs
undelayed (n/o)31-32 Signalling outputs
undelayed (n/c)47-48, 57-58 Safety outputs delayed
(n/o)for monitored start:Y11-Y12, jumper = singel channelY21-Y22 operation, EMERGENCY
STOP at Y10-Y11Y10-Y11 jumper = two channel
operation, EMERGENCYSTOP at Y11-Y12 andY21-Y22
Y33-Y34 Feedback loop, ON-button
1232CDC110004C0202
3
1SA
R 5
04 0
22 F
000
2
C575
2CD
C 2
62 0
18 F
0004
13 31 41A1 Y12 Y22
Y31 Y33
14 32 42
A1
A2
13
14
23
24
41
42
23Y11 Y21 Y23
Y32 A224
31
32
2CD
C 2
62 0
06 F
0004
Y23
ϑ21
3
2414 32 42
2313Y12Y11
A2
A1 31 41
4
5
Y22Y21
Y31 Y33Y32
S2
S1
K1 K2 H1
J
K1
K2
L+/L1
L-/N
K1
K2
M3~
C57
5
7
Safety relaysC575Ordering details
Two-Hand control acc. toEN 574 Type III C24 V DC at the two-handcontrol switchesSimultaneity monitoring:0.5 sCross circuit detectionFeedback loop for monito-ring of external contactorsSafety outputs:2 n/o contacts,positively guidedSignaling contacts:2 n/c contacts,positively guided5 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. toEN type III C: B4
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack Price WeightUc unit 1 piece 1 piece
piece kg/lb
C575 24 V DC 1SAR 504 022 R 0003 1 0,350/0.7724 V AC 1SAR 504 022 R 0002 1 0,350/0.77
115 V AC 1SAR 504 022 R 0004 1 0,350/0.77230 V AC 1SAR 504 022 R 0005 1 0,350/0.77
• Technical data ...................................................................... 130 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 131
TWO-HAND control C575Application
C575 is suitable for installation in controls for presses: Hydraulic presses DIN EN 693, eccentric andrelated presses EN 692, screw presses EN 692.
Functions
The two-hand control unit C575 possesses two enabling circuits (safety outputs) configure as n/ocontacts and two signal outputs configured as n/c contacts.Five LEDs (Power, S1 ON, S1 OFF, S2 ON, S2 OFF) indicate the operating status and the functions.The safety outputs are closed by simultaneous operation (< 0.5 s) of the pushbuttons S1 and S2. Ifone pushbutton is no longer pressed, the outputs open. They do not close again until both pushbuttonsare no longer pressed and then simultaneously pressed again.
Connection diagram C575
Block diagram C575
A1/A2 Supply voltage13-14, 23-24 Safety outputs
(n/o)31-32, 41-42 Signalling outputs
(n/c)
Power pack PTC-fuse Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 Safety output External starting conditions
Y11-Y12 Feedback loopY21, 22, 23 Pushbutton S1Y31, Y32, Y33 Pushbotton S2
1) According to EN 574, Type III C
1242CDC110004C0202
3
1SA
R 5
02 1
40 F
000
1
C579
2CD
C 2
62 0
09 F
0004
13 23 33A1 43 44
51 52 A214 24 34
A1
A2
13
14
23
24
51
52
33
34
43
44
2CD
C 2
62 0
20 F
0004
ϑ
2
1
3 4
5
K2
K1
L+/L1
Y33
Y34
L-/N
13 23 33
14 24 34 342414 44 52
332313
A2
A1 43 51
K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6
K5
K6
K3
K4
C57
9
C57
x
7
6
Safety relays - Contact expansionC579Ordering details
Extension unit C579 for contact expansion
Applications
The C579 expansion unit can be used in combination with all C57x basic units. It extends the number ofenabling circuits. Depending on the external connection, safety categories B, 1, 2, 3 or 4 according toDIN EN 954-1 are achievable with this device.
Functions
The C579 expansion unit has four enabling circuits (safety circuits) configured as n/o circuits.Two LEDs (channel 1, channel 2) indicate operating state and function.The device is controlled via one enabling circuit of the safety relays C57x.When the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton or the limit switch is unlocked and the ON-button ispressed, the internal circuit of the safety relay and the external contactors are checked for correctfunctioning.
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. Price WeightUc unit 1 piece 1 piece
piece kg/lb
C579 24 V AC/DC 1SAR 502 040 R 0001 1 0,240/0.53C579-AC 115 V AC 1SAR 502 040 R 0004 1 0,240/0.53C579-AC 230 V AC 1SAR 502 040 R 0005 1 0,240/0.53
1 safety output contact ofthe basic device isrequired for connection tothe extension unit.Safety outputs:4 n/o contacts,positively guided2 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. toEN 954-1: B, 1, 2, 3, 4depending on the externalconnection
Connection diagram C579
Block diagram C579
A1/A2 Supply voltage13-14, 23-24, Safety outputs33-34, 43-44 (n/o)51-52 Signalling output
(n/c)
PTC-fuse Power pack Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton
• Technical data ...................................................................... 130 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 131
1252CDC110004C0202
3
2CD
C 2
61 0
26 F
0004
C6700
2CD
C 2
62 0
10 F
0004Y11 Y12 Y34
A1 Y33
Y20 Y21 A2Y22 14 24
A1
14 24
2CD
C 2
62 0
21 F
0004
1
2
3
4
Y34Y22Y12 14 24
Y33Y34
Y21Y20Y11
Y22Y12
A2 (-)
A1 (+)
K1 K2
2,5A
K1
K2
L+
L-
K1
K2
M3~
C67
00
6
5
Safety relay with solid-state outputC6700Ordering details
Electronic safety relay with solid-state output C6700
Applications
The C6700 safety combination can be used in EMERGENCY STOP circuits according to EN 418 and insafety circuits according to EN 60 204-1 (11.98), e. g. for moving covers and safety gates. Safetycatetories B, 1, 2 or 3 according to DIN EN 954-1 or SIL 1 or SIL 2 according to IEC 61508 can beachieved, depending on the external circuits.
Functions
The C6700 safety relay has two solid-state outputs.Three LEDs (Power, Run, Fail) indicate the operating state and the function.During operation, all internal circuit elements are cyclically monitored for faults. Safety category 3according to EN 954-1 is achieved only in combination with 2 external actuators with positively drivenfeedback contacts.
• Technical data ...................................................................... 132 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 133
Type Supply Release time Order code Pack. Price Weightvoltage after unit 1 piece 1 piece
Uc EMERG. STOP piece kg/lb
C6700 24 V DC < 30 ms 1SAR 510 120 R 0003 1 0.150/0.33
Connection diagram C6700
Block diagram C6700
Power pack Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton
Auto-start / monitored startFeedback loop for monito-ring of external contactorsSafety outputs:2 solid-state componentsá 0,5 A3 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. toEN 954-1: B, 1, 2, 3Safety integrity level acc.to IEC 61508: SIL 1, SIL 2
A1/A2 Supply voltage14, 24 Safety outputs
(electronic outputs)
Y20-Y21 with jumper = single channelwithout jumper = two channel
Y11-Y12 Channel 1: EMERGENCY STOP or limit switchY21-Y22 Channel 2: EMERGENCY STOP or limit switchY33-Y34 Feedback loop (Auto-start)A1-Y34 Feedback loop, ON-button (monitored start)
1262CDC110004C0202
3
2CD
C 2
61 0
27 F
0004
C6701
2CD
C 2
62 0
22 F
0004
2CD
C 2
62 0
29 F
0004Y11 Y12 Y34
A1 Y32
Y35 Y21 A2Y22 14 24
A1
14 24
1
1
2
Y34Y22Y12 141 24
Y32Y35Y11 Y21
A2 (-)
A1 (+)
K1 K2
6,3A
L+
L-
µC1 µC2
L+
14
3
4
K1
K2
M3~
C67
01
Y34
K1
K2
Y22Y126
5
Safety relay with solid-state outputsC6701Ordering details
Type Supply Release time Order code Pack. Price Weightvoltage after unit 1 piece 1 piece
Uc EMERG. STOP piece kg/lb
C6701 24 V DC 30 ms min. 1SAR 511 320 R 0003 1 0.150/0.33
Electronic safety relay with solid-state output C6701
Application
The C6701 safety relay can be used in EMERGENCY STOP circuits according to EN 418 and in safetycircuits according to EN 60 204-1 (11.98), e.g. in movable guards and safety gates. Depending on theexternal circuit elements, safety categories B, 1, 2, 3 or 4 according to DIN EN 954-1 or SIL 1, SIL 2 orSIL 3 according to IEC 61508 can be achieved.
Functions
The C6701 safety relay has two reliable solid-state outputs.Three LEDs (Power, Run, Fail) indicate the operating state and the function.When the device is put into operation it runs through a self-test to test the correct functioning of theinternal electronics. All internal circuit components are monitored for faults cyclically during operation.External actuators or loads can be switched via safe outputs 14 and 24.
• Technical data ...................................................................... 132 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 133
Power pack Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton
Connection diagram C6701
Block diagram C6701
Auto-start / monitored startCross circuit detectionconfigurableFeedback loop for monito-ring of external contactors2 solid-state componentsà 1,5 ACascading input3 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. to EN954-1: B, 1, 2, 3, 4Safety integrity level acc.to IEC 61508: SIL 1, SIL 2,SIL 3
A1/A2 Supply voltage14, 24 Electronic outputs1 Cascading input
Y32 to supply = Auto-startopen = monitored start
Y35 to supply = without cross circuit detectionopen = with cross circuit detection
Y11-Y12 Channel 1: EMERGENCY STOP or limit switchY21-Y22 Channel 2: EMERGENCY STOP or limit switchA1-Y34 Feedback loop, ON-button
1272CDC110004C0202
3
2CD
C 2
61 0
28 F
0004
C6702
2CD
C 2
62 0
23 F
0004
2CD
C 2
62 0
30 F
0004Y11 Y12 Y34
A1 Y32
Y35 Y21 A2Y22 14 28
A1
14 28
1
t
1
2
Y34Y22Y12 141 28
Y32Y35Y11 Y21
A2 (-)
A1 (+)
K1 K2
6,3A
L+
L-
µC1 µC2
L+
14
3
4
C67
02
Y34
K1
K2
Y22Y12
K1
K2
M3~
6
5
Electronic safety relays with solid-state output C6702
Application
The C6702 safety relays can be used in EMERGENCY STOP circuits according to EN 418 and in safetycircuits according to EN 60 204-1 (11.98), e.g. in movable guards and safety gates. Depending on theexternal circuit elements, safety categories B, 1, 2, 3 or 4 according to DIN EN 954-1 or SIL 1, SIL 2 orSIL 3 according to IEC 61508 can be achieved.
Functions
The C6702 solid-state safety relays have one safe solid-state output and one time-delayed safe solid-state output.Three LEDs (Power, Run, Fail) indicate the operating state and the function.When the device is put into operation it runs through a self-test to test the correct functioning of theinternal electronics. All internal circuit components are monitored for faults cyclically during operation.External actuators or loads can be switched via safe outputs 14 and 28.
• Technical data ...................................................................... 132 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 133
Type Supply Release time Order code Pack. Price Weightvoltage after unit 1 piece 1 piece
Uc EMERG. STOP piece kg/lb
C6702 24 V DC 0.05-3 s 1SAR 543 320 R 0003 1 0.150/0.33C6702 24 V DC 0.5-30 s 1SAR 513 320 R 0003 1 0.150/0.33
Safety relays with solid-state outputsC6702Ordering details
Connection diagram C579
Block diagram C579
Power pack Control logic Channel 1 Channel 2 External starting conditions Start pushbutton
Auto-start / monitored startCross circuit detectionconfigurableFeedback loop for monito-ring of external contactors2 Safety outputs à 1,5 A:1 solid-state componentundelayed:stop category 01 solid-state componentdelayed (delay timeadjustable from 0,05-3 s or0,5-30 s): stop category 1Cascading input3 LEDs for statusindicationSafety category acc. to EN954-1: B, 1, 2, 3, 4Safety integrity level acc.to IEC 61508: SIL 1, SIL 2,SIL 3
A1/A2 Supply voltage14 Electronic output24 Delayed electronic output1 Cascading input
Y32 to supply = Auto-startopen = monitored start
Y35 to supply = without cross circuit detectionopen = with cross circuit detection
Y11-Y12 Channel 1: EMERGENCY STOP or limit switchY21-Y22 Channel 2: EMERGENCY STOP or limit switchA1-Y34 Feedback loop, ON-button
1282CDC110004C0202
3
1SA
R 3
90 0
00 F
200
0
C565.20
Accessories
Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piecesets kg/lb
C560.10, sealable cover
For protection against unauthorized 1SAR 390 000 R 1000 5 0.240/0.53re-adjustment of the delay time forC574 and C6702
C560.20, plug-in tab for screw mounting
For mounting the C560 time relay 1SAR 390 000 R 2000 5 with 2 0.240/0.53on a mounting panel (without a DIN rail) pcs. each
Safety relaysAccessories for C57x and C67xx rangeOrdering details
1292CDC110004C0202
3
Safety relaysConversion tableESTOP, SGATE, 2HAND, EBLOC C57x range
ESTOP, SGATE, 2HAND, EBLOC
Type order code old release circuits / cross short-circuit detection
EMERGENCY STOP / safety gate
ESTOP-2 2 450 800 00 2 / - / auto-start →ESTOP-2 2 450 800 10 2 / - / auto-start →ESTOP-2 2 450 800 20 2 / - / auto-start →
ESTOP-3 2 450 801 00 3 / - / auto-start →
ESTOP-2a 2 450 803 00 2 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-2a 2 450 803 10 2 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-2a 2 450 803 20 2 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →
ESTOP-2b 2 450 804 00 2 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-2b 2 450 804 10 2 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-2b 2 450 804 20 2 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →
ESTOP-3a 2 450 805 00 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-3a 2 450 805 10 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-3a 2 450 805 20 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →
ESTOP-3b 2 450 806 00 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-3b 2 450 806 10 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-3b 2 450 806 20 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →
ESTOP-6a 2 450 807 00 6 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-6a 2 450 807 10 6 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-6a 2 450 807 20 6 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →
ESTOP-6b 2 450 808 00 6 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-6b 2 450 808 10 6 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →ESTOP-6b 2 450 808 20 6 / yes / auto-start / monitored start →
ESTOP-3+2 2 450 802 00 3, 2 (del.) / yes / auto-start / monitored start→ESTOP-3+2 2 450 802 10 3, 2 (del.) / yes / auto-start / monitored start→ESTOP-3+2 2 450 802 20 3, 2 (del.) / yes / auto-start / monitored start→
Safety gateSGATE-3 2 450 820 00 3 / yes / monitored start →SGATE-3 2 450 820 10 3 / yes / monitored start →SGATE-3 2 450 820 20 3 / yes / monitored start →
Two-hand control2HAND-2 2 450 811 00 2 / yes →
2HAND-2 2 450 811 10 2 / yes →2HAND-2 2 450 811 20 2 / yes →
Extension unitEBLOC-4 2 450 830 00 4 / yes →EBLOC-4 2 450 830 10 4 / yes →EBLOC-4 2 450 830 20 4 / yes →
EBLOC-8 2 450 831 00 8 / yes →EBLOC-8 2 450 831 10 8 / yes →EBLOC-8 2 450 831 20 8 / yes →
C57x
Type order code new release circuits / cross short-circuit detection
EMERGENCY STOP / safety gateC571 1SAR 501 020 R 0003 2 / - / auto-start / monitored startC571 1SAR 501 020 R 0001 2 / - / auto-start / monitored startC571-AC 1SAR 501 020 R 0004 2 / - / auto-start / monitored startC571-AC 1SAR 501 020 R 0005 2 / - / auto-start / monitored start
C573 1SAR 501 031 R 0001 3 / - / auto-start / monitored start
C567 1SAR 501 120 R 0001 2 / yes / auto-startC577 1SAR 501 220 R 0001 2 / yes / monitored start
on request
C572 1SAR 501 032 R 0003 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored startC572 1SAR 501 032 R 0002 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored startC572 1SAR 501 032 R 0004 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored startC572 1SAR 501 032 R 0005 3 / yes / auto-start / monitored start
on request
on request
on request
C574 1SAR 503 141 R 0003 2, 2 (delayed) / - / auto-startC574 1SAR 503 141 R 0002 2, 2 (delayed) / - / auto-startC574 1SAR 503 141 R 0004 2, 2 (delayed) / - / auto-startC574 1SAR 503 141 R 0005 2, 2 (delayed) / - / auto-start
C574 1SAR 503 041 R 0003 2, 2 (delayed) / - / monitored startC574 1SAR 503 041 R 0002 2, 2 (delayed) / - / monitored startC574 1SAR 503 041 R 0004 2, 2 (delayed) / - / monitored startC574 1SAR 503 041 R 0005 2, 2 (delayed) / - / monitored start
C574 1SAR 533 141 R 0003 2, 2 (delayed) / - / auto-startC574 1SAR 533 141 R 0002 2, 2 (delayed) / - / auto-startC574 1SAR 533 141 R 0004 2, 2 (delayed) / - / auto-startC574 1SAR 533 141 R 0005 2, 2 (delayed) / - / auto-start
C574 1SAR 533 241 R 0003 2, 2 (delayed) / - / monitored startC574 1SAR 533 241 R 0002 2, 2 (delayed) / - / monitored startC574 1SAR 533 241 R 0004 2, 2 (delayed) / - / monitored startC574 1SAR 533 241 R 0005 2, 2 (delayed) / - / monitored start
Safety gate
on request
Two-hand controlC575 1SAR 504 022 R 0003 2 / yesC575 1SAR 504 022 R 0002 2 / yesC575 1SAR 504 022 R 0004 2 / yesC575 1SAR 504 022 R 0005 2 / yes
Extension unitC579 1SAR 502 040 R 0001 4 / -C579-AC 1SAR 502 040 R 0004 4 / -C579-AC 1SAR 502 040 R 0005 4 / -
on request
Supply voltage
24 V DC24 V AC/DC115 V AC230 V AC
24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC115 V AC / 24 V AC/DC230 V AC
24 V AC/DC115 V AC230 V AC
24 V DC24 V AC/DC115 V AC / 110 V AC230 V AC
24 V AC/DC115 V AC230 V AC
24 V AC/DC115 V AC230 V AC
24 V AC/DC115 V AC230 V AC
24 V DC24 V AC/DC / 24 V AC115 V AC / 110 V AC230 V AC
24 V DC24 V AC110 V AC230 V AC
24 V DC24 V AC110 V AC230 V AC
24 V DC24 V AC110 V AC230 V AC
24V AC/DC115 V AC230 V AC
24 V DC24 V AC115 V AC / 110 V AC230 V AC
24 V AC/DC115 V AC230 V AC
24 V AC/DC115 V AC230 V AC
2CDC110004C0202
130
3
Safety relaysC57x rangeTechnical data
Type C571 C573 C576 C577 C579 C572 C574 C575
Input circuit
Supply voltage see ordering details
Supply voltage tolerence
AC versions -15 % ... +10 %
DC versions -15 % ... +20 % -15 % ... +10 %
Power consumption 1.5 W / VA 3 W / VA 4 W / VA 3 W / VA
Duty time 100 %
Time response
Response time 30 ms 1) 100 ms
monitored start - - - 30 ms - 25 ms 80 ms -
auto-start 200 ms 2), 3) 200 ms 2) 100 ms - - 150 ms 80 ms -
Release time 20 ms
at EMERGENCY STOP 200 ms 200 ms 80 ms 20 ms - 25 ms 25 ms -
at power failure 200 ms 200 ms 100 ms 150 ms 25 ms 4) 350 ms 100 ms -
Recovery time 250 ms
at EMERGENCY STOP 200 ms 200 ms 200 ms 400 ms - 200 ms after time lapse -
at power failure 200 ms 200 ms 200 ms 600 ms 100 ms 500 ms 1 s -
Mains buffering 60 ms 60 ms 30 ms 80 ms 35 ms 100 ms 30 ms 40 ms
Minimum EMERGENCY STOP 200 ms 8) 200 ms 25 ms 25 ms - 25 ms 25 ms -
command time ON-button 150 ms 8) 150 ms 40 ms 25 ms - 25 ms 25 ms -
Simultaneity unlimited 500 ms
Output circuits
Number of contacts 2 n/o 3 n/o + 1 n/c 2 n/o 2 n/o 4 n/o 3 n/o + 2 n/c 4 n/o + 1 n/c 2 n/o + 2 n/c
Contact material
Rated switching current
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 115 V 5 A 6 A 5 A / 2 A 5) 6 A
AC-15 230 V 5 A 6 A 5 A / 2 A 5) 6 A
DC-13 24 V 5 A 6 A 5 A / 2 A 5) 6 A
Rated thermal current 5 A 6 A 5 A 6 A
for 2-4 release circuits
at UT = 70 °C 2 RC: 4 A 3 RC: 3.5 A 4 RC: 3 A 5 A 4 A 5 A
at UT = 60 °C 2 RC: 4.5 A 3 RC: 4 A 4 RC: 3.5 A 6 A 5 A 6 A
at UT = 50 °C 2 RC: 5 A 3 RC: 4.5 A 4 RC: 4 A 6 A 5 A 6 A
Maximum lifetime mechanical 1x107 switching cycles
electrical 1x105 switching cycles
Operating frequency 1000/h at load with rated switching current
Short-circuit proof IK = 1 kA 6),
max. fuse rating 6 A slow, 10 A fast 7), operating class gL/gG
1) at 115 V AC, 230 V AC: max. 200 ms2) at 24 V AC: max. 300 ms3) at 115 V AC, 230 V AC: max. 300 ms4) at 115 V AC, 230 V AC: max. 80 ms5) undelayed / delayed release circuits6) other fuses on request7) signal circuit of C573 = 6 A
1312CDC110004C0202
3
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
031
4
C571, C573, C576, C577, C579
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
031
3
C572, C574, C575
Safety relaysC57x rangeTechnical data (continued), dimensional drawings
Dimensions in mmDimensional drawings
Type C571 C573 C576 C577 C579 C572 C574 C575
General data
Width of enclosure 22.5 mm 45 mm
Wire size rigid 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG), 1 x 4 mm2 (1 x 12 AWG)
stranded with wire end ferrules 2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x 16 AWG), 1 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG)
Weight approx. 260 g 270 g 360 g 350 g 180 g 450 g 320 g 190 g
Mounting position any
Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP40 / IP 20 IP20 / IP 20
Temperature range operation -25 °C ... +60 °C
storage -40 °C ... +80 °C
Mounting DIN rail (EN 50022)
Standards
Standards EN 60204-1 (VDE 0113-1), EN 292, EN 954-1
Safety catagory as basic
acc. to EN 954-1 41) 41) 4 4 device 3) 4 42) 44)
acc. to EN 574 - - - - - - - Type III C
Mechanical resistanceacc. to EN 60068 8 g, 10 ms
Approvals C-Tick (under preperation), BG (not for C579), SUVA, UL, CSA
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltageacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 947-1 300 V
Rated impulse withstand voltageacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664 4 kV
Pollution degreeacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5 3
Overvoltage categoryacc. to VDE 0110 III
1) Possible with additional external measures. The figures apply only if the cables and sensors are laid safely and protected mechanically. See also user manualand application manual.
2) Possible with undelayed enable contact.3) The safety category acc. to EN 954-1 corresponds to those of the basic unit.4) Acc. to EN 574, type III C.
2CDC110004C0202
132
3
Safety relays with solid-state outputsC67xx rangeTechnical data
Type C6700 C6701 C6702
Input circuit
Supply voltage 24 V DC
Supply voltage tolerence -10 % ... +15 %
Power consumption 1.5 W 1.3 W 1.3 W
Duty time 100 %
Time response
Response time monitored start 125 ms 60 ms 60 ms
auto-start 250 ms 60 ms 60 ms
Release time at EMERGENCY STOP 30 ms 45 ms 45 ms 1) adjustable 0,05-30 s
at power failure 25 ms 100 ms 2) 100 ms 2)
Recovery timeat EMERGENCY STOP 20 ms 400 ms 400 ms
at power failure 0,02 s max. 7 s max. 7 s
Mains buffering 25 ms 3) 25 ms 2) 3) 25 ms 2) 3)
Minimum EMERGENCY STOP 20 ms 25 ms 30 ms
command time ON-button 0,02 s 0,2-5 s 0,2-5 s
Simultaneity unlimited
Output circuits
Number of contacts 2 S
Contact material solid-state
Rated switching current
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 115 V - - -
AC-15 230 V - - -
DC-13 24 V 0.5 A 1.5 A 1.5 A
Maximum lifetime mechanical
electrical unlimited as switching electronically
Operating frequency 3000/h at load with rated switching current
Short-circuit proof,
max. fuse rating short-circuit proof, no fusing necessary
General data
Width of enclosure 22,5 mm
Wire size rigid 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG), 1 x 4 mm2 (1 x 12 AWG)
stranded with wire end ferrules 2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x 16 AWG), 1 x 2.5 mm2 (1 x 14 AWG)
Weight approx. 180 g 150 g 150 g
Mounting any
Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP40 / IP 20
Temperature range operation -25 °C ... +60 °C
storage -40 °C ... +80 °C
Mounting DIN rail (EN 50022)
Standards
Standards EN 60204-1 (VDE 0113-1), EN 292, EN 954-1, IEC 61508, DIN EN 0116 4)
Safety categoryacc. to EN 954-1 3 4 4
Mechanical resistanceacc. to EN 60068 8 g / 10 ms, 15 g / 5 ms
Safety integrity levelacc. to IEC 61508 2 3 3
1) only for undelayed output2) When the casade input is supplied from A1, the maximum reaction time after an EMERGENCY STOP aplies.3) No supply of the drivers, only internal supply bridging, SELV-/PELV power supply buffers.4) Electrical equipment of furnaces. VDE-Certificat for C6701 and C6702 available.
1332CDC110004C0202
31S
VC
110
000
F 0
310
Y11 Y12 Y34
POWERRUN
FAIL
A1 Y33
Y20 Y21 A2
Y22 14 24
22,5
82 62
15
110
86
73,5
63,5
35
26,5
5
80 100
C6700 / C6701 / C6702
Safety relays with solid-state outputsC67xx rangeTechnical data (continued), dimensional drawing
Dimensions in mmDimensional drawing
Type C6700 C6701 C6702
Approvals TÜV, UL, CSA, SUVA
Insulation data
Rated insulation voltageacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 947-1 50 V
Rated impulse withstand voltageacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664 500 V
Pollution degreeacc. to VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5
Overvoltage categoryacc. to VDE 0110
2CDC110004C0202
134
3
Notes
1352CDC110004C0202
4
Switching power suppliesCP range,
Linear power suppliesCP-L range
Content
Switching power supplies, primary switch mode, CP range
Benefits and advantages ...................................................................................................... 136
Approvals ............................................................................................................................... 137
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 138
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 141
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 147
Linear power supplies CP-L range
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 140
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 145
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 147
1362CDC110004C0202
4
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
031
52C
DC
273
001
F 0
003
Switching power suppliesCP rangeBenefits and advantages
Switching power supplies, primary switchmode
High efficiency
Wide-range supply voltage input
Mounting on DIN rail
Small design
Tested according to EN 60950
Complies with EMC directivesEN 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4
Approvals (depending on type):
UL 508
UL 1604, Class 1, Div. 2(hazardous locations)
UL 1310, Class 2(low voltage limited energy)
C US UL 60950(safety for information technology equipment)
GOST
C-Tick
Characteristics
Versions with output voltages from 5 up to 48 V DC andoutput currents from 300 mA up to 20 A available.
Constant or adjustable output voltage (depending on type).
Most types provide a wide input range from 90 up to260 V AC and a frequency range of 47 up to 440 Hz. Noadjustment is necessary.
Integrated input fuse
Almost all types can be supplied with DC voltage from105 up to 260 V DC.
High efficiency of up to 90 %.
Extended lifetime through low power dissioation and lowheating.
No-load, overload and continuous short-circuit proof,automatic restart.
Fast and easy mounting on DIN rail.
Compact slim design.
Special characteristics
Power factor correction (PFC) acc. to EN 61000-3-2 forCP-24/5.0 and CP-24/5.0 adj.
Parallel connection possible for CP-24/10 adj andCP-24/20 adj.
Redundancy module available
1372CDC110004C0202
4
2CD
C 2
53 0
10 F
000
3
2CD
C 2
53 0
11 F
000
32C
DC
273
002
F 0
003
2CD
C 2
71 0
05 F
000
3
Switching power suppliesCP rangeBenefits and advantages
Approvals
Applicability of the all importantapprovals and the observance of thevalid EU standards provide high safetywhen using the power supply.
All units are approved according toUL 508 and GOST.
High interference immunity combinedwith reduced interference emissionacc. to EN 61000-6-4 enable the use inrough industrial environments as wellfor building installations.
Almost all power supply types areapproved acc. to UL 1604 andCSA 22.2 No. 213-M1987.The units can be used in hazardouslocations acc. to class 1, division 2,groups A, B, C and D or in non-hazardous locations.
Some power supply types additionallyare approved acc. to UL 1310, class 2or UL 60950.
Double-chamber cage connectingterminals
Connection of up to two wires with aconductor cross section of up to 2.5 mm2
(14 AWG), solid or stranded wire, with orwithout wire end ferrule. Potentialdistribution does not require additionalterminals, this saving time and money.Wiring is considerably simplified throughintegrated cable guiding.
Integrated markers
Integrated markers allow the product tobe marked quickly and simply. Noadditional marking labels are required.
Safety
The "real distance" is hidden.
The air and creepage distances of ourproducts exceed international standardsand substantially increase safety.
Adjustable output voltage
On the CP adj units the output voltage canbe adjusted by means of a potentiometer.This way, the power supply can beadjusted optimally according to thespecific application, e.g. by compensatingthe voltage drop caused by a long linelength.
Application under extreme conditions
Due to their reliable construction, theCP range power supplies can be usedalso in harsh industrial environments.
Safety of the application is ensured byclosed construction, touch-proofedconnection terminals and 3-wayelectrical isolation.
Because of the wide input range AC orDC it is possible to use these powersupplies also in high fluctuatingnetworks and battery-powered plants.
Adjustable output voltage compensatesvoltage drops in the DC power line.
Approvals
UL 508
UL1604, Class 1, Div. 2
UL 1310, Class 2
C US UL 60950
GOST
C-Tick
CP
-5/3
.0
CP
-6/3
.0
CP
-12/
2.0
CP
-12/
2.0
adj
CP
-24/
0.3
CP
-24/
0.5
CP
-24/
1.0
CP
-24/
1.5
adj
CP
-24/
2.0
CP
-24/
2.0
adj
CP
-24/
4.2
CP
-24/
5.0
CP
-24/
5.0
adj
CP
-24/
10 a
dj
CP
-24/
20 a
dj
CP
-48/
0.7
1382CDC110004C0202
4 CP-24/1.0
CP-24/0.5
CP-24/2.0
CP-48/0.7
CP-24/5.0
2CD
C 2
71 0
12 F
000
3
2CD
C 2
71 0
11 F
000
3
2CD
C 2
71 0
09 F
0003
2CD
C 2
71 0
13 F
000
32C
DC
271
014
F 0
003
Type Supply voltage Output voltage Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece
pieces kg/lb
CP-5/3.0 90-260 V AC/ 5 V DC / 3 A 1SVR 423 418 R 3000 1 0.22/0.49105-260 V DC
CP-6/3.0 90-260 V AC/ 6 V DC / 3 A 1SVR 423 418 R 4000 1 0.22/0.49105-260 V DC
CP-12/2.0 90-260 V AC/ 12 V DC / 2 A 1SVR 423 418 R 1000 1 0.22/0.49105-260 V DC
CP-24/0.3 90-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 0.3 A 1SVR 423 418 R 2000 1 0.22/0.49105-260 V DC
CP-24/0.5 90-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 423 414 R 0000 1 0.22/0.49105-260 V DC
CP-24/1.0 90-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 1 A 1SVR 423 418 R 0000 1 0.22/0.49105-260 V DC
CP-24/2.0 90-140 V AC 24 V DC / 2 A 1SVR 423 417 R 0000 1 0.30/0.66
CP-24/2.0 140-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 2 A 1SVR 423 417 R 1000 1 0.30/0.66160-260 V DC
CP-24/4.2 90-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 4.2 A 1SVR 423 416 R 1000 1 0.58/1.28127-260 V DC
CP-24/5.0 90-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 5 A 1SVR 423 416 R 0000 1 0.58/1.28127-260 V DC
CP-48/0.7 90-260 V AC/ 48 V DC / 0.7 A 1SVR 423 418 R 6000 1 0.22/0.49105-260 V DC
Switching power suppliesCP trangeOrdering details
Compared with conventional power supplies, CP range power supplies provide many advantages:
DIN rail mountable compact modulesLow weightHigh efficiencyLow heatingWide supply voltage rangeConstant output voltageShort-circuit and overload proofInput protection by internal fuseSafe isolation acc. to EN 50178 (VDE 0160)
• Technical data .......................................................................... 141 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 147
Constant output voltage
1392CDC110004C0202
4
CP-24/2.0 adj
CP-24/5.0 adj
CP-24/10 adj
CP-24/20 adj
1SV
R 4
23 4
15 F
000
01S
VR
423
415
F 1
000
2CD
C 2
71 0
06 F
000
3
CP-RUD
2CD
C 2
71 0
05 F
000
3
2CD
C 2
71 0
15 F
000
3
Switching power suppliesCP rangeOrdering details
Type Supply voltage Output voltage Order code Pack. Price Weigthunit 1 piece 1 piece
pieces kg/lb
CP-12/2.0 90-260 V AC/ 12 V DC / 2 A 1SVR 423 418 R 1100 1 0.22/0.49adj 105-260 V DC
CP-24/1.5 90-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 1.5 A 1SVR 423 418 R 5000 1 0.22/0.49adj 105-260 V DC
CP-24/2.0 140-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 2 A 1SVR 423 417 R 1100 1 0.28/0.616adj 160-260 V DC
CP-24/5.0 90-260 V AC/ 24 V DC / 5 A 1SVR 423 416 R 0100 1 0.58/1.28adj 127-260 V DC
CP-24/10 93-132 V AC/ 24 V DC / 10 A 1SVR 423 415 R 0000 1 1.05/2.31adj 187-264 V AC
CP-24/20 93-132 V AC/ 24 V DC / 20 A 1SVR 423 415 R 1000 1 2.20/4.84adj 187-264 V AC
Adjustable output voltage
Type Input current Output current Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece
pieces kg/lb
CP-RUD 5 A max. 5 A max. 1SVR 423 418 R 9000 1 0.15/0.33
Redundant module
Monitors two CP range power supplies with an output current of up to 5 A each. If one power supplyfails, CP-RUD automatically switches to the alternate supply without interruption of the load current.Max. voltage 40 V.
• Technical data ........................................................................... 141 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................... 147
1402CDC110004C0202
4
CP-L
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
031
61S
VC
110
000
F 0
315
1SV
R 4
19 5
00 F
300
0
Type Supply Output voltage Order code Pack. 1) Price Weightvoltage pcs. 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb
CP-L5/1.0 115 V AC 5 V DC / 1 A 1SVR 419 500 R 3000 1 0.82/1.80230 V AC 5 V DC / 1 A 1SVR 419 500 R 3100 1 0.82/1.80
CP-L12/0.5 115 V AC 12 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 419 501 R 1000 1 0.82/1.80230 V AC 12 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 419 501 R 1100 1 0.82/1.80
CP-L12/1.0 115 V AC 12 V DC / 1 A 1SVR 419 501 R 3000 1 0.78/1.72230 V AC 12 V DC / 1 A 1SVR 419 501 R 3100 1 0.78/1.72
CP-L15/0.5 115 V AC 15 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 419 502 R 1000 1 0.82/1.80230 V AC 15 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 419 502 R 1100 1 0.82/1.80
CP-L15/1.0 115 V AC 15 V DC / 1 A 1SVR 419 502 R 3000 1 0.78/1.72230 V AC 15 V DC / 1 A 1SVR 419 502 R 3100 1 0.78/1.72
CP-L24/0.25 115 V AC 24 V DC / 0.25 A 1SVR 419 503 R 0000 1 0.82/1.80230 V AC 24 V DC / 0.25 A 1SVR 419 503 R 0100 1 0.82/1.80
CP-L24/0.75 115 V AC 24 V DC / 0.75 A 1SVR 419 503 R 2000 1 1.05/2.31230 V AC 24 V DC / 0.75 A 1SVR 419 503 R 2100 1 1.05/2.31
Type Supply Output voltage Order code Pack. 1) Price Weightvoltage pcs. 1 piece 1 pc. kg/lb
CP-L±12/0.5 115 V AC ±12 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 419 511 R 1000 1 1.07/2.35230 V AC ±12 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 419 511 R 1100 1 1.07/2.35
CP-L±15/0.5 115 V AC ±15 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 419 512 R 1000 1 1.07/2.35230 V AC ±15 V DC / 0.5 A 1SVR 419 512 R 1100 1 1.07/2.35
Linear power suppliesCP-L rangeOrdering details
Compact linear power supplies providing many advantages:
Universal combination base for snap-on mounting to all common DIN/EN rails(acc. to EN 50022 and EN 50035)
All power supplies are available for supply voltage 115 V or 230 V AC
All power supplies provide stabilized (regulated) DC output voltage with low residual ripple of ±1%
Double connection terminals on the supply and the output side allow easy potential distributionby line looping
The output is short-circuit and overload proof
LED for status indication
approved
5 V DC, 12 V DC,15 V DC, 24 V DC
±12 V DC stabilized±15 V DC stabilized
• Technical data .......................................................................... 145 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 147
1) Pack. unit
1412CDC110004C0202
4
Switching power suppliesCP-5/3.0, CP-6/3.0, CP-12/2.0 (adj), CP-24/3.0Technical data
CP-5/3.0 CP-6/3.0 CP-12/2.0 CP-12/2.0 adj CP-24/0.3
Order code 1 SVR 423 418 ... R 3000 R 4000 R 1000 R 1100 R 2000
InputSupply voltage 90-260 V AC
105-260 V DCFrequency, AC input 47-440 HzSupply voltage fail. bridging time at 100 % load 10 ms min.Input current at nom. load at 90 V AC 0.4 A 0.5 A 0.6 A 0.7 A 0.2 A
at 260 V AC 0.2 A 0.25 A 0.27 A 0.3 A 0.1 AInrush current at 25 °C (≤ 2 ms) 7.5 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 33 A 7.5 AInternal input fuse 3 A (slow-acting)
OutputOutput voltage 5 V DC ± 3 % 6 V DC ± 3 % 12 V DC ± 3 % 12 V DC ± 3 % 24 V DC ± 3 %Output voltage adjustment range - - - 9-15 V DC
36 W max. -Output current / power 3 A / 15 W 3 A / 18 W 2 A / 24 W 2 A / 24 W 0.3 A / 7 WMax. residual ripple 50 mVpp 50 mVpp 300 mVpp 200 mVpp 100 mVpp
Max. input voltage regulation ± 0.5 % ± 0.5 % ± 0.1 % ± 0.5 % ± 0.5 %Max. deviation of output with static load change ± 2.5 % ± 2.5 % ± 0.5 %Max. deviation of output with dyn. load change 5 %(load change 10-90 %)Short-circuit protection overcurrent switch-off with automatic restartOverload protection overtemperature and overcurrent switch-offReset after thermal overload switch-off disconnection of AC input voltage 30 s min.
Standards
Electrical safety EN 50178 (VDE 0160) / UL 508 / CSA 22.2Galvanic isolation IEC 664-1 EN 60950 IEC 664-1safe isolation acc. to DIN VDE 0106-101 DIN VDE 0106-101 DIN VDE 0106-101Isolation testing 2.5 kV AC routine test, 3 kV AC type testClearances and creepage distances overvoltage category 2, degree of pollution 2Electromagnetic compatibility ESD EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVacc. to EN 61000-6-2 HF radiation EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m
Burst EN 61000-4-4 level 4 4 kVSurge EN 61000-4-5 3 kV
conducted HF, input EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 VInterference emission acc. to EN 61000-6-4Radiated noise acc. to EN 55011 class BInput current harmonics no limitationDegree of protection, terminals IP20Degree of protection, enclosure IP50 IP50 IP50 IP20 IP50Protection class 1
General data
Efficiency at nom. load approx. 78 % 80 % 80-83 % 79-84 % 70 %Indication of operational states green LED, output voltage OKOperating temperature 0 °C ... +55 °CStorage temperature -25 °C ... +75 °CWire size screw terminals, 2 x 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14)Weight approx. 0.22 kg (0.49 lb)Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 45 x 78 x 100 45 x 78 x 100 45 x 78 x 100 45 x 78 x 100 45 x 78 x 120
Normal mounting position: Horizontally, mounted on DIN rail.Clearances to other devices: Left-hand side 1 cm, vertically 5 cm.
1422CDC110004C0202
4
Normal mounting position: Horizontally, mounted on DIN rail.Clearances to other devices: Left-hand side 1 cm, vertically 5 cm.
Switching power suppliesCP-24/0.5, CP-24/1.0, CP-24/1.5 adj, CP-24/2.0Technical data
CP-24/0.5 CP-24/1.0 CP-24/1.5 adj CP-24/2.0 CP-24/2.0
Order code 1 SVR 423 ... 414 R 0000 418 R 0000 418 R 5000 417 R 0000 417 R 1000
Input
Supply voltage 90-260 V AC 90-140 V AC 140-260 V AC105-260 V DC - 160-260 V DC
Frequency, AC input 47-440 Hz 47-63 Hz 47-440 HzSupply voltage fail. bridging time at 100 % load 10 ms min.Input current at nom. load max. at 90 V AC 0.35 A 0.6 A 0.8 A 1 A -
max. at 140 V AC - - - - 0.65 Amax. at 260 V AC - 0.27 A 0.38 A - -
typ. at 115 V AC 0.27 A - - - -typ. at 230 V AC 0.14 A - - - -
Inrush current at 25 °C (≤ 2 ms) at 140 V - - - 18 A -at 260 V 33 A 7.5 A 33 A - 7.5 A
Internal input fuse 0.8 A (slow-acting) 3 A (slow-acting)
Output
Output voltage 24 V DC ± 3 %Output voltage adjustment range - - 21-28 V DC - -
36 W max.
Output current / power 0.5 A / 12 W 1 A / 24 W 1.5 A / 36 W 2 A / 48 WMax. residual ripple 200 mVpp 300 mVpp 200 mVpp 200 mVpp
Max. input voltage regulation ± 0.5 % ± 0.1 % ± 0.5 % ± 0.5 %Max. deviation of output with static load change ± 0.5 %Max. deviation of output with dyn. load change 5 %(load change 10-90 %)Short-circuit protection overcurrent switch-off with automatic restartOverload protection overtemperature and overcurrent switch-offReset after thermal overload switch-off automatic reset disconnection of AC input voltage 30 s min.
after cooling
Standards
Electrical safety EN 50178 (VDE 0160) / UL 508 / CSA 22.2Galvanic isolation EN 60950 IEC 664-1 EN 60950 IEC 664-1 IEC 664-1safe isolation acc. to DIN VDE 0106-101 DIN VDE 0106-101 DIN VDE 0106-101 DIN VDE 0106-101 DIN VDE 0106-101Isolation testing 2.5 kV AC routine test, 3 kV AC type testClearances and creepage distances overvoltage category 2, degree of pollution 2Electromagnetic compatibility ESD EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVacc. to EN 61000-6-2 HF radiation EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m
Burst EN 61000-4-4 level 4 4 kVSurge 2/4 kV EN 61000-4-5 3 kV
conducted HF, input EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 VInterference emission acc. to EN 61000-6-4Radiated noise acc. to EN 55011 class BInput current harmonics no limitationDegree of protection, terminals IP20Degree of protection, enclosure IP20 IP50 IP20 IP20 IP20Protection class 2 (terminal 1
cover required)
General dataEfficiency at nom. load approx. 80-84 % 82-84 % 83-85 % 86 %
(90-260 V AC) (90-260 V AC) (90-260 V AC) (90-260 V AC)Operational state indication green LED, output voltage OKOperating temperature 0 °C ... +55 °CStorage temperature -25 °C ... +75 °CWire size screw terminals, 2 x 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14)Weight approx. 0.22 kg (0.49 lb) 0.3 kgDimensions (W x H x D) mm 22,5 x 78 x 120 45 x 78 x 100 45 x 78 x 120
1432CDC110004C0202
4
Normal mounting position: Horizontally, mounted on DIN rail.Clearances to other devices: Left-hand side 1 cm, vertically 5 cm.
Switching power suppliesCP-24/2.0 adj, CP-24/4.2, CP-24/5.0 (adj), CP-48/0.7Technical data
CP-24/2.0 adj CP-24/4.2 CP-24/5.0 CP-24/5.0 adj CP-48/0.7
Order code 1 SVR 423 ... 417 R 1100 416 R 1000 416 R 0000 416 R 0100 418 R 6000
Input
Supply voltage 140-260 V AC 90-260 V AC 90-260 V AC160-260 V DC 127-260 V DC 105-260 V DC
Frequency, AC input 47-440 Hz 47-63 Hz 47-440 Hz
Supply voltage fail. bridging time at 100 % load 20 ms min. 10 ms min.Input current at nom. load max. at 90 V AC - 1.5 A 1.8 A 1.8 A 0.8 A
max. at 140 V AC 0.7 A - - - -max. at 260 V AC 0.45 A - - - 0.4 A
typ. at 115 V AC - 1.1 A 1.3 A 1.3 A -typ. at 230 V AC - 0.52 A 0.63 A 0.63 A -
Inrush current at 25 °C (≤ 2 ms) at 260 V AC 33 A 40 A 33 AInternal input fuse 3 A (slow-act.) 2 A (slow-acting) 3 A (slow-acting)
OutputOutput voltage 24 V DC ± 3 % 48 V DC ± 3 %Output voltage adjustment range 21-28 V DC - - 23-28 V -
48 W max. 120 W max.Output current / power 2 A / 48 W 4.2 A / 100 W (T ≤ 55 °C) 5 A / 120 W / Ta 40 °C 0.7 A / 33 W
Derating - - -1.33 W/°C / Ta > 40 °C -- - 4.2 A / 100 W / Ta = 55 °C -
Derating for Ta > 45 °C - - - - -10 mA/°CDerating for Vin < 105 V AC / 120 V DC - - - - -6,667 mA/VMax. residual ripple 100 mVpp 200 mVpp 200 mVpp 200 mVpp 300 mVpp
Max. input voltage regulation ± 0.5 % ± 0.05 % ± 0.5 %Max. deviation of output with static load change ± 0.5 %Max. deviation of output with dyn. load change 5 %(load change 10-90 %)Short-circuit protection overcurrent switch-off with automatic restartOverload protection overtemperature and overcurrent switch-offReset after thermal overload switch-off disconnection of AC input voltage 30 s min.
Standards
Electrical safety EN 50178 (VDE 0160) / UL 508 / CSA 22.2Galvanic isolation safe isolation acc. to EN 60950, DIN VDE 0106-101Isolation testing routing test 2.5 kV AC 1.5 kV AC 1.5 kV AC 1.5 kV AC 2.5 kV AC
type test 3 kV AC 3 kV AC 3 kV AC 3 kV AC 3 kV ACClearances and overvoltage category 2creepage distances degree of pollution 2Electromagnetic compatibility ESD EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVacc. to EN 61000-6-2 HF radiation EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m
Burst level 4 4 kV EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kV 4 kVSurge 3 kV EN 61000-4-5 2 kV 3 kV
conducted HF, input EN 61000-4-6 level 3 10 VInterference emission acc. to EN 61000-6-4Radiated noise acc. to EN 55011 class B class A class A class A class BInput current harmonics no limitation acc. to EN 61000-3-2 A no limitationDegree of protection, terminals IP20Degree of protection, enclosure IP20Protection class 1
General dataEfficiency at nom. load approx. 86 % 77-85 % 77-85 % 77-85 % 83-85 %
(140-260 V AC) (90-260 V AC) (90-260 V AC) (90-260 V AC) (90-260 V AC)Operational state indication green LED, output voltage OKOperating temperature 0 °C ... +55 °CStorage temperature -25 °C ... +75 °CWire size screw terminals, 2 x 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14)Weight approx. 0.28 kg 0.58 kg 0.58 kg 0.58 kg 0.22 kgDimensions (W x H x D) mm 45 x 78 x 120 90 x78 x 120 90 x 78 x 120 90 x 78 x 120 45 x 78 x 100
1442CDC110004C0202
4
Normal mounting position: Horizontally, mounted on DIN rail.Clearances to other devices: 5 cm on both sides, vertically 8 cm.
Switching power suppliesCP-24/10 adj, CP-24/20 adjTechnical data
CP-24/10 adj CP-24/20 adj
Order code 1 SVR 423 ... 415 R 0000 415 R 1000
Input
Supply voltage 93-132 V AC 93-132 V AC187-264 V AC 187-264 V AC
Frequency, AC input 47-63 Hz 47-63 HzSupply voltage fail. bridging time at 100 % load 20 ms (115 V) 15 ms (115 V AC)Input current at nom. load max. at 93 V AC 4,3 V 8.9 A
typ. at 115 V AC 3.5 A 7.2 Atyp. at 230 V AC 1.7 A 3.5 A
Inrush current at 25 °C at 115 V AC 35 A (≤ 1 ms) 33 A (≤ 2 ms)at 230 V AC 69 A (≤ 1 ms) 65 A (≤ 2 ms)
Internal input fuse 6.3 A (slow-act.) 12 A (slow-acting)
Output
Output voltage 24 V DC ± 1 %Output voltage adjustment range 24-28 V DCOutput current / powerDerating for Vin 93-132 V AC T ≤ 60 °C 10 A / 240 W 20 A / 480 Wor Vin 187-264 V DC T > 60 °C -2%/°C -2 %/°C
T = 70 °C 8 A / 192 W 16 A / 384 W
Max. residual ripple 50 mVpp
Max. input voltage regulation ± 0.2 %Max. deviation of output with static load change -Max. deviation of output with dyn. load change ± 0.3 % max.(load change 10-90 %) (± 1.5 % parallel operation)Short-circuit and overload protection overload limiting
(typ. 110 % of nom. current)Reset after thermal overload -Overvoltage protection triggered at typ. 140 %
of nominal output voltageParallel operation (optional) up to 5 units (has to be
activated by internal jumper)
Standards
Electrical safety EN 60950 / UL 508 / UL 60950 / CSA 22.2Galvanic isolation safe isolation acc. to EN 60950Isolation testing type test 3 kV ACClearances and overvoltage category 2creepage distances degree of pollution 2Electromagnetic compatibility ESD EN 61000-4-2 4/8 kVacc. to EN 61000-6-2 HF radiation EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m
Burst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kVSurge EN 61000-4-5 2/4 kV
conducted HF, input EN 61000-4-6 10 VInterference emission acc. to EN 61000-6-4Radiated noise acc. to EN 55011 class BInput current harmonics no limitationDegree of protection, terminals IP20Degree of protection, enclosure IP20Protection class 1
General dataEfficiency at nominal load typ. 90 % 88 %
(230 V AC) (230 V AC)Operational state indication green LED, output voltage OKOperating temperature -25 °C ... +70 °CStorage temperature -25 °C ... +85 °CWire size screw terminals 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14)Weight approx. 1.05 kg (2.31 lb) 2.2 kg (4.84 lb)Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 100 x 125 x 125 220 x 125 x 125
1452CDC110004C0202
4
Linear power suppliesCP-L rangeTechnical data
115 V AC suply CP-L5/1.0 CP-L12/0.5 CP-L15/0.5 CP-L24/0.25 CP-L± 12/0.5CP-L12/1.0 CP-L15/1.0 CP-L24/0.75 CP-L± 15/0.5
Order code 1 SVR 419 ... 500 R 3000 501 R 1000 502 R 1000 503 R 0000 511 R 1000501 R 3000 502 R 3000 503 R 2000 512 R 1000
InputSupply voltage 103-127 V ACFrequency, AC input 47-63 HzSupply voltage fail. bridging time at 100 % load 5 ms min.Input current at nom. load typ. at 0.25 A - - - 0.14 A -
typ. at 0,5 A - 0.14 A 0.14 A - 0.32 A / 0.35 Atyp. at 0.75 A - - - 0.35 A -
typ. at 1 A 0.16 A 0.32 A 0.35 A - -Internal input fuse typ. at 0,25 A - - - 0.2 A (slow-act.) -
typ. at 0.5 A - 0.2 A (slow-act.) 0.2 A (slow-act.) - 0.4 A (slow-act.)typ. at 0.75 A - - - 0.4 A (slow-act.) -
typ. at 1 A 0.2 A 0.4 A (slow-act.) 0.4 A (slow-act.) - -
Output
Output voltage 5 V DC 12 V DC 15 V DC 24 V DC ± 12 V DC /± 15 V DC
Output current 1 A 0.5 A / 1 A 0.5 A / 1 A 0.25 A / 0.75 A 0.5 AResidual ripple ± 1 %Short-circuit protection overcurrent switch-off with automatic restartOverload protection overtemperature and overcurrent switch-offReset after thermal overload switch-off automatic reset after cooling
Standards
Electrical safety EN 50178 (VDE 0160)Galvanic isolation safe isolation acc. to EN 60950Isolation testing type test 4 kV AC, routine test 4 kV ACClearances and creepage distances overvoltage category 3, degree of pollution 2Electromagnetic compatibility ESD EN 61000-4-2 6/8 kVacc. to EN 61000-6-2 HF radiation EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m
Burst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kVSurge EN 61000-4-5 2 kV
conducted HF, input EN 61000-4-6 10 VInput current harmonics no limitationDegree of protection, terminals IP20Degree of protection, enclosure IP20Protection class 2, if the unit is covered additionally
General dataOperational state indication green LEDOperating temperature -20 °C - +50 °CStorage temperature -40 °C - +80 °CWire size screw terminals 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14)Weight approx. 0.82 kg* 0.82 kg/0.78 kg* 0.82 kg/0.78 kg* 0.82 kg/1.05 kg* 1.07 kg*Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm at 0.25 A - - - 100 x 104 x 79 -
(3.94 x 4.09 x 3.11 ")at 0.5 A - 100 x 104 x 79 135 x 104 x 90
(3.94 x 4.09 x 3.11 ") - (5.31 x 4.09 x 3.54 ")at 0.75 A - - - 135 x 104 x 90 -
(5.31 x 4.09 x 3.54 ")at 1 A 100 x 104 x 90 - -
(3.94 x 4.09 x 3.54 ")Mounting note Normal mounting position: Horizontally, mounted on DIN rail.
Clearances to other devices: 20 mm on both sides, top 100 mm, bottom 50 mm.
* 0.78 kg = 1.72 lb0.82 kg = 1.80 lb1.05 kg = 2.31 lb1.07 kg = 2.35 lb
1462CDC110004C0202
4
Linear power suppliesCP-L rangeTechnical data
230 V AC supply CP-L5/1.0 CP-L12/0.5 CP-L15/0.5 CP-L24/0.25 CP-L± 12/0.5CP-L12/1.0 CP-L15/1.0 CP-L24/0.75 CP-L± 15/0.5
Order code 1 SVR 419 ... 500 R 3100 501 R 1100 502 R 1100 503 R 0100 511 R 1100501 R 3100 502 R 3100 503 R 2100 512 R 1100
Input
Supply voltage 207-253 V ACFrequency, AC input 47-63 HzSupply voltage fail. bridging time at 100 % load 5 ms min.Input current at nom. load typ. at 0.25 A - - - 0.07 A -
typ. at 0.5 A - 0.07 A 0.07 A - 0.16 A / 0.175 Atyp. at 0.75 A - - - 0.175 A -
typ. at 1 A 0.08 A 0.16 A 0.175 A - -Internal input fuse at 0.25 A - - - 0.125 A (slow-act.) -
at 0.5 A - 0.125 A (slow-act.) 0.125 A (slow-act.) - 0.2 A (slow-act.)at 0.75 A - - - 0.2 A (slow-act.) -
at 1 A 0.125 A (slow-act.) 0.2 A (slow-act.) 0.2 A (slow-act.) - -
OutputOutput voltage 5 V DC 12 V DC 15 V DC 24 V DC ± 12 V DC /
± 15 V DCOutput current 1 A 0.5 A / 1 A 0.5 A / 1 A 0.25 A / 0.75 A 0.5 AResidual ripple ± 1 %Short-circuit protection overcurrent switch-off with automatic restartOverload protection overtemperature and overcurrent switch-offReset after thermal overload switch-off automatic reset after cooling
Standards
Electrical safety EN 50178 (VDE 0160)Galvanic isolation safe isolation acc. to EN 60950Isolation testing type test 4 kV AC, routine test 4 kV ACClearances and creepage distances overvoltage category 3, degree of pollution 2Electromagnetic compatibility ESD EN 61000-4-2 6/8 kVacc. to EN 61000-6-2 HF radiation EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/m
Burst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 2 kVSurge EN 61000-4-5 2 kV
conducted HF, input EN 61000-4-6 10 VInput current harmonics no limitationDegree of protection, terminals IP20Degree of protection, enclosure IP20Protection class 2, if the unit is covered additionally
General dataOperational state indication green LEDOperating temperature -20 °C - +50 °CStorage temperature -40 °C - +80 °CWire size screw terminals 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14)Weight approx. 0.82 kg* 0.82 kg/0.78 kg* 0.82 kg/0.78 kg* 0.82 kg/1.05 kg* 1.07 kg*Dimensions (W x H x D) mm at 0.25 A - - - 100 x 104 x 79 -
(3.94 x 4.09 x 3.11 ")at 0.5 A - 100 x 104 x 79 135 x 104 x 90
(3.94 x 4.09 x 3.11 ") - (5.31 x 4.09 x 3.54 ")at 0.75 A - - - 135 x 104 x 90 -
(5.31 x 4.09 x 3.54 ")at 1 A 100 x 104 x 90 - -
(3.94 x 4.09 x 3.54 ")Mounting note Normal mounting position: Horizontally, mounted on DIN rail.
Clearances to other devices: 20 mm on both sides, 100 mm on top, 50 mm on bottom.
* 0.78 kg = 1.72 lb0.82 kg = 1.80 lb1.05 kg = 2.31 lb1.07 kg = 2.35 lb
1472CDC110004C0202
4
CP-L12/0.5, CP-L15/0.5,CP-L24/0.25
CP-L5/1.0, CP-L12/1.0CP-L15/1.0
CP-L24/0.75CP-L±12/0.5,CP-L±15/0.5
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
006
7
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
006
6
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
006
8
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
006
9
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
066
1
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
066
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
065
91S
VC
110
000
F 0
657
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
065
8
Switching power supplies CP range,linear power supplies CP-L rangeDimensional drawings
Dimensions in mm
CP-24/0.5CP-5/3.0, CP-6/3.0, CP-12/2.0, CP-12/2.0 adj
CP-24/0.3, CP-24/1.0, CP-48/0.7, CP-24/1.5 adj
CP-24/2.0 CP-24/2.0 adj CP-24/4.2 CP-24/5.0, CP-24/5.0 adj
CP-24/20 adjCP-24/10 adj
rail centre rail centre
rail centre rail centre
1482CDC110004C0202
4
Notes
1492CDC110004C0202
5
Analog signal convertersCC range
Serial data convertersIPLH range
Content
Analog signal converters CC range .......................................................................... 151
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 155
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 168
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 173
Serial data converters ILPH range ............................................................................ 175NEW
1502CDC110004C0202
5
Notes
1512CDC110004C0202
5
Analog signal convertersCC range
Content
Benefits and advantages of analog signal converters ....................................................... 152
Application, approvals ........................................................................................................... 154
Analog standard signal convertersCC-E/STD, CC-E x/x, CC-U/STD, CC-U/STDR
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 155
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 168
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 173
Temperature signal converters for RTD sensorsCC-E/RTD, CC-U/RTD, CC-U/RTDR
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 158
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 168
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 173
Temperature signal converters for thermocouplesCC-E/TC, CC-U/TC, CC-U/TCR
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 157
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 168
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 173
Measuring converters for currents (E/I) and (U/I) and voltages (U/V)
CC-E/I, CC-E IAC / ILPO, CC-U/I, CC-U/V
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 164
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 169
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 173
1522CDC110004C0202
5
2CD
C 2
83 0
17 F
0003
Analog signal convertersCC rangeBenefits and advantages
Universally configurable devices and single-function devicesAdjustment and operating elements on thefront sideSafe operation by electrical 3-way isolationUnambiguous and clear connecting terminalmarkings
Conversion, measurement and separation of
standard signals(0-5 V, 0-10 V, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA)
temperature signals of RTD sensors (PT 100)
thermocouple signals (types J and K)
current measurement signals(0-5 A, 0-20 A AC/DC)
Characteristics of single-function devices
No adjustment or balancing necessary.
Characteristics of universal devices
The required input and output ranges can beconfigured by means of directly accessible DIPswitches positioned on the side
Gain adjustment of ± 5 % by means of anadjustment potentiometer on the front-side
Offset adjustment of ± 5 % by means ofadjustment potentiometers on the front-side
CC-E product range for analog signal processing
1532CDC110004C0202
5
2CD
C 2
83 0
16 F
0003
Analog signal convertersCC rangeBenefits and advantages
8 different standard signal outputs on onedeviceInput and output side universally configurableAlso available with 2 threshold relay outputsAdjustment and operating elements on thefront sideSafe operation by electrical 3-way isolationPlug-in connecting terminals, unambiguouslyand clearly marked
Conversion, measurement and separation of
standard signals
signals of RTD sensors (PT10, PT100, PT1000)
thermocouple signals
RMS values of currents and voltages
Characteristics
The required input and output ranges can beconfigured for all devices by means of directlyaccessible DIP switches positioned on the side.
Due to the wide input range of the gain and offsetstages all input signals between the minimumand the maximum input value can be universallyconverted to all common output signals.
Devices for DC or AC (50/60 Hz) supplyavailable.
CC-U product range for analog signal processing
1542CDC110004C0202
5
CC
-E/S
TD
CC
-U/S
TD
CC
-U/S
TD
R
CC
-E/R
TD
CC
-U/R
TD
CC
-U/R
TD
R
CC
-E/T
C
CC
-U/T
C
CC
-U/T
CR
CC
-E/I
CC
-E I
AC /
ILP
O
CC
-U/I
CC
-U/V
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
055
0
Analog signal convertersCC rangeApplication, approvals
Nearly every process includes a control system that receives databy means of analog signals and then evaluates the data and setsthe respective parameters correspondingly.
When transmitting analog signals numerous problems may arisewhich can disturb or even block an ideal behavior of the process.
Below we have listed some processing problems together with therespective solutions to solve these problems:
Signal conversionSometimes the available signals cannot be processed by thecontroller or the actuator. In this case, signal converters arerequired to convert the input signal (or different input signals) to thedesired output signal.
Signal amplificationIf long lines or high burdens have to be operated, it may benecessary to amplify the signal. CC analog signal convertersrequire only low input power and provide high output power.
Thus, there are no restrictions for the converter's position on theline, i.e. it can be used
for signal refreshing at the end of the line (low input power) or for signal amplification at the beginning of the line (high
output power).
Signal filteringParticularly on long lines or in rough industrial environments thesignals are exposed to high electromagnetic interferences. Thefrequency of the coupled interference signals may be in the range ofthe common mains frequency (50 Hz) or even much higher (in caseof frequency converters). According to the specific requirements,analog signal converters are available which provide reliablesuppression of those interferences by means of an input low-passfilter.
Applications for analog signal processing andcorrect solution using CC-E and CC-Uconverters
100 m
Analog signal converter(e.g. CC-E or CC-U)
0-20 mA
Measuring sensor
Actuator
4-20 mA
0-10 V0-10 V
Analog signal converter(e.g. CC-E or CC-U)
Controllere.g. for series 90
100 m
Signal separation Protection against overvoltage
The increased use of micro-electronics make controls muchmore sensitive against overvoltages, resulting from lightningdischarges or switching processes. Suppression diodes areincorporated in the input of the CC analog signal converterswhich enable the converters to arrest overvoltages with lowenergy level (resulting from switching processes) bythemselves. The products furthermore provide electricalisolation between input, output and supply circuit for protectionof the controller connected to the output.
Protection against ground loopsIf components are used which refer to ground, the measuringsignals can be falsified by a so-called ground loop. In this case,certain parts of the signal are transmitted via earth and not viathe analog transmission line, thus causing incorrect evaluationof the signal. The electrical isolation between the input and theoutput disconnects these ground loops and thus enablescorrect signal transmission.
Approvals
UL 508
1604 class 1, div. 2
(hazardous locations)
C-Tick
all devices
specific devices
1552CDC110004C0202
5
CC-E/STD
2CD
C 2
81 0
01 F
000
3
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
020
7
2CD
C 2
82 0
01 F
0004
2CD
C 2
82 0
02 F
0004
Analog standard signal convertersCC-E/STD, C-E x/xOrdering details
CC-E/STD analog signal converter with 3-way electrical isolation
Universally configurable device (type E-STD)
10 single-function devices
"Plug and Play", no adjustment of single-function devices required
Approvals
, 1604 class I, div. 2 (universal device) 1),
Gain adjustment
Offset adjustment
U: green LED -supply voltage
DIP switch for input andoutput configuration (onlyavailable on universaldevices)
Type Input signal Output signal Order code Price1 piece
Supply voltage: 24 V DC
universal
CC-E/STD 0-5 V, 0-10 V 0-5 V, 0-10 V 1SVR 011 700 R 00001)
0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA
single-function
CC-E V/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 710 R 2100CC-E V/I 0-10 V 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 711 R 1600CC-E V/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 712 R 1700
CC-E I/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 713 R 1000CC-E I/I 0-20 mA 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 714 R 1100CC-E I/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 715 R 1200
CC-E I/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 716 R 1300CC-E I/I 4-20 mA 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 717 R 1400CC-E I/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 718 R 2500
CC-E V/V -10...+10 V -10...+10 V 1SVR 011 719 R 2600
Supply voltage: 110-240 V AC
universal
CC-E/STD 0-5 V, 0-10 V 0-5 V, 0-10 V 1SVR 011 705 R 21000-20 mA, 4-20 mA 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA
single-function
CC-E V/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 720 R 2300CC-E V/I 0-10 V 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 721 R 1000CC-E V/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 722 R 1100
CC-E I/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 723 R 1200CC-E I/I 0-20 mA 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 724 R 1300CC-E I/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 725 R 1400
CC-E I/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 726 R 1500CC-E I/I 4-20 mA 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 727 R 1600CC-E I/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 728 R 2700
CC-E V/V -10...+10 V -10...+10 V 1SVR 011 729 R 2000
BurdenR ≥ 1.0 KΩ
BurdenR ≤ 500 Ω
Supply24 V DC or 110-240 V AC
DIP switch settings
Pack. units: 1 piece
• Technical data ........................................................................... 168 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................... 173
Input Output Switch
Legend
ONOFF
1562CDC110004C0202
5
CC-U/STD
2CD
C 2
81 0
02 F
0003
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
0209
2CD
C 2
82 0
19 F
0003
2CD
C 2
82 0
20 F
0003
2CD
C 2
82 0
03 F
0004
2CD
C 2
82 0
18 F
0003
Analog standard signal converterCC-U/STDOrdering details
Plug-in terminals
Gain: Coarse adjustment
Gain: Fine adjustment
Offset adjustment
U: green LED -supply voltage
Marker
CC-U/STD universal signal converter with 3-way electrical isolation
More than 120 configurations possible
Configurable output signal response on input signal interruption (low fail safe / high fail safe)
Adjustment and operating elements on the front-side
Short-circuit proof signal outputs
Plug-in connecting terminals for inputs, outputs and supply
Very fast signal transmission enables use in control systems
Approvals , 1604 class I, div. 2,
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece
CC-U/STD 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 1SVR 040 000 R 1700 1110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC 1SVR 040 001 R 0400 1
Continuously variable adjustment range:Example :Input configuration: 0...10 VOutput configuration: -5...5 V
• Technical data ........................................................................... 170 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................... 173
DIP switch settings
Supply
BurdenR ≥ 4.7 KΩ
BurdenR ≤ 600 Ω
*) Detection of input signal interruptions:
If the input signal circuit is interrupted, the output signal changes to theadjusted minimum value (low fail safe) or maximum value (high failsafe). If "No fail safe" is configured, input signal interruptions are notdetected.
Gain CoarseType
Output
Legend
ONOFF
no influence
Offsetremote poti
Gain"gain-coarse"and"gain-fine"
Input
1572CDC110004C0202
5
2CD
C 2
81 0
03 F
0003
CC-U/STDR
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
021
7
2CD
C 2
82 0
05 F
0004
2CD
C 2
82 0
46 F
0003
2CD
C 2
82 0
21 F
000
3
2CD
C 2
82 0
03 F
0004
2CD
C 2
82 0
46 F
0003
11/1411/12
21/2421/22
0 ... 10 V0 ... 5 V0 ...1 V
-10 ... +10 V1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA4 ... 20 mA
Analog standard signal converterCC-U/STDR with relay outputOrdering details
CC-U/STDR universal signal converter for standard signals, with 2 threshold relayoutputs and with 3-way electrical isolation
Standard signal converter with 7 setting ranges
2 threshold relay outputs with one c/o contact each (threshold and respective hysteresis can beadjusted independently from each other)
Open-circuit or closed-circuit principle configurable by means of a DIP switch
2 yellow LEDs for clear status indication of the output relays
Plug-in connecting terminals for inputs, outputs and supply
Approvals ,
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece
CC-U/STDR 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 1SVR 040 010 R 0000 1110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC 1SVR 040 011 R 2500 1
DIP switch settings
• Technical data ........................................................................... 172 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................... 173
Plug-in connectingterminals
Threshold value for R1
Hysteresis for R1
Threshold value for R2
Hysteresis for R2
U: green LED -supply voltage
R2: yellow LED -Relay 2 energized
R1: yellow LED -Relay 1 energized
Marker
Switching points of the output relay depending on the input range,configuration open-circuit principle
Value R1
Value R2
threshold hysteresis
Legend
ONOFF
no influence
Closed-circuit principle
Open-circuit principle
Value R1Hysteresis R1
Temperature
Hysteresis R2Value R2
R1 11/1411/12
R2 21/2421/22
Value R1Hysteresis R1
Temperature
Hysteresis R2Value R2
R1 11/1411/12
R2 21/2421/22
Functional diagrams CC-U/STDR
threshold value R12-100 % of
input range
threshold value R22-100 % of
input range
Hysteresis R1
5-50 % ofthresholdvalueR1
Actual
vvalu
e
Hysteresis R2
5-50 % ofthresholdvalue R2
Closed-circuit principle
Open-circuit principle
Input
1582CDC110004C0202
5
CC-E/RTD
2CD
C 2
81 0
04 F
000
3
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
021
4
2CD
C 2
82 0
06 F
0004
2CD
C 2
82 0
03 F
0004
SW 1
Temperature signal converter for RTD sensorsCC-E/RTDOrdering details
Gain adjustment
Offset adjustment
U: green LED -supply voltage
CC-E/RTD temperature signal converter for RTD sensors, linearized with 3-wayelectrical isolation
Universally configurable device (type E-RTD)
12 single-function devices
"Plug and Play", no adjustment of single-function devices required
Temperature signal converter for PT100 sensors
2- or 3-wire connection
Approvals
, 1604 class I, div. 2 (universal device) 1),
DIP switch settings
Supply24 V DC or 110-240 V AC
Burden ≥ 1.0 KΩ
Burden ≤ 500 Ω
Type Input signal Output signal Order code Price1 piece
Supply voltage: 24 V DC
universal
CC-E/RTD refer to table 0-10 V, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 701 R 25001)
single-function
CC-E RTD/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 730 R 2500CC-E RTD/I PT100 0...100 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 731 R 1200CC-E RTD/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 732 R 1300
CC-E RTD/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 733 R 1400CC-E RTD/I PT100 -50...+50 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 734 R 1500CC-E RTD/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 735 R 1600
CC-E RTD/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 736 R 1700CC-E RTD/I PT100 0...300 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 737 R 1000CC-E RTD/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 738 R 2100
CC-E RTD/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 739 R 2200CC-E RTD/I PT100 -50...+250 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 740 R 0700CC-E RTD/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 741 R 2400
Supply voltage: 110-240 V AC
universal
CC-E/RTD refer to table 0-10 V, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 706 R 2200
single-function
CC-E RTD/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 788 R 2400CC-E RTD/I PT100 0...100 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 789 R 2500CC-E RTD/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 790 R 2200
CC-E RTD/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 791 R 1700CC-E RTD/I PT100 -50...+50 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 792 R 1000CC-E RTD/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 793 R 1100
CC-E RTD/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 794 R 1200CC-E RTD/I PT100 0...300 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 795 R 1300CC-E RTD/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 796 R 1400
CC-E RTD/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 797 R 1500CC-E RTD/I PT100 -50...+250 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 798 R 2600CC-E RTD/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 799 R 2700
• Technical data ............................................................................ 168 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173
Pack. units: 1 piece
Legend
ONOFF
no influence
Input Output
1592CDC110004C0202
5
CC-U/RTD
2CD
C 2
81 0
05 F
0003
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
022
12C
DC
282
022
F00
032C
DC
282
003
F00
04
2CD
C 2
82 0
23 F
000
3
2CD
C 2
82 0
24 F
000
3
Temperature signal converter for RTD sensorsCC-U/RTDOrdering details
CC-U/RTD universal signal converter for PT10, PT100, PT1000 temperature sensors(acc. to IEC 751 and JIS C 1604*), linearized with 3-way electrical isolation
BurdenR ≥ 4.7 KΩ
BurdenR ≤ 600 Ω
DIP switch settings
Plug-in connectingterminals
Gain: Coarse adjustment
Gain: Fine adjustment
Offset adjustment
U: green LED -supply voltage
Marker
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece
CC-U/RTD 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 1SVR 040 002 R 0500 1110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC 1SVR 040 003 R 0600 1
Supply24 V DC or 110-240 V AC
• Technical data ............................................................................ 170 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173
Characteristic curves: Resistance of PT10, PT100 and PT1000 sensors depending on the temperature
Configurable output signal response oninput signal interruption (low fail safe / highfail safe)
Adjustment and operating elements on thefront-side
Short-circuit proof signal outputs
Plug-in connecting terminals for inputs,outputs and supply
Approvals , 1604 class I, div. 2,
*) Detection of input signal interruptions:
If the input signal circuit is interrupted, the output signalchanges to the adjusted minimum value (low fail safe) ormaximum value (high fail safe).
*) Japanese standard
Legend
ONOFF
no influence
GaincoarseInput
Output
1602CDC110004C0202
5
CC-U/RTDR
υG
J
H
K M
B (22)C (21)A (24)
E (12)F (11)D (14)
R1
R2
2CD
C 2
81 0
06 F
000
3
2CD
C 2
82 0
25 F
000
3
2CD
C 2
82 0
45 F
0004
2CD
C 2
82 0
07 F
0004
2CD
C 2
82 0
03 F
0004
2CD
C 2
82 0
46 F
0003
2CD
C 2
82 0
46 F
0003
11/1411/12
21/2421/22
Temperature signal converter for RTD sensorsCC-U/RTDR with relay outputOrdering details
Plug-in connectingterminals
Threshold value for R1
Hysteresis for R1
Threshold value for R2
Hysteresis for R2
U: green LED -supply voltage
R2: yellow LED -Relay 2 energized
R1: yellow LED -Relay 1 energized
Marker
CC-U/RTDR universal signal converter for temperature and resistance signals,with 2 threshold relay outputs and 3-way electrical isolation
Temperature signal converter for PT100 signals (5 ranges up to 800 °C) and variable resistancesfrom 0-380 Ω2 threshold relay outputs with one c/o contact each (threshold and respective hysteresis can beadjusted independently from each other)
Open-circuit or closed-circuit principle configurable by means of a DIP switch
2 yellow LEDs for clear status indication of the output relays
Plug-in connecting terminals for inputs, outputs and supply
Approvals ,
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece
CC-U/RTDR 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 1SVR 040 012 R 2600 1110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC 1SVR 040 013 R 2700 1
DIP switch settings
• Technical data ............................................................................ 172 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173
Value R1
Value R2
threshold hysteresis
Supply24 V DC or 110-240 V AC
Switching points of the output relay depending on the input range,configuration open-circuit principle
Legend
ONOFF
no influence
Closed-circuit principle
Open-circuit principle
Value R1Hysteresis R1
Temperature
Hysteresis R2Value R2
R1 11/1411/12
R2 21/2421/22
Value R1Hysteresis R1
Temperature
Hysteresis R2Value R2
R1 11/1411/12
R2 21/2421/22
Functional diagrams CC-U/RTDR
Closed-circuit principle
Input PT100
Open-circuit principle
threshold value R12-100 % of
input range
threshold value R22-100 % of
input range
Hysteresis R1
5-50 % ofthreshold-value R1
Actual
valu
e
Hysteresis R2
5-50 % ofthresholdvalue R2
1612CDC110004C0202
5
CC-E/TC
2CD
C28
1 00
7 F
000
3
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
022
7
2CD
C 2
82 0
09 F
0004
2CD
C 2
82 0
03 F
0004
SW1
TC-J: 0 ... 600 C 0 ... 10 VTC-J: 0 ... 600 C 0 ... 20 mATC-J: 0 ... 600 C 4 ... 20 mA
TC-K: 0 ... 1000 C 0 ... 10 VTC-K: 0 ... 1000 C 0 ... 20 mATC-K: 0 ... 1000 C 4 ... 20 mA
High fail saifeLow fail safe
Temperature signal converter for thermocouplesCC-E/TCOrdering details
CC-E/TC analog signal converter for thermocouple signals of the types J and K with3-way electrical isolation
Universally configurable device (type E/TC)6 single-function devices"Plug and Play", no adjustment of single-function devices required
Approvals , 1604 class I, div. 2 (universal device) 1),
DIP switch settings
Supply24 V DC or 110-240 V AC
Type Input signal Output signal Order code Price1 piece
Supply voltage: 24 V DC
universal
CC-E/TC thermocouple types J and K 0-10 V, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 702 R 26001)
single-function
CC-E TC/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 750 R 0100CC-E TC/I type J 0-600 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 751 R 2600CC-E TC/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 752 R 2700
CC-E TC/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 753 R 2000CC-E TC/I type K 0-1000 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 754 R 2100CC-E TC/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 755 R 2200
Supply voltage: 110-240 V AC
universal
CC-E/TC thermocouple types J and K 0-10 V, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 707 R 2300
single-function
CC-E TC/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 760 R 0300CC-E TC/I type J 0-600 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 761 R 2000CC-E TC/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 762 R 2100
CC-E TC/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 763 R 2200CC-E TC/I type K 0-1000 °C 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 764 R 2300CC-E TC/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 765 R 2400
• Technical data ............................................................................ 168 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173
Pack. units: 1 piece
BurdenR ≥ 1 KΩ
BurdenR ≤ 500 Ω
Gain adjustment
Offset adjustment
U: green LED -supply voltage
Legend
ONOFF
no influence
Input Output
1622CDC110004C0202
5
CC-U/TC
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
023
0
2CD
C 2
81 0
08 F
000
3
2CD
C 2
82 0
10 F
0004
2CD
C 2
82 0
20 F
0003
2CD
C 2
82 0
26 F
000
31S
VC
110
000
F 0
229
2CD
C 2
82 0
03 F
0004
*)*)
Temperature signal converter for thermo-couples of the types K, J, T, S, E, N, R, B
Continuously adjustable voltage signal input0-10 mV and 0-50 mV
Differential temperature meas. possible 1)
Configurable output signal response on inputsignal interruption (low fail safe / high fail safe)
Adjustment and operating elements on thefront-side
Short-circuit proof signal outputs
Plug-in connecting terminals for inputs, outputsand supply
Approvals , 1604 class I, div. 2 ,
Temperature signal converter for thermocouplesCC-U/TCOrdering details
without cold-junction compensation:
switch SW2.2 = OFF
CC-U/TC universal signal converter for thermocouples with 3-way electrical isolation
DIP switch settings
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece
CC-U/TC 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 1SVR 040 004 R 0700 1110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC 1SVR 040 005 R 0000 1
Plug-in connectingterminals
Gain: Coarse adjustment
Gain: Fine adjustment
Offset adjustment
U: green LED -supply voltage
Marker
1)
• Technical data ............................................................................ 170 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173
Characteristic curves:Thermocouple voltagesdepending on thetemperature
*) Detection of input signal interruptions:
If the input signal circuit is interrupted, the output signalchanges to the adjusted minimum value (low fail safe) ormaximum value (high fail safe).
BurdenR ≥ 4.7 KΩ
BurdenR ≤ 600 Ω
Supply
Output
Legend
ONOFF
no influence
Input
Typ Temperature range
Temperature [°C]
Th
erm
oco
up
le v
olta
ge
[µ
V]
1632CDC110004C0202
5
CC-U/TCR
2CD
C 2
81 0
09 F
000
3
2CD
C 2
82 0
27 F
000
3
2CD
C 2
82 0
04 F
0004
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
023
22C
DC
282
003
F00
04
2CD
C 2
82 0
46 F
0003
2CD
C 2
82 0
46 F
0003
11/1411/12
21/2421/22
Temperature signal converter for thermocouplesCC-U/TCR with relay outputOrdering details
CC-U/TCR universal signal converter for thermocouples, with 2 threshold relay outputsand 3-way electrical isolation
Temperature signal converter for thermocouples of the types K, J, T, S
2 threshold relay outputs with one change-over contact each (threshold and respective hysteresiscan be adjusted independently from each other)
Open-circuit or closed-circuit principle configurable by means of a DIP switch
2 yellow LEDs for clear status indication of the output relays
Plug-in connecting terminals for inputs, outputs and supply
Approvals ,
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece
CC-U/TCR 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 1SVR 040 014 R 2000 1110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC 1SVR 040 015 R 2100 1
DIP switch settings
• Technical data ............................................................................ 172 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173
Plug-in connectingterminals
Threshold value for R1
Hysteresis for R1
Threshold value for R2
Hysteresis for R2
U: green LED -supply voltage
R2: yellow LED -Relay 2 energized
R1: yellow LED -Relay 1 energized
Marker
Value R1
Value R2
threshold hysteresis
supply
Switching points of the output relay depending on the input range,configuration open-circuit principle
Legend
ONOFF
no influence
Closed-circuit principle
Open-circuit principle
Value R1Hysteresis R1
Temperature
Hysteresis R2Value R2
R1 11/1411/12
R2 21/2421/22
Value R1Hysteresis R1
Temperature
Hysteresis R2Value R2
R1 11/1411/12
R2 21/2421/22
Functional diagrams CC-U/TCR
InputTemperature range
Closed-circuit principle
Open-circuit principle
Temperature
Threshold value R2= 400 °C
Releasehysteresis
Releasehysteresis
Th
erm
oco
up
le
volta
ge
Characteristic curve:Temperature-voltage of different thermocouples Threshold value R1 = 1000 °C
type J
type K
type S
type T
1642CDC110004C0202
5
CC-E/I
2CD
C 2
81 0
10 F
000
3
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
023
5
2CD
C 2
82 0
11 F
0004
2CD
C 2
82 0
08 F
0004
2CD
C 2
82 0
02 F
0004SW1
Measuring converter for sinusoidal and DC currentsCC-E/IOrdering details
CC-E/I current measuring converter for current signals 0-5 A, 0-20 A (AC/DC) with3-way electrical isolation
Universally configurable device (type E/I)
6 single-function devices
"Plug and Play", no adjustment of single-function devices required
Approvals
, 1604 class I, div. 2 (universal device) 1),
DIP switch settings
Type Input signal Output signal Order code Price1 piece
Supply voltage: 24 V DC
universal
CC-E/I 0-5 A, 0-20 A, AC/DC 0-10 V, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 703 R 27001)
single-function
CC-E IAC/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 770 R 0500CC-E IAC/I 0-5 A, 0-20 A, AC 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 771 R 2200CC-E IAC/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 772 R 2300
CC-E IDC/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 773 R 2400CC-E IDC/I 0-5 A, 0-20 A, DC 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 774 R 2500CC-E IDC/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 775 R 2600
Supply voltage: 110-240 V AC
universal
CC-E/I 0-5 A, 0-20 A, AC/DC 0-10 V, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 708 R 0400
single-function
CC-E IAC/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 780 R 1100CC-E IAC/I 0-5 A, 0-20 A, AC 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 781 R 0600CC-E IAC/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 782 R 0700
CC-E IDC/V 0-10 V 1SVR 011 783 R 0000CC-E IDC/I 0-5 A, 0-20 A, DC 0-20 mA 1SVR 011 784 R 0100CC-E IDC/I 4-20 mA 1SVR 011 785 R 1100
• Technical data ............................................................................ 169 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173
Pack. units: 1 piece
Gain adjustment
Offset adjustment
U: green LED -supply voltage
DIP switch for input andoutput configuration (onlyavailable on universaldevices)
BurdenR ≥ 1 KΩ
BurdenR ≤ 500 Ω
Supply24 V DC or 110-240 V AC
Legend
ONOFF
Input Output
Select input range by terminals
Input range 5 A
Connected lines
Used terminals
Terminal marking
Input range 20 A
Connected lines
Used terminals
Terminal marking
1652CDC110004C0202
5
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
023
8
Measuring converter for sinusoidal currentsCC-E IAC/ILPOOrdering details
CC-E IAC/ILPO current measuring converter without auxiliary power for sinusoidalcurrents 0-1 A, 0-5 A, output 4 - 20 mA
Measuring converter for sinusoidal AC currents (0-1 A, 0-5 A)
Measuring range selection by front-side slide switch
4-20 mA output current in proportion to input current
no additional power supply required
Approvals ,
Type Input signal Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces 1 piece
CC-E IAC/ILPO 0-1 A, 0-5 A, AC 1SVR 010 203 R 0500 1
• Technical data ............................................................................ 169 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173
e.g. measuring board
1662CDC110004C0202
5
CC-U/I
2CD
C 2
81 0
12 F
000
3
2CD
C 2
82 0
33 F
000
3
2CD
C 2
82 0
28 F
0003
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
023
9
2CD
C 2
82 0
29 F
0003
2CD
C 2
82 0
03 F
0004
Measuring converter for current RMS valuesCC-U/IOrdering details
CC-U/I universal current measuring converter for RMS values of 0-1 A and 0-5 A,with 3-way electrical isolation
RMS converter for current signals up to 1 A and up to 5 A of any wave form (DC, DC withsuperimposed AC components, pure sinusoidal, triangular, phase-angle controlled, etc. in ameasuring range of 0-600 Hz)
Adjustment and operating elements on the front-side
Short-circuit proof signal outputs
Plug-in connecting terminals for inputs, outputs and supply
Approvals , 1604 class 1, div. 2,
DIP switch settings
Supply24 V DC or 110-240 V AC
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Price50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece
CC-U/I 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 1SVR 040 006 R 0100 1110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC 1SVR 040 007 R 0200 1
BurdenR ≥ 4.7 KΩ
BurdenR ≤ 600 Ω
• Technical data ............................................................................ 171 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173
Example of application:RMS measurement and conversion of a current signal
Plug-in connectingterminals
Gain adjustment
Offset adjustment
U: green LED -supply voltage
Marker
Legend
ONOFF
no influence
Input range 1 A
Connected lines
Used terminals
Terminal marking
Input range 5 A
Connected lines
Used terminals
Terminal marking
Select input range by terminals
Output
resultingRMS value
1672CDC110004C0202
5
CC-U/V
2CD
C 2
81 0
13 F
000
3
2CD
C 2
82 0
12 F
0004
2CD
C 2
82 0
29 F
0003
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
024
2
2CD
C 2
82 0
30 F
0003
2CD
C 2
82 0
03 F
0004
Supply24 V DC or 110-240 V AC
Measuring converter for voltage RMS valuesCC-U/VOrdering details
CC-U/V universal voltage measuring converter for RMS values of 0-600 V,with 3-way electrical isolation
RMS converter for voltage signals up to 600 V of any wave form (DC, DC with superimposed ACcomponents, pure sinusoidal, triangular, phase-angle controlled, etc. in a measuring range of0-600 Hz)
Adjustment and operating elements on the front-side
Short-circuit proof signal outputs
Plug-in connecting terminals for inputs, outputs and supply
Approvals , 1604 class 1, div. 2,
Measuring voltage ranges
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack unit Price50/60 Hz pieces 1 piece
CC-U/V 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 1SVR 040 008 R 1300 1110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC 1SVR 040 009 R 1400 1
• Technical data ............................................................................ 171 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 173
Plug-in connectingterminals
Input voltage rangeselection
Gain adjustment
Offset adjustment
U: green LED -supply voltage
Marker
BurdenR ≥ 4.7 KΩ
BurdenR ≤ 600 Ω
Example of application:RMS measurement and conversion of a phase-angle controlled voltage signal L1 = 230 V
DIP switch settings
Legend
ONOFF
no influence
Selecting input range by front-face rotary switch
Switchposition
Output
resultingRMS value
operating angel
1682CDC110004C0202
5
Analog signal convertersCC-E/STD, CC-E/RTD, CC-E/TCTechnical data
CC-E/STD CC-E/RTD CC-E/TC
Input circuits J-G-H Current Voltage Temperature seosors Thermocouples(IEC 584-1 and -2)
Input signal 0-20 mA / 0-5 V / PT100 TC.K, TC.J4-20 mA 0-10 V /
-10...+10 V
Input measuring range -50 ... +300 °C TC.K 0-1000 °C, TC.J 0-600 °C
Limitation of input signals +55 mA ± 11 V
Influence of line resistance < 0.01 %/ > 0.5 % / 100
Gain adjustment range ± 5 % (universal devices)
Offset adjustment range ± 5 % (universal devices)
Input impedance 50 1 m
Suppression at 50 Hz > 35 dB
Common-mode rejection 100 dB
Output circuits D-F A-C Current Voltage
Output signal 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 0-5 V, 0-10 V
Output burden 500 1.0 K
Accuracy
Factory setting ± 0,1 % of full-scale
Repeat accuracy 1) ± 0,5 % of full-scale
Temperature coefficient ± 500 ppm/°C
Residual ripple < 0.5 %
Response time 200 µs 10 ms
Transmission frequency 2 kHz 80 Hz 2 Hz (up to -3 dB)
Response to input circuit Low Fail Safe: Output voltage > 15 % of measuring range 2)
interruption Low Fail Safe: Output voltage < -0.6 V, output current = 0 mA
Supply circuits K - M DC versions AC versions
Supply voltage 24 V DC 110-240 V AC - 50/60 Hz
Supply voltage tolerance -15 % ... + 15 % -15 % ... + 10 %
Power consumption 1.5 W typ. 1.5 VA typ.
Indication of operational states
Supply voltage U: green LED
Isolation data
Test voltage between all isolatedcircuits 2.5 kV AC
Rated insulation voltage - - -
General data
Operating temperature 0 °C ... +60 °C
Storage temperature -20 °C ... +80 °C
Degree of protection acc. to DIN 40050 IP20
Mounting position ventilation slots on top and bottom
Mounting on DIN rail snap-on mounting
Wire size solid wire 4 mm2 (10 AWG)
stranded wire 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
1) Constant parameters2) Only -/RTD and -/TC: Single-function devices respond with LOW FAIL SAFE to input signal interruptions
1692CDC110004C0202
5
Analog signal convertersCC-E/I, CC-E IAC/ILPOTechnical data
CC-E/I CC-E IAC/ILPO
Input circuits J-G-H C-DAC cur. meas. DC cur. meas. 2 meas. ranges selectable
0-5 A / 0-5 A /0-20 A 0-20 A
Input signal 0-1 A / 0-5 A / sinusoidal
Measuring frequency 50/60 Hz
Overload capacity of inputs 10 x INom. for max. 1 s 10 x INom. for max. 2 s
Gain adjustment range ± 5 % (univ. devices) -
Offest adjustment range ± 5 % (univ. devices) -
Imput impedance / resistance 5A = 65 20 A =2.5 m 5 m
Output circuits D-F A-C F-ECurrent Voltage passive current output in
proportion to input current
Output signal 0-20 mA 0-10 V 4-20 mA4-20 mA
Output burden / load 500 1.0 12 V DC - 150 24 V DC - 750
30 V DC - 1050
Accuracy
Factory setting ± 0,1 % of full-scale
Repeat accuracy 1) ± 2 % of full-scale
Offset adjustment range - ± 5 %
Gain adjustment range - ± 20 %
Temperature coefficient ± 500 ppm/°C 300 ppm/°C
Residual ripple < 0,5 % -
Response time 0,5 s -
Transmission frequency DC or 50/60 Hz -
Response to Low Fail Safe: Output voltagecircuit interruption < 200 mA, output current < 400 µA -
Supply circuits K - M DC Versions AC Versions
Supply voltage 24 V DC 110-240 V AC 12-30 V DC50/60 Hz
Supply voltage tolerance -15 % ... + 15 % -15 % ... + 10 % -
Power consumption typ 1.5 W typ 1.5 VA -
Indication of operational states
Supply voltage U: green LED -
Isolation data
Test voltage between allisolated circuits 2.5 kV AC
Rated insulation voltage - 250 V AC
General data
Operating temperature 0 °C ... +60 °C -20 °C ... +60 °C
Storage temperature -20 °C ... +80 °C -40 °C ... +80 °C
Degree of protection acc. to DIN 40050 IP20
Mounting position ventilation slots on top and bottom
Mounting on DIN rail snap-on mounting
Wire size solid wire 4 mm2 (10 AWG) 1x2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
stranded wire 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
1) Constant parameters
1702CDC110004C0202
5
Analog signal convertersCC-U/STD, CC-U/RTD, CC-U/TCTechnical data
CC-U/STD CC-U/RTD CC-U/TC
Input circuits J-G-H Current Voltage Potentio- temperature sensors Thermocouplesmeter (IEC 584-1 and 2)
Input signals 0-20 mA 0-100 mV 470 PT10, PT100, PT1000 TC.K TC.J4-20 mA 0-1 V ... 1 M (IEL 751 and JICC 1604) TC.T TC.S
10-50 mA 0-5 V TC.E TC.N0-1 mA 1-5 V TC.R TC.B
0-10 V2-10 V± 10 V
Limitation of input signals ± 55 mA ± 11 V 10 k - -
Temperature range - - - Max. Temperature adjustable: refer to temperature specs.6-60 °C for PT1000 of individual thermocouples
50-500 °C for PT100500-850 °C for PT 10
Influence of line resistance - - - 0.015 °C/ < 0.01 % / 100
Gain adjustment range 0.9- 45 mV - - - -(univ. devices) 110 mA 22 V
Offset adjustment range -137.5 % ... +62.5 % ± 5 % ± 10 %(univ. devices)
Input impedance for different ranges - -
without detection of input signal interruption 51 6 M 3 G - -
with detection of input signal interruption 51 3.5 M 9.5 G - -
Supression at 50 Hz - - - - > 40 dB
Common-mode rejection - - - 120 dB 105 dB
Output circuit D-F A-C Current Voltage
Output signals 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 0-5 V, 1-5 V, 0-10 V, 2-10 V, ±10 V
Output burden 600 4,7 K
Accuracy ±0,1 % of full-scale ±0,2 % of full-scale ±0,1 % of full-scale
Temperature coefficient ±150 ppm/°C ±250 ppm/°C ±200 ppm/°C at min offset±400 ppm/°C at max. offset
Residual riple - - - < 0,15 % -
Response time 200 µs 10 ms 200 ms
Transmission frequency 1 kHz 80 Hz 2 Hz (bis -3 dB)
Supply circuits K - M
Supply voltage 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC
Supply voltage tolerance DC: -15 % ... + 15 % AC: -15 % ... + 10 %
Power consumtion 2 W at 24 V DC 4.5 VA at 230 V AC
Indication of operational states
Supply voltage U: green LED
Isolation data
Test voltage between allisolated circuits 1.5 kV
Electromagnetic compartibility acc. to EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
General data
Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °C
Storage temperature -40 °C ... +80 °C
Mounting position any
Mountinh on DIN rail snap-on mounting / screw mounting with adapter
Wire size solid wire plug-connector with screw terminals 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG)
stranded wire plug-connector with screw terminals 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
1712CDC110004C0202
5
Analog signal convertersCC-U/I, CC-U/VTechnical data
CC-U/I CC-U/V
Input circuits J-G-H any current signals, any voltage signals,RMS measurement RMS measurement
Measuring signals 0-1 A 0-100 V, 0-200 V0-5 A 0-300 V, 0-400 V
0-500 V, 0-600 V
Measuring frequency 0-600 Hz
Overload capacity of inputs 10 x INon. for max. 2 s -
Gain adjustment range ±20 %
Offset adjustment range ±15 %
Input impedance / resistance 60 m / 12 m > 800 k
Output circuits D-F A-C Current Voltage
Output signal 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 0-5 V, 1-5 V, 0-10 V, 2-10 V, ±10 V
Output load 600 4,7 K
Accuracy 0,5 %
Temperature coefficient ±250 ppm/°C max. ±300 ppm/°C max.
Residual riple < 0.15 %
Response time 150 ms
Supply circuit K - M
Supply voltage 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC
Supply voltage tolerance DC: -15 % ... + 15 % AC: -15 % ... + 10 %
Power consumption 2 W at 24 V DC 4.5 VA at 230 V AC
Indication of operational states
Supply voltage U: green LED
Isolation data
Test voltage between allisolated circuits 1.5 kV
Electromagnetic compartibility acc. to EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
General data
Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °C
Storage temperature -40 °C ... +80 °C
Mounting position any
Mounting on DIN rail (EN 50022) snap-on mounting / screw mounting with adapter
Wire solid wire plug-connector with screw terminals 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG)
size stranded wire plug-connector with screw terminals 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
1722CDC110004C0202
5
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
030
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
018
5
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
030
2
Analog signal converters with relay outputCC-U/STDR, CC-U/RTDR, CC-U/TCRTechnical data
CC-U/STDR CC-U/RTDR CC-U/TCR
Input circuits J - H Current Voltage Temperature sensors Thermocouples(IEC 584-1 and -2)
Measuring signal / input range 0-20 / 0-1 V / 1-5 V / PT100 TC.K, TC.J,4-20 mA 0-10 / ±10 V TC.T, TC.S
Input burden 50 > 5 m
Adjustable threshold 2-100 % of selected input range
Adjustable hysteresis 5-50 % of threshold
Accuracy 0.5 %
Temperature coefficient ±300 ppm/°C
Output circuits E - D - F, B - C - A Relay, 2 c/o contacts
Rated switching voltage 250 V AC
Rated switching currentAC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 A
AC-15 (inductive)230 V 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 A
DC-13 (inductive) 24V 2 A
Min. switching voltage 12 V
Min. switching current 10 mAmin. switching power 0.6 VA (W)
Response time 10 ms
Max. lifetime mechanical 30 x 106 switching cycles
electrical (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 Mio. switching cycles
Supply circuits K - M
Supply voltage 24-48 V DC / 24 V AC 110-240 V AC / 100-300 V DC
Supply voltage tolerance DC: -15 %...+15 % AC: -15 % ... +10 %
Power consumption 2 W at 24 V DC 4.5 VA at 230 V AC
Indication of operational states
Supply voltage U: green LED
1st output relay energized R1: yellow LED
2nd output relay energized R2: yellow LED
Isolation data
Insulation voltage between all 1.5 kVisolated circuits
Electromagnetic compartibility acc. to EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
General data
Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °C
Storage temperature -40 °C ... +80 °C
Mounting position any
Mounting on DIN rail (EN 50 022) snap-on mounting / screw mounting with adapter
Wire solid wire plug-connector with screw terminals 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG)
size stranded wire plug-connector with screw terminals 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
Load limit curves
AC load (resistive) DC load (resistive) Derating curve
1732CDC110004C0202
5.039
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
024
9
A B C
M L K
J H G
D E F
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
024
81S
VC
110
000
F 0
247
CC-E/x CC-E IAC/ILPO
CC-U/x , CC-U/xR
22.50,88 "
180.71"
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
030
8
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
030
9
Analog signal convertersCC-E, CC-UDimensional drawings, Connecting terminals
Dimensions in mm
Connecting terminals CC-U/xWidth 22.5 mm / .886 "
rail centre
rail centre
1742CDC110004C0202
5
Notes
1752CDC110004C0202
5
Serial data convertersIPLH range
Content
Serial data converters ILPH range ............................................................................ 176NEW
176 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C020
RS-232 RS-485
RS-232 RS-232RS-422
RS-422 RS-422
RS-422
RS-232
RS-232 RS-232 RS-232 RS-232
RS-232 RS-23215 mmax.
1.2 kmmax.
15 mmax.
1.2 kmmax.
Serial data converters
In the field of industrial data transmission, various processes of datatransmission and interfaces are used today. Thus, the user often feelsthe need to convert the existing interface into another interface.Simple point to point connections are most often made using thestandard RS-232 (V.24), and multipoint with the RS-422 or RS-485standard, with a current tendency to use optical fiber.
For the conversion of various interfaces, ABB ENTRELEC offersconnection interfaces ILPH, a large range of products for industrialuse.
Uses
Adaptation :
The use of converters allows the connection of two devices usingDifferent interfaces.To add new equipment to existing installations.
Galvanic Isolation.
To protect sensitive equipment it is sometimes necessary to useconverters which allow galvanic isolation.
Type of connection Immunity to noiseRS232 LowRS422 HighRS485 HighCL HighOF Very high
To cross a disturbed environment.
Some interfaces are more sensitive to noise. Electrically, it is preferable,in some cases, to change the interface or support.
Multipoint connections
Some equipments are only designed to communicate in RS232 pointto point connection. To communicate with several devices it is thennecessary to use converters RS232 to RS422, RS485, BDC or FO toreach multipoint mode.
Type of connection ConnectionRS232 Point to pointRS422 12 pointsRS485 32 pointsCL 5-6 pointsOF 32 points
Type of connection Max. distances *RS232 15mRS422 1.2kmRS485 1.2kmCL 300-500mOF 4km
Increase in the transmission and amplification distancesfrom the Signals.
Every connection has its own limits, to increase the communicationdistances you only have to change the type of link (converter) oramplify the signal (Repeater) using an ILPH.
* Depending on transmission speed.
Example :
Example :
Line 1
Line 2
Power
Converter Repeater
Example :
Example :
Example :
Noisyelements
RS-485 2-/4 wires
177ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
• •• •
• •• •• •• •
• •• •• •
• •• •
• •• •
• •• •
• •• •
1SNA 684 234 R2000
1SNA 684 244 R0200
1SNA 684 231 R2500
1SNA 684 233 R2700
1SNA 684 333 R2300
1SNA 684 334 R2400
1SNA 684 202 R0100
1SNA 684 236 R2200
1SNA 684 237 R2300
1SNA 684 238 R0400
1SNA 684 239 R0500
1SNA 684 212 R2200
1SNA 684 232 R2600
1SNA 684 246 R0400
1SNA 684 247 R0500
1SNA 684 248 R1600
1SNA 684 249 R1700
0084 234.12
0084 244.24
0084 231.17
0084 233.11
0084 333.15
0084 334.16
0084 202.23
0084 236.14
0084 237.15
0084 238.26
0084 239.27
0084 212.14
0084 232.10
0084 246.26
0084 247.27
0084 248.00
0084 249.01
1SVR 084 236 R1400
1SVR 084 237 R1500
1SVR 084 238 R2600
1SVR 084 239 R2700
1SVR 084 246 R2600
1SVR 084 247 R2700
1SVR 084 248 R0000
1SVR 084 249 R0100
RS232
RS422 / RS485
RS485
RS2
32R
S422
-485
24 V
DC
24-4
8 V
DC
110-
240
V AC
24-4
2 V
AC/D
C
Old
ABB
pa
rt nu
mbe
rsRS 232 - EIA-232 / V.24 / V.28Point-to-point connectionMax. 15 m transmission distanceRate up to 19.2 kbit/sFull-duplex
RS 422 - EIA-422 / V.11Point-to-point connection(1 Transmitter - 10 Receivers)Differential voltage transmissionFull-duplexUp to 1200 m/ 10Mbit/sGood EMC characteristics
Current loop(TTY)Point-to-point / multi-point connectionActive or passive current loopFull-duplexUp to 1200 m/19.2 kBit/sGood EMC characteristics
RS 485 - ISO/IEC/EIA-485Multi-point connection up to 32 unitsDifferential voltage transmissionHalf-duplex on 1 pairFull-duplex on 2 pairsUp to 1200 m / 10Mbit/sGood EMC characteristics
Optical fiber interfacePoint-to-point connectionFull-duplexFrom 40m up to 4km transmission distanceaccording to optical fiber material (plastic / glass)and wavelength used up to 10 Mbit/sExcellent EMC characteristics
In-Ps-O
In-Ps-O
Wi
In-O
In-Ps-O
In-Ps-O
In-O
In-Ps-O
In-Ps-O
In-Ps-O
In-Ps-O
In-O
In-O
In-Ps-O
In-Ps-O
In-Ps-O
In-Ps-O
Insu
latio
n *
New
pa
rt nu
mbe
rs
Old
Ent
rele
c
part
num
bers
* In=Input, Ps=Power supply, O=Output, Wi=Without insulation
CL
OF-
SO
F-P
Product overview
178 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C020
RRt E
R
E
R
E
Rt
Rt
Rt
R
E
ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1 0,1
Serial data converters"ILPH Range"
ILPH RS 232 / RS 422 - 485RS 232 to RS 422-485 serial link without isolation
Economic version without isolation Baudrate up to 38,4 kbit/s Transmission distance up to 1200 m RS 485 1 or 2 pair handling Usable in "noisy" environments 24 V DC power supply CE mark
center of rail
Configuration ofthe jumper
Power supply polarizedVoltage 24 V DCVoltage tolerance 8,5...28 V DCSupply current 100 mA maxConnections removable screw connectors (AWG 20)
RS 232-1 serial link EIA RS 232 C / CCITT V24 V28Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)Baud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbits/s / max. 1200 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw connectors (AWG 20)
RS 422-485-2 serial link EIA RS 485 and EIA RS 422 / CCITT V11Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)Baud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbits / max. 1200 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw connectors (AWG 20)
Traffic indicationVoltage 1 yellow LEDStatus of signal 2 green LED (RxD, TxD)
EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 level 310 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 class B
Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation betweeninput / power supply / output noConfiguration of the operating mode using internal jumperOperating temperature 0°C ... +50°CStorage temperature -25°C ... +80°CMounting any requiredDIN rail fixing (EN 50002) snap-on mountingWire size 2,5 mm² / stranded with ferrule, 4 mm² solidDimensions (LxBxH) 88 x 22,5 x 102 mmWeight 100 g
*CAUTION :When the RTS Signal is not activated,M terminal (RxD ILPH) has to beconnected to L terminal (CTRL IN).
RS 422 - RS 485SERIAL LINK (2 wires)
Product RS 232
Connector J1
24 V DCpower supply
Product RS 422-RS 485
** CAUTION :To be connected to 2 wired RS 485 only(not possible for 4 wired RS 422).When the RTS Signal is not activated, Mterminal (RxD ILPH) has to be connected toL terminal (CTRL IN).
RS 422 - RS 485SERIAL LINK (4 wires)
Product RS 232
Connector J1
24 V DCpower supply
Product RS 422-RS 485
RS 485 LINK ON ONE PAIR
R ON/OFF Jumper R in position R ON/OFF
E ON/OFF Jumper E in position E ON/OFF
The Receiver and the Transmitter are activated alternately (neverat the same time) depending on the status of the CTRL IN signal.
CTRL IN STATUS ACTION ON RS 4850 logic (+3V ≤ U ≤ +25V) Transmitter active /
Receiver inactive1 logic (-25V ≤ U ≤ -3V) Transmitter inactive /
Receiver activeHigh impedance Transmitter inactive /
Receiver active
NOTE : For RS 232 products running the RTS ( REQUEST TO SEND) signal, connectRTS to CTRL IN.Otherwise, connect M (RxD ILPH) to L (CTRL IN).
RS 485 LINK ON 2 PAIRS
R ON Jumper R in position R ON
E ON/OFF Jumper E in position E ON/OFF
Receiver permanently activeTransmitter controlled by the signal CTRL IN (see table for Transmitter operation asa function of CTRL IN)
RS 422 LINK ON TWO PAIRS
R ON Jumper R in position R ON
E ON Jumper E in position E ON
The Transmitter and Receiver are both permanently active.
POLARIZATION OF THE RS 422 - RS 485 LINE
The line must always be polarized. The ILPH is used to polarize the receptionchannel :Connection by 1 wire P+ (J1.1) with 5V (J1.4)Connection by 1 wire P- (J1.2) with 0V (J1.3)
ADAPTING THE RS 422 - RS 485 LINE
The line must always be adapted to the level of the reception channel of eachsubscriber forming the end of the bus. The ILPH is used to adapt the receptionchannel by setting the jumper Rt correctly :
* Line adaptation, Rt = 120 Ω ( general case )
* Line adaptation, Rt = 220 Ω
* No line adaptation, Rt = ∝
Serial link interfacewithout galvanic isolation
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Technical data
1SNA 684 231 R2500
179ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1 0,1
R
Rt
E
R
E
R
E
R
E
Rt
Rt
Rt
ILPH RS 232 / RS 422 - 485
Serial data converters"ILPH Range"
Galvanic isolated converter for RS 232 to RS 422-485 serial links. Galvanic isolation between input/output and output/power supply Baudrate up to 38,4 kbit/s Transmission distance up to 1200 m RS 485 1 or 2 pair handling Usable in "noisy" environments 24 V DC power supply CE mark
** CAUTION :Only to be connected for RS 485 two pairs (ofno use for RS 422 two pairs). If the RTS signalis not generated, connect M (RxD ILPH)to L (CTRL IN).
* CAUTION :If the RTS signal is not generated,connect M (RxD ILPH) to L (CTRL IN).
RS 422 - RS 4852 WIRE SERIAL LINKS
RS 422 - RS 4854 WIRE SERIAL LINKS
Connector J1
24 V DCpower supply
RS 422-RS 485product
RS 232 product
Connector J1
24 V DCpower supply
RS 422-RS 485product
RS 232 product
Serial link interfacewith galvanic isolation
Configuration ofthe jumpers
center of railRS 422 LINK ON TWO PAIRS
R ON Jumper R in position R ON
E ON Jumper E in position E ON
The Transmitter and Receiver are both permanently active.
POLARIZATION OF THE RS 422 - RS 485 LINEThe line must always be polarized. The ILPH is used to polarizethe reception channel :Connection by 1 wire P+ (J1.1) with 5V (J1.4)Connection by 1 wire P- (J1.2) with 0V (J1.3)
ADAPTING THE RS 422 - RS 485 LINEThe line must always be adapted to the level of the receptionchannel of each subscriber forming the end of the bus.The ILPH is used to adapt the reception channel by setting thejumper Rt correctly :
* Line adaptation, Rt = 120 Ω ( general case )
* Line adaptation, Rt = 220 Ω
* No line adaptation, Rt = ∝
RS 485 LINK ON ONE PAIR
R ON/OFF Jumper R in position R ON/OFF
E ON/OFF Jumper E in position E ON/OFF
The Receiver and the Transmitter are activated alternately (neverat the same time) depending on the status of the CTRL IN signal.
CTRL IN STATUS ACTION ON RS 485
0 logic (+3V ≤ U ≤ +25V) Transmitter active /Receiver inactive
1 logic (-25V ≤ U ≤ -3V) Transmitter inactive /Receiver active
High impedance Transmitter inactive /Receiver active
CAUTION : For RS 232 products running the RTS ( REQUEST TOSEND) signal, connect RTS to CTRL IN. Otherwise, connect M(RxD ILPH) to L (CTRL IN).
RS 485 LINK ON 2 PAIRS
R ON Jumper R in position R ON
E ON/OFF Jumper E in position E ON/OFF
Receiver permanently activeTransmitter controlled by the signal CTRL IN ( see table forTransmitter operation as a function of CTRL IN )
Technical dataPower supply polarizedVoltage 24 V DCVoltage tolerance 8,5...28 V DCSupply current 100 mA maxConnections Removable screw connectors (Omniconnect)
RS 232-1 serial link EIA RS 232 C / CCITT V24 V28Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50µs)Baud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbits/s / max. 15 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw connectors (AWG 20)
RS 422-RS485-2 serial link EIA RS 485 and EIA RS 422 / CCITT V11Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)Baud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbits / max. 1200 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw connectors (AWG 20)
Traffic indicationVoltage 1 yellow LEDStatus of signal 3 green LED (RxD, TxD and CTRL-IN)
EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 level 310 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 class B
Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation betweenRS 232/RS 422-485 and RS 422-485/power supply 500 V DCConfiguration of the operating mode using internal jumperOperating temperature 0°C ... +50°CStorage temperature -25°C ... +80°CMounting any requiredDIN rail fixing (EN 50002) snap-on mountingWire size 2,5 mm² / stranded with ferrule, 4 mm² solidDimensions (LxBxH) 88 x 22,5 x 102 mmWeight 100 g
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
1SNA 684 233 R2700
180 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C020
ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-4851 0,11 0,1
ILPH RS 232 / RS 422 - 485
Serial data converters"ILPH Range"
RS 422 - RS 4852 WIRE SERIAL LINK
3 way galvanic isolated converter for RS 232 to RS 422-485 serial links. 3 way galvanic isolation between power supply and input/output RS 485 switch on 2 or 4 wires Baudrate up to 38,4 kbit/s Transmission distance up to 1200 m RS 485 1 or 2 pair handling Usable in "noisy" environments 24...48 V DC and 115...230 V AC power supply CE marking
**CAUTION :Only to be connected for RS 485 twopairs (of no use for RS 422 two pairs).If the RTS signal is not generated, setSW2-1 in position ON.
*CAUTION :When the RTS signal is not generated, setSW2-1 in position ON.
RS 422 - RS 4854 WIRE SERIAL LINKS
Connector J1
Powersupply
Product RS 232
Connector J1
Powersupply
ProductRS 422 - RS 485
Product RS 232
ProductRS 422 - RS 485
Power supply Polarization for DC modelVoltage 24...48 V DC 115...230 V AC (50/60 Hz)Voltage tolerance -15% ... +20% -15% ... +15%Supply current 24 V DC<110 mA, 48 V DC<55 mA,115 V AC<40 mA, 230 V DC<26 mASupply power ~ 3 W ~ 3 VAConnections Removable screw connector (Omniconnect)
RS 232-1 serial link EA / TIA RS 232 new revision / CCITT V24 V28Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)Baud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbits/s / max. 15 m / 2500 pFConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)
RS 422/485-2 serial link EIA RS 485 and EIA RS 422 CCITT V11Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)Baud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbits / max. 1200 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)
Traffic indicationVoltage 1 yellow LEDStatus of signal 3 green LED (RxD, TxD and CTRL-IN)
EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 level 310 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 class B
Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation betweenRS 232 / Power supply / RS 422-RS 485 1,5 kVConfiguration of the operating mode using internal jumperOperating temperature 0°C ... +50°CStorage temperature -25°C ... +80°CMounting any requiredDIN rail fixing (EN 50002) snap-on mountingWire size 2,5 mm² / stranded with ferrule, 4 mm² solidDimensions (LxBxH) 88 x 22,5 x 102 mmWeight 100 g
RS 485 LINK ON ONE PAIR
Set SW1-1, SW1-3, SW1-6, SW1-7 and SW1-8 to position ON. Thereceiver and the transmitter are activated alternately (never at thesame time), depending on the status of the CTRL IN signal.
CTRL IN STATUS Action on RS 485
0 Logic (3V ≤ U ≤ + 25V) Transmitter active /Receiver inactive
1 Logic (-25V ≤ U ≤ -3V) Transmitter inactive /Receiver active
High impedance Transmitter inactive /Receiver active
CAUTION : For RS 232 products running the RTS signal (REQUESTTO SEND), connect RTS to CTRL IN. Otherwise, set SW2-1 toposition ON.
RS 485 LINK ON TWO PAIRS
Set SW1-1, SW1-3, SW1-7 in position OFF.Set SW1-6, SW1-8 in position ON.The receiver is permanently active.The transmitter is controlled by the signal CTRL IN (see table fortransmitter operation as a fonction of CTRL IN).
RS 422 LINK ON TWO PAIRS
Set SW1-1, SW1-3, SW1-7 and SW1-8 in position OFF.Set SW1-6 in position ON.Transmitter and receiver are both permanently active.
POLARIZATION OF THE RS 422 - RS 485 LINE
The line must always be polarized.The ILPH is used to polarize the reception channel :Set SW1-4 and SW1-5 in position ON.
ADAPTING THE RS 422 - RS 485 LINE
The line must always be adapted to the level of the receptionchannel of each subscriber forming the end of the bus.
The ILPH is used to adapt the reception channel by setting thejumper SW1-2 correctly :
SW1-2 in position ON ⇒ line adaptation, Rt = 120 Ω(standard)SW1-2 in position OFF ⇒ no line adaptation, Rt = ∝
center of rail
Configurationof the jumper
Serial link interface3 way galvanic isolation 24...48 V DC power supply
115...230 V AC power supply
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Technical data
1SNA 684 333 R23001SNA 684 334 R2400
181ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
ILPH RS 232 / RS 2321 0,11 0,1
ILPH RS 232 / RS 232
Serial data converters"ILPH Range"
3 way galvanic isolator between RS 232 serial interface and anotherRS 232 serial interface.
Ensures triple insulation between the 2 serial interfaces andbetween each and power supplyBaudrate up to 19,2 kbit/s (up to 64 kbit/s depending on cable)Transmission distance up to 15 mCan be used in "noisy" environmentsPower supply from 24...48 V DC and 115...230 V ACCE marking
Power supply DC model polarizedVoltage 24...48 V DC 115...230 V AC (50/60Hz)Voltage tolerance -15%...+20% -15%...+15%Supply current 24 V DC<155 mA;48 V DC<77 mA;110 V AC<40 mA;230 V DC<26 mASupply power ~ 3,15 W ~ 3,15 VAConnections Removable screw connector (Omniconnect)
RS 232-1 interface EIA / TIA RS 232 new revision / CCITT V24 V28Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)Transmission capacity /Transmission distance max. 19,2 kbits/s / max. 15 m / 2500 pFConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)
RS 232-2 interface EIA / TIA RS 232 new revision / CCITT V24 V28Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50µs)Transmission capacity /Transmission distance max. 19,2 kbits/s / max. 15 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)
Traffic indicationVoltage 1 yellow LEDStatus of signal 4 green LED (RxD, RxC/D, TxD, TxC/D)
EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 class B
Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation betweeninput / power supply / output 1,5 kVConfiguration of the operating mode NoOperating temperature 0°C ... +50°CStorage temperature -25°C ... +80°CMounting any requiredDIN rail fixing (EN 50002) snap-on mountingWire size 2,5 mm² / stranded with ferrule, 4 mm² solidDimensions (LxBxH) 88 x 22,5 x 102 mmWeight 100 g
Connectionnot advisedaccording toEIA/TIA 232E
standard
or
Connectionnot advisedaccording toEIA/TIA 232E
standard
(to be connected)
Terminal equipment for ETTD(DTE) data processing
Data transmissionend equipment
ETCD (DCE)
center of rail
Serial link interface3 way galvanic isolation 24...48 V DC power supply
115...230 V DC power supply
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Technical data
1SNA 684 234 R20001SNA 684 244 R0200
182 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C020
ILPH RS 422 - 485 / RS 422 - 4851 0,1
OFF
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6
OFF
INT 3
INT 4
INT 3.1
INT 3.2
INT 4.1
INT 4.2
OFFOFF
INT 31 2 3 4 5 6
INT 41 2 3 4
OFF
1 2 3 4
OFF
1 2 3 4INT 1 INT 2
OFF
INT 11 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
INT 2
OFF
OFF
INT 41 2 3 4 5 6
OFF
INT 31 2 3 4
500 Kb/s187,5 Kb/s93,75 Kb/s38,4 Kb/s19,2 Kb/s9,6 Kb/s4,8 Kb/s2,4 Kb/s1,2 Kb/s
INT 11 2 3 40 0 0 01 1 1 11 1 1 11 1 1 11 1 1 11 1 1 11 1 1 01 1 0 01 0 0 00 0 0 0
INT 21 2 3 40 0 0 01 1 1 11 1 1 01 1 0 01 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 0
INT 31 2 3 4X X X 1X X X 0X X X 0X X X 0X X X 0X X X 0X X X 0X X X 0X X X 0X X X 0
INT 41 2 3 4 5 6X X X 1 0 1X X X 0 0 0X X X 0 0 0X X X 0 0 0X X X 0 0 0X X X 0 0 0X X X 0 0 0X X X 0 0 0X X X 0 0 0X X X 0 0 0
ILPH RS 422 - 485 / RS 422 - 485
Serial data converters"ILPH Range"
Galvanic isolated connection between an RS 422-485 (1 or 2 pairs) and an RS422 485 (1 or 2 pairs) serial link. It amplifies the signal beyond the 1200 m limitdistance of the RS 422-485 and only needs a minimum of 1,5 character delaytime to switch off the RS 485 drivers.
Galvanic isolation between power supply/output and input/outputBaudrate up to 500 kbit/s (up to 200 m)Transmission distance up to 1200m at 38,4 kbit/sUsable in "noisy" environments2/4 wires automatic handling24 V DC power supplyCE mark
Power supply DC model polarizedVoltage 24 V DCVoltage tolerance +/-15%Supply current 120 mA max.Connections Removable screw connector (Omniconnect)
RS 422-485-1 interface EIA / RS 432 and EIA RS 422 / CCITT V11Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)RS 485 data switching Time switching / Time delay transmission/reception 27 µs ...10 msBaudrate / Transmission distance from 1,2 to 500 kbits/s / max. 1200 m up to 38,4 kbit/sConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)
RS 422-485-2 interface EIA / RS 485 and EIA RS 422 / CCITT V11Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)RS 485 data switching Time switching / Time delay transmission/reception 27 µs ...10 msBaudrate / Transmission distance from 1,2 to 500 kbits/s / max. 1200 m up to 38,4 kbit/sConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)
Traffic indicationVoltage 1 yellow LEDStatus of signal 2 green LED (RxD, TxD, )
EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 class B
Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation betweeninput / power supply / output 500 V DCConfiguration of the operating mode using internal DIP switchesOperating temperature 0°C ... +50°CStorage temperature -25°C ... +80°CMounting any requiredDIN rail fixing (EN 50002) snap-on mountingWire size 2,5 mm² / stranded with ferrule, 4 mm² solidDimensions (LxBxH) 88 x 22,5 x 102 mmWeight 100 g
Caution :The transmission channels of bothRS 422 - RS 485 serial link interfaces alwayshave to be independently polarized.
RS 422 - RS 4854 wire serial link
RS 422 - RS 4852 wire serial link
24 V DCpower supply
Connector J1
24 V DCpower supply
Connector J1
"ON", polarizes the reception channel R x 2
"ON", polarizes the reception channel R x 1
RS 422 - RS 485 DRIVERS CONTROLThe RS 422 - RS 485 Drivers Control (transmitters and receivers)makes the ILPH easy to use. The control of the 2 channels iscompletely automatic ; you only have to configure the baud rateneeded.The minimum turn off delay is about 1,5 character/time from 27 µsto 10 ms depending on the baud rate selected.POLARIZATION OF THE RS 422 - RS 485 CONNECTIONSThe connections must always be polarized. The ILPH is used topolarize the reception channels :
ADAPTING THE RS 422 - RS 485 CONNECTIONSThe connections must always be adjusted to the level of thereception channel of each subscriber forming the end of the bus.The ILPH is used to adjust the reception channel by setting themicro-switch INT 3.3 and INT 4.3.
BAUD RATEBy using the 8 micro-switches inside the box.
Permits to define up to 8 transmission speeds and to select the FullDuplex operation mode (RS 422 / RS 422) in addition with the INT3.4 INT 4.4 and INT 4.5 micro switches.
INT 3.3 and INT 4.3 "ON"120 Ω set adjustment
Nu = not used X = zerocenter of rail
Channel 1Configuration of the
micro-switch
Channel 2Configuration of the
micro-switch
Baud rateConfiguration
of the micro-switch
1 = contact closed0 = contact open (aus) (off)
BAUD RATEFULL DUPLEX
Serial link interfacewith galvanic isolation 24 V DC power supply
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Technical data
1SNA 684 212 R2200
183ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
ILPH RS 232 / FO-S1 0,151 0,15
ILPH RS 232 / FO-P1 0,151 0,15
RS 232 / FO
RxDOV
TxD
OV
←→
~+
~-
(L)
(K)(M)
(J H G)
(E)
(F)(D)
(B)
(C)
(A)
ILPH RS 232 / FO
Serial data converters"ILPH Range"
3 way galvanic isolated Converter for RS 232 to optical fiber serial linkglass (S) or plastic (P).
3 way galvanic isolation between power supply and input/outputBaud rate up to 115,2 kbit/sAvailable for glass or plastic fiberTransmission distance up to 4 kmUsable in "very noisy" environments20...42 V AC/DC and 110...240 V AC/DC power supplyCE marked
Power suppliesSupply voltage 24...42 V AC/DC (50/60 Hz) 110...240 V AC/DC (50/60 Hz)Voltage tolerance -15% ... +10% -15% ... +10%Connections Omniconnect pluggable connector
RS 232 Interface 1 CCITT V.24/DIN 66020- CCITT V.28 DIN 66259-EIA 232 EProtection Integrated (transil 8 kV 1.2/50µs)Max. speed /Max. distance Max. 115.2 kbits/s / max. 15 m / 2500 pFConnections Omniconnect pluggable connector
Fiber optic interface 2 DIN VDE 0888-1Type of fiber / Connections Multimode fiber
Glass : ST connectorPlastic : FSMA screw connector
Wavelength Glass : 820 nmPlastic : 655 nm
Max. transmission power Glass : 50/125 µm : -14.4 db/mGlass : 62.5/125 µm : -14 db/mPlastic : 980/1000 µm : -8 db/m
Max. reception power Glass : -28 db/mPlastic : -20 db/m
Max. speed Max. 115.2 kbits/sMax. distance Glass : 50/125 µm : 3 km
Glass : 62.5/125 µm : 4 kmPlastic : 980/1000 µm : 40 m
Status indicationPower supply / Data exchange 1 green LED / 2 green LEDs (RxD, TxD)
EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 10 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 Class B
Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation input /power supply / output 2.5 kVOperating temperature -20°C ... +60°CStorage temperature -40°C ... +85°CMounting Onto DIN Rail (EN 50002)Connections 14 AWG (2.5 mm²) fine stranded / 12 AWG (4 mm²) rigidDimensions (LxWxH) 105 x 22.5 x 112 mm / 4.13 x 0.89 x 4.41"Weight 150 g / 0.33 lb
Technical data
Shielding
FOSending
FOReceiving
Shielding
Serial link interface3 way galvanic isolation 24...42 V AC/DC Power supply
110...240 V AC/DC Power supply
Serial link interface3 way galvanic isolation 24...42 V AC/DC Power supply
110...240 V AC/DC Power supply
U : power supply
FO sending
FO receiving
Pluggableomniconnectterminals
Approvals : in process
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
1SNA 684 236 R22001SNA 684 237 R2300
1SNA 684 238 R04001SNA 684 239 R0500
184 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C020
ILPH RS 485 / FO-S1 0,151 0,15
ILPH RS 485 / FO-P1 0,151 0,15
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8SW 1
OFF
SW 21 2 3 4 5 6
ILPH RS 485 / FO
RS 485 / FO
←
OVD - D +
OV
←
~-
~+
onoff
Serial data converters"ILPH Range"
3 way galvanic isolated converter for RS 485 (1 pair) to optical fiberserial link glass (S) or plastic (P).
3 way galvanic isolation between power supply and input/outputBaud rate up to 1.5 Mbit/sAvailable for glass fiber or plastic fiberTransmission distance up to 4 kmUsable in "very noisy" environments20...42 V AC/DC and 110...240 V AC/DC power supplyCE marked
Baud rate :SW1 DIP switch configuration
Legend
Approvals : in process
End-of-line resistor, polarizationSW2 DIP switch configuration
Baudrate bit/s
U : power supply
Pluggableomniconnectterminals
FO sending
FO receiving
PolarizationConfiguration of the
micro-switch
Baud rateConfiguration of the
micro-switch
Power suppliesSupply voltage 24...42 V AC/DC (50/60 Hz) 110...240 V AC/DC (50/60 Hz)Voltage tolerance -15% ... +10% -15% ... +10%Connections Omniconnect pluggable connector
RS 485 interface 1 ISO / IEC 8482 / DIN 66 259-4; EIA 485Protection Integrated (8 kV 1.2/50µs)Max. speed / max. distance Max. 1.5 Mbits/s / max. 1200 m (38.4 kbit/s)Connections Omniconnect Pluggable connector
Optic fiber interface 2 DIN VDE 0888-1Type of fiber / Connections Multimode fiber
Glass : ST connectorPlastic : FSMA screw connector
Wavelength Glass : 820 nmPlastic : 655 nm
Max. transmission power Glass : 50/125 µm : -14.4 db/mGlass : 62.5/125 µm : -14 db/mPlastic 980/1000 µm : -8 db/m
Max. reception power Glass : -28 db/mPlastic : -20 db/m
Max. speed Max. 1.5 Mbit/sMax. distance Glass : 50/125 µm : 3 km
Glass : 62.5/125 µm : 4 kmPlastic 980/1000 µm : 40 m
Status indicationPower supply / Data exchange 1 green LED / 2 green LEDs (RxD, TxD)
EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 10 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 Class B
Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation input /power supply / output 2.5 kVFunction configuration With DIP-SwitchesOperating temperature -20°C ... +60°CStorage temperature -40°C ... +85°CMounting Onto DIN RailConnections 14 AWG (2,5mm²) / fine stranded, 12 AWG (4 mm²) rigidDimensions (LxWxH) 105 x 22.5 x 112 mm / 4.13 x 0.89 x 4.41"Weight 150 g / 0.33lb
Technical data
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Serial link interface3 way galvanic isolation 24...42V AC/DC Power supply
110...240 V AC/DC Power supply
Serial link interface3 way galvanic isolation 24...42V AC/DC Power supply
110...240 V AC/DC Power supply
Shielding
FOSending
FOReceiving
Shielding
1SNA 684 246 R04001SNA 684 247 R0500
1SNA 684 248 R16001SNA 684 249 R1700
185ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
ILPH BdC / RS 422 - 4851 0,1
INT4INT4INT4INT4INT4
RRRRR
EEEEE
INT2INT2INT2INT2INT2
INT3INT3INT3INT3INT3
RRRRR
EEEEE
INT2 R ONINT2 R ONINT2 R ONINT2 R ONINT2 R ONINT3 EINT3 EINT3 EINT3 EINT3 EON / OFFON / OFFON / OFFON / OFFON / OFF
RRRRR
EEEEE
INT2 R ONINT2 R ONINT2 R ONINT2 R ONINT2 R ON
INT3 E ONINT3 E ONINT3 E ONINT3 E ONINT3 E ON
RtRtRtRtRt
RtRtRtRtRt INT1INT1INT1INT1INT1
INT1INT1INT1INT1INT1
S1 S2 S3 S4S1 S2 S3 S4S1 S2 S3 S4S1 S2 S3 S4S1 S2 S3 S4ONONONONON
OFFOFFOFFOFFOFF
INT4INT4INT4INT4INT4
INT1INT1INT1INT1INT1 INT2INT2INT2INT2INT2 INT3INT3INT3INT3INT3
RtRtRtRtRt EEEEE RRRRR
S1S1S1S1S1 S2S2S2S2S2 S3S3S3S3S3 S4S4S4S4S4
INT4INT4INT4INT4INT4
LINE AMPLIFIER CONFIGURATIONConfiguration of amplifiers of the RS 422 - RS 485 (Receiver,Transmitter) line provides greater flexibility of use.The various configurations can be selected using the 2 jumpers(R INT2, E INT1) located inside the box.
RS 485 LINK ON ONE PAIR
The Receiver and the Transmitter are activated alternately (never atthe same time) depending on the status of the Current LoopReception signal.
RS 485 LINK ON TWO PAIRS
Receiver permanently active. Transmitter controlled by the CurrentLoop Reception signal.
RS 422 LINK ON TWO PAIRS
The Receiver and the Transmitter are both permanently active.
Serial data converters"ILPH Range"
Configuration ofthe jumper
Configurationof the micro-switches
Polarization
center of rail
Galvanic isolated converter for current loop to RS 422-485 (1 or 2pairs) serial link.
Galvanic isolation between power supply/current loopand RS 422-485/current loopActive/passive 0...20 mA / 4...20 mA selectablePositive or negative logic selectableBaudrate up to 38,4 kbit/s (up to 2400 m)Transmission distance up to 2400 m (1200 m RS 485 and1200 m current loop)Usable in "noisy" environments24 V DC power supplyCE marking
Serial link interfacewith galvanic isolation 24 V DC power supply
Technical data
RS 422 - RS 4852 wire serial link
CONNECTIONSExample of connection with a CL (currentLoop) product, Transmission (TxD) in activemode and Reception (RxD) in passive mode.Then, the ILPH must be configured andconnected Reception (RxD) in passive modeand Transmission (TxD) in active mode.Note : For any other configuration, seeschematic diagram or front sticker of theproduct.
Note :The TxD channel of the RS 422 - RS 485 linkmust be polarized independently too.
RS 422 - RS 4854 wire serial link
Current LoopCurrent LoopCurrent LoopCurrent LoopCurrent Loop
Connector J1Connector J1Connector J1Connector J1Connector J1
24 V DC24 V DC24 V DC24 V DC24 V DCpower supplypower supplypower supplypower supplypower supply
Current LoopCurrent LoopCurrent LoopCurrent LoopCurrent Loop
Connector J1Connector J1Connector J1Connector J1Connector J1
24 V DC24 V DC24 V DC24 V DC24 V DCpower supplypower supplypower supplypower supplypower supply
Protection ON Protection OFF, used if power supply atminimum value (21,6 V).
Power supply DC model polarizedVoltage 24 V DCVoltage tolerance +/-10%Supply current 120 mA max.Connections Removable screw connector (Omniconnect)
CL interface (Current Loop 1) active/passive 0...20 mA / 4...20 mA, mode is settableLogic level 0 = 20 mA or 1 = 20 mA, settableBaud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbit/s / max. 1200 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)
RS 422/485-2 serial link EIA RS 485 and EIA RS 422 / CCITT V 11Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)Baud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbit/s / max. 1200 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)
Traffic indicationVoltage 1 yellow LEDStatus of signal 2 green LED (RxD, TxD)
EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 class B
Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation between depending on Current Loop (active/passive)input /output and power supply / output 500 V DC (active) / 2000 V DC (passive)RS 422-485 power supply 500 V DCConfiguration of the operating mode using internal DIP switchesOperating temperature 0°C ... +50°CStorage temperature -25°C ... +80°CMounting any requiredDIN rail fixing (EN 50002) snap-on mountingWire size 2,5 mm² / stranded with ferrule, 4 mm² solidDimensions (LxBxH) 88 x 22,5 x 102 mmWeight 100 g
E ON/OFF Jumper E in position E ON/OFFR ON/OFF Jumper R in position R ON/OFF
R ON Jumper R in position R ONE ON/OFF Jumper E in position E ON/OFF
R ON Jumper R in position R ONE ON Jumper E in position E ON
POLARIZATION OF THE RS 422 - RS 485 LINEThe line must always be polarized. The ILPH is used to polarizethe reception channel :Connection by 1 wire P+ (J1.1) with 5 Viso (J1.4)Connection by 1 wire P- (J1.2) with 0 Viso (J1.3)
ADAPTING THE RS 422 - RS 485 LINEThe line must always be adapted to the level of the reception channel ofeach subscriber forming the end of the bus. The ILPH is used to adaptthe reception channel by setting the jumper Rt correctly :
POLARIZATIONThe polarization can be configured using the INT4 jumper.
* Line adaptation, Rt = 120 Ω (Standard)
* No line adaptation, Rt = ∞
Transmission (TxD) activeTransmission(TxD) passiveReception (RxD) activeReception (RxD) passive4...20 mA Signal0...20 mA SignalSignal logic 1 = 20 mASignal logic 0 = 20 mA
LegendLegendLegendLegendLegendONONONONONOFFOFFOFFOFFOFF
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
ILPH CL / RS 422 - 485
CL
1SNA 684 232 R2600
186 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C020
ILPH RS 232 / BdC1 0,1
S1 S2 S3 S4
S1 S2 S3 S4ON
OFF
S1 S2 S3 S4ON
OFF
S1 S2 S3 S4ON
OFF
Serial data converters"ILPH Range"
Technical data
Galvanic isolated Converter for RS 232 to current loop serial link.
Galvanic isolation between power supply/current loopand RS 232/current loopActive/Passive 0...20 mA / 4...20 mA selectablePositive or negative logic selectableBaudrate up to 38,4 kbit/sTransmission distance up to 1200 mUsable in "noisy" environments24 V DC power supplyCE marking
Configuration ofthe micro-switches
center of rail
Serial link interfacewith galvanic isolation 24 V DC power supply
Power supply DC model polarizedVoltage 24 V DCVoltage tolerance +/-10%Supply current 120 mA max.Connections Removable screw connector (Omniconnect)
RS 232-1 serial link EIA RS 232 C / CCITT V 24 V 28Overvoltage protection integrated (transil 8 kV 1,2/50 µs)Baud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbit/s / max. 15 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)
BdC serial link (current loop) 2 active/passive 0...20 mA / 4...20 mA mode settableLogic level 0=20 mA or 1=20 mA settableBaud rate / Transmission distance max. 38,4 kbit/s / max. 1200 mConnections 2,5 mm² screw (AWG 20)
Traffic indicationVoltage 1 yellow LEDStatus of signal 2 green LED (RxD, TxD)
EMC behaviorElectrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 level 3 6/8 kVRadiated electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 level 3 10 V/mBurst EN 61000-4-4 level 3 1 kVElectromagnetic compatibility EN 55022 class B
Other characteristicsGalvanic isolation between depending on current loop (active/passive)Current loop / RS 232 500 V DC (active) / 2000 V DC (passive)Current loop / power supply 500 V DC (active) / 2000 V DC (passive)Configuration of the operating mode using internal DIP switchesOperating temperature 0°C ... +50°CStorage temperature -25°C ... +80°CMounting any requiredDIN rail fixing (EN 50002) snap-on mountingWire size 2,5 mm² / stranded with ferrule, 4 mm² solidDimensions (LxBxH) 88 x 22,5 x 102 mmWeight 100 g
Current loop
24 V DCpower supply
CONNECTIONSExample of connection with a CL (Current Loop) product,Transmission (TxD) in active mode and Reception (RxD) in passivemode. Then, the ILPH must be configured and connectedReception (RxD) in passive mode and Transmission (TxD) in activemode.
CAUTION : For any other configuration, see schematic diagram orfront sticker of the product.
CONFIGURATIONThe various configurations can be selected using the 4 micro-switches located inside the box.
OPERATING MODE ACTIVE OR PASSIVEThe Current Loop's Transmission and Reception can beindependently in active or passive mode.Select operating mode using S1 and S2.
S1 Transmission(TxD) ON = Active / OFF = PassiveS2 Reception (RxD) ON = Active / OFF = Passive
SIGNAL LEVELSelect signal level 4-20 mA or 0-20 mA.This selection is made using micro-switch S3
S3 ON = 4-20 mA / OFF = 0-20 mA
Caution :It is not possible to select a 4-20 mA signal when theReception is in active mode.
LOGIC LEVEL
Configuration : Positive logic (0 Logic = 20 mA)or negative logic (1 Logic = 20 mA)
using micro-switch S4
S4 ON = (1 = 20 mA) / OFF = (0 = 20 mA)
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
ILPH RS 232 / CL
CL
1SNA 684 202 R0100
1872CDC110004C0202
6
Pluggable interface relaysRT, PT and MT range
Interface relays and optocouplerRxxx range
Content
Pluggable interface relays ............................................................................................ 189
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 191
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 194
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 196
Interface relays and optocoupler ............................................................................... 197NEW
1882CDC110004C0202
6
Notes
1892CDC110004C0202
6
Pluggable interface relaysRT, PT and MT range
Content
Pluggable interface relays RT, PT, MT
Benefits and advantages, approvals ................................................................................... 190
Ordering details ..................................................................................................................... 191
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 194
Circuit diagrams .................................................................................................................... 196
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 196
1902CDC110004C0202
6
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
057
2
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
057
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
057
1
Pluggable interface relaysRT, PT and MT rangeBenefits and advantages
Pluggable pcb relays
RT range
1 or 2 change-over contacts
Up to 16 A switching current
Safe isolation according to VDE 0106
Protection circuit selectable
(plug-in modules)
Cadmiun-free contact material
Width: 15.5 mm
Pluggable miniature relays
PT range
2, 3 or 4 change-over contacts
Up to 3000 VA switching capacity
Integrated test button
Locking selectable
Protection circuit selectable
(plug-in modules)
Cadmiun-free contact material
Width: 27 mm
Pluggable universal relays
MT range
2 or 3 change-over contacts
New test system:
+ protection against accidental contact
+ locking lever integrated in the cover
+ front-side access to test button
Protection circuit selectable
(plug-in modules)
Cadmiun-free contact material
Width: 38 mm
Approvals RT
rel
ay
RT
soc
ket
PT
rel
ay
PT
soc
ket
MT
rel
ay
MT
soc
ket
1912CDC110004C0202
6
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
057
1
Pluggable pcb relaysRT rangeOrdering details
RT range
15.5 mm wide
Sensitive DC or AC coil
Protection class II / VDE 0700,
safe isolation acc. to VDE 0106
• Technical data .......................................................................... 194 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 196
RT range, pluggable pcb relays
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece
1 change-over contact
RT 314 524 24 V AC E2 405 600 00 20RT 314 024 24 V DC E2 405 600 10 20RT 314 615 115 V AC E2 405 600 20 20RT 314 730 230 V AC E2 405 600 30 20
2 change-over contacts
RT 424 524 24 V AC E2 405 601 00 20RT 424 024 24 V DC E2 405 601 10 20RT 424 615 115 V AC E2 405 601 20 20RT 424 730 230 V AC E2 405 601 30 20
Accessories
Type Socket Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece
ES 50/3 Logic socket E2 405 650 00 10ES 50 Standard socket E2 405 650 10 10MS 16 Retaining clip E4 405 659 00 10TR Marker E4 405 658 00 10
1 x 16 A or 2 x 8 A change-over contacts
Cadmium-free contact material
5 mm pinning
Easy to plug in DIN rail socket through solid
pins
Plug-in modules for RT range
Type Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece
22 Free-wheeling diode 1N4007, E2 405 651 00 206...230 V DC, A 1+, A2-
42 Module with diode and red LED, E2 405 652 00 206...24 V DC, A1+, A2-
42 V Module with diode and green LED, E2 405 652 10 206...24 V DC, A1+, A2-
52 B RC element, 6...24 V AC E2 405 653 00 2052 C RC element, 110...240 V AC E2 405 653 10 2062 Module with red LED, 6...24 V AC/DC, E2 405 654 00 20
no reverse polarity protection62 V Module with green LED, 6...24 V AC/DC, E2 405 654 10 20
no reverse polarity protection92 Module with red LED, 110...230 V AC/DC, E2 405 654 01 20
no reverse polarity protection92 V Mod. with green LED, 110...230 V AC/DC, E2 405 654 11 20
no reverse polarity protection62 C Module with varistor and red LED, E2 405 655 00 20
6...24 V AC/DC, no reverse polarity prot.62 CV Module with varistor and green LED, E2 405 655 10 20
6...24 V AC/DC, no reverse polarity prot.92 C Module with varistor and red LED, E2 405 655 01 20
110...230 V AC/DC,no reverse polarity protection
92 CV Module with varistor and green LED, E2 405 655 11 20110...230 V AC/DC,no reverse polarity protection
72 Varistor module without LED, 24 V AC E2 405 656 00 2072 A Varistor module without LED, 115 V AC E2 405 656 10 2082 Varistor module without LED, 230 V AC E2 405 656 20 20
Plug-in module
Relay
Socket
RT range
1922CDC110004C0202
6
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
570
Pluggable miniature relaysPT rangeOrdering details
PT range
27 mm wide
Only 29 mm high
Touch-proof test button
Locking selectable
• Technical data .......................................................................... 194 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 196
PT range, pluggable miniature relays
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece
2 change-over contacts
PT L70 524 24 V AC E2 405 611 00 10PT L70 024 24 V DC E2 405 611 10 10PT L70 615 115 V AC E2 405 611 20 10PT L70 730 230 V AC E2 405 611 30 10
3 change-over contacts
PT K70 524 24 V AC E2 405 612 00 10PT K70 024 24 V DC E2 405 612 10 10PT K70 615 115 V AC E2 405 612 20 10PT K70 730 230 V AC E2 405 612 30 10
4 change-over contacts
PT D70 524 24 V AC E2 405 613 00 10PT D70 024 24 V DC E2 405 613 10 10PT D70 615 115 V AC E2 405 613 20 10PT D70 730 230 V AC E2 405 613 30 10
Accessories
Type Socket Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece
ES 15/4N for 2 and 4 c/o cont. relays E2 405 651 30 10ES 15/3N for 3 c/o contact relays E2 405 651 20 10ES 15/2N for 2 c/o contact relays E2 405 651 10 10TR 1 Marker E4 405 658 10 10MS 28 Retaining clip E4 405 659 10 10
2, 3 or 4 change-over contacts
Cadmium-free contact material
Switching capacity up to 3000 VA
Mechanical state indication
Plug-in modules for PT range
Type Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece
22 Free-wheeling diode 1N4007, E2 405 651 00 206...230 V DC, A 1+, A2-
42 Module with diode and red LED, E2 405 652 00 206...24 V DC, A1+, A2-
42 V Module with diode and green LED, E2 405 652 10 206...24 V DC, A1+, A2-
52 B RC element, 6...24 V AC E2 405 653 00 2052 C RC element, 110...240 V AC E2 405 653 10 2062 Module with red LED, 6...24 V AC/DC, E2 405 654 00 20
no reverse polarity protection62 V Module with green LED, 6...24 V AC/DC, E2 405 654 10 20
no reverse polarity protection92 Module with red LED, 110...230 V AC/DC, E2 405 654 01 20
no reverse polarity protection92 V Module with green LED, 110...230 V AC/DC, E2 405 654 11 20
no reverse polarity protection62 C Module with varistor and red LED, E2 405 655 00 20
6...24 V AC/DC, no reverse polarity protection62 CV Module with varistor and green LED, E2 405 655 10 20
6...24 V AC/DC, no reverse polarity protection92 C Module with varistor and red LED, E2 405 655 01 20
110...230 V AC/DC,no reverse polarity protection
92 CV Module with varistor and green LED, E2 405 655 11 20110...230 V AC/DC,no reverse polarity protection
72 Varistor module without LED, 24 V AC E2 405 656 00 2072 A Varistor module without LED, 115 V AC E2 405 656 10 2082 Varistor module without LED, 230 V AC E2 405 656 20 20
Plug-in module
Relay
Socket
PT range
1932CDC110004C0202
6
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
057
2
Pluggable universal industrial relaysMT rangeOrdering details
• Technical data .......................................................................... 194 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 196
MT range, pluggable universal industrial relays
Type Supply voltage Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece
2 change-over contacts
MT J26 024 24 V AC E2 405 621 00 10MT J21 024 24 V DC E2 405 621 10 10MT J26 115 115 V AC E2 405 621 20 10MT J26 230 230 V AC E2 405 621 30 10
3 change-over contacts
MT K26 024 24 V AC E2 405 622 00 10MT K21 024 24 V DC E2 405 622 10 10MT K26 115 115 V AC E2 405 622 20 10MT K26 230 230 VAC E2 405 622 30 10
Accessories
Type Socket Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece
ES 9 8-p. socket for 2 c/o MT relays E2 405 670 00 10ES 12 11-p. socket for 3 c/o MT relays E2 405 660 00 10MH 1 Metal retaining clip E4 405 669 00 10
MT range
38 mm wide
2 or 3 change-over contacts
DC and AC coil
Cadmium-free contact material
Mechanical and electrical state indication
New test system:
+ protection against accidental contact
+ locking lever integrated in the cover
+ front-side access to test button
Type Order code Pack. unit Pricepieces/set 1 piece
11 Free-wheeling diode 1N4007, E2 405 661 00 206...230 V DC, A 1+, A2-
41 Module with diode and red LED, E2 405 662 00 206...24 V DC, A1+, A2-
41 V Module with diode and green LED, E2 405 662 10 206...24 V DC, A1+, A2-
51 B RC element, 6...24 V AC E2 405 663 00 2051 C RC element, 110...240 V AC E2 405 663 10 2061 Module with red LED, 6...24 V AC/DC, E2 405 664 00 20
no reverse polarity protection61 V Module with green LED, 6...24 V AC/DC, E2 405 664 10 20
no reverse polarity protection91 Module with red LED, 110...230 V AC/DC, E2 405 664 01 20
no reverse polarity protection91 V Mod. with green LED, 110...230 V AC/DC, E2 405 664 11 20
no reverse polarity protection61 C Module with varistor and red LED, E2 405 665 00 20
6...24 V AC/DC, no reverse polarity prot.61 CV Module with varistor and green LED, E2 405 665 10 20
6...24 V AC/DC, no reverse polarity prot.91 C Module with varistor and red LED, E2 405 665 01 20
110...230 V AC/DC,no reverse polarity protection
91 CV Module with varistor and green LED, E2 405 665 11 20110...230 V AC/DC,no reverse polarity protection
71 Varistor module without LED, 24 V AC E2 405 666 00 2071 A Varistor module without LED, 115 V AC E2 405 666 10 2081 Varistor module without LED, 230 V AC E2 405 666 20 20
Plug-in modules for MT range
Plug-in module
Relay
Socket
MT range
1942CDC110004C0202
6
Pluggable interface relaysRT, PT and MT rangeTechnical data
Type RT 314 524 RT 424 524 PT L70 524 PT K70 524 PTD70 524 MT J26 024 MT K26 024RT 314 024 RT 424 024 PT L70 024 PT K70 024 PTD70 024 MT J21 024 MT K21 024RT 314 615 RT 424 615 PT L70 615 PT K70 615 PTD70 615 MT J26 115 MT K26 115RT 314 730 RT 424 730 PT L70 730 PT K70 730 PTD70 730 MT J26 230 MT K26 230
Order code E2 405 ... 600 00 601 00 611 00 612 00 613 00 621 00 622 00600 10 601 10 611 10 612 10 613 10 621 10 622 10600 20 601 20 611 20 612 20 613 20 621 20 622 20600 30 601 30 611 30 612 30 613 30 621 30 622 30
Output 1 c/o contact 2 c/o contacts 2 c/o contacts 3 c/o contacts 4 c/o contacts 2 c/o contacts 3 c/o contacts
Input circuit
Rated power PN 24 V DC 400 mW 0.75 mW 4.2 W(at rated voltage VN) 24 V AC 0.75 VA 0.75 VA 2.3 VA
115 V AC 0.75 VA 0.75 VA 2.3 VA230 V AC 0.75 VA 0.75 VA 2.3 VA
Make voltage 24 V DC 16.8 V DC 18 V DC(at rated voltage VN) 24 V AC 18.0 V AC 19.2 V AC
115 V AC 86.3 V AC 92.0 V AC230 V AC 172.5 V AC 184.0 V AC
Break voltage 24 V DC 2.4 V DC 2.4 V DC(at rated voltage VN) 24 V AC 7.2 V AC 9.6 V AC
115 V AC 34.5 V AC 46 V AC230 V AC 69.0 V AC 92.0 V AC
Maximum voltage 24 V DC 61.2 V DC - 61.2 V DC(at rated voltage VN) 24 V AC 36 V AC - 31.2 V AC
115 V AC 172.5 V AC - 149.5 V AC230 V AC 345.0 V AC - 299.0 V AC
Coil resistance 24 V DC 1440 ± 10 % 777 ± 10 % 475 ± 10 %(at rated voltage VN) 24 V AC 350 ± 10 % 192 ± 10 % 86 ± 10 %
115 V AC 8100 ± 15 % 4845 ± 15 % 2000 ± 10 %230 V AC 32500 ± 15 % 19465 ± 15 % 8300 ± 12 %
Coil current 24 V DC 16.7 mA 31.3 mA 50.5 mA(at rated voltage VN) 24 V AC 31.6 mA 41.6 mA 94.2 mA
115 V AC 6.6 mA 8.8 mA 20.6 mA230 V AC 3.2 mA 4.3 mA 10.1 mA
Output circuit
Contact type single contacts
Contact material AgNi 90/10
Switching current min. / max. 10 mA / 16 A 10 mA / 8 A 10 mA / 12 A 10 mA / 10 A 10 mA / 6 A 10 mA / 10 A
Inrush current 20 A
Switching voltage typ. / max. 250 V AC / 400 V AC 250 V / 440 V AC 250 V / 250 V AC 250 V AC / 400 V AC
Switching capacity per contact 4000 VA 2000 VA 3000 VA 2500 VA 1500 VA 2500 VA
Rated operating voltage 250 V
Rated operating currentAC 12 (resistive) at 230 V 16 A 8 A 12 A 10 A 6 A 10 A
AC 15 (inductive) at 230 V 6 A 3 A 5 A 5 A 4 A 5 A (n/o contact) / 3 A (n/c contact)
DC 12 (resistive) at 24 V 16 A 8 A 12 A 10 A 6 A 10 A
DC 13 (inductive) at 24 V 2 A 2 A 8 A 8 A 6 A 2 A
Mechanical lifetimeDC coil > 30 x 10
6> 30 x 10
6> 20 x 10
6
AC coil > 10 x 106
> 5 x 106
> 20 x 106
> 20 x 106
Electrical lifetime 3 x 104
1 x 105
1 x 105
acc. to VDE 0435 (typ., 1 c/o cont., 250 V AC / 16 A) (typ., 4 c/o contacts, 250 V AC / 6 A) (c/o contact, 250 V AC / 10 A)
Insulation data
Voltage sustaining capabilitycoil contacts 5000 Vrms 2500 Vrms
open contact circuit 1000 Vrms 1500 Vrms
adjacent contacts 2500 Vrms 2000 Vrms 2500 Vrms
• Circuit diagrams, position of connecting terminals ..................................................... 196 • Dimensional drawings .................................................................................................... 196
1952CDC110004C0202
6
2CD
C 2
92 0
16 F
0003
2CD
C 2
92 0
08 F
0003
2CD
C 2
92 0
01 F
0003
2CD
C 2
92 0
09 F
0003
2CD
C 2
92 0
17 F
0003
2CD
C 2
92 0
02 F
0003
Pluggable interface relaysRT, PT and MT rangeTechnical data (continued)
• Circuit diagrams, position of connecting terminals ..................................................... 196 • Dimensional drawings .................................................................................................... 196
RT range PT range MT range
DC load (resistive)
Sw
itchi
ng v
olta
ge (V
-)
2-pole resist.load, 8 A,
2 contacts in series
1-pole resistiveload, 16 A
Switching current (A)
Type RT 314 524 RT 424 524 PT L70 524 PT K70 524 PTD70 524 MT J26 024 MT K26 024RT 314 024 RT 424 024 PT L70 024 PT K70 024 PTD70 024 MT J21 024 MT K21 024RT 314 615 RT 424 615 PT L70 615 PT K70 615 PTD70 615 MT J26 115 MT K26 115RT 314 730 RT 424 730 PT L70 730 PT K70 730 PTD70 730 MT J26 230 MT K26 230
Order code E2 405 ... 600 00 601 00 611 00 612 00 613 00 621 00 622 00600 10 601 10 611 10 612 10 613 10 621 10 622 10600 20 601 20 611 20 612 20 613 20 621 20 622 20600 30 601 30 611 30 612 30 613 30 621 30 622 30
Output 1 c/o contact 2 c/o contacts 2 c/o contacts 3 c/o contacts 4 c/o contacts 2 c/o contacts 3 c/o contacts
General data
Ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +70 °C -45 ... +50 °C-45 ... +60 °C (DC coils)
Max. switching freqency with/without load 6 min-1 / 1200 min-1 6 min-1 / 600 min-1 20 min-1 / 100 min-1
Pick-up-/drop-off time DC coil 7 ms / 3 ms 7 ms / 2 ms 15 ms / 10 ms 12 ms / 5 msBouncing time (n/c / n/o contact) 1 ms / 3 ms 5 ms 4 msConnection pluggable on socketWeight approx. 14 g 30 g 80 gDimensions (L x W x H) 29 x 12.7 x 15.7 mm 28 x 22.5 x 29 mm 35.5 x 35.5 x 69 mm
Technical data of the socket
Rated current 12 A 2 x 12 A 4 x 6 A 3 X 10 A 2 X 12 A 10 A
Rated voltage 300 V AC 400 V AC
Voltage sustaining capability > 4000 Vrms > 3500 Vrms
Ambient temperature -25 ... +80 °C -45 ... +70 °C -45 ... +80 °C
Prot. against accidental contact / VBG 4 /degree of protection IP20
Conductor cross section 2 x 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14)
Weight approx. 44 g 58 g 63 g
DC load (resistive) DC load (resistive)
Sw
itchi
ng v
olta
ge (V
-)
Switching current (A)
Sw
itchi
ng v
olta
ge (V
-)
Switching current (A)
in series4 contacts3 contacts2 contacts
1 pole
4 pole3 pole2 pole
1 contact
2 contactsin series
3 contactsin series
Load limit curves
Electrical lifetimeAC load (resistive)
Sw
itchi
ng c
ycle
s
Switching current (A)
AC load (resistive) AC load (resistive)
Sw
itchi
ng c
ycle
s
Switching current (A)
Sw
itchi
ng c
ycle
s
Switching current (A)
1962CDC110004C0202
6
2CD
C 2
92 0
12 F
0003
2CD
C 2
92 0
10 F
0003
2CD
C 3
29 0
11 F
0003
2CD
C 2
92 0
20 F
0003
2CD
C 2
92 0
06 F
0003
2CD
C 2
92 0
05 F
0003
2CD
C 2
92 0
13 F
0003
2CD
C 2
92 0
18 F
0003
2CD
C 2
92 0
19 F
0003
2CD
C 2
92 0
03 F
0003
2CD
C 2
92 0
04 F
0003
2CD
C 2
92 0
21 F
0003
2CD
C 2
92 0
22 F
0003
2CD
C 2
92 0
14 F
0003
Pluggable interface relaysRT, PT and MT rangeCircuit diagrams, Dimensional drawings
1 c/o contact
RT range PT range MT range
2 c/o contacts
Circuit diagrams
2 c/o contacts 3 c/o contacts
4 c/o contacts
3 c/o contacts
4 c/o contacts
Dimensional drawings
Relay
Standard socket
Logic socket
Relay
Socket
Relay
Socket for 11- and 8-pole relays
Fixing
Relay
Functionmodul
FixingRelay
Functionmodul
Fixing
Relay
Funkctionmodul
Marker label4/2 pole 3 pole
Dimensions in mm
6
1972CDC110004C0202
Interface relays and optocouplerRxxx range
Content
Interface relays and optocoupler ............................................................................... 198NEW
198 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
AC110VAC230V
DC24V DC24V AC110VAC230V
AC380V
IN OUT
IN OUT IN OUT
R500R900R1800
R500R900R910R1800
Relay interfacesOptocoupler modulesApplications - Technical data
Applications
R500 series
The relay is pluggable
Spacing : 5.08 mm (smallest on the market)
Wire size : 2.5 mm² (4 mm² solid)
1 SPDT contact 10 mA to 6 A / 250 VA
Transistor : 330 mA to 100 mAMOS : 1 A to 2 ATriac : 1 A
All the electrical signals from/to sensors/actuators must be adapted to the PLC's electrical level.It is the first function of the relay or optocoupler interfaces.Secund function of the relay and optocoupler interfaces is electrical isolation between sensors/actuators and the PLC.
An optocoupler is used as input interface. It is a function ofinsulation and adaptation.
A relay is used as output interface. It is voltage adaptation and itallows more power. The power optocoupler is used when thenumber of operations is important.
Technical data
PushbuttonPosition switchSensor
Optocoupler Relay orOptocoupler
PLCMotorcontactor
Motor
OptocouplerPLC
Relay oroptocoupler
PLC
R900 series
It is the standard enclosure
Spacing : 9 to 15 mm
Wire size : 2.5 mm² (4 mm² solid)
1 or 2 SPDT contacts 1 mA to 6 A / 250 V
Transistor : 100 mA to 5 AMOS : 5 ATriac : 1 A to 5 A
R910 series
It is a terminal block !
Spacing : 9 mm
High wiring capacity 4 mm²
1 N/O contact 10 mA to 5 A / 250 V
High isolation 3 kV
R1800 series
It is a compact enclosure (small height)
Spacing : 18 to 23 mm
Wire size : 2.5 mm² (4 mm² solid)
1 or 2 SPDT contacts 10-7 A to 6 A / 250 V
Transistor : 100 mA
See cross reference table old part numbers / new part numbers at the end of the relay section.
ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
199
R900
12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC/DC 48 V DC
R500
R500
R910 R910
R910 R910
R900
R1800
R500
R1800
R900
R900
R1800
R1800
R900
R1800
Selection guideRelay modules
1 DPDT with LED
1 NO without LED
1 NO with lamp
1 SPDT without LED
1 SPDT with LED
1 SPDT with LED +switch
spacing : 9 mmM 4/9.R111 12 V DC
spacing : 9 mmM 4/9.R111 24 V DC
spacing : 9 mmM 4/9.R111L 12 V DC
spacing : 9 mmM 4/9.R111L 24 V DC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-R121 24 V DC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-R121L 24 V DC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-R121AL
24 V AC/DC
1 DPDT with LEDvery low level
spacing : 11.5 mmRB 121 12 V DC
spacing : 11.5 mmRB 121 A 24 V AC/DC
spacing : 11.5 mmRB 121 AI 24 V AC/DC
spacing : 18 mmRB 121 A 12 V DC
spacing : 18 mmRB 121 A 24 V AC/DC
spacing : 15 mmRB 122 24 V DC
spacing : 18 mmRB 122 AV
24 V AC/DC
spacing : 18 mmRB 122 24 V DC
spacing : 11,5 mmRB 122 A 24 V AC/DC
spacing : 18 mmRB 122 48 V DC
Contact
Coil
1SNA 607 029 R0100 1SNA 607 030 R0600
1SNA 607 001 R0600 1SNA 607 002 R0700
1SNA 607 217 R0200
1SNA 607 201 R1300 1SNA 607 231 R0000
1SNA 630 001 R0000 1SNA 630 002 R0100
1SNA 630 007 R0600
1SNA 610 125 R2400 1SNA 610 004 R0700
1SNA 630 019 R0100
1SNA 610 121 R2000
1SNA 610 059 R1500
1SNA 630 011 R2100
1SNA 610 060 R1200
200 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
48 V AC/DC 110 V AC/DC 110 V AC 50 Hz 115 V AC 60 Hz230 V AC
230 V AC/DC
R500 R500 R500R500
R900
R1800 R1800
R900 R900 R900
R1800
R1800 R1800 R1800
R900 R900
R1800 R1800
Selection guideRelay modules
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-R121AL
48 V AC/DC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-R121BL
110 V AC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-R121BL
230 V AC
spacing : 11.5 mmRB 121 A 48 V AC/DC
spacing : 11.5 mmRB 121 B 110 V AC
spacing : 11.5 mmRB 121 B 115 V AC
spacing : 11.5 mmRB 121 B 230 V AC
spacing : 18 mmRB 121 AV 48 V AC/DC
spacing : 18 mmRB 121 A
230 V AC/DC
spacing : 23 mmRB 122 AR
110 V AC/DC
spacing : 15 mmRB 122 B 110 V AC
spacing : 23 mmRB 122 BR 110 V AC
spacing : 15 mmRB 122 B 115 V AC
spacing : 23 mmRB 122 A
230 V AC/DC
spacing : 23 mmRB 122 BR 230 V AC
spacing : 18 mmRB 122 AV 48 V AC/DC
spacing : 18 mmRB 121 A
110 V AC/DC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-R121BL
115 V AC1SNA 607 232 R0100 1SNA 607 264 R1100 1SNA 607 265 R1200
1SNA 630 003 R0200 1SNA 630 004 R0300 1SNA 630 005 R0400 1SNA 630 006 R0500
1SNA 610 006 R0100 1SNA 610 132 R2300
1SNA 610 011 R2500
1SNA 630 021 R2300
1SNA 610 115 R2200
1SNA 630 022 R2400
1SNA 610 123 R2200
1SNA 610 089 R0400
1SNA 610 122 R2100
1SNA 610 132 R2300
1SNA 607 264 R1100
ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
201
D 2,5/5-R121AL-24V
D 2,5/5-R121 D 2,5/5-R121L D 2,5/5-R121AL D 2,5/5-R121BL
D 2,5/5-R121 24 V DC 10 0.032
D 2,5/5-R121L 24 V DC 10 0.032
D 2,5/5-R121AL 24 V AC/DC 10 0.04D 2,5/5-R121AL 48 V AC/DC 10 0.04
D 2,5/5-R121BL 110 V AC 10 0.04D 2,5/5-R121BL 230 V AC 10 0.04
BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50
PCMS V0
BNMS R24V-1 4
DCB (1) 10
FC2 10
16 RC55
D 2,5/5-R121AL-48V
BAMH BADH
PCMS
BNMS R24V-1
DCBFC2
D 2,5/5-R121BL
D 2,5/5-R121...L D 2,5/5-R121
D 2,5/5-R121
D 2,5/5-R121L
24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC 24 V DC 48 V AC 48 V DC 110 V AC 230 V AC0.17 W 0.3 W 0.35 VA 0.35 W 0.44 VA 0.47 W 1.08 VA 2.13 VA7 mA 12 mA 12.4 mA 10 mA 7.6 mA 6.8 mA 8.4 mA 8 mA2.4 V 2.4 V 4.8 V 4.8 V 10 V 10 V 25 V 45 V
12 V / 250 V AC10 mA / 6 A
0.6 W / 140 W
10 x 106
5 ms 5 ms8 ms 8 ms
1.5 ms
UL 94 V00.2-4 mm² / 24-12 AWG
0.22-2.5 mm² / 24-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
10 mm .394"3.5 mm .137"IP 20 NEMA 1
0.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in
DC12 AC12 DC13 AC1524 V 6 A 6 A 1 A 3 A
110/120 V 0,3 A 6 A 0,2 A 3 A220/230 V 0,2 A 6 A 0,1 A 3 A
A1
11
14
A2
12
1 : 24 V2 : 48 V3 : 110 V4 : 230 V
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Relay module 24 V DC
Relay module with LED 24 V DC
Relay module with LED 24 V AC/DCRelay module with LED 48 V AC/DC
Relay module with LED 110 V ACRelay module with LED 230 V AC
Accessories
(1) Only on top decks.
High end stop
Comb type jumper bar 2 to 22 poles see accessories
Plug
Test device blue
Test plug DIA. 2 mm
Marking method see markers
Order codes
center of rail
Relay characteristicsCOILRated voltage +20%, -15%PowerRated currentDrop-out voltageStatus device
CONTACTTypeVoltage switching range min./max.Current switching range min./max.Load switching range
AC1 min. / max.DC1 min. / DC13 max.
Number of on-load operationsNumber of off-load operationsPull-in time (delay time)Drop-out time (delay time)Bounce timeInsulation coil / contactsBreakdown voltage coil / contactsInsulation contacts/contactsStorage ambient temperatureOperating ambient temperature
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
green LED
1 SPDT
0.6 VA / 1500 VA (ohmic load)
105 in AC15
4000 V RMS4000 V RMS1000 V RMS
- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curve
Limited load in CC
Current (Acc)
Vol
tage
(V
cc)
Derating curves
RelayInterfacesR500 pluggable relay modules DIN 3
D 2,5/5-R121... - 2.5 mm² blocks - 5.08 mm .200" spacingCharacteristics
1SNA 607 217 R0200
1SNA 607 201 R1300
1SNA 607 231 R00001SNA 607 232 R0100
1SNA 607 264 R11001SNA 607 265 R1200
1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700
1SNA 031 820 R1400
1SNA 105 028 R2100
1SNA 007 865 R2600
202 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
M 4/9.R111...
M 4/9.R111 M 4/9.R111L
12 V 24 V 12 V 24 V0.3 W 0.3 W 0.6 W 0.8 W24 mA 14 mA 52 mA 33 mA
1.2 V DC 2.4 V DC 1.2 V 2.4 V
12 V / 150 V DC - 250 V AC10 mA / 5 A
0.6 VA / 1250 VA0.6 W / 150 W
1 x 106
2 x 107
5 ms6 ms 7 ms
4 ms
UL 94 V00.2-4 mm² / 22-12 AWG
0.22-2.5 mm² / 22-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
9 mm .354"3.5 mm .137"IP 20 NEMA 1
0.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in
M 4/9.R111 12 V DC 10 0.02M 4/9.R111 24 V DC 10 0.02
M 4/9.R111L 12 V DC 10 0.02M 4/9.R111L 24 V DC 10 0.02
11
A2
A1
14
M 4/9.R111...
1
2
5
7
4
6
3
M 4/9.R111
M 4/9.R111L
8
9
BAMH 9,1 mm 50
AL2 (1) 50AL3 (1) 50
DCG 10
FC2 10
BJS9 (1)(2)BJS9 (1)(2)
EV6D (1)(2) 20
AD2,5 50
PC9 10
11
RelayInterfacesR910 relay modules DIN 1-3
M 4/9.R111... - 2.5 mm² blocks - 9 mm .354" spacing
center of rail
Relay characteristicsCOILRated voltage +20%, -20% on DCPowerRated currentDrop-out voltageStatus device
CONTACTTypeVoltage switching range min./max.Current switching rangeLoad switching range
AC1 min. / max.DC1 min. / max.
Number of on-load operationsNumber of off-load operationsPull-in time (delay time)Drop-out time (delay time)Bounce timeInsulation coil / contactsBreakdown voltage with 1.2/50µ waveInsulation contacts/contactsStorage ambient temperatureOperating ambient temperature
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
lamp
1 NO
3000 V RMS4000 V RMS750 V RMS
-40°C to +80°CSee derating curve hereunder
Characteristics
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Relay module 12 V DCRelay module 24 V DC
Relay module with lamp 12 V DCRelay module with lamp 24 V DC
Order codes
Accessories
Derating curve
1 High end stop (all rails)
2 Test socket DIA. 2 mmDIA. 3 mm
3 Test device grey
4 Test plug
5 Jumper bar 8 polesnot assembled 16 poles
6 Sub-assembly for jumper bar(screw + jumper + post)
7 IDC jumper
8 Comb type jumper bar
9 Marking method RC65 and RC610 see markers
(1) These accessories can be used on the lower connection only.(2) Use of these accessories requires the user to cut out the precut partition.
1SNA 607 029 R01001SNA 607 030 R0600
1SNA 607 001 R06001SNA 607 002 R0700
1SNA 114 836 R0000
1SNA 163 070 R00001SNA 163 261 R0000
1SNA 163 218 R0500
1SNA 007 865 R2600
1SNA 177 583 R12001SNA 177 584 R1300
1SNA 168 400 R1600
1SNA 114 205 R2000
1SNA 210 160 R1200
ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
203
RB 121 - 12 V RB 121 A - 24 V RB 121 A - 48 V
12 V DC 24 V AC 24 V DC 48 V AC 48 V DC0.5 W 0.52 VA 0.44 W 0.62 VA 0.48 W42 mA 22 mA 18 mA 13 mA 10 mA2.8 V 4.6 V 4.6 V 5.8 V 5.8 V7.5 V 12 V AC 14 V DC 26 V AC 30 V DC
3.5 mA 2.2 mA 1.8 mA 1 mA 1 mA
5 V / 150 V DC - 250 V AC1 mA / 6 A
5 mVA / 1500 VA5 mW / 192 W
1 x 105
5 x 106
5 ms11 ms 12 ms
1 ms
UL 94 V00.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12 AWG
0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
7 mm .276"3.5 mm .137"IP20 NEMA1
0.4 - 0.6 Nm 3.5 - 5.3 Ib.in
RB 121 12 V DC 1 0.04RB 121 A 24 V AC/DC 1 0.04RB 121 A 48 V AC/DC 1 0.04
RB 121
12 V
RB 121 A
RB 121...
BADH 50BAMH 50BAMH V0 50
RLV
RC55
BADHBAMH
RLV
RelayInterfacesRelay modules R900 DIN 1-3
RB 121 A - instant relay blocks - 11.5 mm .453" spacing
center of rail
Characteristics
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Relay module 12 V DCRelay module 24 V AC/DCRelay module 48 V AC/DC
Order codes
Relay characteristicsCOILRated voltage +20%,-15% on DC, ±15% on ACPowerRated currentDrop-out voltage at 20°CDrop-in voltage at 20°CPermissible leakage current
CONTACTTypeVoltage switching range min./max.Current switching range min./max.Load switching range
AC1 min. / max.DC1 min. / max.
Number of on-load operationsNumber of off-load operationsOperating speed F
OBounceInsulation coil / contactResistance to shock coil / contactInsulation contact / contactAmbient temperature storage
operating
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
1 SPDT
3500 V RMS4000 V RMS1000 V RMS
-40°C to +80°CSee derating curve
Relay blocks R900
a : horizontal positionb : vertical position
High end section
Lengthwise marker
Marking method see markers
Accessories
Derating curve
VOLTAGE
CU
RREN
T
1SNA 630 001 R00001SNA 630 002 R01001SNA 630 003 R0200
1SNA 116 900 R27001SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R0100
1SNA 103 849 R0300
204 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
RB 121 B RB 121 AI
RB 121 B 110 V AC 1 0.05RB 121 B 115 V AC 1 0.05RB 121 B 230 V AC 1 0.05
RB 121 AI 24 V AC/DC 1 0.05
BADH 50BAMH 50BAMH V0 50
RLV
RC55
BADHBAMH
RLV
RB 121 B
RB 121 AI
RB 121 B RB 121 AI
110 V AC/50 Hz 115 V AC/60 Hz 230 V AC 24 V AC ±10% 24 V DC ±10%1.5 VA 1.6 VA 3.22 VA 0.53 VA 0.44 W14 mA 14 mA 14 mA 22 mA 18 mA
30 V AC 30 V AC 60 V AC 5.5 V 4.6 V60 V AC 60 V AC 120 V AC 12.5 V AC 14.5 V DC
2 mA max. 2 mA max. 3.6 mA max. 2.2 mA 1.8 mA
5 V / 150 V DC - 250 V AC1 mA / 5 A 1 mA / 6 A
5 mVA / 1250 VA 5 mVA / 1500 VA5 mW / 192 W
1 x 105
5 x 106
5 ms10 ms 11 ms
1 ms
UL 94 V00.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12 AWG
0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
7 mm .276"3.5 mm .137"IP20 NEMA1
0.4 - 0.6 Nm 3.5 - 5.3 Ib.in
RelayInterfacesRelay modules R900 DIN 1-3
RB 121... - instant relay blocks - 11.5 mm .453" spacing
center of rail
Characteristics
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Relay module 110 V AC 50 HzRelay module 115 V AC 60 HzRelay module 230 V AC 50 Hz
Relay module 24 V AC/DC
Order codes
Relay characteristicsCOILRated voltage +20%,-15% on DC, ±15% on ACPowerRated currentDrop-out voltage at 20°CDrop-in voltage at 20°CPermissible leakage current
CONTACTTypeVoltage switching range min./max.Current switching range min./max.Load switching range
AC1 min. / max.DC1 min. / max.
Number of on-load operationsNumber of off-load operationsOperating speed F
OBounceInsulation coil / contactResistance to shock coil / contactInsulation contact / contactAmbient temperature storage
operating
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
1 SPDT
3000 V RMS4000 V RMS1000 V RMS
-40°C to +80°Csee derating curves
Relay blocks R900
a : horizontal positionb : vertical position
High end section
Lengthwise marker
Marking method see markers
Accessories
Derating curves
VOLTAGE
CU
RREN
T
1SNA 630 004 R03001SNA 630 005 R04001SNA 630 006 R0500
1SNA 630 007 R0600
1SNA 116 900 R27001SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R0100
1SNA 103 849 R0300
ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
205
RB 122 A 24 V AC/DC 1 0.05
RB 122 24 V DC 1 0.05
RB 122 B 110 VAC/50Hz 1 0.06RB 122 B 115 VAC/60Hz 1 0.06
BADH 50BAMH 50BAMH V0 50
RLV
RC55
BADH
BAMH
RLV
RB 122
RB 122 B
RB 122 A RB 122
RB 122 A RB 122 RB 122 B
RB 122 A
RB 122 B
24 V AC 24 V DC 24 V DC 110 V AC/50Hz 115 V AC/60Hz0.4 VA 0.35 W 0.48 W 3.6 VA 4 VA
16.8 mA 14.4 mA 20 mA 33 mA 35 mA9.2 V 6.5 V 2.4 V DC 11 V AC 11.5 V AC
2 mA max. 2 mA max. 1.5 mA 2 mA 2.6 mA
10-5 V / 250 V AC 12 V / 250 V10-5 A / 3 A 100 mA / 7 A 100 mA / 7 A 100 mA / 7 A
10-10 VA / 250 VA 1.2 VA / 1750 VA 1.2 VA / 1750 VA 1.2 VA / 1750 VA10-10 W / 90 W
1.8 x 106 (2 A / 60 W)108 30 x 106
6 ms 8 ms 6 ms11 ms 15 ms 12 ms1 ms 2 ms
UL 94 V00.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12 AWG
0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
7 mm .276"3.5 mm .137"IP20 NEMA1
0.4 - 0.6 Nm 3.5 - 5.3 Ib.in
RelayInterfacesRelay modules R900 DIN 1-3
RB 122... - instant relay blocks - 11.5 mm .453" or 15 mm .591" spacing
center of rail
Characteristics
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Relay block 24 V AC/ DC 11.5 mm spacing
Relay block 24 VDC 15 mm spacing
Relay block 110 V AC/50 Hz 15 mm spacingRelay block 115 V AC/60 Hz 15 mm spacing
Order codes
Relay characteristicsCOILRated voltage +15%,-10% on DC ±15% on ACPowerRated currentDrop-out voltage at 20°CDrop-in voltage at 20°CPermissible leakage current
CONTACTTypeVoltage switching range min./max.Current switching range min./max.Load switching range
AC1 min. / max.DC1 min. / max.
Number of on-load operationsNumber of off-load operationsOperating speed F
OBounceInsulation coil / contactResistance to shock coil / contactInsulation contact / contactAmbient temperature storage
operating
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
Relay blocks R900
a : 110 V AC/50 Hz blockb : 115 V AC/60 Hz block
High end section
Lengthwise marker
Marking method see markers
Accessories
Derating curves
VOLTAGE
CU
RREN
T
1 DPDT
1.2 W / see curve hereunder
1500 V RMS 2500 V RMS4000 V RMS1000 V RMS
-40°C to +80°Csee derating curves
1SNA 116 900 R27001SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R0100
1SNA 103 849 R0300
1SNA 630 011 R2100
1SNA 630 019 R0100
1SNA 630 021 R23001SNA 630 022 R2400
206 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
RB 121 12 V DC 1 0.05RB 121 A 24 V AC/DC 1 0.05
RB 121 AV 48 V AC/DC 1 0.05
RB 121 A 110-220 V AC/DC 1 0.05
BADL V0 50BAM 50BAM V0 50
RLV
5 RC55RLV
RB 121 AV 48 VAC/DC
RB 121 A 110-220 VAC/DC
RB 121 12 VDCRB 121 A 24 VAC/DC
RB 121 AV 48 VAC/DC
RB 121 RB 121 A RB 121 AV RB 121 A
RB 121 12 VDCRB 121 A 24 VAC/DC
RB 121 A 110-220 VAC/DC
BADLBAM
12 V DC 24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 110 V AC/DC 220 V AC/DC0.5 W 0.7 W 0.96 W 0.5 W 1.1 VA41 mA 29 mA 20 mA 4.3 mA 5 mA
3.2 V DC 5 V AC/DC 5.6 V AC/DC 14.5 V AC/DC 25.2 V AC
12 V / 380 V10 mA / 8 A
0.6 VA / 2000 VA
2 x 105
2 x 107
7 ms6 ms2 ms
UL 94 V00.2 - 4 mm² / 22 - 12 AWG
0.22 - 2.5 mm² / 22 - 12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
7 mm .276"3.5 mm .137"IP20 NEMA1
0.4 - 0.6 Nm 3.5 - 5.3 Ib.in
RelayInterfacesRelay modules R1800 DIN 1-3
RB 121... - instant relay blocks - 18 mm .709" spacing
center of rail
Characteristics
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Relay block 12 V DCRelay block 24 V AC/DC
Relay block 48 VAC/DC
Relay block 110-220 V AC/DC
Order codes
Relay characteristicsCOILRated voltage +15%, -10% on DC
±15% on ACPowerRated currentDrop-out voltage at 20°CDrop-in voltage at 20°CPermissible leakage current
CONTACTTypeVoltage switching range min./max.Current switching range min./max.Load switching range
AC1 min. / max.DC1 min. / max.
Number of on-load operationsNumber of off-load operationsOperating speed F
OBounceInsulation coil / contactResistance to shock coil / contactInsulation contact / contactAmbient temperature storage
operating
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
1 SPDT
1.2 W / see curve below
2500 V RMS4000 V RMS1000 V RMS
-40°C to +80°Csee derating curves
Relay blocks R1800
1 : 110 V AC/DC block2 : 220 V AC block
End section
Lengthwise marker
Marking method see markers
Accessories
Derating curves
VOLTAGE
CU
RREN
T
1SNA 610 125 R24001SNA 610 004 R0700
1SNA 610 006 R0100
1SNA 610 132 R2300
1SNA 399 903 R02001SNA 103 002 R26001SNA 399 306 R0300
1SNA 103 849 R0300
ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
207
RB 122 AV 24 V AC/DC 1 0.05RB 122 AV 48 V AC/DC 1 0.05
RB 122 AR 110 V AC/DC 1 0.05
RB 122 A 220 V AC/DC 1 0.05
RB 122 24 V DC 1 0.05RB 122 48 V DC 1 0.05
RB 122 BR 110 V AC 1 0.05RB 122 BR 220 V AC 1 0.05
BADL V0 50BAM 50BAM V0 50
RLV
5 RC55RLV
RB 122 AV
RB 122 ARRB 122 A
RB 122
RB 122 AV RB 122 AR RB 122 A RB 122 RB 122 BR
RB 122 BR
BADL BAM
RB 122 AV - RB 122 AR
RB 122
RB 122 BR
24 VAC/DC 48 VAC/DC 110 VAC/DC 220 VAC/DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 110 V AC 220 V AC0.7 W 0.7 W 0.7 W - 1.8 VA 1.2 W 0.31 W 0.48 W 4.8 VA 1.1 VA26 mA 14 mA 16 mA 5.5 mA 13 mA 10 mA 45 mA 5.1 mA
2.4 V AC/DC 4.8 V AC/DC 11 V AC/DC 22 V AC/DC 2.4 V DC 4.8 V DC 11 V AC 22 V AC
1.6 mA 3 mA
12 V / 250 V 10-3 V / 250 V 12 V / 250 V 10-3 V / 250 V10 mA / 5 A 10-7 A / 5 A
0.6 VA / 1250 VA 10-10 VA / 1000 VA
2 x 105 5A/100W - 5A/1kVA : 105
2 x 107 2 x 108
7 ms 8 ms4 ms 3 ms3 ms 0.5 ms
UL 94 V00.2 - 4 mm² / 22 - 12 AWG
0.22 - 2.5 mm² / 22 - 12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
7 mm .276"3.5 mm .137"IP20 NEMA1
0.4 - 0.6 Nm 3.5 - 5.3 Ib.in
RB 122 A
RelayInterfacesRelay modules R1800 DIN 1-3
RB 122... - instant relay blocks - 18 mm .709" or 23 mm .906" spacing
center of rail
Characteristics
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Relay module 24 V AC/DC 18 mm spacingRelay module 48 VAC/DC 18 mm spacing
Relay module 110 V AC/DC 23 mm spacing
Relay module 220 V AC/DC 23 mm spacing
Relay module 24 V DC 18 mm spacingRelay module 48 V DC 18 mm spacing
Relay module 110 V AC 23 mm spacingRelay module 220 V AC 23 mm spacing
Order codes
Relay characteristicsCOILRated voltage +15%, -10% on DC
±15% on ACPowerRated currentDrop-out voltage at 20°CDrop-in voltage at 20°CPermissible leakage current
CONTACTTypeVoltage switching range min./max.Current switching range min./max.Load switching range
AC1 min. / max.DC1 min. / max.
Number of on-load operationsNumber of off-load operationsOperating speed F
OBounceInsulation coil / contactResistance to shock coil / contactInsulation contact / contactAmbient temperature storage
operating
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
1 DPDT
0.6 W / see curve hereunder 10-10 W / see curve hereunder
2000 V RMS 1500 V RMS4000 V RMS 4000 V RMS1500 V RMS 2000 V RMS
-40°C to +80°Csee derating curves
Relay blocks R1800
End section
Lengthwise marker
Marking method see markers
Accessories
Derating curves
horizontal position, 2 loaded contacts
2 loaded contacts
2 loaded contacts
VOLTAGE
CU
RREN
T
1SNA 399 903 R02001SNA 103 002 R26001SNA 399 306 R0300
1SNA 103 849 R0300
1SNA 610 121 R20001SNA 610 122 R2100
1SNA 610 011 R2500
1SNA 610 123 R2200
1SNA 610 059 R15001SNA 610 060 R1200
1SNA 610 115 R22001SNA 610 089 R0400
208 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
D 2,5/5 R121 24 VDCD 2,5/5 R121L 24 VDCD 2,5/5 R121AL 24 VAC/DCD 2,5/5 R121AL 48 VAC/DCD 2,5/5 R121BL 110 VACD 2,5/5 R121BL 230 VAC
M 4/9 R111 12 VDCM 4/9 R111 24 VDCM 4/9 R111L 12 VDCM 4/9 R111L 24 VDC
RB121 12 VDCRB121A 24 VAC/DCRB121A 48 VAC/DCRB121B 110 VAC 50 HzRB121B 115 VAC 60 HzRB121B 230 VACRB121AI 24 VAC/DCRB122A 24 VAC/DCRB122B 110 VAC 50 HzRB122B 115 VAC 60 HzRB122A 24 VAC/DC
RB121A 12 VDCRB121A 24 VAC/DCRB121AV 48 VAC/DCRB121A 110-230 VAC/DCRB122AV 24 VAC/DCRB122AV 48 VAC/DCRB122AR 110 VAC/DCRB122A 220 VACRB122 24 VDCRB122 48 VDCRB122BR 110 VACRB122BR 220 VAC
D 2,5/5-OBIC 0030 24 VDCD 2,5/5-OBIA 0030 24 VACD 2,5/5-OBIC 0030 48 VDCD 2,5/5-OBIA 0030 48 VACD 2,5/5-OBIA 0030 110 VACD 2,5/5-OBIA 0030 230 VACD 2,5/5-OBOC 0100 5 VDCD 2,5/5-OBOC 0100 24 VDCD 2,5/5-OBOC 0100 48 VDCD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 5 VDCD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 24 VDCD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 24 VAC/DCD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 48 VAC/DCD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 110 VACD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 230 VACD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 5 VDCD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 24 VDCD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 24 VAC/DCD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 48 VAC/DCD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 110 VACD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 230 VACD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000 24 VDCD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000 24 VAC/DCD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000 48 VAC/DCD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000 110 VACD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000 230 VAC
OBC 0100 48 VDCOBC 0100 110 VACOBC 0100 230 VACOBC 1000 5 VDC
OBC 1000 48 VDCOBC 1000 110 VACOBC 1000 230 VACORC 111 24 VDCOBA 1000 5 VDC
OBA 1000 48 VDCOBA 1000 110 VACORA 111 24 VDC
EBO1 24 VAC/DCEBO1 127 VAC/DCEBO1 230 VAC/DC
R500
R910
R900
R1800
R500
R900
R1800
Cross reference
Type New part numbers Old part numbers
Relays
Optocouplers
OBC 0100 12 to 24 VDC
OBC 1000 12 to 24 VDC
OBA 0100 12 to 24 VDC
EBO3DC 5 to 48 VDC
1SNA 607 217 R0200 1SNA 007 217 R24001SNA 607 201 R1300 1SNA 007 201 R05001SNA 607 231 R00001SNA 607 232 R01001SNA 607 264 R11001SNA 607 265 R1200
1SNA 607 029 R0100 1SNA 007 029 R23001SNA 607 030 R0600 1SNA 007 030 R20001SNA 607 001 R0600 1SNA 007 001 R20001SNA 607 002 R0700 1SNA 007 002 R2100
1SNA 630 001 R0000 1SNA 030 001 R22001SNA 630 002 R0100 1SNA 030 002 R23001SNA 630 003 R0200 1SNA 030 003 R24001SNA 630 004 R0300 1SNA 030 004 R25001SNA 630 005 R0400 1SNA 030 005 R26001SNA 630 006 R0500 1SNA 030 006 R27001SNA 630 007 R0600 1SNA 030 007 R20001SNA 630 019 R0100 1SNA 030 019 R23001SNA 630 021 R2300 1SNA 030 021 R15001SNA 630 022 R2400 1SNA 030 022 R16001SNA 630 011 R2100 1SNA 030 011 R1300
1SNA 610 125 R2400 1SNA 010 125 R16001SNA 610 004 R0700 1SNA 010 004 R21001SNA 610 006 R0100 1SNA 010 006 R23001SNA 610 132 R2300 1SNA 010 132 R15001SNA 610 121 R2000 1SNA 010 121 R12001SNA 610 122 R2100 1SNA 010 122 R13001SNA 610 011 R2500 1SNA 010 011 R17001SNA 610 123 R2200 1SNA 010 123 R14001SNA 610 059 R1500 1SNA 010 059 R07001SNA 610 060 R2000 1SNA 010 060 R04001SNA 610 115 R2200 1SNA 010 115 R14001SNA 610 089 R0400 1SNA 010 089 R2600
1SNA 607 210 R1700 1SNA 007 210 R01001SNA 607 211 R0400 1SNA 007 211 R26001SNA 607 212 R0500 1SNA 007 212 R27001SNA 607 213 R0600 1SNA 007 213 R20001SNA 607 214 R0700 1SNA 007 214 R21001SNA 607 215 R0000 1SNA 007 215 R22001SNA 607 203 R1500 1SNA 007 203 R07001SNA 607 204 R1600 1SNA 007 204 R00001SNA 607 205 R1700 1SNA 007 205 R01001SNA 607 206 R1000 1SNA 007 206 R02001SNA 607 207 R1100 1SNA 007 207 R03001SNA 607 250 R27001SNA 607 251 R14001SNA 607 270 R23001SNA 607 271 R10001SNA 607 208 R2200 1SNA 007 208 R14001SNA 607 209 R2300 1SNA 007 209 R15001SNA 607 255 R10001SNA 607 256 R11001SNA 607 272 R11001SNA 607 273 R12001SNA 607 238 R17001SNA 607 240 R25001SNA 607 241 R12001SNA 607 268 R25001SNA 607 269 R2600
1SNA 608 017 R0600 1SNA 008 017 R20001SNA 608 021 R0200 1SNA 008 021 R24001SNA 608 024 R0500 1SNA 008 024 R27001SNA 608 027 R2200 1SNA 008 027 R22001SNA 608 014 R2200 1SNA 008 014 R25001SNA 608 018 R1700 1SNA 008 018 R01001SNA 608 022 R0300 1SNA 008 022 R25001SNA 608 025 R0600 1SNA 008 025 R20001SNA 608 028 R1100 1SNA 008 028 R03001SNA 608 068 R2100 1SNA 008 068 R13001SNA 608 015 R0400 1SNA 008 015 R26001SNA 608 019 R1000 1SNA 008 019 R20001SNA 608 023 R0400 1SNA 008 023 R26001SNA 608 026 R0700 1SNA 008 026 R21001SNA 608 069 R2200 1SNA 008 069 R1400
1SNA 610 230 R1100 1SNA 010 230 R03001SNA 610 022 R2000 1SNA 010 022 R12001SNA 610 108 R1400 1SNA 010 108 R06001SNA 610 023 R2100 1SNA 010 023 R1300
ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
209
5 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC12 V DC 24 V AC/DC
R500
R500
R500
R500R500
R900
R1800 R1800 R1800
R1800
R900
R900R900R900
R500 R500 R500
R500 R500 R500
R900
R900R900R900
R900
R500
Selection guideOptocoupler modules
< 50 mA /10 to 58 V DC
1 A /10 to 58 V DC
1 A /24 to 250 V AC
2 A /10 to 30 V DC
5 A /10 to 58 V DC
5 A /20 to 135 V AC
spacing : 18 mmEBO3DC 5 to 48 VDC
spacing : 9 mmOBC 0100 12 to 24 VDC
spacing : 9 mmOBC 1000 12 to 24 VDC
100 mA /10 to 58 V DC
InputOutput
spacing : 18 mmEBO3DC 5 to 48 VDC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBIC 0030
24 VDC
spacing : 18 mmEBO3DC 5 to 48 VDC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBIA 0030
24 VAC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 0100 5 VDC
spacing : 9 mmOBC 0100 12 to 24 VDC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 0100 24 VDC
spacing : 18 mmEBO1 24 VAC/DC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 5 VDC
spacing : 9 mmOBC 1000 5 VDC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 24 VDC
spacing : 9 mmOBC 1000 12 to 24 VDC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000
24 VAC/DC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 5 VDC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 24 VDC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000
24 VAC/DC
spacing : 9 mmORC 111 24 VDC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000
24 VDC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000
24 VAC/DC
spacing : 9 mmOBA 1000 5 VDC
spacing : 9 mmOBA 1000 12 à 24 VDC
spacing : 9 mmOBA 1000 12 à 24 VDC
spacing : 9 mmORA 111 24 VDC
210 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
48 V DC 48 V AC 110 V AC 127 V AC/DC 230 V AC48 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC
R500 R500 R500 R500
R500
R1800
R1800 R1800
R900 R900 R900
R900R900R900
R500 R500 R500
R500R500R500
R900R900
R500 R500 R500
Selection guideOptocoupler modules
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBIC 0030 48
VDC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBIA 0030 48
VAC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBIA 0030 110
VAC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBIA 0030 230
VAC
spacing : 18 mmEBO3DC 5 to 48 VDC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 0100 48
VDC
spacing : 9 mmOBC 0100 48 VDC
spacing : 9 mmOBC 0100 110 VAC
spacing : 9 mmOBC 0100 230 VAC
spacing : 18 mmEBO1 127 VAC/DC
spacing : 18 mmEBO1 220 VAC/DC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 48
VAC/DC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 110
VAC
spacing : 9 mmOBC 1000 48 VDC
spacing : 9 mmOBC 1000 110 VAC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 1000 230
VAC
spacing : 9 mmOBC 1000 230 VAC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 48
VAC/DC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 110
VAC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOC 2000 230
VAC
spacing : 9 mmOBA 1000 110 VAC
spacing : 9 mmOBA 1000 48 VDC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000 48
VAC/DC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000 110
VAC
spacing : 5.08 mmD 2,5/5-OBOA 1000 230
VAC
ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
211
D 2,5/5-OBIC-0030 D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030
BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50
PCMS V0
BNMS T24V-1 4BNMS T48V-1 4BNMS T24V-1 4BNMS T48V-1 4BNMS T115V-1 4BNMS T230V-1 4
DCB (1) 10
FC2 10
16 RC55
BAMH BADH
PCMS
BNMS T24V-1
DCBFC2
D 2,5/5-OBI...-0030
D 2,5/5-OBIC-0030
14
A2
A1
13
D 2,5/5-OBIC-0030 24 V DC 1 0.032D 2,5/5-OBIC-0030 48 V DC 1 0.032
D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 24 V AC 1 0.032D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 24 V AC 1 0.032
D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 115 V AC 1 0.032D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 230 V AC 1 0.032
D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030
14
A2
A1
13
5 mA 4.1 mA 8.5 mA 4.5 mA 8 mA 7 mA12 V 21 V 13 V 22 V 50 V 95 V
20 µs / 1.3 ms 20 µs / 1.3 ms 6 ms / 10 ms 6 ms / 10 ms 6 ms / 10 ms 6 ms / 10 ms400 Hz 400 Hz 30 Hz 30 Hz 30 Hz 30 Hz1 mA 0.8 mA 1 mA 1 mA 2 mA 2 mA
0.5 mA30 mA
2.3 V DC2.7 VDC
UL 94 V00.2-4 mm² / 24-12 AWG
0.22-2.5 mm² / 24-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
10 mm .394"3.5 .137"
IP 20 NEMA 10.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in
1 : 24 V - 48 V2 : 115 V - 230 V
IN
IN
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Optocoupler module 24 V DCOptocoupler module 48 V DC
Optocoupler module 24 V ACOptocoupler module 48 V AC
Optocoupler module 115 V ACOptocoupler module 230 V AC
Accessories
(1) Only on top decks.
High end stop
Comb type jumper bar 2 to 22 poles see accessories
Plug OBIC 24 V whitePlug OBIC 48 V whitePlug OBIA 24 V yellowPlug OBIA 48 V yellowPlug OBIA 115 V yellowPlug OBIA 230 V yellow
Test device blue
Test plug DIA. 2 mm
Marking method see markers
Order codes
center of rail
Derating curve
ElectronicInterfacesR500 pluggable optocoupler modules DIN 3
D 2,5/5-OBI...-0030 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 5.08 mm .200" spacing
center of rail
Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current
OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical
max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output
TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage
operating
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
19.2 V to 27.6 V DC 38.4 V to 55.2 V DC 20.4 V to 26.4 V AC 40.8 V to 52.8 V AC 98 V to 126.5 V AC 195.5 V to 253 V AC
4.5 V to 58 V DC
2500 V RMS
- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curve
Characteristics
1SNA 607 210 R17001SNA 607 211 R0400
1SNA 607 212 R05001SNA 607 213 R0600
1SNA 607 214 R07001SNA 607 215 R0000
1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700
1SNA 031 800 R21001SNA 031 801 R16001SNA 031 802 R17001SNA 031 803 R10001SNA 031 804 R11001SNA 031 805 R1200
1SNA 105 028 R2100
1SNA 007 865 R2600
212 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 5 V DC / 24 V DC D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 48 V DC
D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 5 V DC 1 0.032D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 24 V DC 1 0.032
D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 48 V DC 1 0.032
BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50
PCMS V0
BNMS P5V-3 4BNMS P24V-3 4BNMS P48V-3 4
DCB (1) 10
FC2 10
16 RC55
BAMH BADH
PCMS
BNMS P...
DCBFC2
D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 5 V DC / 24 V DC
D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100
8.5 mA 4.8 mA 3.9 mA2.9 V DC 16 V DC 26 V DC
20 µs / 1.3 ms 20 µs / 1.3 ms 20 µs / 1.3 ms400 Hz 400 Hz 400 Hz1 mA 1 mA 1 mA
1 mA100 mA
1 V DC1.3 V DC
UL 94 V00.2-4 mm² / 24-12 AWG
0.22-2.5 mm² / 24-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
10 mm .394"3.5 mm .137"IP 20 NEMA 1
0.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in
A1
13+
14
A2
100I(mA)
Θ(°C)
0 20 30 40 5057
60
D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 48 V DC
LR
Fmax = (1-0,007 x Us) / (L x Is²)
Fmax = (1-0,007 x Us) / (P x )
IN
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Optocoupler module 5 V DCOptocoupler module 24 V DC
Optocoupler module 48 V DC
Accessories
(1) Only on top decks.
High end stop
Comb type jumper bar 2 to 22 poles see accessories
Plug for OBOC 5 V DC redPlug for OBOC 24 V DC redPlug for OBOC 48 V DC red
Test device blue
Test plug DIA. 2 mm
Marking method see markers
Order codes
center of rail
Derating curves
ElectronicInterfacesR500 pluggable optocoupler modules DIN 3
D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 5.08 mm .200" spacing
or
Us = Output voltageIs = Output currentL = Inductance of loadP = Power of loadR = Resistance of load
Note 1 :
Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current
OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical
max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output
TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage
operating
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
4.5 V to 5.5 V DC 20.4 V to 28.8 V DC 40.8 V to 57.6 V DC
4.5 to 58 V DC
See Note 12500 V RMS
- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curves
Characteristics
1SNA 607 203 R15001SNA 607 204 R1600
1SNA 607 205 R1700
1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700
1SNA 031 809 R26001SNA 031 810 R12001SNA 031 811 R0700
1SNA 105 028 R2100
1SNA 007 865 R2600
ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
213
D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 5 V DC 1 0.032D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 24 V DC 1 0.032
D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 24 V AC/DC 1 0.04D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 48 V AC/DC 1 0.04
D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 110 V AC 1 0.04D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 230 V AC 1 0.04
BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50
PCMS V0
BNMS P5V-2 5 V/1 A 4BNMS P24V-2 24 V/1 A 4
DCB (1) 10
FC2 10
16 RC55
BAMH BADH
PCMS
BNMS P...
DCBFC2
D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 5/24 VDC
A1
13+
14
A2
LR
Fmax = (1-0,007 x Us) / (L x Is²)
Fmax = (1-0,007 x Us) / (P x )
IN
IN
D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 5/24 VDC D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 24/48 VAC/DC D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 110/230VAC5 VDC 24 VDC 24 VAC 24 VDC 48 VAC 48 VDC 110 VAC 230 VAC
24 ±10% 48 ±10% 110 ±10% 230 ±10%12.3 mA 6.7 mA 10.5 mA 8 mA 6.8 mA 5.8 mA 8.5 mA 7.5 mA3.5 V DC 10 V DC20/250 µs 50/350 µs 15/13 ms 5/13 ms 15/15 ms 6/25 ms 15/15 ms 15/15 ms2000 Hz 1500 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz
1 mA 1 mA1 A 1 A
0.1 V 0.1 V0.5 V 0.5 V
UL 94 V00.2-4 mm² / 24-12 AWG
0.22-2.5 mm² / 24-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
10 mm .394"3.5 mm .137"IP 20 NEMA 1
0.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in
D 2,5/5-OBOC-100024/48 VAC/DC110/230 VAC
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Optocoupler module 5 V DCOptocoupler module 24 V DC
Optocoupler module 24 V AC/DCOptocoupler module 48 V AC/DC
Optocoupler module 110 V ACOptocoupler module 230 V AC
Accessories
High end stop
Comb type jumper bar 2 to 22 poles see accessories
Plug (2) redPlug (3) red
Test device blue
Test plug DIA. 2 mm
Marking method see markers
Order codes
center of rail
ElectronicInterfacesR500 pluggable optocoupler modules DIN 3
D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 5.08 mm .200" spacing
or
Us = Output voltageIs = Output currentL = Inductance of loadP = Power of loadR = Resistance of load
Note 1 :
Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current
OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical
max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output
TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage
operating
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
4.5 to 5.5 VDC 20.4 to 28.8 VDC 20.4 to 28.8 VDC 40.8 to 57.6 VDC
4.5 to 58 VDC 4.5 to 58 VDC
See Note 12500 V RMS
-40°C to +80°CSee derating curve
Derating curve
(1) Only on top decks.(2) For D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 5 V DC only.(3) For all D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 except 5 V DC model.
Characteristics
1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700
1SNA 031 818 R16001SNA 031 819 R1700
1SNA 105 028 R2100
1SNA 007 865 R2600
1SNA 607 206 R10001SNA 607 207 R1100
1SNA 607 250 R27001SNA 607 251 R1400
1SNA 607 270 R23001SNA 607 271 R1000
214 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 5/24 VDC D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 24/48 VAC/DC D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 110/230VAC
D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 5 V DC 1 0.032D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 24 V DC 1 0.032
D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 24 V AC/DC 1 0.04D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 48 V AC/DC 1 0.04
D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 110 V AC 1 0.04D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 230 V AC 1 0.04
BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50
PCMS V0
BNMS P5V-1 5 V/2 A 4BNMS P24V-1 24 V/2 A 4
DCB (1) 10
FC2 10
16 RC55
BAMH BADH
PCMS
BNMS P...
DCBFC2
D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000
5 VDC 24 VDC 24 VAC 24 VDC 48 VAC 48 VDC 110 VAC 230 VAC24 ±10% 48 ±10% 110 ±10% 230 ±10%
12.3 mA 6.7 mA 10.5 mA 8 mA 6.8 mA 5.8 mA 8.5 mA 7.5 mA3.5 V DC 10 V DC20/250 µs 50/350 µs 15/13 ms 5/13 ms 15/15 ms 6/25 ms 15/15 ms 15/15 ms2000 Hz 1500 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz
1 mA 1 mA2 A 2 A
0.1 V 0.1 V0.5 V 0.5 V
UL 94 V00.2-4 mm² / 24-12 AWG
0.22-2.5 mm² / 24-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
10 mm .394"3.5 mm .137"IP 20 NEMA 1
0.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in
A1
13+
14
A2
LR
Fmax = (1-0,012 x Us) / (L x Is²)
Fmax = (1-0,012 x Us) / (P x )
IN
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Optocoupler module 5 V DCOptocoupler module 24 V DC
Optocoupler module 24 V AC/DCOptocoupler module 48 V AC/DC
Optocoupler module 110 V ACOptocoupler module 230 V AC
Accessories
(1) Only on top decks.(2) For D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 5 V DC only.(3) For all D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 except 5 V DC model.
High end stop
Comb type jumper bar 2 to 22 poles see accessories
Plug (2) redPlug (3) red
Test device blue
Test plug DIA. 2 mm
Marking method see markers
Order codes
center of rail
ElectronicInterfacesR500 pluggable optocoupler modules DIN 3
D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 5.08 mm .200" spacing
or
Us = Output voltageIs = Output currentL = Inductance of loadP = Power of loadR = Resistance of load
Note 1 :
Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current
OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical
max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output
TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage
operating
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
4.5 to 5.5 VDC 20.4 to 28.8 VDC 20.4 to 28.8 VDC 40.8 to 57.6 VDC
4.5 to 30 VDC 4.5 to 30 VDC
See Note 12500 V RMS
-40°C to +80°CSee derating curve
Derating curve
Characteristics
1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700
1SNA 031 814 R02001SNA 031 815 R0300
1SNA 105 028 R2100
1SNA 007 865 R2600
1SNA 607 208 R22001SNA 607 209 R2300
1SNA 607 255 R10001SNA 607 256 R1100
1SNA 607 272 R11001SNA 607 273 R1200
ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
215
D 2,5/5-... 24 VDC D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 24 VAC/DC-48 VAC/DC D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 110 VAC-230 VAC
BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50
PCMS V0
BNMS A24V-4 250 V/1 A 4
DCB (1) 10
FC2 10
16 RC55
BAMH BADH
PCMS
BNMS A24V-4
DCBFC2
D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000
A1
13+
14
A2
D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 24 V DC 1 0.032D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 24 V AC/DC 1 0.04D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 48 V AC/DC 1 0.04
D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 110 V AC 1 0.04D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 230 V AC 1 0.04
24 VDC 24 VAC 24 VDC 48 VAC 48 VDC 110 VAC 230 VAC24 ±10% 48 ±10% 110 ±10% 230 ±10%
4 mA 10 mA 7 mA 6 mA 5 mA 8 mA 7.5 mA
10/20 ms 20/20 ms 10/20 ms 20/20 ms 10/20 ms 20/20 ms 20/20 ms15 Hz 15 Hz 15 Hz 15 Hz 15 Hz 15 Hz 15 Hz
25 mA1 A
0.5 mA max.
1 V1.6 V
UL 94 V00.2-4 mm² / 24-12 AWG
0.22-2.5 mm² / 24-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
10 mm .394"3.5 mm .137"IP 20 NEMA 1
0.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in
LR
Fmax = (1-0,012 x Us) / (L x Is²)
Fmax = (1-0,012 x Us) / (P x )
IN
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Optocoupler module 24 V DCOptocoupler module 24 V AC/DCOptocoupler module 48 V AC/DC
Optocoupler module 110 V ACOptocoupler module 230 V AC
Accessories
(1) Only on top decks.
High end stop
Comb type jumper bar 2 to 22 poles see accessories
Plug black
Test device blue
Test plug DIA. 2 mm
Marking method see markers
Order codes
center of rail
ElectronicInterfacesR500 pluggable optocoupler modules DIN 3
D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 5.08 mm .200" spacing
or
Us = Output voltageIs = Output currentL = Inductance of loadP = Power of loadR = Resistance of load
Note 1 :
Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current
OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical
max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output
TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage
operating
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
20.4 to 28.8 VDC 20.6 to 28.8 VDC 40.8 to 57.6 VDC
24 to 253 VAC
See Note 12500 V RMS
-40 to +80°CSee derating curve
Derating curve
Characteristics
1SNA 607 238 R17001SNA 607 240 R25001SNA 607 241 R1200
1SNA 607 268 R25001SNA 607 269 R2600
1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700
1SNA 031 839 R1300
1SNA 105 028 R2100
1SNA 007 865 R2600
216 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
OBC 0100 - 24 V DC OBC 0100 - 48 V DC
BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50
RLV
5 RC55BAMH BADH
OBC 0100
OBC 0100 24 V DC 1 0.04OBC 0100 48 V DC 1 0.04
A B
C D
29 1.14"
33 1.30"
62 2.44"
903.
54"
97,5
3.84
"
953.
74"
OBC 0100 - 24 V DC
OBC 0100 - 48 V DC
RLV
5 mA10.2 V DC 40.8 V DC
20 µs / 50 µs 20 µs / 50 µs7000 Hz 7000 Hz
1 mA100 mA
1 V1.3 V
UL 94 V00.5-4 mm² / 20-12 AWG
0.5-2.5 mm² / 20-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
7 mm .276"3.5 .137"
IP 20 NEMA 10.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in
IN
IN
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Optocoupler module 24 V DCOptocoupler module 48 V DC
Accessories
High end stop
Lengthwise marker
Marking method see markers
Order codes
Derating curve
ElectronicInterfacesR900 optocoupler modules DIN 3
OBC 0100 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 9 mm .354" spacing
center of rail
Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current
OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical
max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output
TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage
operating
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
10.2 V to 28.8 V DC 40.8 V to 57.6 V DC7 mA to 12 V / 10 mA to 24 V
5 to 60 V DC
3000 V RMS
- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curve
Characteristics
1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700
1SNA 103 849 R0300
1SNA 608 017 R06001SNA 608 021 R0200
ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
217
OBC 0100 - 110 V AC OBC 0100 - 230 V AC
BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50
RLV
5 RC55BAMH BADH
OBC 0100 - 110-230 V
OBC 0100 110 V AC 1 0.04OBC 0100 230 V AC 1 0.04
A B
C D
29 1.14"
33 1.30"
62 2.44"
903.
54"
97,5
3.84
"
953.
74"
OBC 0100 - 110-230 V
RLV
230 V AC +15%, -20%8 mA 8 mA
93,5 V AC 184 V AC5 ms/5 ms 5 ms/5 ms
50 Hz 50 Hz
1 mA100 mA
1 V1.3 V
UL 94 V00.5-4 mm² / 20-12 AWG
0.5-2.5 mm² / 20-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
7 mm .276"3.5 .137"
IP 20 NEMA 10.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in
IN
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Optocoupler module 110 V ACOptocoupler module 230 V AC
Accessories
High end stop
Lengthwise marker
Marking method see markers
Order codes
Derating curve
ElectronicInterfacesR900 optocoupler modules DIN 3
OBC 0100 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 9 mm .354" spacing
center of rail
Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current
OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical
max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output
TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage
operating
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
93.5 V AC to 152.4 V AC
4.5 to 60 V DC
3000 V RMS
- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curve
Characteristics
1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700
1SNA 103 849 R0300
1SNA 608 024 R05001SNA 608 027 R0000
218 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
OBC 1000 5 V DC 1 0.04OBC 1000 24 V DC 1 0.04OBC 1000 48 V DC 1 0.04
OBC 1000 - 5 V DC OBC 1000 - 24 V DC OBC 1000 - 48 V DC
BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50
RLV
5 RC55BAMH BADH
OBC 1000
A B
C D
29 1.14"
33 1.30"
62 2.44"
903.
54"
97,5
3.84
"
953.
74"
OBC 1000 - 24 V
RLV
OBC 1000 - 5-48 V
5 V DC +10%, -10% 48 V DC +20%, -15%6.5 mA 4.5 mA
4.5 V DC 10.2 V AC 40.8 V DC20 µs / 50 µs 20 µs / 50 µs 20 µs / 50 µs
7000 Hz 7000 Hz 7000 Hz
1 mA1 A
1 V1.3 V
UL 94 V00.5-4 mm² / 20-12 AWG
0.5-2.5 mm² / 20-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
7 mm .276"3.5 .137"
IP 20 NEMA 10.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in
IN
IN
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Optocoupler module 5 V DCOptocoupler module 24 V DCOptocoupler module 48 V DC
Accessories
High end stop
Lengthwise marker
Marking method see markers
Order codes
Derating curve
ElectronicInterfacesR900 optocoupler modules DIN 3
OBC 0100 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 9 mm .354" spacing
center of rail
Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current
OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical
max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output
TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage
operating
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
10.2 V DC to 28.8 V DC6.5 mA to 12 V / 9.5 mA to 24 V
4.5 to 60 V DC
3000 V RMS
- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curve
Characteristics
1SNA 608 014 R22001SNA 608 018 R17001SNA 608 022 R0300
1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700
1SNA 103 849 R0300
ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
219
OBC 1000 110 V AC 1 0.04OBC 1000 230 V AC 1 0.04
OBC 1000 - 110 V AC OBC 1000 - 230 V AC
BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50
RLV
5 RC55BAMH BADH
OBC 1000 - 110-230 VA B
C D
29 1.14"
33 1.30"
62 2.44"
903.
54"
97,5
3.84
"
953.
74"
OBC 1000 - 110-230 V
RLV
230 V AC + 15%, - 20%8 mA 7 mA
93.5 V AC 184 V DC2 ms / 5 ms 1 ms / 5 ms
800 Hz 800 Hz
1 mA1 A
1 V1.3 V
UL 94 V00.5-4 mm² / 20-12 AWG
0.5-2.5 mm² / 20-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
7 mm .276"3.5 .137"
IP 20 NEMA 10.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in
IN
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Optocoupler module 110 V ACOptocoupler module 230 V AC
Accessories
High end stop
Lengthwise marker
Marking method see markers
Order codes
Derating curve
ElectronicInterfacesR900 optocoupler modules DIN 3
OBC 1000 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 9 mm .354" spacing
center of rail
Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current
OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical
max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output
TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage
operating
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
93,5 V AC to 152,4 V AC
4.5 to 60 V DC
3000 V RMS
- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curve
Characteristics
1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700
1SNA 103 849 R0300
1SNA 608 025 R06001SNA 608 028 R1100
220 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
OBA 1000 5 V DC 1 0.05OBA 1000 24 V DC 1 0.05OBA 1000 48 V DC 1 0.05OBA 1000 110 V AC 1 0.05
OBA 1000 - 5 V DC OBA 1000 - 24 V DC OBA 1000 - 48 V DC OBA 1000 - 110 V AC
BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50
RLV
5 RC55BAMH BADH
A B
C D
29 1.14"
33 1.30"
62 2.44"
903.
54"
97,5
3.84
"
953.
74"
OBA 1000 - 24 V DC
RLV
OBA 1000 - 5 - 48 V DC
OBA 1000 - 5 - 48 V DC
OBA 1000 - 24 V DC - 110 V AC
OBA 1000 - 110 V AC
5 V DC + 10%, - 10% 48 V DC + 20%, - 15%10 mA 7 mA
4.5 V DC 10.2 V DC 40.8 V DC 93.5 V AC10 ms / 10 ms 10 ms / 10 ms 10 ms / 10 ms 10 ms / 10 ms
25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz
25 mA1 A
0.5 mA max.
1 V1.6 V
UL 94 V00.5-4 mm² / 20-12 AWG
0.5-2.5 mm² / 20-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
7 mm .276"3.5 .137"
IP 20 NEMA 10.4-0.6 Nm 3.5-5.3 lb.in
IN
IN
INDescription Type Order P/N Packaging Weight
kg
Optocoupler module 5 V DCOptocoupler module 24 V DCOptocoupler module 48 V DCOptocoupler module 110 V AC
Accessories
High end stop
Lengthwise marker
Marking method see markers
Order codes
Derating curves
ElectronicInterfacesR900 optocoupler modules DIN 3
OBA 1000 - 2.5 mm² blocks - 9 mm .354" spacing
center of rail
Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current
OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical
max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output
TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage
operating
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
zero
cro
ssin
gze
rocr
oss
ing
zero
cro
ssin
g
10.2 V DC to 28.8 V DC 93.5 V AC to 152.4 V AC8 mA to 12 mA 7 mA to 10 mA
24 to 253 V AC
3000 V RMS
- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curves
Characteristics
1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700
1SNA 103 849 R0300
1SNA 608 015 R04001SNA 608 019 R10001SNA 608 023 R04001SNA 608 026 R0700
ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
221
ORC 111 24 V DC ORA 111 24 V DC
ORC 111 24 V DC 1 0.03
ORA 111 24 V DC 1 0.04
BADH 50BAMH 50BAMH V0 50
PC9 10
RLV
RC55
BADHBAMH
RLV
ORC 111
ORA 111
ORC 111 ORA 111
PC9
IN
IN
24 V DC 24 V DC0.65 W 0.6 W26 mA 20 mA
4 V 5 V
10 V DC / 57,6 V DC 20 V AC / 135 V AC100 mA / 5 A
2 VA / 675 VA1 W / 280 W
20 x 106
80 µs 10 ms20 ms 30 ms
UL 94 V00.5-4 mm² / 20-12 AWG
0.5-2.5 mm² / 20-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
7 mm / .276"3.5 mm / .137"IP 20 / NEMA 1
0.4-0.6 Nm / 3.5-5.3 Ib.in
RelayInterfaces"Long Life" relay modules R900 DIN 1-3
OR... 111 - relay blocks - 9 mm .354" spacing
center of rail
Characteristics
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Long Life relay module 24 V DC
Long Life relay module 24 V DC
Order codes
Relay characteristicsINPUTRated voltage ±20% on DCPowerRated currentDrop-out voltage at 20°CDrop-in voltage at 20°CPermissible leakage currentStatus device
OUTPUTTypeVoltage switching range min./max.Current switching range min./max.Load switching range
AC1 min. / max.DC1 min. / max.
Number of on-load operationsNumber of off-load operationsOperating speed F
OBounceInsulation input / outputResistance to shock input / outputInductive load max.Ambient temperature storage
operating
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
green LED
1 NO
20 x 106 (see curves)
3000 V RMS5000 V RMSsee curves
-40°C to +80°Csee derating curves
Relay blocks R900
High end section
Comb-type jumper bar
Lengthwise marker
Marking method see markers
Accessories
ORA type - Maximum switching current as per cos ϕϕϕϕϕORC type - Maximum switching power at 24V DC as per L/R
(I) RMS max.
ORAOperating areaat 20 millions
operations
Forbidden zone
Max. power(W)
ORCOperating areaat 20 millions
operations
Derating curves
1SNA 608 068 R2100
1SNA 608 069 R2200
1SNA 116 900 R27001SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R0100
1SNA 210 160 R1200
1SNA 103 849 R0300
222 ABB Entrelec2CDC110004C0202
EBO1 24 V AC/DC 1 0.03
EBO1 127 V AC/DC 1 0.03EBO1 220 V AC/DC 1 0.03
EBO3 DC 1 0.03
EBO1 - 24 V EBO1 - 127-220 V EBO3 DC
BAMH 9,1 mm 50BAMH V0 9,1 mm 50BADH 12 mm 50
RLV
5 RC55BAMH BADH
EBO3 DC
RLV
EBO3 DC
EBO1
28,51.12"
33,51.32"
62 2.44"
652.
56"
72,5
2.85
"
702.
75"
GEHF
B DA C
24 V AC 24 V DC 127 V AC/DC 220 V AC/DC 5 V DC 12 V DC 15 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC10 mA 8 mA 6 mA 5 mA 11 mA
12 V AC 16 V DC 88 V AC 128 V AC 4 V 9.6 V 12 V 19.2 V 38.4 V10 ms / 7 ms 20 µs / 80 µs
30 Hz 500 Hz
1 mA 0.5 mA100 mA 50 mA
1 V 1 V1.3 V 1.3 V
UL 94 V00.5-4 mm² / 20-12 AWG
0.5-2.5 mm² / 20-12 AWG2.5 mm² / 12 AWG
7 mm .276"3.5 .137"
IP 20 NEMA 10.4-0.6 Nm
IN
IN
EBO1
Description Type Order P/N Packaging Weightkg
Optocoupler module 24 V AC/DC
Optocoupler module 127 V AC/DCOptocoupler module 220 V AC/DC
Optocoupler module 5-12-15-24-48 V DC
Accessories
High end stop
Lengthwise marker
Marking method see markers
Order codes
Derating curves
ElectronicInterfacesR1800 optocoupler modules DIN 3
EBO... - 2.5 mm² blocks - 9 mm .354" spacing
center of rail
Opto. characteristicsINPUTInput voltageInput currentPull-in voltage at Is=100%Switching time C / OOperating frequencyPermissible leakage current
OUTPUTOutput voltageOutput current min.Output current max.Output leakage current atUmax.Residual voltage at I max andU rated typical
max.Frequency on inductive loadIsolation Input / Output
TEMPERATUREAmbient temperature storage
operating
Other characteristicsBody material grey Wire Solid wiresize Stranded wireRated wire sizeWire stripping lengthRecommended screwdriverProtectionRecommended torqueApprovals
4.5 to 58 V DC 4.5 to 53 V DC
2500 V RMS 2500 V RMS
- 40°C to + 80°CSee derating curves
1 : 24 V AC/DC model2 : 127-230 V AC/DC model
1 : 5 to 24 V DC model2 : 48 V DC model
Characteristics
1SNA 114 836 R00001SNA 194 836 R01001SNA 116 900 R2700
1SNA 103 849 R0300
1SNA 610 022 R2000
1SNA 610 108 R14001SNA 610 023 R2100
1SNA 610 230 R1100
2232CDC110004C0202
7
Semiconductor contactors,Solid-state relays
Content
Benefits and advantages, approvals ................................................................................ 224
R100.xx semiconductor contactors, single-phase
Ordering details .................................................................................................................. 225
Technical data .................................................................................................................... 228
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................ 235
R300.xx semiconductor contactors, three-phase
Ordering details .................................................................................................................. 225
Technical data .................................................................................................................... 229
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................ 235
R111 solid-state relays, single-phase
Ordering details .................................................................................................................. 226
Technical data .................................................................................................................... 230
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................ 235
R12x solid-state relays, single-phase
Ordering details .................................................................................................................. 226
Technical data .................................................................................................................... 231
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................ 235
R31x solid-state relays, three-phase
Ordering details .................................................................................................................. 226
Technical data .................................................................................................................... 232
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................ 235
Accessories, heat sink KK
Ordering details .................................................................................................................. 227
Dimensioning of heat sinks ................................................................................................ 233
Load current-temperature matrixes .................................................................................. 234
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................ 236
NEW
2242CDC110004C0202
7
R311/25
1SA
R 1
31 0
25 F
481
4
R111/45
2CD
C 3
01 0
01 F
000
3
R122/50
2CD
C 3
01 0
05 F
000
3
2CD
C 3
01 0
06 F
000
3
R100.20
2CD
C 3
01 0
08 F
000
3
R100.45
R 300.20
2CD
C 3
01 0
05 F
000
4
Semiconductor contactor R100.xx and R300.xxSolid-state relays R111, R12x and R31xBenefits and advantages
Standard design
Zero voltage tripping, radio interference supressed
LED display
Screw mounting or snap-on mounting with adapter
for 35 mm DIN rail according to DIN EN 50022
Properties
R11x and R12x range - load side:Thyristors for AC-51 and AC-53 up to 690 V AC and 100 AR31x - load side:Alternistor for AC-51 and AC-53 up to 530 V AC and 50 A withinternal RC circuit and overvoltage protectionElectrical isolation by means of optocoupler between controlcircuit and load circuitProtection against electric shock:R111 and R115 range with additional terminal coverControl side protected against reversed polarity
Special properties of R31x range
Screw mounting
Application
Contactless and wear-free switching of 1-phase and 3-phase ACloads up to a power factor of cos ϕ = 0.5.
Approvals
,
Compact design
Zero voltage or instantaneous tripping
LED display
Protected against electric shock
Integrated heat sink
Ready for use
Mounting on 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting
on plate
Properties
Load current range 20 A, 30 A and 45 ADC controlSingle-pole, thre-poleSwitching by thyristorsPeak inverse voltage 1200 VInsulation voltage > 4000 VConnecting terminals for 2 x 2.5 mm2 or 1 x 4 mm2
Special properties
The semiconductor relay R100.45-SG is internally protectedagainst overload with overload signaling via signaling output.
Cables with a conductor cross section up to 1 x 25 mm2 can beconnected to the output terminals of the semiconductor relaysR100.45 and R100.45-SG.
Application
Contactless and wear-free switching of ohmic and inductive1-phase and 3-phase AC loads with high switching frequency.
Approvals
Depending on the device:
, , c US
R100.xx range
R300.xx range R31x range
R12x range
R111 range
2252CDC110004C0202
7
R 100.20
2CD
C 3
01 0
06 F
000
3
R 100.30-ZS
2CD
C 3
01 0
07 F
000
3
R 100.45
2CD
C 3
01 0
08 F
000
3
R 300.20
2CD
C 3
01 0
05 F
0004
Semiconductor contactorR100.xx and R300.xx rangeOrdering details
R100.xx range
Compact designZero voltage and instantaneous switchingRated operating voltage Ve 42-660 V ACLED for status indication
Type Rated Rated Order code Pack. Price Weightcontrol circuit load AC51 AC53a unit 1 piece 1 piecevoltage current at at pieces kg/lbVc Ie max. 25 °C 25 °C
Instantaneous switching, width: 22.5 mm
Zero voltage switching, width: 22.5 mm
Zero voltage switching, width: 22.5 mm
R100.20 4-32 V DC 20 A 20 A 5 A 1SAR 111 020 R 8607 1 0.25/0.55
R100.30-IO 4,5-32 V DC 30 A 30 A 15 A 1SAR 113 030 R 8607 1 0.25/0.55
R100.30-ZS 4-32 V DC 30 A 30 A 15 A 1SAR 111 030 R 8607 1 0.25/0.55
Zero voltage switching, width: 45 mm
R100.45 4-32 V DC 45 A 45 A 20 A 1SAR 111 045 R 8607 1 0.49/1.08
Zero voltage switching, width: 45 mm, with integrated overtemperature protection and signalling output
R100.45-SG 4-32 V DC 45 A 45 A 20 A 1SAR 111 045 R 9607 1 0.49/1.08
Current ranges: 20 A, 30 A, 45 A (thyristors)Integrated heat sink, ready for useMounting on 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting on plateCage terminal with integrated protection against electricshock (touch proof)
• Technical data ............................................................................ 228 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 235• Load current at temperature diagrams ........................................ 234
R300.xx range
Compact designZero voltage switchingRated operating voltage Ve 40-660 V ACLED for status indication
Current ranges: 3 x 20 A, 3 x 25 A (thyristors)Integrated heat sink, ready for useMounting on 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting on plateCage terminal with integrated protection against electricshock (touch proof)
NEW
NEW
NEW
Type Rated Rated Order code Pack. Price Weightcontrol circuit load AC51 AC53a unit 1 piece 1 piecevoltage current at at pieces kg/lbUc Ie max. 25 °C 25 °C
Zero voltage switching, width: 45 mm
R300.20 4.5-32 V DC 3x20 A 3x20 A 3x15 A 1SAR 131 020 R8207 1 0,38/0.84
Zero voltage switching, width: 45 mm
R300.25 4.5-32 V DC 3x25 A 3x25 A 3x15 A 1SAR 131 030 R8207 1 0,68/0.15
2262CDC110004C0202
7
R111/45
2CD
C 3
01 0
01 F
000
3
R111/20
2CD
C 3
01 0
02 F
000
3
R 126/25
1SA
R 1
11 0
25 F
460
9
R120/25
2CD
C 3
01 0
04 F
000
3
R122/50
2CD
C 3
01 0
05 F
000
3
R 311/25
1SA
R 1
31 0
25 F
4814
Solid-state relaysR111, R12x and R31x rangeOrdering details
Type Rated Rated Order code Pack. Price Weightcontrol circuit load unit 1 piece 1 piecevoltage current pieces kg/lbVc Ie AC1
Load voltage: 24-280 V AC
R111/25 3-32 V DC 25 A 1SAR 111 025 R 0102 1 0.11/0.24R111/45 3-32 V DC 50 A 1SAR 111 050 R 0102 1 0.11/0.24
Load voltage: 42-530 V AC
R111/20 3-32 V DC 25 A 1SAR 111 025 R 0106 1 0.11/0.24R111/40 3-32 V DC 50 A 1SAR 111 050 R 0106 1 0.11/0.24R111/90 3-32 V DC 90 A 1SAR 111 090 R 0106 1 0.11/0.24
Load voltage: 24-265 V AC
R120/25 3-32 V DC 25 A 1SAR 111 025 R 4609 1 0.06/0.13R120/50 3-32 V DC 50 A 1SAR 111 050 R 4609 1 0.06/0.13
Load voltage: 42-530 V AC
R121/25 4-32 V DC 25 A 1SAR 111 025 R 4606 1 0.06/0.13R121/50 4-32 V DC 50 A 1SAR 111 050 R 4606 1 0.06/0.13R121/75 4-32 V DC 75 A 1SAR 111 075 R 4606 1 0.10/0.22R121/100 4-32 V DC 100 A 1SAR 111 100 R 4606 1 0.10/0.22R126/25 24-265 V AC / 24-48 V DC 25 A 1SAR 111 025 R 4707 1 0.06/0.13R126/50 24-265 V AC / 24-48 V DC 50 A 1SAR 111 050 R 4707 1 0.06/0.13R126/75 24-265 V AC / 24-48 V DC 75 A 1SAR 111 075 R 4707 1 0.10/0.22R126/100 24-265 V AC / 24-48 V DC 100 A 1SAR 111 100 R 4707 1 0.10/0.22
Load voltage: 42-660 V AC
R122/50 4-32 V DC 50 A 1SAR 111 050 R 4607 1 0.06/0.13R122/75 4-32 V DC 75 A 1SAR 111 075 R 4607 1 0.10/0.22R122/100 4-32 V DC 100 A 1SAR 111 100 R 4607 1 0.10/0.22
R12x range
Standard design with protectionagainst electric shock (touch proof)Zero voltage switchingSingle-phase
LED for status indicationSame basis dimensions and drilling distances as for thestandard series (easy interchangeability)
R111 range
Standard designSingle-phase
Zero voltage switchingCost-saving
• Technical data ............................................................................ 230 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 235• Load current at temperature diagrams ........................................ 234
R31x range
Standard designZero voltage switchingThree-phaseLED for status indication
Integrated protection against electric shock (noadditional terminal cover necessary)Same basis dimensions and drilling distances as for thestandard series (easy interchangeability)
Load voltage: 12-530 V AC
Type Rated Rated Order code Pack. Price Weightcontrol circuit load unit 1 piece 1 piecevoltage current pieces kg/lbVc Ie AC1
R311/25 10-40 V DC 25 A 1SAR 131 025 R 4814 1 0.38/0.84R311/55 10-40 V DC 55 A 1SAR 131 055 R 4814 1 0.38/0.84R315/55 20-265 V AC/DC 55 A 1SAR 131 055 R 4914 1 0.38/0.84
2272CDC110004C0202
7
KK-2,6
2CD
C 3
01 0
11 F
000
3
KK-R111-2,1
2CD
C 3
01 0
12 F
000
3
KK-R111-1,5
2CD
C 3
01 0
13 F
000
3
KK-R111-0,7
2CD
C 3
01 0
14 F
000
3
Solid-state relays - AccessoriesHeat sink KKOrdering details
Type Description Order code Pack. Price Weightunit 1 piece 1 piece
pieces kg/lb
For screw mounting on mounting plate
KK-2,6 Heat sink 2,6 K/W1) GHR 110 9401 P 0001 1 0.12/0.26KK-1,8 Heat sink 1,8 K/W1) GHR 110 9401 P 0002 1 0.20/0.44KK-0,7 Heat sink 0,7 K/W1) GHR 110 9404 P 0001 1 0.65/1.43
For DIN rail mounting
KK-R111-2,1 Heat sink 2,1 K/W1) GHR 110 9402 P 0001 1 0.29/0.64KK-R111-1,5 Heat sink 1,5 K/W1) GHR 110 9405 P 0001 1 0.42/2.20KK-R111-0,7 Heat sink 0,7 K/W1) GHR 110 9406 P 0001 1 1.02/2.20KK-R111-0,5 Heat sink 0,5 K/W1) GHR 110 9407 P 0001 1 1.30/2.86
Heat sink for single-phase solid-state relays R111, R120, R121, R122, R126
For DIN rail mounting
KK-R311-0,8 Heat sink 0,8 K/W1) GHR 310 9401 P 0001 1 1,00/2.20
Heat sink for three-phase solid-state relays R311, R315
Terminal cover for single-phase GHR 110 6605 P 0001 1 0.05/0.11relays R111, R115Rapid-fastening plate for GHR 110 1105 R 0001 1 0.045/0.01single-phase solid-state relaysRapid-fastening plate for GHR 310 1105 R 0001 1 0.05/0.11three-phase solid-state relays
EMV - 100 EMC filter for single-phase solid-state relays GHR 110 0000 R 0001 1 0.10/0.22EMV - 300 EMC filter for three-phase solid-state relays GHR 310 0000 R 0001 1 0.10/0.22TP-01 Heat transfer foil for single-phase relays GHR 110 9500 P 0001 1 0.001/0.002TP-03 Heat transfer foil for three-phase relays GHR 310 9500 P 0001 1 0.005/0.011
Further accessories
• Notes for dimensioning ............................................................... 233 • Dimensional drawings ................................................................ 236
1) Use heat transfer paste or heat transfer foil TP-01 or TP-03 when mounting solid-state relays.
2282CDC110004C0202
7
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
061
7
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
061
9
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
062
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
061
6
R100.20 / R100.30 R100.45R100.20 / R100.30 R100.45
Semiconductor contactorsR100.xx rangeTechnical data
Type R100.20 R100.30-IO R100.30-ZS R100.45 R100.45-SG
Output circuit
Switching element Thyristor
Rated operating voltage Ve (Veffmax) 42-660 V AC
Period. peak inverse voltage (Vpeak) 1200 Vpp
Rated load AC-51 at Ta = 25 °C 20 A AC 30 A AC 45 A AC
current AC-53a at Ta = 25 °C 5 A AC 15 A AC 20 A AC
Operating frequency 45-65 Hz
Max. off-state leakage current
(at Vmax and T = 25 °C) < 3 mArms
Minimum load current 350 mA 150 mA 150 mA
Max. surge current ITSM (t = 10 ms) 250 A 400 A 1150 A
Max. overcurrent (t = 1 s) < 35 A AC < 125 A AC < 125 A AC
Max. load integral ∫ i2dt (t = 10 ms) 310 A2s 1800 A2s 6600 A2s
Conducting state voltage at Imax andT = 25 °C (Vpeak) 1.6 Vrms
Critical current gradient di/dt ≥ 10 A/µs ≥ 100 A/µs ≥ 150 A/µs
Permissible commutatingvoltage gradient du/dt 500 V/µs
Permissible static voltage gradient du/dt 500 V/µs
Input circuit
Control voltage 4-32 V DC 4-32 V DC 4.5-32 V DC 4.5-32 V DC 4-32 V DC
Make voltage max. 3.8 V DC 3.8 V DC 4.25 V DC 4.25 V DC 3.8 V DC
Inverse polarity voltage 32 V DC
Break voltage min. 1.2 V DC 1.2 V DC 1 V DC 1 V DC 1.2 V DC
Input current (at Vmax) max. 12 mA 12 mA 15 mA 15 mA 12 mA
Turn-on time max. 1 period 1 period 1 s 1 s 1 period
Turn-off time max. 1 period
General data
Power factor (cos ϕ) ≥ 0.5 (at 600 V AC)
Operating temperature -30 °C ...+80 °C
Storage temperature -40 °C ... 100 °C
Barrier-layer temperature 125 °C
Proof voltage 4000 V
Dielectric strength 4000 V
Cond. cross section max.2 x 2.5 mm2 / 1 x 4 mm2
input terminals
Cond. cross section max.2 x 2.5 mm2 /1 x 4 mm2
output terminals 1 x 25 mm2 (R100.45)
Load limit curves
Dissipation at load currentLoad current at ambient temperature
2292CDC110004C0202
7
20 30 40 50 60 700
10
20
30
40
25 35 45 55 65
5
15
25
35
R300.25
R300.20
2CD
C 3
02 0
01 F
0004
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
0
R300.20
R300.25
2CD
C 3
02 0
02 F
0004
Semiconductor contactorsR300.xx rangeTechnical data
Type R300.20 R300.25
Output circuit
Switching element Thyristor
Rated operating voltage 40-660 V AC
Period. peak inverses voltage (Vpeak) 1200 Vpp
Rated load current AC-51 3x20 A 3x25 A
at Ta = 25 °C AC-53a 3x15 A 3x15 A
Operating frequency 45-65 Hz
Max. off-state leakage current(at Vrms and operational frequency) < 3 mA
Minimum load current 150 mA
Max. surge current 600 Apk(T = 25 °C, t = 10 ms)
Max. overcurrent (t = 1 s) < 125 A
Max. load integral ∫ i2dt (t = 10 ms) 1800 A2s
Conducting state voltage at Irms 1.6 Vrms
Critical current gradient di/dt 100 A/µs
Permissible commutatingvoltage gradient du/dt 500 V/µs
Permissible staticvoltage gradient du/dt 500 V/µs
Input circuit
Control voltage 5-32 V DC
Make voltage 4.7 V DC
Inverse polarity voltage -32 V DC
Break voltage 1.2 V DC
Maximum input current 24 mA
Turn-on time < 1 periode
Turn-off time < 1 periode
General data
Power factor (cos ϕ) 0.5 (at 600 V AC)
Operating temperature -30 °C ...+70 °C
Storage temperature -40 °C ... +80 °C
Rated insulation voltageInput to output 4000 Vrms AC
Output to case 4000 Vrms AC
Conductor cross rigid 0.5-4.0 mm2 (20-12 AWG)
section stranded with wire end ferrules 0.5-2x2.5 mm2 (20-2x12 AWG)
Approvals UL, cULusCSA (pending)
Load limit curves
Derating curve
Dissipation curve
Load
cur
rent
per
pha
se I
L [A
]
Load current per phase IL [A]
Tot
al p
ower
dis
sipa
tion
PV [
W]
Ambient temperature TA [°C]
2302CDC110004C0202
7
2CD
C 3
02 0
14 F
0004
Solid-state relaysR111 rangeTechnical data
Type R111/25 R111/45 R111/20 R111/40 R111/90
Output circuit
Switching element Thyristor
Rated operating voltage Ve (Veffmax) 24-280 V AC 42-530 V AC
Period. peak inverse voltage (Vpeak) 650 Vpp 1200 Vpp
Rated load current AC-51 25 Arms 50 Arms 25 Arms 50 Arms 90 Arms
AC-53a 5 Arms 15 Arms 5 Arms 15 Arms 20 Arms
Operating frequency 45-65 Hz
Max. off-state leakage current
(at Vmax and T = 25 °C) 3 mA
Minimum load current 20 mArms
Max. surge current ITSM (t = 20 ms) 250 A 600 A 250 A 600 A 1000 A
Max. overcurrent (t = 1 s) 55 A 125 A 55 A 125 A 150 A
Max. load integral ∫ i2dt (t = 10 ms) 310 A2s 1800 A2s 310 A2s 1800 A2s 5000 A2s
Conducting state voltage at Imax andT = 25 °C (Vpeak) 1.6 V
Permissible voltage gradient du/dt 500 V/µs
Critical current gradient di/dt 100 A/s
Thermal resistance barrier/base max. 1.25 K/W 0.65 K/W 1.25 K/W 0.65 K/W 0.3 K/W
Thermal resistance barrier/ambient max. 12 K/W
Input circuit
Control voltage 3-32 V DC
Make voltage max. 3 V DC
Break voltage min. 1 V DC
Input impedance 1.5 kΩMax. input current (at Vmax) -
Turn-on time max. 0.5 periods
Turn-off time max. 0.5 periods
Input circuit
Power factor (cos ϕ) 0.5-11)
Operating temperature -20 °C ... +70 °C
Barrier-layer temp. 125 °C
Storage temperature -40 °C ... 100 °C
Proof voltage 4000 V
Dielectric strength 4000 V
1 ) If the limit values are observed, the solid-state relays are suitable for switching inductive loads.
Circuit diagram R111
Control input Line/load
2312CDC110004C0202
7
2CD
C 3
02 0
06 F
0004A1(+)
A2( - )
T1
L1
ZCIO
Solid-state relaysR12x rangeTechnical data
Type R120/25 R120/50 R121/25 R121/50 R121/75 R121/100 R122/50 R122/75 R122/100R126/25 R126/50 R126/75 R126/100
Output circuit
Switching element Thyristor
Rated operating voltage Ve (Vrmsmax) 24-265 V AC 42-530 V AC 42-660 V AC
Period. peak inverse voltage (Vpeak) 650 Vpp 1200 Vpp 1600 Vpp
Rated load current AC-51 25 Arms 50 Arms 25 Arms 50 Arms 75 Arms 100 Arms 50 Arms 75 Arms 100 Arms
AC-53a 5 Arms 15 Arms 5 Arms 15 Arms 20 Arms 30 Arms 15 Arms 20 Arms 30 Arms
Operating frequency 45-65 Hz
Max. off-state leakage current
(at Vmax and T = 25 °C) 3 mA
Minimum load current 150 mArms
Max. surge current ITSM (t = 10 ms) 250 A 600 A 250 A 600 A 1000 A 1500 A 600 A 1000 A 1500 A
Max. overcurrent (t = 1 s) 55 A 125 A 55 A 125 A 150 A 200 A 125 A 150 A 200 A
Max. load integral ∫ i2dt (t = 10 ms) 310 A2s 1800 A2s 310 A2s 1800 A2s 6600 A2s 18000 A2s 1800 A2s 6600 A2s 18000 A2s
Conducting state voltage at Imax andT = 25 °C (Vpeak) 1.6 V
Permissible voltage gradient du/dt 500 V/µs
Critical current gradient di/dt 100 A/s
Thermal resistance barrier/base max. 0.8 K/W 0.5 K/W 0.8 K/W 0.5 K/W 0.2 K/W 0.2 K/W 0.5 K/W 0.2 K/W 0.2 K/W
Thermal resistance barrier/ambient max. 20 K/W 20 K/W 15 K/W 20 K/W 15 kW
Type R120 R121 R122 R126
Output circuit
Control voltage 3-32 V DC 4-32 V DC 4-32 V DC 24-265 V AC /
24-48 V DC
Make voltage max. 3.75 V DC 22 V AC/DC
Break voltage min. 1 V DC 6 V AC/DC
Input impedance 1.5 kΩ 44 kΩMax. input current (at Vmax) 10 mA 5 mA
Max. turn-on time period 0.5 ms 1 ms
Max. turn-off time period 0.5 ms 1 ms
Type R12x
General data
Power factor (cos ϕ) 0.5-11)
Operating temperature -20 °C ... +70 °C
Barrier-layer temp. 125 °C
Storage temperature -40 °C ... 100 °C
Proof voltage 4000 V
Dielectric strength 4000 V
Circuit diagram R12x
Current control
1 ) If the limit values are observed, the solid-state relays are suitable for switching inductive loads.
2322CDC110004C0202
7
2CD
C 3
02 0
15 F
0004
2CD
C 3
02 0
18 F
0004
2CD
C 3
02 0
19 F
0004
2CD
C 3
02 0
20 F
0004
25 550,25 0,80,37 1,10,55 1,50,75 1,91,1 2,61,5 3,52,2 4,73,0 6,24,0 8,15,5 10,77,5 15,0
2CD
C 3
02 0
21 F
0004
1,1 1,51,5 2,12,2 3,03,0 4,04,0 4,65,5 6,27,5 8,711,0 12,115,0 16,2
* I 3
25 55
N
Solid-state relaysR31x rangeTechnical data
Typ R311/25 R311/55 R351/55
Output circuit
Switching element Alternistor
Rated operating voltage Ve (Vrmsmax) 12-530 V AC
Period. peak inverse voltage (Vpeak) 1200 Vpp
Rated load current AC51 25 Arms 55 Arms
AC53a 5 Arms 15 Arms
Operating frequency 45-65 Hz
Max. off-state leakage current
(at Vmax and T = 25 °C) 10 mA
Minimum load current 100 mA 200 mA
Max. surge current ITSM (t = 20 ms) 230 A 550 A
Max. overcurrent (t = 1 s) 37 A 85 A
Max. load integral ∫ i2dt (t = 10 ms) 265 A2s 1500 A2s
Conducting state voltage at Imax andT = 25 °C (Vpeak) 1,6 V
Permissible voltage gradient du/dt 500 V/µs
Critical current gradient di/dt 50 A/s 100 A/s
Thermal resistance barrier/base max. 0.5 K/W 0.2 K/W
Thermal resistance barrier/ambient max. 1.5 K/W 0.6 K/W
Input circuit
Control voltage 10-40 V DC 20-265 V AC/DC
Make voltage max. 10 V DC 20 V AC/DC
Break voltage min. 3 V DC 5 V AC/DC
Max. input current (at Vmax) 18 mA (bei 10 V DC) 20 mA AC/DC
28 mA (bei 40 V DC)
Max. turn-on time period 10 ms 10 ms
Max. turn-off time period 20 ms 40 ms
Gerneral data
Operating temperature -20 °C ... +70 °C
Storage temperature -40 °C ... 100 °C
Barrier-layer temp. 125 °C
Test voltage 4000 V
Dielectric strength 4000 V
Circuit diagram R31x
Control circuit
Line
Load circuit
Examples of connection
Direct start Control
Star-delta start Control
motor connections
Selection tables 380/400 V
motor power[kW] [Arms]
Direct start
Star-delta start
relay type[A]
Switching of motors withR311/ R315
motor power[kW] [Arms]
relay type[A]
2332CDC110004C0202
7
1,03 0,86 0,70 0,53 0,37 0,20
1,27 1,09 0,90 0,71 0,52 0,33
1,54 1,32 1,10 0,89 0,67 0,45
1,85 1,59 1,34 1,08 0,82 0,57
2,26 1,95 1,65 1,34 1,03 0,72
2,85 2,47 2,08 1,70 1,32 0,94
3,73 3,24 2,75 2,26 1,77 1,27
5,22 4,54 3,86 3,19 2,51 1,83
8,21 7,16 6,11 5,05 4,00 2,95
17,2 15,0 12,9 10,7 8,51 6,33
50,0
45,0
40,0
35,0
30,0
25,0
20,0
15,0
10,0
5,0
61
53
46
39
33
26
20
15
10
5
20 30 40 50 60 70
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
063
1
Solid-state relaysHeat sink dimensioning for solid-state relays
Procedure for choosing a solid-state relay
Choosing the suitable solid-state relay is easy to do, if the following4 questions are answered.
1. How much is the maximum load current?
2. Which control voltage is used?
3. Which load voltage is required?
4. Is the device operated continuously or in duty cycles?
Knowing these data you can easily choose a suitable relay bymeans of the technical data specified in this catalog.
Procedure for choosing a suitable heat sink
After having selected the relay, a heat sink suitable for the specificapplication has to be chosen. For this, the following two questionsare of importance.
1. How much is the maximum load current?
2. How much is the ambient temperature during operation?
If you know the ambient temperature during operation, you candetermine the thermal resistance between the bottom of the solid-state relay and the environment using a matrix as it is shown below.The respective matrixes for the other relays are shown on thefollowing pages. Knowing the thermal resistance and the technicaldata of the heat sink, you can then choose a suitable heat sink.
The selection of the heat sink directly affects the warming of therelay.
Relay temperature T =ambient temperature + (dissipation * thermal resistance)
The calculated value for the relay temperature should not exceed100 °C. Otherwise, danger of fire as well as danger of damage tothe device exist.
Example
Choosing the solid-state relay:
1. The maximum load current is 30 A
2. A control voltage of 230 V AC is used
3. The load voltage is 400 V AC
4. The relay shall be used at continuous operation
→ Possible relays:
R 126/50 - R 126/75 - R 126/100
Chosen relay:
R 126/50
Choosing the heat sink:
1. The maximum load current is 30 A
2. The ambient temperature during operation is 40 °C
The thermal resistance can be determined using the load current-ambient temperature matrix.
The Y axis of the diagram shows the load current, the X axis showsthe ambient temperature in °C. The thermal resistance can be readat the cross-point of the load current with the ambient temperature.In our example the thermal resistance is 1.65 K/W (kelvin/watt).
Consequently, the required heat sink must have a value of at least1.65 K/W. Here it has to be observed that the quality of the heat sinkincreases with a reduction of the temperature/power ratio whichmeans that a heat sink with a ratio of 0.5 K/W provides better heatdissipation than a heat sink with a ratio of 1.5 K/W.
The power dissipation can be read from the right column of thematrix. In our example it is 33 W.
Knowing the thermal resistance, you can now choose a suitable heatsink using the technical data.
Example 1: Heat sink KK-R111-2,1T = 40 °C + (33 W + 2.1 K/W) = 40 °C + 69.3 °C = 109.3 °C Too hot!
Example 2: Heat sink KK-R111-1,5T = 40 °C + (33 W + 1.5 K/W) = 40 °C + 49.5 °C = 89.5 °C OK!
Example 3: Heat sink KK-R111-0,5T = 40 °C + (33 W + 0.5 K/W) = 40 °C + 16,5 °C = 56.5 °C OK!
Due to reasons of space and costs, example 2 is the mostcommonly used case.
The calculated values apply for continuous duty; during cycling theheating is lower depending on the duty cycle.
• Load current-temperature matrices ............................................. 234
load current[A]
thermal resistance [K/W]
power dissipation[W]
TA ambient temperature [°C]
2342CDC110004C0202
7
R111/20 - R111/25 R111/40 - R111/45 R111/90
R120/25 - R121/25 - R126/25 R120/50 - R121/50 - R122/50 - R126/50 R121/75 - R122/75 - R126/75
R121/100 - R122/100 - R126/100
R311/25 R311/55 - R315/55
2CD
C 3
02 0
11 F
0004
2CD
C 3
02 0
12 F
0004
2CD
C 3
02 0
13 F
0004
2CD
C 3
02 0
07 F
0004
2CD
C 3
02 0
08 F
0004
2CD
C 3
02 0
09 F
0004
2CD
C 3
02 0
10 F
0004
2CD
C 3
02 0
17 F
0004
2CD
C 3
02 0
16 F
0004
2 1.7 1.4 1 0.71 0.40 32
2.5 2.1 1.8 1.4 1 0.66 27
3.1 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.4 1 23
4. 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.4 20
4.9 4.3 3.7 3.1 2.5 1.9 16
6.2 5.4 4.6 3.9 3.1 2.3 13
8.1 7.1 6.1 5.1 4 3 10
11.3 9.9 8.5 7.1 5.6 4.2 7
- 15.6 13.3 11.1 8.9 6.7 5
- - - - 18.7 14 2
20 30 40 50 60 70
25
22.5
20
17.5
15
12.5
10
7.5
5
2.5
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0.92 0.76 0.60 0.45 0.29 - 63
1.2 0.99 0.80 0.62 0.44 0.26 55
1.5 1.3 1.1 0.85 0.63 0.42 47
1.9 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.89 0.63 40
2.4 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.91 33
3 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.5 1.1 26
3.9 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 20
5.5 4.8 4.1 3.4 2.7 2.1 15
8.6 7.5 6.4 5.4 4.3 3.2 9
17.9 15.6 13.4 11.2 8,9 6.7 4
20 30 40 50 60 70
0.63 0.53 0.42 0.32 - - 97
0.81 0.69 0.57 0.45 0.33 - 84
1 0.89 0.75 0.61 0.47 0.33 71
1.3 1.2 1 0.83 0.66 0.49 59
1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.85 0.64 47
2.2 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.83 36
3.1 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.5 1.2 26
4.8 4.2 3.6 3 2.4 1.8 17
10 8.8 7.5 6.3 5 3.8 8
20 30 40 50 60 70
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
2,70 2,34 1,98 1,61 1,25 0,89
3,10 2,69 2,28 1,86 1,45 1,04
3,61 3,13 2,65 2,18 1,70 1,23
4,26 3,70 3,14 2,59 2,03 1,47
5,14 4,47 3,80 3,14 2,47 1,80
6,38 5,56 4,73 3,91 3,09 2,27
8,25 7,19 6,14 5,08 4,02 2,97
11,4 9,94 8,49 7,04 5,59 4,14
17,7 15,4 13,2 11,0 8,74 6,51
- - - - 18,2 13,6
25,0
22,5
20,0
17,5
15,0
12,5
10,0
7,5
5,0
2,5
28
24
21
18
15
12
9
7
4
2
20 30 40 50 60 70
1,03 0,86 0,70 0,53 0,37 0,20
1,27 1,09 0,90 0,71 0,52 0,33
1,54 1,32 1,10 0,89 0,67 0,45
1,85 1,59 1,34 1,08 0,82 0,57
2,26 1,95 1,65 1,34 1,03 0,72
2,85 2,47 2,08 1,70 1,32 0,94
3,73 3,24 2,75 2,26 1,77 1,27
5,22 4,54 3,86 3,19 2,51 1,83
8,21 7,16 6,11 5,05 4,00 2,95
17,2 15,0 12,9 10,7 8,51 6,33
50,0
45,0
40,0
35,0
30,0
25,0
20,0
15,0
10,0
5,0
61
53
46
39
33
26
20
15
10
5
20 30 40 50 60 70
0,91 0,78 0,65 0,52 0,39 0,26
1,10 0,96 0,81 0,66 0,51 0,36
1,34 1,17 1,00 0,83 0,66 0,49
1,60 1,40 1,20 1,00 0,80 0,60
1,93 1,68 1,44 1,20 0,96 0,72
2,38 2,08 1,78 1,49 1,19 0,89
3,06 2,68 2,30 1,91 1,53 1,15
4,21 3,68 3,16 2,63 2,10 1,58
6,51 5,70 4,88 4,07 3,26 2,44
13,5 11,77 10,09 8,41 6,73 5,04
75,0
67,5
60,0
52,5
45,0
37,5
30,0
22,5
15,0
7,5
77
68
59
50
42
34
26
19
12
6
20 30 40 50 60 70
0,54 0,45 0,36 0,27 0,18 0,09
0,68 0,58 0,47 0,37 0,27 0,17
0,86 0,74 0,62 0,50 0,38 0,26
1,08 0,94 0,80 0,66 0,52 0,38
1,37 1,20 1,03 0,85 0,68 0,51
1,70 1,49 1,28 1,06 0,85 0,64
2,21 1,93 1,66 1,38 1,10 0,83
3,06 2,68 2,30 1,91 1,53 1,15
4,78 4,18 3,59 2,99 2,39 1,79
9,98 8,73 7,49 6,24 4,99 3,74
100,0
90,0
80,0
70,0
60,0
50,0
40,0
30,0
20,0
10,0
111
97
84
71
59
47
36
26
17
8
20 30 40 50 60 70
0,46 0,36 0,26 - - 101
0,62 0,50 0,39 0,8 - 88
0,81 0,68 0,55 0,42 0,28 76
1,0 0,91 0,76 0,60 0.44 64
1,4 1,2 1,0 0,85 0,66 53
1,9 1,6 1,4 1,1 0,95 43
2,4 2,1 1,8 1,5 1,2 33
3,4 3,0 2,5 2,1 1,7 24
5,3 4,7 4,0 3,3 2,6 15
11,2 9,8 8,4 7,0 5,6 7
20 30 40 50 60
90¡ C
80¡ C
70¡ C25
22,5
20
17,5
15
12,5
10
7,5
5
2,5
- - - - -- - - 215
0,280,28 - - - - 191191
0,350,35 0,290,29 - - - 167167
0,450,45 0,380,38 0,310,31 - - 145145
0,580,58 0,500,50 0,420,42 0,330,33 0,250,25 123123
0,750,75 0,650,65 0,550,55 0,460,46 0,360,36 103103
0,960,96 0,840,84 0,720,72 0,600,60 0,480,48 8383
1,31,3 1,11,1 0,930,93 0,780,78 0,620,62 6565
1,81,8 1.51.5 1,31,3 1,11,1 0,850,85 4747
2,72,7 2,.42,.4 2,02,0 1,71,7 1,41,4 3030
5,55,5 4,84,8 4,14,1 3,53,5 2,82,8 1515
2020 3030 4040 5050 6060
5555
5050
4545
4040
3535
3030
2525
2020
1515
1010
5
8080¡ C
9090¡ C
Solid-state relaysLoad currents related to the ambient temperature,heat sink dimensioning
R111 range
R12x range
R31x range
load currentIC [A]
thermal resistance [K/W]
power dissipationP
V [W]
TA ambient temperature [°C]
load currentIC [A]
thermal resistance [K/W]
power dissipationP
V [W]
TA ambient temperature [°C]
load currentIC [A]
thermal resistance [K/W]
power dissipationP
V [W]
TA ambient temperature [°C]
load currentIC [A]
thermal resistance [K/W]
power dissipationP
V [W]
TA ambient temperature [°C]
load currentIC [A]
thermal resistance [K/W]
power dissipationP
V [W]
TA ambient temperature [°C]
load currentIC [A]
thermal resistance [K/W]
power dissipationP
V [W]
TA ambient temperature [°C]
load currentIC [A]
thermal resistance [K/W]
power dissipationPV [W]
TA ambient temperature [°C]
load currentIC [A]
thermal resistance [K/W]
TA ambient temperature [°C]
load currentIC [A]
thermal resistance [K/W]
TA ambient temperature [°C]
powerdissipation
PV [W]
thermalprotection
[°C]
powerdissipation
PV [W]
thermalprotection
[°C]
2352CDC110004C0202
7
47.6
73.5
419210
3
5.312
6xM54xM3
** = 0.4 mm*** = 0.5 mm
**
***
***
***
***
R100.20, R100.30 R111
R120, R121, R122, R126
R311, R315
2CD
C 3
02 0
23 F
0004
2CD
C 3
02 0
22 F
0004
2CD
C 3
02 0
24 F
0004
R100.45, R100.45-SGR300.20, R300.25
2CD
C 3
02 0
03 F
0004
2CD
C 3
02 0
04 F
0004
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
061
8
94 81.7
103
51.8 46.545
12.5 O5
Semiconductor contactor R100.xx and R300.xxSolid-state relays R111, R12x and R31xDimensional drawings
Use heat transfercompound!
Dimensional drawings
Use heat transfercompound!
Use heattransfercompound!
Thermoswitch
Semiconductor contactors Solid-state relays
DIN rail mounting for R100.xx
Dimensions in mm
2362CDC110004C0202
7
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
065
5
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
065
3
B T
H
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
065
1
H
TB
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
065
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
064
9
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
065
4
B
H
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
065
2
KK-R111-0,7
KK-R311-0,8
KK-R111-2,1KK-R111-1,5
KK-R111-1,5
KK-R111-0,5
KK-1,8 KK-2,6 KK-1,8 / KK-2,6
Solid-state relays - AccessoriesHeat sinks KKDimensional drawings
Heat sinks for screw mounting on a mounting plate for solid-state relays R111
Heat sinks for DIN rail mounting
Dimensions, heat sink only
Type W D H
KK-R111-2,1 51 65 65
KK-R111-1,5 45 87 97
KK-R111-0,7 80 85 139
KK-R111-0,5 120 85 139
KK-R311-0,8 114 85 139
KK-0,7 (length 100 mm)
Dimensional drawings Dimensions in mm
2372CDC110004C0202
8
Content
Logic module AC010
Benefits and advantages ...................................................................................................... 238
Ordering details for logic modules ........................................................................................ 239
Ordering details for accessories .......................................................................................... 240
Product overview AC010 ...................................................................................................... 240
Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 241
Inputs ............................................................................................................................... 241
Outputs ............................................................................................................................ 242
Power supply .................................................................................................................. 243
Cycle time determination ................................................................................................ 243
General data ................................................................................................................... 244
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 245
Logic module AC010
2382CDC110004C0202
8
2CD
C 3
12 0
01 F
000
3
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
055
4
S1 K1 S4
S5
K1 K2 T1
T1
T1
S6
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
053
6
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
053
5
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
053
4
Concept
AC010 logic modules are suitable for small and medium-sizedcontrol tasks and are able to substitute logic wiring in a quick andeasy manner.
They can be used for applications in control as well as for timingfunctions, e. g.
in buildings, lighting systems, air-conditioning systems, generalcontrol functions,
in small machines and systems or
as stand-alone control module for small applications.
Steps to the application of AC010
AC010 can be used easily, rapidly and comfortably without anytime-consuming planning and programming.
The user can discover the advantages and the benefit of theselogic modules in no time at all.
AC010 provides for the control statements according to asimple circuit diagram.
Setup, storage, simulation and documentation are performedusing the compact and user-friendly AC010-PS001 software.
Software characteristics
Display on a PC monitor according to DIN, ANSI
Various languages to choose from
Easy installation on all Windows operating systems
Technical data
Local and remote expansion modules.
Max. expansion: 24 inputs / 16 outputs
Digital inputs
2 analog outputs
Relay outputs, 8 A max.
Transistor outputs 0.5 A
With or without display
Software characteristics
Logical links
Timing function
Counter
Timer with weekend function
Real-time clock
Compare functionality
Expansion
The AC010 12/6-8 I/O logic modules can be expanded easily.This I/O expansion is possible on local and remote level.
Logic moduleAC010Benefits and advantages - Logical links instead of wiring
up to 30 m
Remote expansion
Local expansion
Base unit
Approval
LM
02
x
LM
o4
x
LM
00
x
LM
01
x
DO
00
1
DX
0x
2392CDC110004C0202
8
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
053
41S
VC
110
000
F 0
535
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
053
6
LM024-CX12RDC
LM041-CE18RDC
DX021-EX20TDC
Logic modules (DC power supply)DC power supply, DC inputs2 inputs can also be used as analog inputs, 0 - 10 V
Modules with 12 inputs can be expanded
Type Supply voltage Internal Order code Pack. Price Weightinputs/outputs unit 1 piece 1 piece
pieces kg/lb
LM021-12RDC 24VDC 8/4 relay 1SVR 440 610 R 0100 1 0.2/0.44
LM022-C12RDC 24VDC 8/4 relay 1SVR 440 610 R 0300 1 0.2/0.44
LM023-C12RDC12V 12VDC 8/4 relay 1SVR 440 612 R 0300 1 0.2/0.44
LM024-CX12RDC 24VDC 8/4 relay 1SVR 440 610 R 0200 1 0.2/0.44
LM025-C12TDC 24VDC 8/4 trans. 1SVR 440 610 R 1300 1 0.2/0.44
LM026-CX12TDC 24VDC 8/4 trans. 1SVR 440 610 R 1200 1 0.2/0.44
LM041-CE18RDC 24VDC 12/6 relay 1SVR 440 620 R 5300 1 0.3/0.66
LM042-CXE18RDC 24VDC 12/6 relay 1SVR 440 620 R 5200 1 0.3/0.66
LM043-CE20TDC 24VDC 12/8 trans. 1SVR 440 620 R 6300 1 0.3/0.66
LM044-CXE20TDC 24VDC 12/8 trans. 1SVR 440 620 R 6200 1 0.3/0.66
Logic modules (AC power supply)AC power supply, AC inputs, relay outputs
Modules with 12 inputs can be expanded
LM001-12RAC AC 8/4 relay 1SVR 440 611 R 0100 1 0.2/0.44
LM002-C12RAC AC 8/4 relay 1SVR 440 611 R 0300 1 0.2/0.44
LM003-CX12RAC AC 8/4 relay 1SVR 440 611 R 0200 1 0.2/0.44
LM011-CE18RAC AC 12/6 relay 1SVR 440 621 R 5300 1 0.3/0.66
LM012-CXE18RAC AC 12/6 relay 1SVR 440 621 R 5200 1 0.3/0.66
Expansion modulesEach logic module with 12 inputs can be expanded by one expansion module, either locally or remotelyusing the coupler CI000.
Type Supply Connection Internal Order code Pack. Price Weightvoltage inputs/outputs unit 1 piece 1 piece
pieces kg/lb
DO001-EX02R none only local - / 2 relay 1SVR 440 600 R 5000 1 0.07/0.145
DX001-EX18RAC AC local/rem. 12 AC / 6 rel. 1SVR 440 621 R 0000 1 0.3/0.66
DX011-EX18RDC DC local/rem. 12 DC / 6 rel. 1SVR 440 620 R 0000 1 0.3/0.66
DX021-EX20TDC DC local/rem. 12 DC / 8 trans. 1SVR 440 620 R 1000 1 0.3/0.66
Logic moduleAC010Ordering details
• Technical data .......................................................................... 241 • Dimensional drawings ............................................................. 245
2402CDC110004C0202
8
Type Description Order code Pack. Priceunit 1 piece
pieces
CI000 Coupler for remote expansion 1SVR 440 600 R 0000 1up to 30 m, only for logic moduleswith 12 inputs
FD001 Device bases for screw mounting 1SVR 440 694 R 0000 1(9 pieces per package)
MD001 8 kB memory module for 12 I/O AC010 1SVR 440 691 R 0000 1
MD002 16 kB memory module for 18/20 I/O AC010 1SVR 440 691 R 1000 1
PS001 - SOFT AC010 programming system 1SVR 440 690 R 0000 1CD-ROM in various languages
SD001 Power supply unit, input voltage 115/230 V AC 1SVR 440 631 R 0100 1Output voltages 12 V DC / 0.02 A,24 V DC / 0.25 A
SD002 Power supply unit, input voltage 115/230 V AC , 1SVR 440 631 R 0000 1Output voltage 24 V DC / 1.25 A
TD001 Input/output simulator with 115/230 V AC 1SVR 440 693 R 0000 1power supply unit for LM0..- 12 DC
TK001 Connecting cable PC/AC010 1SVR 440 692 R 0000 1
TK011 Spare plug for connection 1SVR 440 692 R 1000 1Base device with expansion devices
Manual German 2CDC 126 009 M 0101 1English 2CDC 126 009 M 0201 1French 2CDC 126 009 M 0301 1
Spain 2CDC 126 009 M 0701 1Italian 2CDC 126 009 M 0901 1
LM021-12RDC x 8 4R 8 A x - -
LM022-C12RDC x 8 4R 8 A x x -
LM023-C12RDC12V x 8 4R 8 A x x -
LM024-CX12RDC x 8 4R 8 A - x -
LM025-C12TDC x 8 4T 0.5 A x x -
LM026-CX12TDC x 8 4T 0.5 A - x -
LM041-CE18RDC x 12 6R 8 A x x x x x x x x
LM042-CXE18RDC x 12 6R 8 A - x x x x x x
LM043-CE20TDC x 12 8T 0.5 A x x x x x x x x
LM044-CXE20TDC x 12 8T 0.5 A - x x x x x x
LM001-12RAC x 8 4R 8 A x - -
LM002-C12RAC x 8 4R 8 A x x -
LM003-CX12RAC x 8 4R 8 A - x -
LM011-CE18RAC x 12 6R 8 A x x x x x x x x
LM012-CXE18RAC x 12 6R 8 A - x x x x x x
115/
230
V A
C s
uppl
y
24 V
DC
sup
ply
12 V
DC
sup
ply
Inpu
ts
Out
puts
: R
=re
lay,
T=
Tra
nsi
sto
r
Con
t. cu
rren
t ou
tput
s
LC d
ispl
ay,
keyb
oard
Tex
t on
dis
play
Wee
kly
timer
Exp
anda
ble
with
mod
ules
liste
d in
the
nex
t co
lum
ns
DO
001-
EX
02R
(loca
l on
ly)
DX
001-
EX
18R
AC
DX
011-
EX
18R
DC
DX
021-
EX
20T
DC
Type
Logic module - AccessoriesAC010Ordering details, product overview
Product overview AC010
Accessories for logic modules AC010
2412CDC110004C0202
8
U[V]
5.0
9.9
5.0 9.90 1S
VC
110
000
F 0
553
Type LM0..-.12.DC LM0..-.18/20.DC, DX0..DC
Analog inputs
Number 2
Electrical isolation
- against power supply no
- against digital inputs no
- against outputs yes
Input type DC voltage
Signal range 0 to 10 V DC
Resolution, analog 0.1 V
Resolution, digital 0.1 V
Input impedance 11.2 kΩAccuracy- two "AC010" units ± 3 % from actual value
- within one unit ± 2 % from actual value (I7, I8), ± 0.12 V
Conversion time Input delay ON: 20 msanalog/digital Input delay OFF: Every cycle time
Input current < 1 mA
Line length (shielded) 30 m
Logic moduleAC010Technical data for digital/analog inputs
Type LM0..-.12.RDC 12V LM0..-.12.DC LM0..-.18/20.DC, LM0..-.12RAC LM0..-.18RAC, DX0..-AC
DX0..-.DC
Digital inputs DC 115/230 V AC
Number 8 8 12 8 12
2 inputs (I7, I8) can be used as analog inputs
State indication LCD, if available LCD, if available
Potential separation
- against voltage supply no no
- against each other no no
- against the outputs yes yes
Rated voltage Rated voltage L sinusoidal
Rated voltage 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
- in 0 state <4 V DC (I1 - I8) <5 V DC (I1 - I8) <5 V DC 0-40 V AC(I1- I12, R1-R12)
- in 1 state >8 V DC (I1 - I8) >8 V DC (I7, I8) >8 V DC (I7, I8) 79-264 V AC>15 V DC (I1 - I6) >15 V DC
(I1 - I6, I9 - I12,R1 - R12)
Rated frequency 50/60 HZ
Input current
- in 1 state 3.3 mA / 12 V DC 3.3 mA / 24 V DC 3.3 mA / 24 V DC 6 x 0.5 mA / 230 V AC 50 Hz 10(12) x 0.5 mA / 230 V AC 50 Hz(I1 - I6) (I1 - I6, R1 - R12) (I1 - I6, I9 - I12, 6 x 0.25 mA / 115 V AC 60 Hz 10(12) x 0.25 mA / 115 V AC 60 Hz
R1 - R12) R1 - R12, I1 - I16(AC010 also I9 - I12)
- I7, I8 1.1 mA / 12 V DC 2.2 mA / 24 V DC 2.2 mA / 24 V DC 2 x 6 mA / 230 V AC 50 Hz2 x 4 mA / 115 V AC 60 Hz
Switching delay from 0 to 1 and from 1 to 0 for I1 - I6, I9 - I12
Debounce ON 20 ms 80 ms (50 Hz),662/3 ms (60 Hz)
Debounce OFF typ. 0.3 ms (I1 - I6) typ. 0.25 ms (I1 - I12) 20 ms (50H z),162/3 ms (60 Hz)typ. 0.35 ms (I7, I8) (also for R1 - R12)
Switching delay from 1 to 0
Debounce ON 20 ms
Debounce OFF typ. 0.3 ms (I1 - I6) typ. 0.4 ms (I1 - I6) typ. 0.4 ms(for LM0..-.12.DC and typ. 0.35 ms (I7, I8) typ. 0.2 ms (I7, I8) (I1 - I6, I9 - I12)LM0..-.18/20 DC also R1 - R12) typ. 0.2ms (I7, I8)
Switching delay 17, 18 from 1 to 0
Debounce ON 160 ms (50 Hz), 150 ms (60 Hz) 80 ms (50 Hz), 662/3 ms (60 Hz)
Debounce OFF 100 ms (50/60 Hz) 20 ms (50 Hz), 162/3 ms (60 Hz)
Max. permitted line length(per input),line length (unshielded) 100 m
I1 - I6, R1 - R12 typ. 40 m(for AC010 also I9 - I12)
17, 18 typ. 100 m
2422CDC110004C0202
8
RL
Type LM0..-.12R. LM0..-.18R., DX0..-..R.Number 4 6
Output type relay
In groups of 1
Parallel connection of outputsto increase switching capacity not permitted
Fusing of an output relay Circuit breaker B16 or fuse 8A (slow-acting)
Electrical isolation against yesmains supply, inputs 300VAC (safe isolation)
600VAC (basic isolation)
Mechanical lifetime(operations) 10x106
Relay current pathsConventional thermal current 8 A (10A UL)
Recommended for load > 500 mA, 12 V AC/DC
Short-circuit proof cosϕ = 1 16 A, B characteristic (B16) at 600 A
Short-circuit proof cosϕ = 0.5 to 0.7 16 A, B characteristic (B16) at 900 A
Rated surge voltage resistance 6 kVVimp contact-coil
Rated insulation voltage Vi
Rated operating voltage Ve 250 V AC
Safe isolation acc. to EN 50178 300 V ACbetween coil and contact
Safe isolation acc. to EN 50178 300 V ACbetween two contacts
Switch-on capacityAC-15 250 V AC, 3 A (600 S/h) 300 000 operations
DC-13 L/R ≤ 150 ms 24 V DC, 200 000 operations1 A (500 S/h)
Switch-off capacityAC-15 250 V AC, 3 A (600 S/h) 300 000 operations
DC-13 L/R ≤ 150 ms 24 V DC, 200 000 operations1 A (500 S/h)
Incandescent lamp load 1000 W at 230/240 V AC / 25000 operations500 W at 115/120 V AC / 25000 operations
Fluorescent tube with electrical 10 x 58 W at 230/240 V AC / 25000 operat.ballast
Fluorescent tube, conventionally 1 x 58 W at 230/240 V AC / 25000 operationscompensated
Fluorescent tube, non-compensated 10 x 58 W at 230/240 V AC / 25000 operations
Relay switching frequencies
Mechanical operations 10 x 106
- mechanical switching frequency 10 Hz
- ohmic load / lamp load 2 Hz
- inductive load 0,5 Hz
UL/CSACont. current at 240 V AC / 24 V DC 10/8 A
AC Control Circuit Rating Codes B300 Light Pilot Duty(utilization category)Maximum rated operatingvoltage 300 V ACMax. thermal constant current 5 Acos ϕ = 1 at B300Max. make/brake 3600/360 VAapparent power cosϕ ≠1at B300
DC Control Circuit Rating Codes R300 Light Pilot Duty(utilization category)Maximum rated operating 300 V DCvoltageMax. thermal constant current 1 Aat R300Max. make/brake apparent power 28/28 VAat R300
Type LM0..-.12T. LM0..-.18/20., DX0..Number of outputs 4 8Output type solid-stateRated voltage Ve 24 V DCPermissible voltage range 20.4 to 28.8 V DC
Residual ripple ≤ 5 %Supply currentIn "0" state, typ. 9 mA, max.16 mA typ. 18 mA, max. 32 mAIn "1" state, typ. 12 mA, max. 22 mA typ. 24 mA, max. 44 mAReverse polarity protection Yes. Warning! In case of reverse polarity
of the input voltage, danger of shortcircuit if voltage is applied to the outputs.
Electrical isolation against the yesinputs and power supplyRated current Ie in "1" state max. 0.5 A DCLamp load 5 W without RV
Residual current in "0" state per channel < 0.1 mAMax. output voltageIn "0" state with ext. 2.5 Vload < 10 MΩIn "1" state, Ie = 0.5 A V = Ve - 1VShort-circuit protection yes, thermally (evaluation by means of
diagnosis input I16, I15; R15; R16)
Short-circuit tripping current 0.7 A ≤ Ie ≤ 2 A (depending on the numberfor Ra ≤10 mΩ of active channels and their rating)Max. total short-circuit current 8 A 16 APeak short-circuit current 16 A 32 AThermal switch-off yesMax. switching frequency at ohmic 40,000 (depending on software andload RL < 100 kΩ in operations per load)hourParallel connection of outputs Group 1: Group 1:at resistive load; Q1 to Q4 Q1 to Q4, S1 to S4inductive load with externalprotection circuitry Group 2:combination within one group Q5 to Q8, S5 to S8Max. number of outputs 4Maximum total current 2.0 A,
Warning! Outputs must be controlledsimultaneously and for the sameduration.
Indication of output states LCD display (if available)
Inductive load (without external protection circuit)
General notes:T 0.95 = time in msec., until 95 % of the stationary current is reached
T 0.95 ≈ 3 x T 0.65 = R 3 x
Utilization categories in groups ofQ1 to Q4Q5 to Q8S1 to S4S5 to S8T 0.95 = 1 ms Simultaneity factor g = 0.25R = 48Ω Rel. duty cycle 100 %L = 16 mH Max. switching frequency f = 0.5 Hz
Max. duty cycle on-time = 50 %=> Switching operations p. hour 1500
DC13 Simultaneity factor g = 0.25T 0.95 = 72 ms Rel. duty cycle 100 %R = 48 Ω Max. switching frequency f = 0.5 HzL = 1.15 H Max. duty cycle on-time = 50 %
=> Switching operations p. hour 1500Other inductive loads:T 0.95 = 15 ms Simultaneity factor g = 0.25R = 48 Ω Rel. duty cycle 100 %L = 0.24 H Max. switching frequency f = 0.5 Hz
Max. duty cycle on-time = 50 %=> Switching operations p. hour 1500
Inductive load with external RC circuit for each load
Simultaneity factor g = 1Rel. duty cycle 100 %Max. switching frequency depending on the type ofMax. duty cycle protection circuitry=> Switching operations p. hour
Relay outputs LM0..-12R., LM0..-.18R, DX0..-R. Transistor outputs LM0..-12T., LM0..-.18/20., DX0..
Logic moduleAC010Technical data for relay and transistor outputs
2432CDC110004C0202
8
Type LM0..-.12RAC LM0..-.18/20RAC, DX0..-ACRated value 115/120/230/240 V AC 100/110/115/120/230/240 V AC(sinusoidal)Operating range +10/–15 % +10/–15 %
90 up to 264 V AC 85 up to 264 V ACFrequency, rated value, 50/60 Hz, ± 5 %toleranceInput current consumptionat 115/120 V AC 60 Hz typ. 40 mA typ. 70 mAat 230/240 V AC 50 Hz typ. 20 mA typ. 35 mAVoltage dips 20 ms, IEC/EN 61 131-2Power dissipationat 115/120 V AC typ. 5 VA typ. 10 VAat 230/240 V AC typ. 5 VA typ. 10 VA
Typ LM0..-.12DC 12V LM0..-.12 DC LM0..-.18RDCLM0..-.20TDC,DX0..-DC
Rated voltageNominal value 12 V DC, 24 V DC, +20 %, –15 %
+30 %, –15 %
Permitted range 10.2 to 15.6VDC 20.4 to 28.8 20.4 to 28.8
Residual ripple ± 5 % ≤ 5 % ≤ 5 %Input current at 24 V DC typ. 140 mA typ. 80 mA typ. 140 mA(for LM023... 12 V DC)Voltage dips 10 ms, IEC/EN 61 131-2Power dissipation at 24 V DC typ. 2 W typ. 2 W typ. 3.5 W(for LM023... 12 V DC)
Number Duration in µs SumBasic clock 1 210Refresh 1 3500Contacts and bridged contact 20fieldsCoils 20Current paths from the first 50to the last, also blank pathsin betweenConnector (nur , , ) 20Timing relays (see below) –Counters (see below) –Analog quantity processor(see below) –Sum
Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8Timing relays in µs 20 40 80 120 160 200 240 280Counters in µs 20 50 90 130 170 210 260 310Analog value comparator in µs 80 100 120 140 160 180 220 260
Number Duration in µs SumBasic clock 1 520Refresh 5700Contacts and bridged contact 40fieldsCoils 20Current paths from the first 70to the last, also blank pathsin betweenConnector (only , , ) 40Timing relays (see below) –Counters (see below) –Analog quantity processor –(see below)Sum
Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8Timing relays in µs 40 120 160 220 300 370 440 540Counters in µs 40 100 160 230 300 380 460 560Analog value comparator in µs 120 180 220 260 300 360 420 500
Cycle time determination LM0..-12 Cycle time determination LM0..-18/20
List of duration values for the processing of function relays
Power supply LM0..-12RAC,LM0..-.18/20RAC, DX0..-AC
Power supply LM0..-12DC 12V,LM0..-.18/20RDC, DX0..-AC
Logic moduleAC010Technical data for power supply, cycle time determination
2442CDC110004C0202
8
Climatic ambient conditions(cold acc. to IEC 60 068-2-1, heat acc. to IEC 60 068-2-2)Operating ambient temperature –25 to 55 °C, –13 to 131 °Fhorizontal/vertical installation
Moisture condensation prevent moisture condensation through suitable measuresLCD display (100% readable) 0 to 55 °C, 32 to 131 °FStorage/shipping temperature –40 to +70 °C, –40 to 158 °FRelative air humidity (IEC 60 068-2-30) 5 to 95 %, non-condensatingAir pressure (operation) 795 to 1080 hPaCorrosion resistanceIEC 60 068-2-42 SO2 10 cm³ /m³ , 4 daysIEC 60 068-2-43 H2 S 1 cm³ /m³ , 4 days
Mechanical ambient conditionsPollution degree 2Degree of protection (EN 50 178, IEC 60 529, VBG4) IP 20Vibrations (IEC 60 068-2-6) 10 to 57 Hz (constant magnitude 0.15 mm)
57 to 150 Hz (constant acceleration 2 g)Shocks (IEC 60 068-2-27) 18 shocks
(half-sinusoidal 15 g / 11 ms)Dropping (IEC 60 068-2-31) dropping height 50 mmFree fall, packed (IEC 60 068-2-32) 1 m
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)Electrostatic discharge (ESD), 8 kV air discharge,(IEC/EN 61 000-4-2, severity class 3) 6 kV air discharge,Electromagnetic fields (RFI), (IEC/EN 61 000-4-3) 10 V/m field strengthRFI suppression (EN 55 011, EN 55 022) class BBurst pulses (IEC/EN 61 000-4-4, severity class 3) 2 kV supply lines,
2 kV signal linesHigh-energy pulses (surge) "AC010"-AC 2 kV symmetrical supply line(IEC/EN 61 000-4-5)High-energy pulses (surge) "AC010"-DC 0.5 kV symmetrical supply line(IEC/EN 61 000-4-5, severity class 2)Inflow (IEC/EN 61 000-4-6) 10 V
Insulation strengthRating of the clearance/creepage distances EN 50 178, UL 508, CSA C22.2, No 142Insulation strength EN 50 178
Tool and conductor cross-sectionsSolid wire min. 0.2 mm2 , max. 4 mm2 /AWG: 22 -12Stranded wire with wire end ferrule min. 0.2 mm2 , max. 2.5 mm2 /
AWG: 22 -12factory wiring: up to AWG 30
Flat-bladed screwdriver width 3.5 x 0.8 mm, 0.14 x 0.03 "Tightening torque 0.6 Nm
Buffering/precision of the real-time clock (only for "AC010"-C)Clock buffer- at 25 °C / 77 °F typ. 64 h- at 40 °C / 104 °F typ. 24 hAccuracy of the real-time clock typ. ± 5 s/day, ~ ± 0,5 h/year
Repeat accuracy of timing relaysAccuracy of timing relays ±1 % of the set valueResolution"s" range 10 ms"M:S" range 1 s"H:M" range 1 min.
Remanence memoryRemanence memory writing cycles ≥ 100 000
Current paths (basic devices)LM0..-.12.. 41LM0..-.18/20.. 121
Logic moduleAC010General technical data
2452CDC110004C0202
8
47.5
56.5
58
45
4.5
11010
2
90
7.5
M4
7.5
35.5
10.75 50
M4
35.75
71.5
90 102
110
47.5
56.5
58
45
4.5
90 102
110
M4
107.5
75 16.2516.25
47.5
56.5
58
45
4.5
CI000 LM0..-.12...
LM0..-.18/20..., DX0...,
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
055
9
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
056
0
1SV
C 1
10 0
00 F
056
1
General data for logic modules AC010
CI000 LM0..-.12. LM0..-.18/20, DX0...
Dimensions W x H x D
[mm] 35.5 x 90 x 53 71.5 x 90 x 53 107.5 x 90 x 53
[inches] 1.4 x 3.54 x 2.08 2.81 x 3.54 x 2.08 4.23 x 3.54 x 2.08
Spacing units (SU) 2 SU wide 4 SU wide 6 SU wide
Weight
[g] 70 200 300
[lb] 0.154 0.441 0.661
Mounting top-hat rail DIN 50 022, 35 mm or screw mounting with 3 device basesFD001 (accessories); for CI000 only two device bases are required.
mm inches mm inches
4.5 0.177 56.5 2.22
7.5 0.295 58 2.28
10.75 4.23 71.5 2.81
16.25 0.64 75 2.95
35.5 1.4 90 3.54
35.75 1.41 102 4.01
45 1.77 107.5 4.23
47.5 1.87 110 4.33
50 1.97
Dimensional drawings
mm-inch conversion table
Logic moduleAC010General technical data, dimensional drawings
Dimensions in mm
2462CDC110004C0202
8
Notes
2472CDC110004C0202
9
Index
Content
Alphanumerical index ..................................................................................................... 248
Numerical index ................................................................................................................ 252
2482CDC110004C0202
9
Alphanumerical index
Type Order code Page Type Order code Page Type Order code Page
11 E2 405 661 00 19322 E2 405 651 00 191,19241 E2 405 662 00 19342 E2 405 652 00 191,19261 E2 405 664 00 19362 E2 405 654 00 191,19271 E2 405 666 00 19372 E2 405 656 00 191,19281 E2 405 666 20 19382 E2 405 656 20 191,19291 E2 405 664 01 19392 E2 405 654 01 191,19241V E2 405 662 10 19342V E2 405 652 10 191,19251B E2 405 663 00 19351C E2 405 663 10 19352B E2 405 653 00 191,19252C E2 405 653 10 191,19261C E2 405 665 00 19361CV E2 405 665 10 19361V E2 405 664 10 19362C E2 405 655 00 191,19262CV E2 405 655 10 191,19262V E2 405 654 10 191,19271A E2 405 666 10 19372A E2 405 656 10 191,19291C E2 405 665 01 19391CV E2 405 665 11 19391V E2 405 664 11 19392C E2 405 655 01 191,19292CV E2 405 655 11 191,19292V E2 405 654 11 191,192AC010 Manual english 2CDC 126 009 M 0201 240AC010 Manual french 2CDC 126 009 M 0301 240AC010 Manual german 2CDC 126 009 M 0101 240AC010 Manual italian 2CDC 126 009 M 0901 240AC010 Manual spanish 2CDC 126 009 M 0701 240AD2,5 1SNA 114 205 R2000 202Adapter for screw mounting 1SVR 440 029 R0100 109AL2 1SNA 163 070 R0000 202AL3 1SNA 163 261 R0000 202Apapter for screw mounting 1SVR 430 029 R0100 34,109BADH 1SNA 116 900 R2700 201BADL V0 1SNA 399 903 R0200 207BAM 1SNA 103 002 R2600 207BAM V0 1SNA 399 306 R0300 207BAMH 1SNA 114 836 R0000 201BAMH V0 1SNA 194 836 R0100 201BJS9 1SNA 177 583 R1200 202BJS9 1SNA 177 584 R1300 202BMNS A24V-4 1SNA 031 839 R1300 215BNMS P24V-1 1SNA 031 815 R0300 214BNMS P24V-2 1SNA 031 819 R1700 213BNMS P24V-3 1SNA 031 810 R1200 212BNMS P48V-3 1SNA 031 811 R0700 212BNMS P5V-1 1SNA 031 814 R0200 214BNMS P5V-2 1SNA 031 818 R1600 213BNMS P5V-3 1SNA 031 809 R2600 212BNMS R24V-1 1SNA 031 820 R1400 201BNMS T115V-1 1SNA 031 804 R1100 211BNMS T230V-1 1SNA 031 805 R1200 211BNMS T24V-1 1SNA 031 800 R2100 208BNMS T24V-1 1SNA 031 802 R1700 208BNMS T48V-1 1SNA 031 801 R1600 208BNMS T48V-1 1SNA 031 803 R1000 208C011-100 GHC0 110 003 R0004 78C011-110 GHC0 110 003 R0005 78C011-120 GHC0 110 003 R0006 78C011-130 GHC0 110 003 R0007 78C011-140 GHC0 110 003 R0011 78C011-150 GHC0 110 003 R0008 78C011-160 GHC0 110 003 R0009 78C011-170 GHC0 110 003 R0010 78C011-3-150 GHC0 110 033 R0008 78C011-70 GHC0 110 003 R0001 78C011-80 GHC0 110 003 R0002 78C011-90 GHC0 110 003 R0003 78C510.01-24 1SAR 700 001 R0005 83
C510.01-K 1SAR 700 001 R0006 83C510.02-24 1SAR 700 002 R0005 83C510.02-K 1SAR 700 002 R0006 83C510.03-24 1SAR 700 003 R0005 83C510.03-K 1SAR 700 003 R0006 83C510.11-24 1SAR 700 004 R0005 83C510.11-K 1SAR 700 004 R0006 83C510.12-24 1SAR 700 005 R0005 83C510.12-K 1SAR 700 005 R0006 83C510.13-24 1SAR 700 006 R0005 83C510.13-K 1SAR 700 006 R0006 83C511.01-24 1SAR 700 011 R0005 83C511.01-W 1SAR 700 011 R0010 83C511.02-24 1SAR 700 012 R0005 83C511.02-W 1SAR 700 012 R0010 83C511.03-24 1SAR 700 013 R0005 83C511.03-W 1SAR 700 013 R0010 83C511.11-24 1SAR 700 014 R0005 83C511.11-W 1SAR 700 014 R0010 83C511.12-24 1SAR 700 015 R0005 83C511.12-W 1SAR 700 015 R0010 83C511.13-24 1SAR 700 016 R0005 83C511.13-W 1SAR 700 016 R0010 83C512-24 1SAR 700 100 R0005 83C512-D 1SAR 700 101 R0100 83C512-E 1SAR 700 102 R0100 83C512-W 1SAR 700 100 R0010 83C513-D 1SAR 700 111 R0100 83C513-E 1SAR 700 112 R0100 83C513-W 1SAR 700 110 R0010 83C558.01 1SAR 470 020 R0004 63C558.01 1SAR 470 020 R0005 63C558.02 1SAR 471 020 R0004 64C558.02 1SAR 471 020 R0005 64C558.03 1SAR 472 020 R0004 65C558.03 1SAR 472 020 R0005 65C558.10 1SAR 477 000 R0100 64C558.10 1SAR 477 000 R0100 65C560.10 1SAR 390 000 R1000 128C560.20 1SAR 390 000 R2000 128C571 1SAR 501 020 R0001 118C571 1SAR 501 020 R0003 118C571-AC 1SAR 501 020 R0004 118C571-AC 1SAR 501 020 R0005 118C572 1SAR 501 032 R0002 121C572 1SAR 501 032 R0003 121C572 1SAR 501 032 R0004 121C572 1SAR 501 032 R0005 121C573 1SAR 501 031 R0001 119C574 1SAR 503 041 R0002 122C574 1SAR 503 041 R0003 122C574 1SAR 503 041 R0004 122C574 1SAR 503 041 R0005 122C574 1SAR 503 141 R0002 122C574 1SAR 503 141 R0003 122C574 1SAR 503 141 R0004 122C574 1SAR 503 141 R0005 122C574 1SAR 533 141 R0002 122C574 1SAR 533 141 R0003 122C574 1SAR 533 141 R0004 122C574 1SAR 533 141 R0005 122C574 1SAR 533 241 R0002 122C574 1SAR 533 241 R0003 122C574 1SAR 533 241 R0004 122C574 1SAR 533 241 R0005 122C575 1SAR 504 022 R0002 123C575 1SAR 504 022 R0003 123C575 1SAR 504 022 R0004 123C575 1SAR 504 022 R0005 123C576 1SAR 501 120 R0001 120C577 1SAR 501 220 R0001 120C579 1SAR 502 040 R0001 124C579-AC 1SAR 502 040 R0004 124C579-AC 1SAR 502 040 R0005 124C6700 1SAR 510 120 R0003 125C6701 1SAR 511 320 R0003 126C6702 1SAR 513 320 R0003 127C6702 1SAR 543 320 R0003 127
CC-E /I 1SVR 011 708 R0400 164CC-E I/I 1SVR 011 714 R1100 155CC-E I/I 1SVR 011 715 R1200 155CC-E I/I 1SVR 011 717 R1400 155CC-E I/I 1SVR 011 718 R2500 155CC-E I/I 1SVR 011 724 R1300 155CC-E I/I 1SVR 011 725 R1400 155CC-E I/I 1SVR 011 727 R1600 155CC-E I/I 1SVR 011 728 R2700 155CC-E I/V 1SVR 011 713 R1000 155CC-E I/V 1SVR 011 716 R1300 155CC-E I/V 1SVR 011 723 R1200 155CC-E I/V 1SVR 011 726 R1500 155CC-E IAC/I 1SVR 011 771 R2200 164CC-E IAC/I 1SVR 011 772 R2300 164CC-E IAC/I 1SVR 011 781 R0600 164CC-E IAC/I 1SVR 011 782 R0700 164CC-E IAC/V 1SVR 011 770 R0500 164CC-E IAC/V 1SVR 011 780 R1100 164CC-E IDC/I 1SVR 011 774 R2500 164CC-E IDC/I 1SVR 011 775 R2600 164CC-E IDC/I 1SVR 011 784 R0100 164CC-E IDC/I 1SVR 011 785 R1100 164CC-E IDC/V 1SVR 011 773 R2400 164CC-E IDC/V 1SVR 011 783 R0000 164CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 731 R1200 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 732 R1300 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 734 R1500 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 735 R1600 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 737 R1000 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 738 R2100 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 740 R0700 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 741 R2400 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 789 R2500 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 790 R2200 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 792 R1000 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 793 R1100 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 795 R1300 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 796 R1400 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 798 R2600 158CC-E RTD/I 1SVR 011 799 R2700 158CC-E RTD/V 1SVR 011 730 R2500 158CC-E RTD/V 1SVR 011 733 R1400 158CC-E RTD/V 1SVR 011 736 R1700 158CC-E RTD/V 1SVR 011 739 R2200 158CC-E RTD/V 1SVR 011 788 R2400 158CC-E RTD/V 1SVR 011 791 R1700 158CC-E RTD/V 1SVR 011 794 R1200 158CC-E RTD/V 1SVR 011 797 R1500 158CC-E TC/I 1SVR 011 751 R2600 161CC-E TC/I 1SVR 011 752 R2700 161CC-E TC/I 1SVR 011 754 R2100 161CC-E TC/I 1SVR 011 755 R2200 161CC-E TC/I 1SVR 011 761 R2000 161CC-E TC/I 1SVR 011 762 R2100 161CC-E TC/I 1SVR 011 764 R2300 161CC-E TC/I 1SVR 011 765 R2400 161CC-E TC/V 1SVR 011 750 R0100 161CC-E TC/V 1SVR 011 753 R2000 161CC-E TC/V 1SVR 011 760 R0300 161CC-E TC/V 1SVR 011 763 R2200 161CC-E V/I 1SVR 011 711 R1600 155CC-E V/I 1SVR 011 712 R1700 155CC-E V/I 1SVR 011 721 R1000 155CC-E V/I 1SVR 011 722 R1100 155CC-E V/V 1SVR 011 710 R2100 155CC-E V/V 1SVR 011 719 R2600 155CC-E V/V 1SVR 011 720 R2300 155CC-E V/V 1SVR 011 729 R2000 155CC-E/I 1SVR 011 703 R2700 164CC-E/RTD 1SVR 011 701 R2500 158CC-E/RTD 1SVR 011 706 R2200 158CC-E/STD 1SVR 011 700 R0000 155CC-E/STD 1SVR 011 705 R2100 155CC-E/TC 1SVR 011 702 R2600 161CC-E/TC 1SVR 011 707 R2300 161CC-EIAC/ILPO 1SVR 010 203 R0500 164CC-U/I 1SVR 040 006 R0100 165
2492CDC110004C0202
9
CC-U/I 1SVR 040 007 R0200 165CC-U/RTD 1SVR 040 002 R0500 159CC-U/RTD 1SVR 040 003 R0600 159CC-U/RTDR 1SVR 040 012 R2600 160CC-U/RTDR 1SVR 040 013 R2700 160CC-U/STD 1SVR 040 000 R1700 156CC-U/STD 1SVR 040 001 R0400 156CC-U/STDR 1SVR 040 010 R0000 157CC-U/STDR 1SVR 040 011 R2500 157CC-U/TC 1SVR 040 004 R0700 162CC-U/TC 1SVR 040 005 R0000 162CC-U/TCR 1SVR 040 014 R2000 163CC-U/TCR 1SVR 040 015 R2100 163CC-U/V 1SVR 040 008 R1300 166CC-U/V 1SVR 040 009 R1400 166CI000 1SVR 440 600 R0000 240CM-AH-3 1SVR 450 056 R7000 93CM-ASN 1SVR 450 320 R0200 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 320 R0500 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 320 R0700 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 321 R0200 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 321 R0500 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 321 R0700 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 322 R0200 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 322 R0500 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 322 R0700 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 421 R0200 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 422 R0500 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 423 R0600 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 424 R0700 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 426 R0800 53CM-ASN 1SVR 450 932 R0100 53CM-ASS 1SVR 430 864 R1100 53CM-ASS 1SVR 430 864 R3100 53CM-ASS 1SVR 430 865 R1100 53CM-ASS 1SVR 430 865 R3100 53CM-EFN 1SVR 450 200 R1100 45CM-EFN 1SVR 450 201 R1200 45CM-ENE MAX 1SVR 550 850 R9400 88CM-ENE MAX 1SVR 550 851 R9400 88CM-ENE MAX 1SVR 550 855 R9400 88CM-ENE MIN 1SVR 550 850 R9500 88CM-ENE MIN 1SVR 550 851 R9500 88CM-ENE MIN 1SVR 550 855 R9500 88CM-ENN 1SVR 450 050 R0000 91CM-ENN 1SVR 450 051 R0000 91CM-ENN 1SVR 450 052 R0000 91CM-ENN 1SVR 450 055 R0000 91CM-ENN 1SVR 450 059 R0000 91CM-ENN UP/DOWN 1SVR 450 050 R0100 92CM-ENN UP/DOWN 1SVR 450 051 R0100 92CM-ENN UP/DOWN 1SVR 450 052 R0100 92CM-ENN UP/DOWN 1SVR 450 059 R0100 92CM-ENS 1SVR 430 851 R0100 89CM-ENS 1SVR 430 851 R1100 89CM-ENS 1SVR 430 851 R1300 89CM-ENS 1SVR 430 851 R2100 89CM-ENS 1SVR 430 851 R9100 89CM-ENS UP/DOWN 1SVR 430 851 R0200 90CM-ENS UP/DOWN 1SVR 430 851 R1200 90CM-ENS UP/DOWN 1SVR 430 851 R9200 90CM-ESN 1SVR 450 210 R0000 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 210 R0100 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 210 R0200 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 211 R0000 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 211 R0100 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 211 R0200 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 215 R0000 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 215 R0100 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 215 R0200 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 220 R0000 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 220 R0100 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 220 R0200 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 221 R0000 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 221 R0100 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 221 R0200 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 225 R0000 44CM-ESN 1SVR 450 225 R0100 44
Type Order code Page Type Order code Page Type Order code Page
Alphanumerical index
CM-ESN 1SVR 450 225 R0200 44CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R0000 43CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R0100 43CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R0200 43CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R1000 43CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R1100 43CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R1200 43CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R9000 43CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R9100 43CM-ESS 1SVR 430 831 R9200 43CM-GM-1 1SVR 450 056 R8000 93CM-IWN-AC 1SVR 450 071 R0000 61CM-IWN-AC 1SVR 450 075 R0000 61CM-IWN-DC 1SVR 450 065 R0000 62CM-KH-3 1SVR 450 056 R6000 93CM-KRN 1SVR 450 080 R0000 98CM-KRN 1SVR 450 081 R0000 98CM-KRN 1SVR 450 082 R0000 98CM-KRN 1SVR 450 089 R0000 98CM-KRN 1SVR 450 090 R0000 98CM-KRN 1SVR 450 091 R0000 98CM-KRN 1SVR 450 099 R0000 98CM-LWN 1SVR 450 330 R0000 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 330 R0100 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 331 R0000 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 331 R0100 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 332 R0000 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 332 R0100 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 334 R0000 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 334 R0100 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 335 R0000 71CM-LWN 1SVR 450 335 R0100 71CM-MPS 1SVR 430 884 R1300 54CM-MPS 1SVR 430 884 R3300 54CM-MPS 1SVR 430 885 R1300 54CM-MPS 1SVR 430 885 R3300 54CM-MSE 1SVR 550 800 R9300 75CM-MSE 1SVR 550 801 R9300 75CM-MSE 1SVR 550 805 R9300 75CM-MSN 1SVR 450 025 R0100 77CM-MSS 1SVR 430 710 R0200 76CM-MSS 1SVR 430 710 R9300 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 711 R0300 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 711 R1300 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 711 R2300 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 720 R0300 76CM-MSS 1SVR 430 720 R0400 76CM-MSS 1SVR 430 720 R0500 77CM-MSS 1SVR 430 800 R9100 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 801 R1100 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 810 R9300 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 811 R0300 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 811 R1300 75CM-MSS 1SVR 430 811 R9300 75CM-PBE 1SVR 550 881 R9400 50CM-PBE 1SVR 550 882 R9500 50CM-PFE 1SVR 550 824 R9100 51CM-PFN 1SVR 450 311 R0400 52CM-PFN 1SVR 450 311 R0500 52CM-PFN 1SVR 450 312 R0400 52CM-PFN 1SVR 450 312 R0500 52CM-PFS 1SVR 430 824 R9300 51CM-PVE 1SVR 550 870 R9400 50CM-PVE 1SVR 550 871 R9500 50CM-PVN 1SVR 450 300 R1200 52CM-PVN 1SVR 450 300 R1500 52CM-PVN 1SVR 450 300 R1700 52CM-PVN 1SVR 450 301 R1200 52CM-PVN 1SVR 450 301 R1500 52CM-PVN 1SVR 450 302 R1500 52CM-PVN 1SVR 450 302 R1700 52CM-SIS 1SVR 430 500 R2300 99CM-SRN 1SVR 450 110 R0000 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 110 R0100 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 111 R0000 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 111 R0100 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 115 R0000 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 115 R0100 42
CM-SRN 1SVR 450 120 R0000 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 120 R0100 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 121 R0000 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 121 R0100 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 125 R0000 42CM-SRN 1SVR 450 125 R0100 42CM-SRS 1SVR 430 841 R0100 42CM-SRS 1SVR 430 841 R1100 42CM-SRS 1SVR 430 841 R9100 42CM-WDS 1SVR 430 896 R0000 104CP-12/2.0 1SVR 423 418 R1000 138CP-12/2.0adj 1SVR 423 418 R1100 139CP-24/0.3 1SVR 423 418 R2000 138CP-24/0.5 1SVR 423 414 R0000 138CP-24/1.0 1SVR 423 418 R0000 138CP-24/1.5adj 1SVR 423 418 R5000 139CP-24/10adj 1SVR 423 415 R0000 139CP-24/2.0 1SVR 423 417 R0000 138CP-24/2.0 1SVR 423 417 R1000 138CP-24/2.0adj 1SVR 423 417 R1100 139CP-24/20adj 1SVR 423 415 R1000 139CP-24/4.2 1SVR 423 416 R1000 138CP-24/5.0 1SVR 423 416 R0000 138CP-24/5.0adj 1SVR 423 416 R0100 139CP-48/0.7 1SVR 423 418 R6000 138CP-5/3.0 1SVR 423 418 R3000 138CP-6/3.0 1SVR 423 418 R4000 138CP-L12/0.5 1SVR 419 501 R1000 140CP-L12/0.5 1SVR 419 501 R1100 140CP-L12/1.0 1SVR 419 501 R3000 140CP-L12/1.0 1SVR 419 501 R3100 140CP-L15/0.5 1SVR 419 502 R1000 140CP-L15/0.5 1SVR 419 502 R1100 140CP-L15/1.0 1SVR 419 502 R3000 140CP-L15/1.0 1SVR 419 502 R3100 140CP-L24/0.25 1SVR 419 503 R0000 140CP-L24/0.25 1SVR 419 503 R0100 140CP-L24/0.75 1SVR 419 503 R2000 140CP-L24/0.75 1SVR 419 503 R2100 140CP-L5/1.0 1SVR 419 500 R3000 140CP-L5/1.0 1SVR 419 500 R3100 140CP-LW12/0.5 1SVR 419 511 R1000 140CP-LW12/0.5 1SVR 419 511 R1100 140CP-LW12/1.0 1SVR 419 512 R1000 140CP-LW12/1.0 1SVR 419 512 R1100 140CP-RUD 1SVR 423 418 R9000 139CT-AHD 1SVR 500 110 R0000 14CT-AHE 1SVR 550 110 R1100 12CT-AHE 1SVR 550 110 R2100 12CT-AHE 1SVR 550 110 R4100 12CT-AHE 1SVR 550 111 R1100 12CT-AHE 1SVR 550 111 R2100 12CT-AHE 1SVR 550 111 R4100 12CT-AHE 1SVR 550 118 R1100 12CT-AHE 1SVR 550 118 R2100 12CT-AHE 1SVR 550 118 R4100 12CT-AHS 1SVR 430 113 R0100 10CT-AHS 1SVR 430 113 R0200 10CT-AKE 1SVR 550 519 R1000 13CT-AKE 1SVR 550 519 R2000 13CT-AKE 1SVR 550 519 R4000 13CT-APS 1SVR 430 183 R0300 10CT-ARE 1SVR 550 120 R1100 12CT-ARE 1SVR 550 120 R4100 12CT-ARE 1SVR 550 127 R1100 12CT-ARE 1SVR 550 127 R4100 12CT-ARS 1SVR 430 120 R0100 10CT-ARS 1SVR 430 120 R0300 10CT-AWE 1SVR 550 140 R1100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 140 R2100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 140 R4100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 141 R1100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 141 R2100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 141 R4100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 148 R1100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 148 R2100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 148 R4100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 150 R3100 12
2502CDC110004C0202
9
Type Order code Page Type Order code Page Type Order code Page
Alphanumerical index
CT-AWE 1SVR 550 151 R3100 12CT-AWE 1SVR 550 158 R3100 12CT-AWS 1SVR 430 143 R0100 11CT-AWS 1SVR 430 143 R0200 11CT-EAS 1SVR 430 173 R0100 11CT-EAS 1SVR 430 173 R0200 11CT-EBD 1SVR 500 150 R0000 14CT-EBE 1SVR 550 160 R1100 13CT-EBE 1SVR 550 167 R1100 13CT-EBS 1SVR 430 152 R0100 11CT-EBS 1SVR 430 153 R0200 11CT-EKE 1SVR 550 509 R1000 13CT-EKE 1SVR 550 509 R2000 13CT-EKE 1SVR 550 509 R4000 13CT-ERD 1SVR 500 100 R0000 14CT-ERE 1SVR 550 100 R1100 12CT-ERE 1SVR 550 100 R2100 12CT-ERE 1SVR 550 100 R4100 12CT-ERE 1SVR 550 100 R5100 12CT-ERE 1SVR 550 107 R1100 12CT-ERE 1SVR 550 107 R2100 12CT-ERE 1SVR 550 107 R4100 12CT-ERE 1SVR 550 107 R5100 12CT-ERS 1SVR 430 100 R1100 10CT-ERS 1SVR 430 100 R1200 10CT-ERS 1SVR 430 101 R2100 10CT-ERS 1SVR 430 101 R2200 10CT-ERS 1SVR 430 102 R0100 10CT-ERS 1SVR 430 103 R0100 10CT-ERS 1SVR 430 103 R0200 10CT-EVS 1SVR 430 193 R0100 11CT-IRE 1SVR 550 221 R9100 13CT-IRE 1SVR 550 228 R9100 13CT-IRE 1SVR 550 231 R9100 13CT-IRE 1SVR 550 238 R9100 13CT-IRS 1SVR 430 220 R8100 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 220 R8300 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 220 R8400 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 220 R9100 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 220 R9300 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 220 R9400 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 221 R1400 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 221 R7100 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 221 R7300 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 230 R9300 11CT-IRS 1SVR 430 231 R7300 11CT-MBS 1SVR 430 010 R1100 10CT-MBS 1SVR 430 010 R1200 10CT-MBS 1SVR 430 011 R2100 10CT-MBS 1SVR 430 011 R2200 10CT-MBS 1SVR 430 012 R0200 10CT-MBS 1SVR 430 013 R0100 10CT-MFD 1SVR 500 020 R0000 14CT-MFE 1SVR 550 029 R8100 12CT-MFS 1SVR 430 010 R0200 10CT-MKE 1SVR 550 019 R0000 13CT-MVS 1SVR 430 023 R0200 10CT-PGS 1SVR 430 253 R0100 11CT-S Remote potentiometer 1SVR 214 017 R0900 34CT-SDE 1SVR 550 210 R4100 13CT-SDE 1SVR 550 211 R4100 13CT-SDE 1SVR 550 217 R4100 13CT-TGD 1SVR 500 160 R0000 14CT-TGS 1SVR 430 163 R0100 11CT-VBS 1SVR 430 261 R5000 11CT-VBS 1SVR 430 261 R6000 11CT-VWD 1SVR 500 130 R0000 14CT-VWE 1SVR 550 130 R1100 12CT-VWE 1SVR 550 130 R2100 12CT-VWE 1SVR 550 130 R4100 12CT-VWE 1SVR 550 137 R1100 12CT-VWE 1SVR 550 137 R2100 12CT-VWE 1SVR 550 137 R4100 12CT-VWS 1SVR 430 132 R0100 11CT-VWS 1SVR 430 133 R0200 11CT-YDAV 1SVR 430 201 R2300 11CT-YDAV 1SVR 430 203 R0200 11CT-YDE 1SVR 550 200 R1100 13
CT-YDE 1SVR 550 200 R2100 13CT-YDE 1SVR 550 200 R4100 13CT-YDE 1SVR 550 207 R1100 13CT-YDE 1SVR 550 207 R2100 13CT-YDE 1SVR 550 207 R4100 13CT-YDEW 1SVR 430 213 R0200 11Current transformer E4 450 116 10 48Current transformer E4 450 116 11 48Current transformer E4 450 116 12 48Current transformer E4 450 116 13 48Current transformer E4 450 116 14 48Current transformer E4 450 116 50 48Current transformer E4 450 116 51 48Current transformer E4 450 116 52 48Current transformer E4 450 116 53 48Current transformer E4 450 116 54 48Current transformer E4 450 117 10 48Current transformer E4 450 117 11 48Current transformer E4 450 117 12 48Current transformer E4 450 117 13 48Current transformer E4 450 117 14 48Current transformer E4 450 117 50 48Current transformer E4 450 117 51 48Current transformer E4 450 117 52 48Current transformer E4 450 117 53 48Current transformer E4 450 117 54 48D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 1SNA 607 212 R0500 208D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 1SNA 607 213 R0600 208D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 1SNA 607 214 R0700 208D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 1SNA 607 215 R0800 208D 2,5/5-OBIC-0030 1SNA 607 210 R1700 208D 2,5/5-OBIC-0030 1SNA 607 211 R0400 208D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 1SNA 607 238 R1700 215D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 1SNA 607 240 R2500 215D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 1SNA 607 241 R1200 215D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 1SNA 607 268 R2500 215D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 1SNA 607 269 R2600 215D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 1SNA 607 203 R1500 212D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 1SNA 607 204 R1600 212D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 1SNA 607 205 R1700 212D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 1SNA 607 206 R1000 213D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 1SNA 607 207 R1100 213D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 1SNA 607 250 R2700 213D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 1SNA 607 251 R1400 213D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 1SNA 607 270 R2300 213D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 1SNA 607 271 R1000 213D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 1SNA 607 208 R2200 214D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 1SNA 607 209 R2300 214D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 1SNA 607 255 R1000 214D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 1SNA 607 256 R1100 214D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 1SNA 607 272 R1100 214D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 1SNA 607 273 R1200 214D 2,5/5-R121 1SNA 607 217 R0200 201D 2,5/5-R121AL 1SNA 607 231 R0000 201D 2,5/5-R121AL 1SNA 607 232 R0100 201D 2,5/5-R121BL 1SNA 607 264 R1100 201D 2,5/5-R121BL 1SNA 607 265 R1200 201D 2,5/5-R121L 1SNA 607 201 R1200 201DCB 1SNA 105 028 R2100 201DCG 1SNA 163 218 R0500 202DO001-EX02R 1SVR 440 600 R5000 239DX001-EX18RAC 1SVR 440 621 R0000 239DX011-EX18RDC 1SVR 440 620 R0000 239DX021-EX20TDC 1SVR 440 620 R1000 239EB01 1SNA 610 022 R2000 222EB01 1SNA 610 023 R2100 222EB01 1SNA 610 108 R1400 222Electrode 1SVR 450 056 R0000 93Electrode 1SVR 450 056 R0100 93Electrode 1SVR 450 056 R0200 93EMV-100 GHR 110 0000 R0001 227EMV-300 GHR 310 0000 R0001 227EN03 1SNA 610 230 R1100 222ES12 E2 405 660 00 193ES15/2N E2 405 651 10 192ES15/3N E2 405 651 20 192ES15/4N E2 405 651 30 192ES50 E2 405 650 10 191
ES50/3 E2 405 650 00 191ES9 E2 405 670 00 193EV6D 1SNA 168 400 R1600 202FC2 1SNA 007 865 R2600 201FD001 1SVR 440 694 R0000 240ILPH BdC / RS 422-485 1SNA 684 232 R2600 185ILPH RS 232 / BdC 1SNA 684 202 R0100 186ILPH RS 232 / FO-P 1SNA 684 238 R0400 183ILPH RS 232 / FO-P 1SNA 684 239 R0500 183ILPH RS 232 / FO-S 1SNA 684 236 R2200 183ILPH RS 232 / FO-S 1SNA 684 237 R2300 183ILPH RS 232 / RS 232 1SNA 684 234 R2000 181ILPH RS 232 / RS 232 1SNA 684 244 R0200 181ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1SNA 684 231 R2500 178ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1SNA 684 233 R2700 179ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1SNA 684 333 R2300 180ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1SNA 684 334 R2400 180ILPH RS 422 / RS 422-485 1SNA 684 212 R2200 182ILPH RS 485 / FO-P 1SNA 684 248 R1600 184ILPH RS 485 / FO-P 1SNA 684 249 R1700 184ILPH RS 485 / FO-S 1SNA 684 246 R0400 184ILPH RS 485 / FO-S 1SNA 684 247 R0500 184KK-0,7 GHR 110 9404 P 0001 227KK-1,8 GHR 110 9401 P 0002 227KK-2,6 GHR 110 9401 P 0001 227KK-R111-0,5 GHR 110 9407 P 0001 227KK-R111-0,7 GHR 110 9406 P 0001 227KK-R111-1,5 GHR 110 9405 P 0001 227KK-R111-2,1 GHR 110 9402 P 0001 227KK-R311-0,8 GHR 310 9401 P 0001 227LM001-12RAC 1SVR 440 611 R0100 239LM002-C12RAC 1SVR 440 611 R0300 239LM003-CX12RAC 1SVR 440 611 R0200 239LM011-CE18RAC 1SVR 440 621 R5300 239LM012-CXE18RAC 1SVR 440 621 R5200 239LM021-12RDC 1SVR 440 610 R0100 239LM022-C12RDC 1SVR 440 610 R0300 239LM023-C12RDC12V 1SVR 440 612 R0300 239LM024-CX12RDC 1SVR 440 610 R0200 239LM025-C12TDC 1SVR 440 610 R1300 239LM026-CX12TDC 1SVR 440 610 R1200 239LM041-CE18RDC 1SVR 440 620 R5300 239LM042-CXE18RDC 1SVR 440 620 R5200 239LM043-CE20TDC 1SVR 440 620 R6300 239LM044-CXE20TDC 1SVR 440 620 R6200 239M 4/9.R111 1SNA 607 029 R0100 202M 4/9.R111 1SNA 607 030 R0600 202M 4/9.R111L 1SNA 607 001 R0600 202M 4/9.R111L 1SNA 607 002 R0700 202Marker 1SVR 366 017 R0100 34, 109MD001 1SVR 440 691 R0000 240MD002 1SVR 440 691 R1000 240MH1 E4 405 669 00 193MS16 E4 405 659 00 191MS28 E4 405 659 10 192MTJ21024 E2 405 621 10 193MTJ26024 E2 405 621 00 193MTJ26115 E2 405 621 20 193MTJ26230 E2 405 621 30 193MTK21024 E2 405 622 10 193MTK26024 E2 405 622 00 193MTK26115 E2 405 622 20 193MTK26230 E2 405 622 30 193OBA 1000 1SNA 608 015 R0400 220OBA 1000 1SNA 608 019 R1000 220OBA 1000 1SNA 608 023 R0400 220OBA 1000 1SNA 608 026 R0700 220OBC 0100 1SNA 607 024 R0500 217OBC 0100 1SNA 607 027 R0000 217OBC 0100 1SNA 608 017 R0600 216OBC 0100 1SNA 608 021 R0200 216OBC 1000 1SNA 608 014 R2200 218OBC 1000 1SNA 608 018 R1700 218OBC 1000 1SNA 608 022 R0300 218OBC 1000 1SNA 608 025 R0600 219OBC 1000 1SNA 608 028 R1100 219ORA 111 1SNA 608 069 R2200 221ORC 111 1SNA 608 068 R2100 221PC9 1SNA 210 160 R1200 202PS001-SOFT 1SVR 440 690 R0000 240PTD70024 E2 405 613 10 192
2512CDC110004C0202
9
Type Order code Page Type Order code Page
Alphanumerical index
PTD70524 E2 405 613 00 192PTD70615 E2 405 613 20 192PTD70730 E2 405 613 30 192PTK70024 E2 405 612 10 192PTK70524 E2 405 612 00 192PTK70615 E2 405 612 20 192PTK70730 E2 405 612 30 192PTL70024 E2 405 611 10 192PTL70524 E2 405 611 00 192PTL70615 E2 405 611 20 192PTL70730 E2 405 611 30 192R100.20 1SAR 111 020 R8607 225R100.30-IO 1SAR 113 030 R8607 225R100.30-ZS 1SAR 111 030 R8607 225R100.45 1SAR 111 045 R8607 225R100.45-SG 1SAR 111 045 R9607 225R111/20 1SAR 111 025 R0106 226R111/25 1SAR 111 025 R0102 226R111/40 1SAR 111 050 R0106 226R111/45 1SAR 111 050 R0102 226R111/90 1SAR 111 090 R0106 226R120/25 1SAR 111 025 R4609 226R120/50 1SAR 111 050 R4609 226R121/100 1SAR 111 100 R4606 226R121/25 1SAR 111 025 R4606 226R121/50 1SAR 111 050 R4606 226R121/75 1SAR 111 075 R4606 226R122/100 1SAR 111 100 R4607 226R122/50 1SAR 111 050 R4607 226R122/75 1SAR 111 075 R4607 226R126/100 1SAR 111 100 R4707 226R126/25 1SAR 111 025 R4707 226R126/50 1SAR 111 050 R4707 226R126/75 1SAR 111 075 R4707 226R300.20 1SAR 131 020 R8207 225R300.25 1SAR 131 030 R8207 225R311/25 1SAR 131 025 R4814 226R311/55 1SAR 131 055 R4814 226R315/55 1SAR 131 055 R4914 226Rapid-fastening plate GHR 110 1105 R0001 227Rapid-fastening plate GHR 310 1105 R0001 227RB 121 1SNA 610 125 R2400 206RB 121 1SNA 630 001 R0000 203RB 121 A 1SNA 610 004 R0700 206RB 121 A 1SNA 610 132 R2300 206RB 121 A 1SNA 630 002 R0100 203RB 121 A 1SNA 630 003 R0200 203RB 121 AI 1SNA 630 007 R0600 204RB 121 AV 1SNA 610 006 R0100 206RB 121 B 1SNA 630 004 R0300 204RB 121 B 1SNA 630 005 R0400 204RB 121 B 1SNA 630 006 R0500 204RB 122 1SNA 610 059 R1500 207RB 122 1SNA 610 060 R1200 207RB 122 1SNA 630 019 R0100 205RB 122 A 1SNA 610 123 R2200 207RB 122 A 1SNA 630 011 R2100 205RB 122 AR 1SNA 610 011 R2500 207RB 122 AV 1SNA 610 121 R2000 207RB 122 AV 1SNA 610 122 R2100 207RB 122 B 1SNA 630 021 R2300 205RB 122 B 1SNA 630 022 R2400 205RB 122 BR 1SNA 610 089 R0400 207RB 122 BR 1SNA 610 115 R2200 207Remote potentiometer 1SVR 700 800 R1000 34Remote potentiometer 1SVR 701 800 R1000 34RLV 1SNA 103 849 R0300 203RT314024 E2 405 600 10 191RT314524 E2 405 600 00 191RT314615 E2 405 600 20 191RT314730 E2 405 600 30 191RT424024 E2 405 601 10 191RT424524 E2 405 601 00 191RT424615 E2 405 601 20 191RT424730 E2 405 601 30 191SD001 1SVR 440 631 R0100 240SD002 1SVR 440 631 R0000 240Sealable cover 1SVR 430 005 R0100 34, 109
Sealable cover 1SVR 440 005 R0100 109Suspension electrode 1SAR 402 902 R0000 93TD001 1SVR 440 693 R0000 240Terminal cover GHR 110 6605 P 0001 227TK001 1SVR 440 692 R0000 240TK011 1SVR 440 692 R1000 240TP-01 GHR 110 9500 P 0001 227TP-03 GHR 310 9500 P 0001 227TR E4 405 658 00 191TR1 E4 405 658 10 192
2522CDC110004C0202
9
1SAR 111 020 R8607 R100.20 2251SAR 111 025 R0102 R111/25 2261SAR 111 025 R0106 R111/20 2261SAR 111 025 R4606 R121/25 2261SAR 111 025 R4609 R120/25 2261SAR 111 025 R4707 R126/25 2261SAR 111 030 R8607 R100.30-ZS 2251SAR 111 045 R8607 R100.45 2251SAR 111 045 R9607 R100.45-SG 2251SAR 111 050 R0102 R111/45 2261SAR 111 050 R0106 R111/40 2261SAR 111 050 R4606 R121/50 2261SAR 111 050 R4607 R122/50 2261SAR 111 050 R4609 R120/50 2261SAR 111 050 R4707 R126/50 2261SAR 111 075 R4606 R121/75 2261SAR 111 075 R4607 R122/75 2261SAR 111 075 R4707 R126/75 2261SAR 111 090 R0106 R111/90 2261SAR 111 100 R4606 R121/100 2261SAR 111 100 R4607 R122/100 2261SAR 111 100 R4707 R126/100 2261SAR 113 030 R8607 R100.30-IO 2251SAR 131 020 R8207 R300.20 2251SAR 131 025 R4814 R311/25 2261SAR 131 030 R8207 R300.25 2251SAR 131 055 R4814 R311/55 2261SAR 131 055 R4914 R315/55 2261SAR 390 000 R1000 C560.10 1281SAR 390 000 R2000 C560.20 1281SAR 402 902 R0000 Suspension electrode 931SAR 470 020 R0004 C558.01 631SAR 470 020 R0005 C558.01 631SAR 471 020 R0004 C558.02 641SAR 471 020 R0005 C558.02 641SAR 472 020 R0004 C558.03 651SAR 472 020 R0005 C558.03 651SAR 477 000 R0100 C558.10 641SAR 477 000 R0100 C558.10 651SAR 501 020 R0001 C571 1181SAR 501 020 R0003 C571 1181SAR 501 020 R0004 C571-AC 1181SAR 501 020 R0005 C571-AC 1181SAR 501 031 R0001 C573 1191SAR 501 032 R0002 C572 1211SAR 501 032 R0003 C572 1211SAR 501 032 R0004 C572 1211SAR 501 032 R0005 C572 1211SAR 501 120 R0001 C576 1201SAR 501 220 R0001 C577 1201SAR 502 040 R0001 C579 1241SAR 502 040 R0004 C579-AC 1241SAR 502 040 R0005 C579-AC 1241SAR 503 041 R0002 C574 1221SAR 503 041 R0003 C574 1221SAR 503 041 R0004 C574 1221SAR 503 041 R0005 C574 1221SAR 503 141 R0002 C574 1221SAR 503 141 R0003 C574 1221SAR 503 141 R0004 C574 1221SAR 503 141 R0005 C574 1221SAR 504 022 R0002 C575 1231SAR 504 022 R0003 C575 1231SAR 504 022 R0004 C575 1231SAR 504 022 R0005 C575 1231SAR 510 120 R0003 C6700 1251SAR 511 320 R0003 C6701 1261SAR 513 320 R0003 C6702 1271SAR 533 141 R0002 C574 1221SAR 533 141 R0003 C574 1221SAR 533 141 R0004 C574 1221SAR 533 141 R0005 C574 1221SAR 533 241 R0002 C574 1221SAR 533 241 R0003 C574 1221SAR 533 241 R0004 C574 1221SAR 533 241 R0005 C574 1221SAR 543 320 R0003 C6702 1271SAR 700 001 R0005 C510.01-24 83
1SAR 700 001 R0006 C510.01-K 831SAR 700 002 R0005 C510.02-24 831SAR 700 002 R0006 C510.02-K 831SAR 700 003 R0005 C510.03-24 831SAR 700 003 R0006 C510.03-K 831SAR 700 004 R0005 C510.11-24 831SAR 700 004 R0006 C510.11-K 831SAR 700 005 R0005 C510.12-24 831SAR 700 005 R0006 C510.12-K 831SAR 700 006 R0005 C510.13-24 831SAR 700 006 R0006 C510.13-K 831SAR 700 011 R0005 C511.01-24 831SAR 700 011 R0010 C511.01-W 831SAR 700 012 R0005 C511.02-24 831SAR 700 012 R0010 C511.02-W 831SAR 700 013 R0005 C511.03-24 831SAR 700 013 R0010 C511.03-W 831SAR 700 014 R0005 C511.11-24 831SAR 700 014 R0010 C511.11-W 831SAR 700 015 R0005 C511.12-24 831SAR 700 015 R0010 C511.12-W 831SAR 700 016 R0005 C511.13-24 831SAR 700 016 R0010 C511.13-W 831SAR 700 100 R0005 C512-24 831SAR 700 100 R0010 C512-W 831SAR 700 101 R0100 C512-D 831SAR 700 102 R0100 C512-E 831SAR 700 110 R0010 C513-W 831SAR 700 111 R0100 C513-D 831SAR 700 112 R0100 C513-E 831SNA 007 865 R2600 FC2 2011SNA 031 800 R2100 BNMS T24V-1 2081SNA 031 801 R1600 BNMS T48V-1 2081SNA 031 802 R1700 BNMS T24V-1 2081SNA 031 803 R1000 BNMS T48V-1 2081SNA 031 804 R1100 BNMS T115V-1 2111SNA 031 805 R1200 BNMS T230V-1 2111SNA 031 809 R2600 BNMS P5V-3 2121SNA 031 810 R1200 BNMS P24V-3 2121SNA 031 811 R0700 BNMS P48V-3 2121SNA 031 814 R0200 BNMS P5V-1 2141SNA 031 815 R0300 BNMS P24V-1 2141SNA 031 818 R1600 BNMS P5V-2 2131SNA 031 819 R1700 BNMS P24V-2 2131SNA 031 820 R1400 BNMS R24V-1 2011SNA 031 839 R1300 BMNS A24V-4 2151SNA 103 002 R2600 BAM 2071SNA 103 849 R0300 RLV 2031SNA 105 028 R2100 DCB 2011SNA 114 205 R2000 AD2,5 2021SNA 114 836 R0000 BAMH 2011SNA 116 900 R2700 BADH 2011SNA 163 070 R0000 AL2 2021SNA 163 218 R0500 DCG 2021SNA 163 261 R0000 AL3 2021SNA 168 400 R1600 EV6D 2021SNA 177 583 R1200 BJS9 2021SNA 177 584 R1300 BJS9 2021SNA 194 836 R0100 BAMH V0 2011SNA 210 160 R1200 PC9 2021SNA 399 306 R0300 BAM V0 2071SNA 399 903 R0200 BADL V0 2071SNA 607 001 R0600 M 4/9.R111L 2021SNA 607 002 R0700 M 4/9.R111L 2021SNA 607 024 R0500 OBC 0100 2171SNA 607 027 R0000 OBC 0100 2171SNA 607 029 R0100 M 4/9.R111 2021SNA 607 030 R0600 M 4/9.R111 2021SNA 607 201 R1200 D 2,5/5-R121L 2011SNA 607 203 R1500 D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 2121SNA 607 204 R1600 D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 2121SNA 607 205 R1700 D 2,5/5-OBOC-0100 2121SNA 607 206 R1000 D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 2131SNA 607 207 R1100 D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 2131SNA 607 208 R2200 D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 2141SNA 607 209 R2300 D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 2141SNA 607 210 R1700 D 2,5/5-OBIC-0030 2081SNA 607 211 R0400 D 2,5/5-OBIC-0030 208
1SNA 607 212 R0500 D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 2081SNA 607 213 R0600 D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 2081SNA 607 214 R0700 D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 2081SNA 607 215 R0800 D 2,5/5-OBIA-0030 2081SNA 607 217 R0200 D 2,5/5-R121 2011SNA 607 231 R0000 D 2,5/5-R121AL 2011SNA 607 232 R0100 D 2,5/5-R121AL 2011SNA 607 238 R1700 D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 2151SNA 607 240 R2500 D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 2151SNA 607 241 R1200 D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 2151SNA 607 250 R2700 D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 2131SNA 607 251 R1400 D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 2131SNA 607 255 R1000 D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 2141SNA 607 256 R1100 D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 2141SNA 607 264 R1100 D 2,5/5-R121BL 2011SNA 607 265 R1200 D 2,5/5-R121BL 2011SNA 607 268 R2500 D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 2151SNA 607 269 R2600 D 2,5/5-OBOA-1000 2151SNA 607 270 R2300 D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 2131SNA 607 271 R1000 D 2,5/5-OBOC-1000 2131SNA 607 272 R1100 D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 2141SNA 607 273 R1200 D 2,5/5-OBOC-2000 2141SNA 608 014 R2200 OBC 1000 2181SNA 608 015 R0400 OBA 1000 2201SNA 608 017 R0600 OBC 0100 2161SNA 608 018 R1700 OBC 1000 2181SNA 608 019 R1000 OBA 1000 2201SNA 608 021 R0200 OBC 0100 2161SNA 608 022 R0300 OBC 1000 2181SNA 608 023 R0400 OBA 1000 2201SNA 608 025 R0600 OBC 1000 2191SNA 608 026 R0700 OBA 1000 2201SNA 608 028 R1100 OBC 1000 2191SNA 608 068 R2100 ORC 111 2211SNA 608 069 R2200 ORA 111 2211SNA 610 004 R0700 RB 121 A 2061SNA 610 006 R0100 RB 121 AV 2061SNA 610 011 R2500 RB 122 AR 2071SNA 610 022 R2000 EB01 2221SNA 610 023 R2100 EB01 2221SNA 610 059 R1500 RB 122 2071SNA 610 060 R1200 RB 122 2071SNA 610 089 R0400 RB 122 BR 2071SNA 610 108 R1400 EB01 2221SNA 610 115 R2200 RB 122 BR 2071SNA 610 121 R2000 RB 122 AV 2071SNA 610 122 R2100 RB 122 AV 2071SNA 610 123 R2200 RB 122 A 2071SNA 610 125 R2400 RB 121 2061SNA 610 132 R2300 RB 121 A 2061SNA 610 230 R1100 EN03 2221SNA 630 001 R0000 RB 121 2031SNA 630 002 R0100 RB 121 A 2031SNA 630 003 R0200 RB 121 A 2031SNA 630 004 R0300 RB 121 B 2041SNA 630 005 R0400 RB 121 B 2041SNA 630 006 R0500 RB 121 B 2041SNA 630 007 R0600 RB 121 AI 2041SNA 630 011 R2100 RB 122 A 2051SNA 630 019 R0100 RB 122 2051SNA 630 021 R2300 RB 122 B 2051SNA 630 022 R2400 RB 122 B 2051SNA 684 202 R0100 ILPH RS 232 / BdC 1861SNA 684 212 R2200 ILPH RS 422 / RS 422-485 1821SNA 684 231 R2500 ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1781SNA 684 232 R2600 ILPH BdC / RS 422-485 1851SNA 684 233 R2700 ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1791SNA 684 234 R2000 ILPH RS 232 / RS 232 1811SNA 684 236 R2200 ILPH RS 232 / FO-S 1831SNA 684 237 R2300 ILPH RS 232 / FO-S 1831SNA 684 238 R0400 ILPH RS 232 / FO-P 1831SNA 684 239 R0500 ILPH RS 232 / FO-P 1831SNA 684 244 R0200 ILPH RS 232 / RS 232 1811SNA 684 246 R0400 ILPH RS 485 / FO-S 1841SNA 684 247 R0500 ILPH RS 485 / FO-S 1841SNA 684 248 R1600 ILPH RS 485 / FO-P 1841SNA 684 249 R1700 ILPH RS 485 / FO-P 1841SNA 684 333 R2300 ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 180
Order code Type Page
Numerical index
Order code Type Page Order code Type Page
2532CDC110004C0202
9
1SNA 684 334 R2400 ILPH RS 232 / RS 422-485 1801SVR 010 203 R0500 CC-EIAC/ILPO 1641SVR 011 700 R0000 CC-E/STD 1551SVR 011 701 R2500 CC-E/RTD 1581SVR 011 702 R2600 CC-E/TC 1611SVR 011 703 R2700 CC-E/I 1641SVR 011 705 R2100 CC-E/STD 1551SVR 011 706 R2200 CC-E/RTD 1581SVR 011 707 R2300 CC-E/TC 1611SVR 011 708 R0400 CC-E /I 1641SVR 011 710 R2100 CC-E V/V 1551SVR 011 711 R1600 CC-E V/I 1551SVR 011 712 R1700 CC-E V/I 1551SVR 011 713 R1000 CC-E I/V 1551SVR 011 714 R1100 CC-E I/I 1551SVR 011 715 R1200 CC-E I/I 1551SVR 011 716 R1300 CC-E I/V 1551SVR 011 717 R1400 CC-E I/I 1551SVR 011 718 R2500 CC-E I/I 1551SVR 011 719 R2600 CC-E V/V 1551SVR 011 720 R2300 CC-E V/V 1551SVR 011 721 R1000 CC-E V/I 1551SVR 011 722 R1100 CC-E V/I 1551SVR 011 723 R1200 CC-E I/V 1551SVR 011 724 R1300 CC-E I/I 1551SVR 011 725 R1400 CC-E I/I 1551SVR 011 726 R1500 CC-E I/V 1551SVR 011 727 R1600 CC-E I/I 1551SVR 011 728 R2700 CC-E I/I 1551SVR 011 729 R2000 CC-E V/V 1551SVR 011 730 R2500 CC-E RTD/V 1581SVR 011 731 R1200 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 732 R1300 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 733 R1400 CC-E RTD/V 1581SVR 011 734 R1500 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 735 R1600 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 736 R1700 CC-E RTD/V 1581SVR 011 737 R1000 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 738 R2100 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 739 R2200 CC-E RTD/V 1581SVR 011 740 R0700 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 741 R2400 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 750 R0100 CC-E TC/V 1611SVR 011 751 R2600 CC-E TC/I 1611SVR 011 752 R2700 CC-E TC/I 1611SVR 011 753 R2000 CC-E TC/V 1611SVR 011 754 R2100 CC-E TC/I 1611SVR 011 755 R2200 CC-E TC/I 1611SVR 011 760 R0300 CC-E TC/V 1611SVR 011 761 R2000 CC-E TC/I 1611SVR 011 762 R2100 CC-E TC/I 1611SVR 011 763 R2200 CC-E TC/V 1611SVR 011 764 R2300 CC-E TC/I 1611SVR 011 765 R2400 CC-E TC/I 1611SVR 011 770 R0500 CC-E IAC/V 1641SVR 011 771 R2200 CC-E IAC/I 1641SVR 011 772 R2300 CC-E IAC/I 1641SVR 011 773 R2400 CC-E IDC/V 1641SVR 011 774 R2500 CC-E IDC/I 1641SVR 011 775 R2600 CC-E IDC/I 1641SVR 011 780 R1100 CC-E IAC/V 1641SVR 011 781 R0600 CC-E IAC/I 1641SVR 011 782 R0700 CC-E IAC/I 1641SVR 011 783 R0000 CC-E IDC/V 1641SVR 011 784 R0100 CC-E IDC/I 1641SVR 011 785 R1100 CC-E IDC/I 1641SVR 011 788 R2400 CC-E RTD/V 1581SVR 011 789 R2500 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 790 R2200 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 791 R1700 CC-E RTD/V 1581SVR 011 792 R1000 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 793 R1100 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 794 R1200 CC-E RTD/V 1581SVR 011 795 R1300 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 796 R1400 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 797 R1500 CC-E RTD/V 1581SVR 011 798 R2600 CC-E RTD/I 1581SVR 011 799 R2700 CC-E RTD/I 158
1SVR 040 000 R1700 CC-U/STD 1561SVR 040 001 R0400 CC-U/STD 1561SVR 040 002 R0500 CC-U/RTD 1591SVR 040 003 R0600 CC-U/RTD 1591SVR 040 004 R0700 CC-U/TC 1621SVR 040 005 R0000 CC-U/TC 1621SVR 040 006 R0100 CC-U/I 1651SVR 040 007 R0200 CC-U/I 1651SVR 040 008 R1300 CC-U/V 1661SVR 040 009 R1400 CC-U/V 1661SVR 040 010 R0000 CC-U/STDR 1571SVR 040 011 R2500 CC-U/STDR 1571SVR 040 012 R2600 CC-U/RTDR 1601SVR 040 013 R2700 CC-U/RTDR 1601SVR 040 014 R2000 CC-U/TCR 1631SVR 040 015 R2100 CC-U/TCR 1631SVR 214 017 R0900 CT-S Remote potentiometer 341SVR 366 017 R0100 Marker 34, 1091SVR 419 500 R3000 CP-L5/1.0 1401SVR 419 500 R3100 CP-L5/1.0 1401SVR 419 501 R1000 CP-L12/0.5 1401SVR 419 501 R1100 CP-L12/0.5 1401SVR 419 501 R3000 CP-L12/1.0 1401SVR 419 501 R3100 CP-L12/1.0 1401SVR 419 502 R1000 CP-L15/0.5 1401SVR 419 502 R1100 CP-L15/0.5 1401SVR 419 502 R3000 CP-L15/1.0 1401SVR 419 502 R3100 CP-L15/1.0 1401SVR 419 503 R0000 CP-L24/0.25 1401SVR 419 503 R0100 CP-L24/0.25 1401SVR 419 503 R2000 CP-L24/0.75 1401SVR 419 503 R2100 CP-L24/0.75 1401SVR 419 511 R1000 CP-LW12/0.5 1401SVR 419 511 R1100 CP-LW12/0.5 1401SVR 419 512 R1000 CP-LW12/1.0 1401SVR 419 512 R1100 CP-LW12/1.0 1401SVR 423 414 R0000 CP-24/0.5 1381SVR 423 415 R0000 CP-24/10adj 1391SVR 423 415 R1000 CP-24/20adj 1391SVR 423 416 R0000 CP-24/5.0 1381SVR 423 416 R0100 CP-24/5.0adj 1391SVR 423 416 R1000 CP-24/4.2 1381SVR 423 417 R0000 CP-24/2.0 1381SVR 423 417 R1000 CP-24/2.0 1381SVR 423 417 R1100 CP-24/2.0adj 1391SVR 423 418 R0000 CP-24/1.0 1381SVR 423 418 R1000 CP-12/2.0 1381SVR 423 418 R1100 CP-12/2.0adj 1391SVR 423 418 R2000 CP-24/0.3 1381SVR 423 418 R3000 CP-5/3.0 1381SVR 423 418 R4000 CP-6/3.0 1381SVR 423 418 R5000 CP-24/1.5adj 1391SVR 423 418 R6000 CP-48/0.7 1381SVR 423 418 R9000 CP-RUD 1391SVR 430 005 R0100 Sealable cover 34, 1091SVR 430 010 R0200 CT-MFS 101SVR 430 010 R1100 CT-MBS 101SVR 430 010 R1200 CT-MBS 101SVR 430 011 R2100 CT-MBS 101SVR 430 011 R2200 CT-MBS 101SVR 430 012 R0200 CT-MBS 101SVR 430 013 R0100 CT-MBS 101SVR 430 023 R0200 CT-MVS 101SVR 430 029 R0100 Apapter for screw mounting 34,1091SVR 430 100 R1100 CT-ERS 101SVR 430 100 R1200 CT-ERS 101SVR 430 101 R2100 CT-ERS 101SVR 430 101 R2200 CT-ERS 101SVR 430 102 R0100 CT-ERS 101SVR 430 103 R0100 CT-ERS 101SVR 430 103 R0200 CT-ERS 101SVR 430 113 R0100 CT-AHS 101SVR 430 113 R0200 CT-AHS 101SVR 430 120 R0100 CT-ARS 101SVR 430 120 R0300 CT-ARS 101SVR 430 132 R0100 CT-VWS 111SVR 430 133 R0200 CT-VWS 111SVR 430 143 R0100 CT-AWS 11
1SVR 430 143 R0200 CT-AWS 111SVR 430 152 R0100 CT-EBS 111SVR 430 153 R0200 CT-EBS 111SVR 430 163 R0100 CT-TGS 111SVR 430 173 R0100 CT-EAS 111SVR 430 173 R0200 CT-EAS 111SVR 430 183 R0300 CT-APS 101SVR 430 193 R0100 CT-EVS 111SVR 430 201 R2300 CT-YDAV 111SVR 430 203 R0200 CT-YDAV 111SVR 430 213 R0200 CT-YDEW 111SVR 430 220 R8100 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 220 R8300 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 220 R8400 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 220 R9100 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 220 R9300 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 220 R9400 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 221 R1400 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 221 R7100 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 221 R7300 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 230 R9300 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 231 R7300 CT-IRS 111SVR 430 253 R0100 CT-PGS 111SVR 430 261 R5000 CT-VBS 111SVR 430 261 R6000 CT-VBS 111SVR 430 500 R2300 CM-SIS 991SVR 430 710 R0200 CM-MSS 761SVR 430 710 R9300 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 711 R0300 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 711 R1300 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 711 R2300 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 720 R0300 CM-MSS 761SVR 430 720 R0400 CM-MSS 761SVR 430 720 R0500 CM-MSS 771SVR 430 800 R9100 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 801 R1100 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 810 R9300 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 811 R0300 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 811 R1300 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 811 R9300 CM-MSS 751SVR 430 824 R9300 CM-PFS 511SVR 430 831 R0000 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 831 R0100 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 831 R0200 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 831 R1000 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 831 R1100 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 831 R1200 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 831 R9000 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 831 R9100 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 831 R9200 CM-ESS 431SVR 430 841 R0100 CM-SRS 421SVR 430 841 R1100 CM-SRS 421SVR 430 841 R9100 CM-SRS 421SVR 430 851 R0100 CM-ENS 891SVR 430 851 R0200 CM-ENS UP/DOWN 901SVR 430 851 R1100 CM-ENS 891SVR 430 851 R1200 CM-ENS UP/DOWN 901SVR 430 851 R1300 CM-ENS 891SVR 430 851 R2100 CM-ENS 891SVR 430 851 R9100 CM-ENS 891SVR 430 851 R9200 CM-ENS UP/DOWN 901SVR 430 864 R1100 CM-ASS 531SVR 430 864 R3100 CM-ASS 531SVR 430 865 R1100 CM-ASS 531SVR 430 865 R3100 CM-ASS 531SVR 430 884 R1300 CM-MPS 541SVR 430 884 R3300 CM-MPS 541SVR 430 885 R1300 CM-MPS 541SVR 430 885 R3300 CM-MPS 541SVR 430 896 R0000 CM-WDS 1041SVR 440 005 R0100 Sealable cover 1091SVR 440 029 R0100 Adapter for screw mounting 1091SVR 440 600 R0000 CI000 2401SVR 440 600 R5000 DO001-EX02R 2391SVR 440 610 R0100 LM021-12RDC 2391SVR 440 610 R0200 LM024-CX12RDC 2391SVR 440 610 R0300 LM022-C12RDC 2391SVR 440 610 R1200 LM026-CX12TDC 239
Order code Type Page
Numerical index
Order code Type Page Order code Type Page
2542CDC110004C0202
9
1SVR 440 610 R1300 LM025-C12TDC 2391SVR 440 611 R0100 LM001-12RAC 2391SVR 440 611 R0200 LM003-CX12RAC 2391SVR 440 611 R0300 LM002-C12RAC 2391SVR 440 612 R0300 LM023-C12RDC12V 2391SVR 440 620 R0000 DX011-EX18RDC 2391SVR 440 620 R1000 DX021-EX20TDC 2391SVR 440 620 R5200 LM042-CXE18RDC 2391SVR 440 620 R5300 LM041-CE18RDC 2391SVR 440 620 R6200 LM044-CXE20TDC 2391SVR 440 620 R6300 LM043-CE20TDC 2391SVR 440 621 R0000 DX001-EX18RAC 2391SVR 440 621 R5200 LM012-CXE18RAC 2391SVR 440 621 R5300 LM011-CE18RAC 2391SVR 440 631 R0000 SD002 2401SVR 440 631 R0100 SD001 2401SVR 440 690 R0000 PS001-SOFT 2401SVR 440 691 R0000 MD001 2401SVR 440 691 R1000 MD002 2401SVR 440 692 R0000 TK001 2401SVR 440 692 R1000 TK011 2401SVR 440 693 R0000 TD001 2401SVR 440 694 R0000 FD001 2401SVR 450 025 R0100 CM-MSN 771SVR 450 050 R0000 CM-ENN 911SVR 450 050 R0100 CM-ENN UP/DOWN 921SVR 450 051 R0000 CM-ENN 911SVR 450 051 R0100 CM-ENN UP/DOWN 921SVR 450 052 R0000 CM-ENN 911SVR 450 052 R0100 CM-ENN UP/DOWN 921SVR 450 055 R0000 CM-ENN 911SVR 450 056 R0000 Electrode 931SVR 450 056 R0100 Electrode 931SVR 450 056 R0200 Electrode 931SVR 450 056 R6000 CM-KH-3 931SVR 450 056 R7000 CM-AH-3 931SVR 450 056 R8000 CM-GM-1 931SVR 450 059 R0000 CM-ENN 911SVR 450 059 R0100 CM-ENN UP/DOWN 921SVR 450 065 R0000 CM-IWN-DC 621SVR 450 071 R0000 CM-IWN-AC 611SVR 450 075 R0000 CM-IWN-AC 611SVR 450 080 R0000 CM-KRN 981SVR 450 081 R0000 CM-KRN 981SVR 450 082 R0000 CM-KRN 981SVR 450 089 R0000 CM-KRN 981SVR 450 090 R0000 CM-KRN 981SVR 450 091 R0000 CM-KRN 981SVR 450 099 R0000 CM-KRN 981SVR 450 110 R0000 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 110 R0100 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 111 R0000 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 111 R0100 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 115 R0000 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 115 R0100 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 120 R0000 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 120 R0100 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 121 R0000 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 121 R0100 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 125 R0000 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 125 R0100 CM-SRN 421SVR 450 200 R1100 CM-EFN 451SVR 450 201 R1200 CM-EFN 451SVR 450 210 R0000 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 210 R0100 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 210 R0200 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 211 R0000 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 211 R0100 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 211 R0200 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 215 R0000 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 215 R0100 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 215 R0200 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 220 R0000 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 220 R0100 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 220 R0200 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 221 R0000 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 221 R0100 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 221 R0200 CM-ESN 44
1SVR 450 225 R0000 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 225 R0100 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 225 R0200 CM-ESN 441SVR 450 300 R1200 CM-PVN 521SVR 450 300 R1500 CM-PVN 521SVR 450 300 R1700 CM-PVN 521SVR 450 301 R1200 CM-PVN 521SVR 450 301 R1500 CM-PVN 521SVR 450 302 R1500 CM-PVN 521SVR 450 302 R1700 CM-PVN 521SVR 450 311 R0400 CM-PFN 521SVR 450 311 R0500 CM-PFN 521SVR 450 312 R0400 CM-PFN 521SVR 450 312 R0500 CM-PFN 521SVR 450 320 R0200 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 320 R0500 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 320 R0700 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 321 R0200 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 321 R0500 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 321 R0700 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 322 R0200 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 322 R0500 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 322 R0700 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 330 R0000 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 330 R0100 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 331 R0000 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 331 R0100 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 332 R0000 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 332 R0100 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 334 R0000 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 334 R0100 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 335 R0000 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 335 R0100 CM-LWN 711SVR 450 421 R0200 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 422 R0500 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 423 R0600 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 424 R0700 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 426 R0800 CM-ASN 531SVR 450 932 R0100 CM-ASN 531SVR 500 020 R0000 CT-MFD 141SVR 500 100 R0000 CT-ERD 141SVR 500 110 R0000 CT-AHD 141SVR 500 130 R0000 CT-VWD 141SVR 500 150 R0000 CT-EBD 141SVR 500 160 R0000 CT-TGD 141SVR 550 019 R0000 CT-MKE 131SVR 550 029 R8100 CT-MFE 121SVR 550 100 R1100 CT-ERE 121SVR 550 100 R2100 CT-ERE 121SVR 550 100 R4100 CT-ERE 121SVR 550 100 R5100 CT-ERE 121SVR 550 107 R1100 CT-ERE 121SVR 550 107 R2100 CT-ERE 121SVR 550 107 R4100 CT-ERE 121SVR 550 107 R5100 CT-ERE 121SVR 550 110 R1100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 110 R2100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 110 R4100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 111 R1100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 111 R2100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 111 R4100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 118 R1100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 118 R2100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 118 R4100 CT-AHE 121SVR 550 120 R1100 CT-ARE 121SVR 550 120 R4100 CT-ARE 121SVR 550 127 R1100 CT-ARE 121SVR 550 127 R4100 CT-ARE 121SVR 550 130 R1100 CT-VWE 121SVR 550 130 R2100 CT-VWE 121SVR 550 130 R4100 CT-VWE 121SVR 550 137 R1100 CT-VWE 121SVR 550 137 R2100 CT-VWE 121SVR 550 137 R4100 CT-VWE 121SVR 550 140 R1100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 140 R2100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 140 R4100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 141 R1100 CT-AWE 12
1SVR 550 141 R2100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 141 R4100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 148 R1100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 148 R2100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 148 R4100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 150 R3100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 151 R3100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 158 R3100 CT-AWE 121SVR 550 160 R1100 CT-EBE 131SVR 550 167 R1100 CT-EBE 131SVR 550 200 R1100 CT-YDE 131SVR 550 200 R2100 CT-YDE 131SVR 550 200 R4100 CT-YDE 131SVR 550 207 R1100 CT-YDE 131SVR 550 207 R2100 CT-YDE 131SVR 550 207 R4100 CT-YDE 131SVR 550 210 R4100 CT-SDE 131SVR 550 211 R4100 CT-SDE 131SVR 550 217 R4100 CT-SDE 131SVR 550 221 R9100 CT-IRE 131SVR 550 228 R9100 CT-IRE 131SVR 550 231 R9100 CT-IRE 131SVR 550 238 R9100 CT-IRE 131SVR 550 509 R1000 CT-EKE 131SVR 550 509 R2000 CT-EKE 131SVR 550 509 R4000 CT-EKE 131SVR 550 519 R1000 CT-AKE 131SVR 550 519 R2000 CT-AKE 131SVR 550 519 R4000 CT-AKE 131SVR 550 800 R9300 CM-MSE 751SVR 550 801 R9300 CM-MSE 751SVR 550 805 R9300 CM-MSE 751SVR 550 824 R9100 CM-PFE 511SVR 550 850 R9400 CM-ENE MAX 881SVR 550 850 R9500 CM-ENE MIN 881SVR 550 851 R9400 CM-ENE MAX 881SVR 550 851 R9500 CM-ENE MIN 881SVR 550 855 R9400 CM-ENE MAX 881SVR 550 855 R9500 CM-ENE MIN 881SVR 550 870 R9400 CM-PVE 501SVR 550 871 R9500 CM-PVE 501SVR 550 881 R9400 CM-PBE 501SVR 550 882 R9500 CM-PBE 501SVR 700 800 R1000 Remote potentiometer 341SVR 701 800 R1000 Remote potentiometer 342CDC 126 009 M 0101 AC010 Manual german 2402CDC 126 009 M 0201 AC010 Manual english 2402CDC 126 009 M 0301 AC010 Manual french 2402CDC 126 009 M 0701 AC010 Manual spanish 2402CDC 126 009 M 0901 AC010 Manual italian 240E2 405 600 00 RT314524 191E2 405 600 10 RT314024 191E2 405 600 20 RT314615 191E2 405 600 30 RT314730 191E2 405 601 00 RT424524 191E2 405 601 10 RT424024 191E2 405 601 20 RT424615 191E2 405 601 30 RT424730 191E2 405 611 00 PTL70524 192E2 405 611 10 PTL70024 192E2 405 611 20 PTL70615 192E2 405 611 30 PTL70730 192E2 405 612 00 PTK70524 192E2 405 612 10 PTK70024 192E2 405 612 20 PTK70615 192E2 405 612 30 PTK70730 192E2 405 613 00 PTD70524 192E2 405 613 10 PTD70024 192E2 405 613 20 PTD70615 192E2 405 613 30 PTD70730 192E2 405 621 00 MTJ26024 193E2 405 621 10 MTJ21024 193E2 405 621 20 MTJ26115 193E2 405 621 30 MTJ26230 193E2 405 622 00 MTK26024 193E2 405 622 10 MTK21024 193E2 405 622 20 MTK26115 193E2 405 622 30 MTK26230 193
Order code Type Page
Numerical index
Order code Type Page Order code Type Page
2552CDC110004C0202
9
E2 405 650 00 ES50/3 191E2 405 650 10 ES50 191E2 405 651 00 22 191,192E2 405 651 10 ES15/2N 192E2 405 651 20 ES15/3N 192E2 405 651 30 ES15/4N 192E2 405 652 00 42 191,192E2 405 652 10 42V 191,192E2 405 653 00 52B 191,192E2 405 653 10 52C 191,192E2 405 654 00 62 191,192E2 405 654 01 92 191,192E2 405 654 10 62V 191,192E2 405 654 11 92V 191,192E2 405 655 00 62C 191,192E2 405 655 01 92C 191,192E2 405 655 10 62CV 191,192E2 405 655 11 92CV 191,192E2 405 656 00 72 191,192E2 405 656 10 72A 191,192E2 405 656 20 82 191,192E2 405 660 00 ES12 193E2 405 661 00 11 193E2 405 662 00 41 193E2 405 662 10 41V 193E2 405 663 00 51B 193E2 405 663 10 51C 193E2 405 664 00 61 193E2 405 664 01 91 193E2 405 664 10 61V 193E2 405 664 11 91V 193E2 405 665 00 61C 193E2 405 665 01 91C 193E2 405 665 10 61CV 193E2 405 665 11 91CV 193E2 405 666 00 71 193E2 405 666 10 71A 193E2 405 666 20 81 193E2 405 670 00 ES9 193E4 405 658 00 TR 191E4 405 658 10 TR1 192E4 405 659 00 MS16 191E4 405 659 10 MS28 192E4 405 669 00 MH1 193E4 450 116 10 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 11 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 12 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 13 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 14 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 50 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 51 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 52 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 53 Current transformer 48E4 450 116 54 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 10 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 11 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 12 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 13 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 14 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 50 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 51 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 52 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 53 Current transformer 48E4 450 117 54 Current transformer 48GHC0 110 003 R0001 C011-70 78GHC0 110 003 R0002 C011-80 78GHC0 110 003 R0003 C011-90 78GHC0 110 003 R0004 C011-100 78GHC0 110 003 R0005 C011-110 78GHC0 110 003 R0006 C011-120 78GHC0 110 003 R0007 C011-130 78GHC0 110 003 R0008 C011-150 78GHC0 110 003 R0009 C011-160 78GHC0 110 003 R0010 C011-170 78GHC0 110 003 R0011 C011-140 78GHC0 110 033 R0008 C011-3-150 78GHR 110 0000 R0001 EMV-100 227GHR 110 1105 R0001 Rapid-fastening plate 227
GHR 110 6605 P 0001 Terminal cover 227GHR 110 9401 P 0001 KK-2,6 227GHR 110 9401 P 0002 KK-1,8 227GHR 110 9402 P 0001 KK-R111-2,1 227GHR 110 9404 P 0001 KK-0,7 227GHR 110 9405 P 0001 KK-R111-1,5 227GHR 110 9406 P 0001 KK-R111-0,7 227GHR 110 9407 P 0001 KK-R111-0,5 227GHR 110 9500 P 0001 TP-01 227GHR 310 0000 R0001 EMV-300 227GHR 310 1105 R0001 Rapid-fastening plate 227GHR 310 9401 P 0001 KK-R311-0,8 227GHR 310 9500 P 0001 TP-03 227
Order code Type Page Order code Type Page
Numerical index
Notes
Pub
licat
ion
No.
2C
DC
110
004
C02
02
ABB STOTZ-KONTAKT GmbHEppelheimer Straße 8269123 HeidelbergGermanywww.abb.de/epr